Feer Samyutta Nikaya Part1 1884

:LT>
=[>CO
r^j
J-.
1MYTJTTA-NIKAYA
SUTTA-PITAKA,
RT
I.
SAUATIFA
M.
LEON
I-
LONIX
i;v
HKM;V
;;nv
THE
SAMYUTTA-NIKAYA
OF THE
SUTTA-PITAKA.
Cejrt
THE
SAMYIJTTA-NIKAYA
OF THE
SUTTA-PITAKA,
PART
I.
SAGATHA-VAGGA.
EDITED BY
M.
LEO
FEER,
OF THE BIBLIOTHEQ.UE NATIONALS.
LONDON:
PUBLISHED FOR THE PALI TEXT SOCIETY, BY HENRY FROWDE, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AMEN CORNER,
1884.
E.G.
HERTFORD
STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, PRINTERS.
?K
1154952
CONTENTS.
INTRODUCTION
vii
BOOK
I.
DEVATA SAMYTJTTA
Chapter
,,
I.
(Nala-vagga)
II.
(Nandana-vagga)
(Satti-vagga)
....
.
III.
,,
13
. .
IV.
(Satullapakayika-vagga)
(Aditta-vagga)
(Jara-vagga)
16
31
V.
,,
.fT~
VI.
VII.
,,VIII.
(Addha-vagga)
(Chetva-vagga)
.... ....
.
36 39
41
BOOK
II.
DEYAPin^TA-SAMyTJTTA
Chapter
,,
I.
.......
...
. .
.
46
46
51
II.
(Anathapindika-vagga)
(Kanatitthiya-vagga)
,,
III.
56 68
68 77
BOOK
III.
KOSALA-SAMTTTTTA
I.
Chapter
II
III.
(Pancaka)
93
Ti
CONTENTS.
PAGE
BOOK IV.
MARA-SAMTUTTA
Chapter 1
103 103 109
II
III.
(Upari-panca)
117
BOOK V. BOOK VI.
BHIKKHTJNI-SAMYTTTTA
.....
128 136 136
BRAHMA-SAMYUTTA
Chapter 1
II.
(Pancaka)
153 160
.
BOOK VII.
BRAHMAXA-SAMYUTTA
I.
Chapter
,,
(Arahanta-vagga)
II.
(Upasaka-Vagga)
.160 .172
185
BOOK VIII.
BOOK IX.
VANGISA-SAMYUTTA
VANA-SAMYUTTA
YAKKHA-SAMYTTTTA
SAKKA-SAMYTJTTA
.'
.197
206
216
BOOK X.
BOOK XI.
......
Chapter 1
II
III.
216
228
(Pancaka)
237
241
APPENDIX
I.
Index
of
Proper Names
. .
241
.
II.
Alphabetical Index of the Suttas
246 249
III.
Alphabetical Index
of the
Gathas
INTRODUCTION.
The Samyutta-
(or Safifiutta-)
Nikaya
is
the third section
of the Sutta-pitaka, forming a sequel to the Digha-nikaya
(compilation of the long suttas), and to the Majjhima-nikaya (compilation of the middle suttas).
It is the "compilation
of the joined or connected suttas," because the Pali
word
Samyutta, which
is
no other than the Sanskrit Sam-yukta,

put together," and
corresponds
means
literally
"collected, united,
to
the
Latin word conjunctus.

fifty-five
The Samyuttaare
nikaya consists of
groups
of suttas, which
precisely the Samyuttas.
These Samyuttas vary

of ten suttas,
(vaggos),
much
in length,
some being only
others being composed

less,
of several chapters
more or
which are sometimes very numerous.
The
suttas,
which are the shortest division of the compila-
tion, differ also in length, as several of
them
are very short,
and several very much longer.
But, upon the whole, there
are no very long suttas in this compilation.
1 The spelling Sannutta accords better with the pronunciation, Samyutta with the etymology of the word.
viii
INTRODUCTION.
of the collection, that
is
The whole
to say, all the fifty- five
Samyuttas, are distributed into five
great sections, which

:
are also called vaggos, respectively styled
Sagatha- vaggo,
Nidana
Khandha
Salayatana
Maha-vaggo.
titles
The vaggo
is
denomination added to
each of these
It applies
of very
common and
various use.
to sections of
very
This
differing length, to the longest and to the shortest.

is
the case in our compilation, as the great divisions of the
whole collection are entitled vaggo, and the divisions of the

Samyuttas are also styled vaggo.
the
(little)
Thus, the suttas form
vaggos, these vaggos the Samyuttas, and the

(great)
Samyuttas the
an
Vaggos.
This
variety
is
of use
is
inconvenience which,
nevertheless,
not
practically
seriously troublesome.
Each of the
thirteen,
five
great vaggos con-tains

;
from nine
to
on an average eleven Samyuttas

differs.
their respective
length somewhat
list,
We
can
trace
the
following
which gives the number of the Samyuttas, and that of
the leaves occupied by each great vaggo, in a

a Singhalese
Burmese and
MS.
Number
Names
of the leaves
INTRODUCTION.
ix
The reader
can, from these indications, imagine the length
of the whole work, and the respective extent of the different

sections.
The present publication contains only the

great divisions, viz. the Sagatha
suttas of
this
;
first
of the five
so called because all the

;
have one stanza (gatha) at least In this section all the Sagatha means "with gathas."
section
suttas
verses.
consist
of
a narrative in
is
prose,
intermixed with
Sometimes the prose

;
missing,
it
and the sutta
seems to consist only of verses

tion, the
all
but
is
only by abbrevia-
same frame being used
for several suttas,
even for
the suttas of one chapter.
The
total
number
of the Samyuttas in the Sagatha
is,
as said before, eleven.
Four of them form each one
full
chapter (vaggo)
the suttas of the others are distributed
in several chapters, two or three, in one case eight.
These
chapters consist generally of ten suttas, sometimes eleven

or twelve suttas, in one case fourteen.
suttas
When
the exceeding
amount
to
five,
these five
form a new chapter
generally styled Pancaka or Upari-panca ("the five super-
added ")
which can be considered either
as
an independent
It seems
fit
chapter or as the sequel of the preceding.

give here a
list
to
of the Samyuttas of the Sagatha, with an
indication of the
I.
number
of the vaggos and of the suttas

8 vaggos 3 vaggos 3 (or 81 suttas
Devata-Samyutta
Devaputta-Samyutta
,,
II.
30
vaggos
,,
III. Kosala-
2)
25
,,
IV. Mara-
3 (or 2$)
1
25
10
Y. Bhikkhunl-
INTRODUCTION.
VI. Brahma- Samyutta
VII. Brahmana,,
2 (or 2
1 1
1
1)
vaggos
15 suttas
22
12
VIII. Vanglsa-
IX. Vana-
14
,,
X. YakkhaXI. Sakka-
12
3 (or
2)
25
Total
28 (or 26) vaggos
271 suttas
Some
to the
of these Samyuttas are really a sequel or appendix
immediately preceding one
thus,
the Bhikkhuni-
and Yangisa-Samyuttas are respectively the continuation of

the Mara- and Brahmana-Samyuttas.
The
titles
of the suttas are regularly given at the end
of each chapter in the so-called
Uddanas
;
they refer some-
times to the subject of the suttas
but most often they are
only such a word

generally the
first
of the sutta considered as significant,

first
word of the
titles;
gatha.
is
The MSS. do not

not special to the
always agree as to the
but this
Samyutta-nikaya, and occurs in other Pali and Sanskrit

Buddhistic compilations.
The
repetitions are very
numerous
in our text ;
some
suttas
occur two, three, four times.
If not the whole text, at least
the gathas, or some of them, are repeated.

stanzas succeeding without interruption
series
of
in a sutta recurs
in another, divided, in the shape of a dialogue, or distributed
among
several interlocutors.
texts
"We do not speak of the many parallelisms with the

of other compilations that have been already
and
will be
further discovered.
INTRODUCTION.
xi
For preparing
single MS., the
my
text, I
had only in the beginning one
MS.
of the Bibliotheque Rationale in Paris,
in
Burmese
characters.
I wished very
much
to see the well-
known MS.
of Copenhagen,
when Mr.
Fausboll, acquainted
with -my labour, was so good as to put at
my
disposal un-
asked for a copy of the Sagatha which he had made for himself
from the Copenhagen MS.

although in
It
was a very welcome help,
many
cases the sight of the original
MS. was
afterwards found to be desirable. Later, in the
summer of 1884,
having gone to London, I was able to compare
my own
copy
with the Singhalese MS. (Or. 2344) of the British Museum.

Unfortunately time failed
me
for
the completion of
my
half.
task, of which I was not able
to finish
more than
to
;
Neither
was
able,
when
in
London,
Library
collate
the
Burmese MS. of the India

was
less
Office
although this
to
be regretted, I was sorry not to be enabled
to state the extent of the (probably very slight) difference
which may
exist
between the Burmese MSS. of London
and
I
Paris.
came back from London with a Singhalese MS. belong-
ing to Dr. Morris, who very kindly lent to
me
this precious
volume.
able to
It is the one Singhalese
MS.
of which I have been
make
continual (though late) use.
Besides
all these
MSS.
of the text, I
made
use also of the
commentary
sini.
of the Samyutta-nikaya, entitled Saratthappaka-
Siamese MS., in Siamese-Cambodgian characters,

for the first part (the Sagatha) only, exists at
of this
work
the Bibliotheque Nationale.

of the text recur in the
As many words and

(not to
passages
Commentary
speak of the
x ii
help
it
INTRODUCTION.
supplies for the interpretation), this
MS. was very
useful in
many cases. To sum up, in all,
I was able to use, more or
less,
five
MSS., one Burmese, three Singhalese, one Siamese.
I note
C.
them by the
letters
B. (=Burmese), S.
:
(= Singhalese),
(Commentary), in the following manner

B.
is is
the
MS.
of the Bibliotheque Nationale in Paris. of Copenhagen. of the British of Dr. Morris.
the the the
MS.
5 5
is
is
MS.
MS.
Museum.
SS. points out the accord of

C.
is
1
,
S2 S 3
,
the
MS.
of the Saratthappakasini.
If I had had the opportunity of using the Burmese

of the India Office Library,
it
MS.
would be
2
,
the Parisian
MS.
being
1
.
In establishing
my
text, I
adopted as a rule, not to insert
any word the elements of which did not occur in any of
my
MSS.
consequently not to
make any
correction
myself,
except in one or two instances, where I give always the
reading of the
MSS.
Although the multitude of the notes
has always seemed to
me
troublesome, I should have liked to
have given
all
the readings of the

all
MSS.
I acknowledge
indeed that to give them
without any exception would be

are merely ortho-
an abuse, as
many
varieties of reading
graphical; the variations as to the shortness
and the length of
the vowels
a,
i,
u are in particular
infinite.
choice from
it
among
ought
the various readings must no doubt be made, but

to
be made as large as possible.
Some people
will
perhaps find the number of the various readings I have
INTRODUCTION.
inserted in the notes too large, others will find
it
too small.
am
inclined to admit both conclusions.
I have perhaps
left
admitted several notes which I could have
out
but
I fear I have omitted several which ought to have been

noticed, either
by
carelessness, or
through fear of overburden-
ing
my
;
pages with notes.
As
guide
the B.
MS. was
at first
my
only,
it
remained
my
chief
but, in the choice of the readings, I
made no
pre-
ference,
and I adopted always the reading which seemed the

it
best wherever
might come from, in general paying regard
to the consensus of the Singhalese

tions,
MSS.
In the abbrevia-
I generally complied with the shortest system, unless
clearness seemed to require the opposite.
As
to the titles
of the suttas, I put the one given by B., adding that of SS.,
if
they did not agree with
it.
The
differences
between
dealt
;
the Singhalese and
Burmese
MSS. cannot be
a special treatise
overlooked.
with thoroughly without writing
but they cannot even here be entirely

varieties of reading in such
Beyond the
and
such passages, there are words which are written always

differently
in the two
is
groups of MSS.
Thus, the word

d,
it is
brahmana
with
in
a.
not once written in B. with
always
This mistake, however, I have not even mentioned
my
notes.
But
a perhaps
is
more astonishing blunder which

found in SS.
I carefully noticed
'
to be
The word
chetcd
having cut,' occurs four times in one sutta, which itself

;
occurs four times in the Sagatha
and
it
becomes the
title
of
two of these
suttas,
and of one vaggo.
Therefore this word
occurs four times four or sixteen times and thrice more, viz.
xi v
INTRODUCTION.
nineteen times
it it
and
as
we have three Singhalese MSS.,
occurs altogether fifty-seven times in these MSS., where

is
written jhatvd with a surprising constancy.

;
I have
noted six other times the presence of this word

yet written jhatvd by the three Singhalese
once
it is
MSS.
I do not
reckon the reading

easy to explain
it.
jetvd,,
which occurs
thrice, because it is
The reading
jhatvd,
so often repeated
seems to
is
me
a fact peculiarly
deserving
attention.
it
;
This
not the proper occasion for discussing
but
it
ought
case
to
be
stated,
and
attention
called
for
to
it.
This
as
has
been specially mentioned
instance
peculiarly
interesting;
other similar cases worthy of note could be
introduced.
It
is
a somewhat amazing peculiarity that the uncertainty

is
of the text
greater in the verses than in the prose.
One
story runs on generally with rare

several
and
slight differences in the
MSS.
As
soon as
we come
to the gathas, the
number
of the differences, and sometimes their seriousness increase.

It
is,
however, well
known
that
the metre
;
is
specially
adapted to the preservation of texts
and
it
is
precisely
on account of
this consideration that it is applied to the
texts esteemed to be of
most importance.
But
this
im-
portance
itself
ought to be the cause of the varieties of
reading, these texts being rehearsed, discussed,
commented
upon more than the

to alteration.
others,
and consequently more subject
The
cases
question of prosody I did not meddle with
in several
it
seems to be very entangled.
Certainly some varieties
of reading have originated from metrical difficulties.
For
INTRODUCTION.
instance,
this
XV
II.
pada which occurs in Devata-S.

:
10 and
IV. 3 in this double form
pariyesamana najjhagamum
||
pariyesamana na ca ajjhagamum
||
The
correct reading
might be
||
pariyesamana na ajjhagamum
But
it is
not to be found in any
MS. I do not know whether
these difficulties can be overcome without some alterations
of the text not supported
by the MSS.
As
did not
intend to
make such
alterations, I
have only endeavoured
to give the best text I could
with the materials afforded

is
by the MSS.
separately.
The mere
metrical question
to be treated
I have distinguished the padas of the gathas by the two

small lines
(||),
and the gathas themselves by the repetition

II),
of the same
is
(II
as in the
Burmese MSS.
sense,
This division
sometimes
against
it
the
but
seldom,
and
the
advantage of
seems to surpass the inconvenience.
The
same mode of
division has been applied to the prose (as in

;
the Burmese MSS.)
but I have not always followed the
MS., adding sometimes, or omitting, or changing the marks.
As
to
the several numbered small paragraphs, they are
not in the Burmese MS., but they generally correspond

to
the double
of
is
mark
(II
II),
and much more seldom
to the
divisions
the
well
Singhalese MSS., where the system of
division
known
to be
thoroughly different from
that of the
Burmese MSS.
of the Sagatha are the only verses to be found
The gathas
in the Samyutta-nikaya, all the verses having been gathered
X vi
INTRODUCTION
together in this section, and the four others being without
a verse.
The Sagatha
which
are
therefore
is
properly a collection of verses

their
all
supplied
first
with
narrative
commentary.
I intended at
tion.
to
number
the verses of this collec-
But the task seemed

;
to be impossible,
on account of the
frequent repetitions
different
the same verses would have had several
numbers, or
many
verses would have been without
a number.
a
list
Seeing these
difficulties,
I thought better to give

its first
of the gathas, each of
them being indicated by

This
words, with references to the several suttas.

at the
list is
put
end of the volume.

list
Besides this
I have
list
drawn up two others
list
of the
proper names, and a
of the titles of the suttas.
These
three indexes, I hope, will
make
easier the study of this
collection of Buddhistic sentences.
I end by expressing
my warmest
to
thanks to Professor Rieu,
Dr. Hoerning and their colleagues, for the readiness with
which they enabled
me
make
use of the
MS.
of the British
Museum, and
to
chiefly to Professor Fausboll
and Dr. Morris,

in-
whose
liberality
and courteousness I am very much
debted for having had the use of a book copied by the hand
of the former,
and a large volume belonging
to
the fine
collection of the latter.
My
of
last
word
will be for the continual kind assistance

this
Mr. Rhys Davids, without which
work might not
have been carried out.

L. F.
SAMYUTTA-NIKAYA.
DIVISION
BOOK
Namo
tassa
I.
I.
SAGATHA.
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA.
II
bhagavato arahato sammasambuddhassa
CHAPTER
1.
I.
NALAVAGGA.
Ogham.
Savatthiyam
Evara
me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava

arame
||
viharati Jetavane Anathapindikassa
||
Atha kho ailiiatara devata abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva yena Bhagava
Upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivaekam antam atthasi Ekam antam thita kho sa devata Bhagavantam etad avoca Katham nu tvam marisa ogham atari-ti Appatittham khvaham avuso anayiiham ogham atarinti Yatha katham pana tvam marisa appatittham anayuham
ten-upasankami
||
detva
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
ogham atariti Yada svaham avuso

||
II
santitthami tadassu samsidarai

l
||
yada
||
svaham
avuso
ayuhami
tadassu
nibbuyhami
2
||
Evam
||
||
khvaham avuso appatittham anayuham ogham atarin-ti Cirassam vata passami brahmanam parinibbutam
||
appatittham anayuham
||
||
tinnam loke visattikan-ti

||
||
||
II
Idam avoca sa devata samanunno sattha ahosi Atha kho sa devata samanunno 3 me satthati Bhagavantam
abhivadetva padakkhinam katva tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
|| II
B.
Yadaham ayuhami.
B. nivuyhami.
SS. samanunnato.
1
DEYATA-SAMYTJTTA
2.
I.
[I. 1. 2.
Nimokkho.
Savatthiyam
II
II
devata abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva yena Bhagava upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ten-upasankami
aiiiiatara
II
Atha kho
ekam antam
avoca
II
atthasi
||
||
Ekam antam
||
thita
kho
sa
devata Bbagavantam etad
Janasi no tvam marisa sattanam

vivekan-ti
II II
nimokkham pamokkham
Janami
khvaham 2 avuso sattanam nimokkham pamo|| II
kkham 3
vivekan-ti
Yatha katham pana tvam marisa janasi sattanam
ni-
mokkham pamokkham
vivekan-ti
||
||
Nandi-bhava-parikkhaya sanna-vifiiiana-sankhaya vedananam nirodha 1 upasama evam khvaham avuso

||
||
II
janami sattanam nimokkham 5

||
II
pamokkham
Upaneyyam.
sa devata
vivekan-ti
||
||
3.
Evam antam
gatham abhasi
II
thita
II
kho
Bhagavato santike imam
Upaniyati jivitam appam ayu

||
||
jarupanitassa na santi tana etam bhayam raarane pekkhamano
||
punnani kayiratha sukhavahani

Upaniyati jivitam appam ayu jarupanitassa na santi tana
||
ti
6
1| ||
||
etam bhayam marane pekkhamano lokamisam pajahe santipekkho-ti

II
||
II
1 SS. Janama. 2 B. Kho-ham. 3 SS. have pamokkham here and further on. 8 6 So SS. supported by C. B. vedananirodha. SS. SS. viniokkham. sukhavahuni he-re aud in the next Sutta.
;
I. 1. 6.]
NALA-VAGGA
1.
4. Accenti.
Ekara antam
thita
||
||
kho
sa devata
gatham abhasi
Accenti
kala tarayanti rattiyo

||
||
vayoguna anupubbam jahanti etam bhayam marane pekkhamano punnani kayiratha sukhavahaniti
||
||
||
Accenti kala tarayanti rattiyo
||
vayoguna anupubbam jahanti etam bhayam marane pekkhamano lokamisam pajahe santipekkho-ti 2
||
||
1|
II
5.
Kati
chinde.
Ekam antam
gatham abhasi
3
thita
1| ||
kho
sa devata
Kati chinde kati jahe
kati vuttari
|| ||
bhavaye
II
katisarigatigo oghatinno-ti vuccatiti Panca chinde panca jahe paiica vuttari bhavaye 4 paricasangatigo bhikkhu oghatinno ti vuccatiti
|| II
bhikkhu
||
||
||
||
||
6.
Jagaram.
Ekam antam thita kho 5 gatham abhasi

|| ||
sa devata
Kati jagaratam
suttEi
j|
||
kati suttesu jagara

||
||
katihi rajam adeti katihi parisujjhatiti Panca jagaratam sutta paiica-suttesu jagara
||
||
||
pancahi rajam adeti
6
||
paficahi
parisujjhati
ti
||
||
See Devaputta-S. III. 7. SS. sahgatiko ; C. has sangatito (which it explains sange atito atikkanto), but notices the reading 4 SS. Bhagavantam sangatiko. See Dhammapada v. 370 and p. 66 and 421-3. B. seems to have katibhi . . . gathaya ajjhabhasi. pancabhi
:
1 SS. Accanti and so on, but at the uddana SS. Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi.
accenti.
*
So
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
7. AppatividitA.
I.
[I. 1. 7.
Ekatn antam
thita
II II
kho
sa devata
gatham abhasi
Yesam dhamma
sutta te nappabujjhanti
appatividita paravadesu niyare kalo tesam pabujjhitum-ti

|| II || II
II
||
Yesam dhamma suppatividita 1 paravadesu na niyare 2 te sambuddha sammadanna 3 caranti visame saman-ti
1|
II
||
II
8.
Susammiitthd
sa devata
Ekam antam
gatham abhasi
||
thita
II
kho
Yesam dhamma susammuttha

sutta te nappabujjhanti
te
II
paravadesu niyare kalo tesam pabujjhitun-ti

|| ||
II
II
II
Yesam dhamma asammuttha

sambuddha sammadanna
II
paravadesu na niyare caranti visame saman-ti *

||
||
II
9.
Hanakama.
sa devata
Ekam antam
gatham abhasi
||
thita
||
kho
Na manakamassa damo idh-atthi 5 na monam atthi asamahitassa

II
||
eko aranne viharam pamatto
II
na maccudheyassa tareyya 6 paran-ti 7
I!
II
Manam
pahaya susamahitatto
||
sucetaso sabbadhi vippamutto

sa
8
||
eko araniie viharam appamatto
II
maccudheyyassa tareyya paran
ti
9
||
||
S. a "patividhita here
and above.
So SS.
B. paravadesuniyyare.
1
SS.
sammadaniVn a. Sambuddha sammadannaya which C. seems to approve oy reading * Same varieties of reading as above. Only S reads, in the second gatha, 6 SS. Manikamassa idatthi. paravadesu niyare without na, as B does. S 2 and S 3 taranti. 7 S a parenti; S paressanti, but ssa is doubtful. 8 B. vippa9 S has here parenti. These gathas will be found again, iv. 8. )titto.
.
. .
I. 2. 1.]
NANDANA-VAGGA
10.
2.
Aranne.
Ekam antam
ajjhabhasi
II ||
thita
kho
sa devata
Bhagavantam gathaya
Aranne viharantanam
santanam brahmacarinam ekabhattam bhunjamananam kena vanno pasidatiti Atitam nanusocanti nappajappanti nagatam 2 paccuppannena yapenti tena vanno pasidati
II II
||
|| II
1
II
II
||
II
II
anagatappajappaya
etena bala sussanti
||
atitassanusocana
||
II
nalo va harito luto-ti
II
II
Nalavaggo pathamo Tatr-uddanam

||
II
Ogham Nimokkho Upaneyyam

|| II
II
Accent! Katicnindi ca
||
II
Jagaram Appatividita Aranne dasamo vutto vaggo tena pavuccati
Susammuttha Mana-kamina
II
||
CHAPTER
II.
1.
NANDANA-VAGGA.
Nandana.
Savatthiyam
Evam me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava

arame
||
||
Tatra kho Bhagava bhikkhu amantesi Bhikkhavo-ti Bhadante 3 -ti te bhikkhu Bhagavato paccassosum
||
||
||
||
Bhagava etad avoca Bhutapubbam bhikkhave annatara Tavatimsa-kayika devata Nandanavane 4 accharasanghaparivuta dibbehi paiicaII
II
kamagunehi samappita samangibhuta paricariyamana tayam velayam imam gatham abhasi

II
||
Na
te
sukham pajananti
II
avasam naradevanam
ye na passanti Nandanam tidasanam yasassinan-ti

||
II
II
II
1 B. pasidati. 2 SS. nappajappamanagatam. nevane. s S^ 3 paricarayamana.
Bhaddante.
B. Nanda-
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
I.
[I. 2. 2.
Evam
vutte
bhikkhave annatara devata

l
II
II
tarn
devatam
gathaya paccabhasi
Na tvam
bale pajanasi
3
2
||
yatha arahatam vaco
II
anicca sabba sankhara
||
uppajjitva nirujjhanti
II
uppadavayadhammino tesam vupasamo sukho-ti

||
||
II
2.
Nandati.
Ekam antam
gallium abbas!
||
thita
II
kho
sa devata
Nandati puttebi puttima gomiko 4 gobi tatb-eva nandati upadbibi narassa nandana na hi so nandati yo nirupaII II ||
dbiti
II
II
Socati puttebi puttima
||
upadhibi narassa socana
||
gomiko gobi tatb-eva socati na bi socati yo nirupadbiti
||
II
II
3.
Natthi puttasamam.
sa devata
Ekam antam
gatham
abhasi.
thita
||
kbo
||
Natthi puttasamam
pemam
II ||
||
natthi gosamitam
5
dbanam
II II
||
natthi suriyasama abba
samudda parama
sarati
Natthi attasamam
pemam
||
natthi dharinasamam
ti
dbanam
II
II
natthi paiiiiasama abha
vuttbi ve parama sara
II
4.
6
Ehattiyo.
||
Khattiyo dvipadam
settbo
balivaddo
II
catuppadam
||
kumari
ti
settba
II
bbariyanam
settho
||
yo ca puttanam pubbajoajaniyo catuppadam

II
II
Sambuddho dvipadam.
II
sussusa settha bbariyanam
yo ca puttanam assavo-ti
||
II
1 2 SS. SS. ajjhabhasi. vijunasi. 5 393 vata. B. gopiko. So all the 7 8 on. B. balibaddho. SS. komari.
MSS.
SS. sabbe ; M.P.S. VI. 16 and J.I. SS. dipadam here and further
I. 2. 8.]
NANDANA-VAGGA.
5.
2.
Sakamdno
||
(or Santikaya).
||
Thite maj jhantike kale sannisinnesu 1 pakkhisu sanate va 2 maharaiinara 3 tarn bhayam patibhati man||
ti
II
II
Thite majjhantike kale sanate va maharaimam
||
sannisinnesu 4 pakkhisu
sa rati patibhati man-ti
||
5
II
II
II
6.
Niddd
||
tandi.
Nidda tandi vijambhika 6 arati bhattasammado etena nappakasati ariyamaggo idha paninan-ti Niddam tandira vijambhikam aratim 7 bhattasammadam
||
||
||
||
||
||
viriyena
nam panametva
7.
||
ariyamaggo
visujjhatiti
||
||
Dukkaram
8
II
(or
Knmmo).
||
Dukkaram
duttitikkhaiica
9 avyattena ca samaunam
||
bahu hi tattha sambadha yattha balo visidatiti Kati-ham careyya samaniiam cittara ce na nivareyya
II
||
10
II
||
pade pade visideyya
||
sankappanam vasanugo
||
11
|J If
Kummo
va angani
12
sake kapale
13
II
samodaham bhikkhu mano-vitakke

anissito aiinam
||
ahethayano
parinibbuto na upavadeyya kanciti

Hiri.
H
||
II
8'.
Hirinisedho puriso koci lokasmim vijjati yo nindara appabodhati asso bhadro kasara iva
||
||
||
ti
||
||
Hirinisedha tanuya
antam
ye caranti'sada sata dukkhassa pappuyya 16 caranti visame saman-ti

II
15
||
II
II
II
1 S 2 Sannisivesu B. sannisivesu. 2 C. palateva here and further on. s SS. * 5 S 2 Sannisinnisu B. as above. These braharannani here and further on. 6 B. C. vijamhita. vijambhita gathas will be found again, Vana-S. 12. 8 9 ^ SS. B. Dutitikkhanca. B. abyattena hi. Niddatandivijambhikaaratim. 10 S l nivaraye. u B. vasanugoti. ll B. kummovamangani. vt B.ahedhayano; u S'B. nupavadeyya kinciti seems to have nam (or tarn) C. ahedhamano. 15 So B. and C. SS. Hirinisedho tanaya. " B. appeyya ; C. upavadeyya.
;
paccaya.
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
I.
[I. 2. 9.
9.
Kutika.
||
Kacci
te
kutika natthi
||
kacci natthi kulavaka
kacci santanaka natthi
||
kacci mutto-si bandhana

||
ti
1
||
||
Taggha me
ti
2
II ||
kutika natthi
taggha natthi kulavaka
||
taggha santanaka natthi
||
taggha mutto-mhi bandhana

kinte brumi kulavakam 3
||
Kintaham kutikam brumi kinte santanakarn 4 brumi

till
||
||
kintaham brumi 5 bandhanan-
Mataram kutikam
brusi
||
putte santanake brusi sahu te kutika natthi
bhariyam brusi kulavakam tanham 6 me brusi 7 bandhanan-ti

|| ||
||
||
||
sahu natthi kulavaka sahu mutto

si
II
sahu santanaka natthi
||
bandhana
ti
8
II
II
10. Samiddhi. 3
1.
Evam me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Rajagahe

|| ||
Tapodarame Atha kho ayasma Samiddhi rattiya paccusasamayam. paccutthaya yena Tapoda ten-upasankami gattani parisiiicitum Tapode gattani parisincitva paccuttaritva ekacivaro atthasi gattani sukkhapayamano 10 3. Attha kho aiiimtara devata abhikkantaya rattiya abhi2.
|| ||
viharati
kkantavanna kevalakappam Tapodam obhasetva yena ayasma n Samiddhi ten-upasankarai upasankamitva vehasam thita ayasmantam Samiddhim gathaya ajjhabhasi
|| || II
Abhutva bhikkhasi bhikkhu na bhutvana bhikkhu bhikkhassu

||
hi bhutvana bhikkhasi
||
||
ma
tarn
kalo upacca-
12
gati.
II
1 2 SS. mutto marabandhana S'- s omit ti. SS. mutto marabandhnnati. 4 SS. 6 Instead of S 1 - 2 kulavaka. santanake. brumi, B. has brusi. 8 B. tanba. 7 Here B has always brumi instead of brusi. B SS. have not ti. Cf. Samiddhi- jataka, also entitled Sumiddhi Kala-jataka Duka-uipata II. 7. lu will be spoken of B. pubbapayamauo. again further on, Mara-S. III. 2.
;
11
B. vehasi ^hatva.
1J
C. upajjhugiiti.
1. 2. 10.]
NANDANA-VAGGA
||
2.
9
dissati
Kalara vo-ham na janami tasma abhutva bhikkhami
channo kalo na
||
||
ma mam
kalo upaccagati
II
||
4. Atha kho sa devata pathaviyam patitthahitva ayasmantam Samiddhim etad avoca Daharo tvam bhikkhu pabbajito susu kalakeso bhadrena 2
1
||
||
yobbanena samannagato pathamena vayasa anikilitavi kamesu Bhuiija bhikkhu manusake kame ma sanditthikam hitva kalikam anudhavi ti 4 5. Na khvaham avuso sanditthikam bitva kalikam anudhavami Kalikafica 5 khvabam avuso hitva sanditthikam anudhavami Kalika hi avuso kama vutta Bhagavata bahudukkha bahupayasa adinavo ettha bhiyo Sanditthiko
|| ||
||
||
||
||
ayam dhammo
6.
akaliko
||
||
ehipassiko
opanayiko
paccattam
veditabbo vinnuhiti
Kathanca bhikkhu kalika 8 kama vutta Bhagavata Katham bahudukkha bahupayasa adinavo ettha bhiyo 9
II
ehipassiko opauayiko paccattam veditabbo vinnuhiti 7. Aham kho avuso navo acirapabbajito adhunagato imam dhammavinayam na khvaham u sakkomi vittharena
||
II
sanditthiko
ayam dhammo
akaliko
10
II
Ayam so Bhagava araham sammasambuddho Tarn Bhagavantam upaRajagahe viharati Tapodarame sankamitva etam attham puccha 12 Yatha te Bhagava vyaacikkhitum
||
||
1|
karoti tatha
8.
mitum
Bhagava amhehi upasankaSa ce mahesakkhahi 13 devatahi parivuto kho tvam bhikkhu tarn u Bhagavantam upasankamitva etam attham pucceyyasi mayam pi agaccheyyama dhammasavanaya
aiinahi
II
Na
dhareyyasiti kho bhikkhu sukaro so

||
nam
||
ti
II
II
9.
Evam
15
avuso
ti
kho ayasma Samiddhi

/
||
tassa devataya
patisutva yena Bhagava ten-upasankami Upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam nisidi
II
II
1 S - 2 patitthahitva ayasmS etad avoca. 3 S 1 * 1 bhaddena. s B. anikilitavi; S 2 anikilitavi S - 3 anikilitavi; C. anikkijitavi. 4 B. anudhuvati. 8 SS. kalikahanca. 6 B. opaneyyiko C. upaneyyiko. 7 S 2 pasattam. 8 S 1 - 1 kalika lika. 9 S2 - 3 ia 10 S 2 akalikaliko. u B. na taham. add ti. SS. puccheyyasi. 13 This word is written twice in S - 3 " SS. omit bhikkhu tarn. 15 SS. patissutva.
1
1
'
10
DEVATA-SAMYIJTTA
I.
[I. 2. 10.
Ekam antam
etad avoca
10.
II II
nisinno kho ayasina Samiddhi
Bhagavantam
Idhaham bhante rattâ paccusasamayam paccutthaya ten-upasahkamim gattani parisincitum TaTapoda yena pode gattani parisiiicitva paccuttaritva ekacivaro atthasim Atha kho bhante aiinatara gattani sukkhapayamano devata abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam upasahkaTapodam obhasetva yenaham ten-upasankarni initva vehasam thita 1 imaya gathaya ajjhabhasi
||
||
||
||
Abhutva bhikkhasi bhikkhu na hi bhutvana bhikkhasi bhutvana bhikkhu bhikkhassu ma tarn kalo upaccaga
||
|| ||
ti
II
II
11.
Evam
3
vutte
|| ||
ahara
bhante
tarn
devatam
gathaya
paccabhasim
Kalam vo-ham na janami tasma abhutva bhikkhami

12.
||
channo 4 kalo na
dissati
||
||
ma mam
kalo upaccaga
ti
||
||
Atha kho bhante

etad avoca
|| ||
sa devata
pathaviyam patitthahitva
mam
Daharo tvam bhikkhu pabbajito susu 5 kalakeso 6 bhadrena 7 yobbanena samannagato pathamena vayasa anikilitavi kamesu Bhufija bhikkhu manusake kame ma sanditthikam
||
hitva kalikam anudhavi

13.
ti
||
||
Evam
||
vutte-ham 8 bhante tarn devatam etad avocam
||
Na khvaham 9
||
avuso sanditthikam hitva kalikam anudha-
vami kalikam ca khvaham avuso hitva sanditthikam anudhavami Kalika hi avuso karna vutta bahudukkha
bahupayasa
adinavo
ettha
bhiyo
||
Sanditthiko
ayam
dhammo
vinnuhiti
14.
akaliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo

II
||
Evam
vutte bhante sa devata
mam
etad avoca
||
Katham
ca bhikkhu kalika
kama
dukkha bahupayasa adinavo
vutta Bhagavata bahuKatham sanettha bhiyo

||
1 So B. SS. vehasanthita. 2 SS. vutteham. 3 SS. ajjhabhasim. 4 S chindo. 9 ' 8 susu S- susu. S2 - 3 kalakeso. B. viittaham. S2 So S 3 only. nakkhvacaham.
1 ;
;
'
I. 2. 10.]
NANDANA-VAGGA
2.
11
ayam dhammo akaliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo vinuuhiti 15. Evam vutte-ham bhante 1 tarn devatara etad avocam
ditthiko
II
II
II
II
Aham kho
||
avuso navo acirapabbajito adhunagato

2
imam
dhammavinayam na khvaham sakkomi vittharena acikkhitum ayam so 3 Bhagava araham sammasambuddho Rajagahe viharati Tapodarame tarn Bhagavantam upasankamitva etam attham puccha 4 yatha te Bhagava vyakaroti tatba
|| ||
nam
16.
dhareyyasiti Evam vutte bbante sa devata

||
||
mam
etad avoca
||
Na kbo bbikkbu
tum tvam
bhikkhu
sukaro so Bhagava amhehi 5 upasankamianfiahi mahesakkhahi devatahi parivuto Sace kho

||
Bhagavantam upasahkamitva etam attham puccheyyasi 7 mayam pi agaccheyyama dhammasavaSace bhante tassa 8 devataya saccam vacanam nayati
tarn
||
idheva sa devata avidure-ti

17.
||
||
Evam
||
vutte sa devata ayasmantam Samiddhim etad
avoca
18.
Puccha
10
||
bhikkhu puccha
bhikkhu
yam
aham
ajjha-
anuppattoti
bhasi
||
Atha kho Bhagava tam 11 devatam gathaya

||
||
Akkheyyasafinino satta
akkheyyasmim patitthita akkheyyam aparifiiiaya yogam ayanti maccuno 12 akkhataram 13 na maniiati akkheyyaii ca parifmaya tam hi tassa na hotiti yena nam 14 vajja na tassa atthi 15
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
II
vadehi yakkhiti n 19. Na khvaham bhante imassa Bhagavata sankhittena Sadhu me 19 bhante bhasitassa vittharena attham ajanami 18
Sace vijanasi
16
||
||
||
bhasatu yathaham imassa Bhagavata sahBhagava khittena bhasitassa vittharena attham janeyyan-ti 21
tatha
II
20
||
As above. 2 B. na taham as above. 3 SS. kho. 4 So B and S 3 S seems have the same reading; S 2 has puccham. 5 S^'ânnehi. 6 SS. omit kho 8 S 1 - 3 tassa. 9 SS. ayam. )0 B. anutam; S- tvam also. 7 S puccheyya. S 1 - 2 anuppanno. u Omitted by SS. 12 S'- 2 akkheyya ca parinnappatatti 6 13 S 1 tam S 3 ta. SS. add ca C. akkhatanam. 88. omit na tassa taya. J 18 16 " S1-3 SS. ajanamL atthi. SS. pi janasi. yakkhati; S yakkham. 9 21 Omitted by S -*. 2o Omitted by SS. SS. ajaneyyanti.
1
1 ;
to
'
12
20.
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
I.
[I. 2. 10.
Samo
vises!
||
athava nihino
l
II
yo mannati so vivadetha
tena
tisu vidhasu
avikampamano
II
samo
visesiti
na 8
tassa
hoti
II
II
Sace vijanasi vadehi yakkhiti 3 21. Imassa pi khvaham bhante Bhagavata sankhittena Sadhu me 5 bhasitassa na vittharena attham ajanami 4
|| || II
bhante Bhagava tatha bhasatu. yathaham imassa Bhagavata sankhittena bhasitassa vittharena attham janeyyan-ti 6
||
II
22. Pahasi
sankham 7 na vimanam ajjhaga 8 acchecchi 9 tanham idha namarupe

II
II
chinnagandham anigham nirasam pariyesamana najjhagamum dev& manussa idha va huram va va sabbanivesanesu u
tarn
|| ||
10
||
saggesu
II
||
Sace vijanasi vadehi yakkhiti 12 23. Imassa khvaham bhante Bhagavata sankhittena bhal3 vittharena attham ajanami u sitassa evam
|| II
Papam na
kayena va
kayira
l6
15
vacasa manasa
||
|'|
kiiicana sabbaloke
kame pahaya satima sampajano dukkham na sevetha anatthasamhitan-ti

||
17
|| ||
Nandana-vaggo dutiyo
Tatr-uddanam
||
||
||
Nandana Nandati c-eva
Natthiputtasamena ca 18 ca Sakama.no Niddatandi ca Dukkaram 19 Khattiyo Hiri Kutika navamo dasamo vutto Samiddhinati
||
II
||
||
||
II
||
sitassa vittharena
:l
2 SS. ''bhaS 2 omits na. 3 SS. yakkham. 6 6 attham na ajanami. S 1 - 4 ajanej7anti S - 2 omit me. 8 SS". S ajaneyyanti. 7 So B and C. SS. kankham alias sangam. aja. 9 B. and S 2 ll 10 S 1 - 2 nisarasam. SS. omit saggesu va these acchejji. 12 1J verses will be found again further on, IV. 4. SS. omit evam. SS. yakkha. 14 S 1 16 S 2 - 3 janami. ls SS. kayiratha S -" SS. kayena vaca. ajanami; c 18 3 3 sannahitanti. SS S- kuinmo. santikaye.
1
S 1 nihito
B. udavanihinno.
I. 3. 1.]
SATTI-VAGGA
3.
13
CHAPTER
Savatthi nidanam
|| ||
III. SATTI-VAGGO.
Ekara antam
thita
II
kho
sa devata
gatham abhasi HI
1.
Sattiyd.
2
||
Sattiya viya omattho

3
II
kamaragappahanaya Sattiya viya omattho
||
dayhamane va matthake sato bhikkhu paribbaje-ti dayhamane va matthake

5
||
4
|| ||
||
||
sakkayaditthippahanaya
sato
bhikkhu paribbaje-ti
||
||
2.
Phusati.
Naphusantam phusati ca tasma phusantam phusati
6
II
phusantam ca
||
tato
phuse
7
||
Yo
appadutthapadosinan-ti appadutthassa narassa dussati suddhassa posassa ananganassa 8

|| II
II
II
tarn eva
balam pacceti papam
||
sukhumo
rajo pativatam va khitto-ti
9
II
||
3.
JatA.
Antojata bahijata
tarn tarn
||
jataya jatita paja

||
||
Gotama pucchami ko imam

sapanno
||
vijataye jatan-ti
||
||
Sile patitthaya naro
II
cittam paiiiianca
bhavayam
II
||
atapi nipako bhikkhu yesam rago ca doso ca
so
imam
vijataye jatan-ti
||
||
II
avijja ca virajita
vijatita jata
||
khinasava arahanto
||
tesam
||
||
yattha namanca rupanca asesam uparujjhati 10 u patigham rupasanfia ca ettha sa chijjate jatati
II ||
||
II
2 1 SS. dayhamano here and further on. 3 SS. "pahanena. SS. ajjhabhasi. 5 These verses will be found again, DevaS- d tthimpahanena. SS. omit ti. 8 6 S l anaiiganassa. This SS. omit ca. 7 SS. omit ti. putta S. II. 6. 10 n All B. etthesa Tijate. gatha will be found again, Brahmana- S. I. 4. these gathas will be found again, Brahmana- S. I. 6.
14
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
4.
I.
[I. 3. 4.
Mano-nicarana.
Yato yato mano 1 nivaraye

tato
||
||
na dukkham
sa
eti
nam
tato
sa sabbato
cati
||
mano nivaraye
||
||
sabbato dukkha pamuc-
Na
sabbato
mano nivaraye
||
||
na 2 mano sayatattam 3 aga-
tam
4
||
5 yato yato ca papakam
tato tato
mano
nivaraye- ti
II
||
5.
Araham.
||
Yo
hoti
bbikkhu araham katavi

||
khinasavo 6 antimadehadhari
aham vadamiti
mamam
[Yo
pi so vadeyya vadantiti 7 pi so 8 vadeyya

||
9
II if
boti
bbikkbu arabam katavi

||
||
kbinasavo antimadehadhari
abam vadamiti
mamam
pi so vadeyya vadantiti pi so vadeyya loke samaunam kusalo viditva

||
II
||
voharamattena so vohareyyati 10
||
||]
Yo
hoti
bbikkhu arabam katavi

||
||
khinasavo antimadehadhari
manam nu kho
aham vadamiti
so
upagamma bbikkhu
||
II
mamam
pi so vadeyya vadantiti pi so vadeyyati

santi
||
||
Pahinamanassa na
gantha
13
12
II
vidhupita managanthassa
sabbe
II
II
Sa vitivatto yamatam sumedho
omit
7 2
S1 omits mano in this first gStha. s * S -3 sa. SS. omit ca. agata. S vadentl. 8 SS. yo here and above.
1
1
6 *
SS. omit na. SS. hantima
stanza)
is
missing in B.
tarn.
''-
Munam dukho
B. vadeyy&ti. 2 ll S'- 3 (perhaps S ) perhaps an interpolation in SS. u B. gaudhi B. and SS. "gandhassa.
10
So B. SS. and C. here and further on This gatha (or rather

;
I. 3. 8.]
SATTI-VAGGA
15
aham vadamiti
[mamam
pi so vadeyya vadantiti pi so vadeyya]

||
l
II
loke samanfiam kusalo viditva
voharamattena so vohareyyati
||
II
6.
Pajjoto.
Kati lokasmim pajjota 2
||
yehi loko
||
pakasati.
||
bhavantam
putthum agamma
|| II
katham janemu
6
II
tarn
ma-
yan-ti Cattaro loke 5 pajjota pancam-ettha na vijjati diva tapati adicco rattim abhati candima
||
||
||
||
atha aggi divarattim
||
sambuddho tapatam
settho
tattha tattha pabhasati 7 esa abh, anuttara ti

II
II
II
||
7.
Sard.
8
Kuto
sara nivattanti
||
kattha
||
vattam na vattati 9
||
||
kattha namanca rupanca
Yattha apo ca pathavi

ato sara nivattanti
||
II
asesam uparujjhatiti tejo vayo na gadhati

||
||
ettha vattam na vattati

II
||
ettha
namanca rupan ca
asesam uparujjhatiti
II
II
8.
Mahaddhana.
||
Mahaddhana mahabhoga
||
ratthavanto pi khattiya
||
||
annamaniiabhigijjhanti kamesu analankata bhavasotanusarisu tesu ussukkajatesu

|| ||
||
gedhatanham pajahimsu Hitva agaram pabbajitva hitva puttam pasum piyam

|| ||
10
11
ke lokasmim anussukkati
13
||
||
12
II
hitva ragaiica dosanca
||
avijjanca virajiya
14
||
khinasava arahanto
||
te
lokasmim anussuka
ti
||
||
This pada
is
SMokehi; SS pabhasati.
'
omitted by SS. but added by B. * SS. Bhagavantam.

1
2 5
. .
B. pajjoto.
S 1 - 3 loka.
B. pakasati. SS. kettha. u B. tanham. pavahimsu.

14
S vaddham . vaddhati. 13 B. puttam samappiyam. SS.
-2
S 1 - 3 loke S 2 vijjanti. 10 SS. kodha

;
virajjiya.
S1
ke.
16
DEYATA-SAMTUTTA
9.
i.
[i. 3. 9.
Cafucakka.
II
Catucakkam navadvaram punnara lobhena l samyutam 2 parikajatam mahavira katham yatra bhavissatiti 3 icchalobhanca papakam Chetva nandim varattaiica samulam tanham abbuyha evam yatra bhavissatiti4
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
II
10. Enijahgha.
Enijangham kisam viram siham v-ekacaram nagam

upasarikamma
titi
II II
||
||
pucchama
II
appaharam alolupam kamesu anapekkhinam kathara dukkha pamucca|| || II

||
Pancakamaguna loke mano cbattba pavedita evam dukkha pamuccatiti ettba chandam virajetva
II
II
II
Satti-vaggo tatiyo
II
II
Tatr-uddanam
||
Jata Manonivarana Sattiya Phusati c-eva Arahantena Pajjoto Sara Mahaddhanena ca Catucakkena navamam Enijanghena te dasati
II II
|| II
||
If
||
CHAPTER IY. SATULLAPAKAYIKA-VAGGA.

1.
Sabbhi.
1.
Evam me sutam Ekam samayam Bhagava

arame
||
Savatthiyam

2.
Atha kho sambahulS, Satullapakayika 6 devatayo abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva upasankayena Bhagava ten-upasarikamimsu mitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthamsu
|| || ||
V. 398.
6
SS. punnalobena. 2 S'-'bhavissati; S 7 bhavissanti. 3 See Dbammapadam, 4 These gathfo will be found nîiin further on (Devaputta-S. III. 8). SS. pucchema. S 1 satiilapa ; S- satulapa ; S 4 satxilapa and satiillapa .
1
I. 4. 1.]
SATULLAPAKAYIKA-VAGGA
4.
17
3.
Ekara antatn thita kho eka devata Bhagavato santike

abhasi
|| II
imam gatham
Sabbhir eva samasetha
II
sabbhi kubbetha santhavam

||
l
II
satam saddhammain
4.
aiiiiaya
seyyo hoti
na papiyo
ti
||
II
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike imam gatham

II
abhasi.
||
||

||
||
satam saddhammam aiinaya

5.
paiiiia
labbhati 2 naiiiiato
ti
||
||

||
abhasi
II

||
II
satam saddhammam
6.
aiiiiaya
soka-majjhe na socatiti
||
||

II
II
abhasi
II

||
II
satam saddhamraam
aiiiiaya
iiati-majjhe virocatiti
II
7. Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato tham abhasi

|| ||
santike
imam
ga-
||

||
||
satam saddhammam anfiaya
satta gacchanti suggatin-ti 3
||
II
8. Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi

||
||

II
||
satam saddhammam aiinaya

9.
satta titthanti satatan-ti
||
||
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavantam etad avoca

||
II
||
Kassa nu kho Bhagava subhasitan-ti Sabbasam vo subhasitam pariyayena sunatha

||
II
||
||
api ca
mamam
pi
1 * B. krubbetha sandhavam here and further on. So SS. supported by C.; 3 B. has pnnnam labhuti. B. sugatim they omit the ti of the end in this and all the preceding gathas. * S'-'J niumapi S 3 mamapi.
; ;
18
DEVATA- S AM YUTTA
I.
[I. 4. 1.
||

1
||
II
satam
saddhammam
2
!! II
aiinaya
sabbadukkha
pamucca-
titi
2.
Macchari.
1.
Ekam samayam Bhagava

||
Savatthiyam viharati Jeta||
vane Anathapindikassa arame 2. Atha kho sambahula Satullapakayika devatayo abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanarn
obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam ant am atthamsu. 3. Ekam antam thita kho eka devata Bhagavato santike
|| ||
imam gatham
abhasi
||
||
Macchera ca pamada ca
II
evam danam na
II
puiinam akahkhamanena
4.
deyyam
diyati hoti vijanata
||
ti
||
II
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato

||
||
santike ima gathayo 3
abhasi
Yass-eva bhito na dadati macchari

tad evadadato
4
||
bhayam
|| ||
||
jighaccha ca pipasa ca yassa bhayati macchari tarn eva balam phusati asmim loke paramhi ca Tasma vineyya maccheram. dajja danam malabhibhu
II || || ||
||
punfiani paralokasmim
||
patittha honti paninan-ti
||
II
5. Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato tham abhasi

||
santike
imam
ga-
Te matesu na miyanti panthanam va sahavajjam 5 appasmim ye pavecchanti esa dhammo sanantano

|| ||
||
||
II
appasm-eke pavecchanti appasma dakkhina dinna
||
bahun-eke 6 na dicchare
||
||
sahassena sainam mita-ti
||
||
1 2 All these S 3 has always "dhammam naya S l twice only. gathas will be found again further on in Devaputta-S. III. 1. 3 SS. imam gatham 4 B. tad 6 eva adadato. B. (very uncertain) pathanam sahavajam ; SS. panthanam va 6 SS. Bahuua eke. sabhavajam ; C. addhanam va sahavajjam.
;
I. 4. 2.]
4.
19
6.
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike ima ga1
thayo
abhasi
||
Duddadam dadamananam
asanto nanukubbanti
||
II
dukkaram kamma kubbatam
||
satam
3
II
dhammo durannayo 2
ito gati
II
||
||
Tasma
satafica asatafica
II
nana hoti
asanto nirayam yanti

7.
santo saggaparayaria
ti
4
|| ||
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavantam 5 etad avoca Kassa nu kho Bhagava subhasitan ti 6 Sabbasam vo subhasitam pariyayena api mamam pi
II
||
||
||
sunatha
||
||
Dhammam
daram ca
samucchakam 7 care dadam posam appakasmirn

care yo
|| II
||
satam sahassanam sahassayaginain
kalam pi 8 nagghanti tathavidhassa

8.
te ti
||
||
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavantam gathaya

Ken-esam 9 yafifio vipulo mahaggato samena dinnassa na aggham eti
||
ajjha-
II
satam
10
sahassanam sahassayaginam
||
kalam pi nagghanti tathavidhassa

9.
si
II
te ti
||
||
Atha kho Bhagava

II
tarn
devatam gathaya ajjhabha12
Dadanti eke u visame

chetva
13
nivittha
||
vadhitva atha socayitva sa dakkhina assumukha sadanda
||
II
samena dinnassa na aggham
eti
||
||
Evam 14
kalam
sahassanam sahassayaginam
15
||
pi
nagghanti tathavidhassa te
ti
||
||
ti 6
SS. imam gatham. 2 B. duranvayo. s B. "asatam. 4 SS. "parayano-ti 8 B. Bhagavato santike. omitted at the end of the preceding addresses. S 1 - 2 tnamapi So B. S 3 mamapi (as above). 7 So SS. ; B. and C. samufija10 x u B. heke S s ceke. " 8 kam. katham. B. SS. omit B. esa yafmo. " B. visamena. 1Bpi. 15 C. ghatva; SS. jhatvS. " SS. evantam. SS. omit pi.
1
;
is
20
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
3.
I.
[1. 4. 3.
Sddhu.
1.
Savatthi arame
||
||
Atha kho sambahula Satullapakayika devatayo abbikkantaya rattiya abbikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanam
2.
obbasetva vena Bbagava ten-upasankamimsu upasankamitva Bbagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam attbamsu
||
||
||
3.
Ekam antam
l
tbita
||
kbo eka devata Bhagavato santike

||
imam udanam
udanesi
Sadbu kbo marisa danam Maccbera ca pamada ca evam danam na diyati puiinam akankbamanena deyyam boti vijanata
II II ||
||
||
ti
||
II
4.
Atba kbo apara devata Bbagavato santike imam udaudanesi

II
nam
II
Sadbu kbo marisa danam
II
api ca
appasmim
pi sadbu
danam
||
Appasm-eke paveccbanti appasma dakkhina diuna

5.
II
babun-eke 3 na diccbare
sabassena
||
II
samam mita
santike
ti
4
1|
||
Atba kbo apara devata Bbagavato

udanesi
II
II
imam
uda-
nam
Sadbu kbo marisa danam Appasmim pi sadbu danam Api ca saddhaya pi sadbu danam Danaiica yuddhaiica samanam ahu Appapi santa babuke jinanti
||
||
||
II
||
Appam
6.
pi ce saddabano dadati
||
ten-eva so boti sukbi parattba
ti
5
||
||
Atba kbo apara devata Bbagavato santike imam udaudanesi

II II
nam
Sadhu kbo marisa danam
||
appasmim pi sadbu danam
||
1 B. Sahu. 2 B. appakasmim pi sahu here and further on. 3 SS. hahuna eke. 6 SS. samappitu see the preceding number. SS. parattha, omitting ti here
;
and in the preceding gatha.
1. 4. 3.
saddhaya pi sadhu
l
4.
21
danam
||
api ca dhammaladdhassa pi sadhu
danam
II
||
Yo dhammaladdhassa
atikkamma
so
dadati
danam
||
utthanaviriyadhigatassa jantu
vetaranim Yamassa
|| II
II
dibbani thanani upeti macco-ti

7.
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike imam udaudanesi

|| ||
nam
Sadhu kho marisa danam
||
Appasmim pi sadhu danam Saddhaya pi sadhu danam

Dhammaladdhassa
pi
||
II
sadhu danam
2 pi sadhu
|| II
||
Api ca viceyyadanam
Yiceyyadanam sugatappasattham ye dakkhineyya idha jivaloke

||
3
||
etesu dinnani mahapphallani
||
4 bijani vuttani yatha sukhette
ti
||
II
8.
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike imam udaudanesi

II
nam
II
Sadhu kho marisa danam
||
Appasmim pi sadhu danam Saddhaya pi sadhu danam

Dhammaladdhassa
pi
||
||
||
sadhu danam
II
5 Yiceyyadanam pi sadhu 6 Api ca panesu ca sadhu samyamo
II
||
7 panabhutesu ahethayam* caram parupavada na karoti papam

II
Yo
||
bhirum 9 pasamsanti na hi tatlha suram bhaya hi santo na karonti papan-ti

||
II
||
9.
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavantam etad avoca
||
||
mahapphala bija
8
B. sahu here and further on. 2 B. adds dfinani. 6 B. B adds ddiiaui. Or va vuttuui. B. aliedhayain. 8 S'- 3 bhiru.
1
3
;
B.
B. "ppasattham. * S 2 O B. bhutiiui. pi.

"'
22
DETATA-SAMYTJTTA
Kassa nu kho Bhagava subhasitan-ti Sabbasam vo subhasitam pariyayena
I.
[1. 4. 3.
||
||
||
api
mamam
pi
su-
natha
II
II
Saddhahi 2 danam bahudha 3 pasattham dana ca 4 kho dhammapadam va 5 seyyo
||
||
||
pubbeva nibbanam ev-ajjhagamum sapanfia 6

II
hi pubbatareva santo
ti
II
II
4.
JVa santi.
1. Ekam samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam viharati Jetavane Anathapindikassa arame 2. Atha kho sambahula Satullapakayika devatayo abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanam
II
obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasankaraimsu upasankamitva Bhagavantara abhivadetva ekam antam atthamsu
|| ||
3.
Ekam antam Na
thita
|| II
kho eka devata Bhagavato santike
imam gatham
abhasi
santi
kama manujesu
9
nicca
II
santidha 7 kamaniyani yesu baddho 8
||
yesu pamatto
apunagamanam
10
||
anagantva puriso
maccudheyya
II
ti
||
||
chandajam dukkham chandavinaya aghavinayo aghavinaya dukkhavinayo ti
Chandajam agham
|| ||
II
II
Na
te
kama
yani citrani
loke
||
||
sankapparago purisassa kamo

titthanti citrani tath-eva loke
II
ath-ettha dhira vinayanti
chandam
II
II
1 * 2 S 1 - 2 mamapi ; S 3 mama pi. So S 1 and B. S 2 - 3 Addhahi. B. pasattham. So B. and C.; SS. dananca. 6 B. ca. 6 S 2 pasaiSfia; B. samafifia. 7 8 9 SS. Santica. B. kamesu bandho. SS. yesu ca baddho supamatto. 10 So C. SS. anagautapuriso B. anaganta". n SS. kamanicitrani.
; ; ;
I. 4. 5.]
4.
23
Kodham
jahe vippajaheyya
manam
II ||
II
samyojanam sabbam atikkameyya tarn namarupasmim asajjamanam akincanam nanupatatanti dukkha l
||
||
Pahasi sankham 2 na vimanam ajjhaga acchecchi 4 tanham idha namarupe

II
3
||
tarn
chinnaganthara
anigham nirasam.
||
||
7 pariyesamana na ca ajjhagamum deva manussa idha va huram va

8 saggesu va sabbanivesanesu
||
ti
9
II
||
Tarn ce hi naddakkhum
10
tatha
||
vimuttam
||
iccayasoia Mogharaja
deva manussa idha va hurara va

naruttaraam atthacaram naranam
tarn namassanti
te pi
||
ye
pasamsiya
te ti
||
If
Pasamsiya
ye tarn
aiinaya
bhavanti bhikkhu
ti
||
ll
||
Mogharaja
Bhagava namassanti tatha vimuttam
II
dhammam
12
sangatiga
vicikiccham pahaya te pi 1S bhavanti bhikkhu ti
II
||
||
5.
Ujjhanasannino.
1.
Ekam samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam viharati

II
Jetavane
Anathapindikassa arame 2. Atha kho sambahula Ujjhanasannika devataj'O abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanam
obhasetva vena Bhagava ten-upasafikamimsu. kamitva vehasam atthamsu
II
II
Upasan-
1 This gatha is repeated with slight change (No. 6). See Dhamraapada, V. 221. 3 SS. na (or ta) vinamamaga. SS. Sangam (alias kahkham ; see II. 10V 8 7 4 B. acchejji. 5 S 2 - 3 omit tarn. B. ganaham. SS. najjhagamum. (See 8 3 II. 10). SS. omit saggesu va. Kepetition of the last but one giitha of a S bhikkhu 12 10 B. tarn ce nidukkham. II. 10. qv. seems to C. (?). 13 read sambhagita (or rather sankhatiga). SS. te hi pi.
24
3.
DEVATA- S AM YUTTA
I.
[I. 4. 5.
Vehasam
thita
II ||
kho eka devata Bhagavato santike imam
gatham abhasi
Annatha santam attanam aiiiiatha yo pavedaye l nikacca kitavass-eva bhuttam theyyena 2 tassa tarn yam hi kayira tarn hi vade yam na kayira na tarn vade akarontam bhasamananam 3 parijananti pandita ti
||
\\
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
II
Na yidam 4
yaya
7
bhasitamattena
||
||
ekantasavanena va
II
anukkamitum ve 5 sakka
dhira pamuccanti
||
yayam patipada dalha jhaymo marabandhana
6
||
||
||
Na
ve dhira pakubbanti viditva lokapariyayam nibbuta dhira tinna loke visattikan-ti. aniiaya
|| ||
||
||
||
4. Atha kho ta devatayo pathaviyam patitthahitva Bhagavato padesu sirasa nipatitva Bhagavantam etad avocum 8 Accayo no bhante accagama yatha bala yatha mulha
||
||
||
9 yatha akusala ya mayam Bhagavantam asadetabbam amafii0 nimha tasam no bhante Bhagava accayam accayato
||
patiganhatu ayatim samvaraya ti 5. Atha kho Bhagava sitam patvakasi

|| ||
II
||
Atha kho ta devatayo bhiyyosomattaya ujjhayantiyo vehasam abbhugganchum n

6.
|| ||
7.
Eka
devata Bhagavato santike

||
imam gatham
avoca
||
II
II
Accayam desayantinam
kopantaro dosagaru
||
yo ve
12
na patiganhati
|| ||
sa
veram patimuccatiti
||
13 no cidhapagatam 14 siya Accayo ce na vij jetha 15 verani na kenidha 16 kusalo siyati ca sammeyyum
II ||
||
||
Kass-accaya na vijjanti ko na sammoham apadi
||
||
ko ca
kassa natthi apagatam 18 dhiro sada sato
17
||
ti
||
||
B. payedayi. 2 S 1 - 2 theyya na. 3 B. abhasamanam. 4 S 3 na idam. 5 B. 8 K 7 SS. S - 2 accaye. SS. anukkamitave SS. patipadajha. yaya. " ll 10 S 3 seems to have SS. apasadetabbam. B. abbhugâccha SS. vo. 1J 14 C. cidha apahaB. ce. 1:i S 2 vijjatha. SS. cidlui !ij;i.i;-:itiiin gafijum. lb SS. ko dha. tam. " SS. have not na. 16 SS. konidha. n SS. apuliataiu.
1
1
ye
I. 4. 6.]
||
4.
25
Tathagatassa buddhassa
sabbabhfttanukampino
tassa natthi
so ca
3
II
tassâccaya na vijjanti so na saramoham apadi
||
apagatam
2
II
||
dhiro sada sato-ti

II
II
II
yo ce na patiganhati 4 kopantaro dosagaru yam veram patirnuccati tarn veram. nabhinandami patiganhami vo-ccayan-ti
Accayam desayantinam
||
II
||
5
||
||
II
6.
Saddha.
Ekam. samayara Bhagava Savatthiyam viharati Jetavane Anathapindikassa arame 2. Atha kho sambahula Satullapakayika devatayo abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanam
1.
||
obhasetva
yena Bhagava ten-upasarikamimsu upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthamsu 3. Ekam antam tbita kho eka devata Bhagavato santike
|| ||
imam gatham
abhasi
||
||
Saddha dutiya purisassa boti no ce assaddhiyam 6 avatitthati 7

||
||
||
8 yaso ca kitti ca tatvassa boti ca so sariram saggam gacchati pahaya
ti
||
||
Kodham
jahe vippajaheyya
manam
||
||
||
samyojanam sabbam atikkameyya tarn namarupasmim asajjamanam

akificanam nanupatanti sahga
ti
9
||
II
Pamadam
anuyunjanti
ca
||
bala
||
appamadam Ma pamadam
medhavi
dummedhino jana dhanam settbam va rakkhati

||
II
||
||
anuyunjetha 12 13 appamatto hi jhayanto pappoti paramam sukhan-ti

|J
10
ma kamaratisanthavam
ll
||
||
||
1 B. sa veram. 5 SS. and S - 3 kassa. 2 SS. apagatam. 3 SS. yo dha. 8 7 6 B. So B. and C. ; S l S2 - 3 otitthanti. C. vo accayan-ti. asaddhiyam. 9 See above No. 4. S 2 - 3 vatam tassa hoti. yato sa ca kitti ca tarn tassa hoti 13 "' u B. karaaramtisandliavam. After jjhayanto, C. B. Nappamadam. explains the word upanijjhayati whose place in the text is not easy to discern.
1 ;
13
S3
appoti.
26
DEVATA- SAMYUTTA
7.
I.
[I. 4. 7.
Samayo.
vi-
1.
Evam me
sutara
ekam samayam Bhagava Sakkesu
harati Kapilavatthusmim mahavane mahata bhikkhusanghena saddhim pancamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahan-
dasahi ca lokadhatuhi devatayo 1 yebhuyyena sannipatita honti Bhagavantam dassanaya bhikkhusanghanca

tehi
|| || ||
Atha kho catunnam Suddhavasakayikanam devatanam 2 etad ahosi Ayam kho Bhagava Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmim. mahavane mahata bhikkhusanghena saddhim
2.
||
dasahi paiicamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi ca lokadhatuhi devatayo yebhuyyena sannipatita honti Bha||
Yannuna mayam gavantam dassanaya bhikkusanghaiica 3 upasankamitva pi yena Bhagava ten-upasarikameyyama 4 5 Bhagavato santike pacceka gatham bhaseyyamati 3. Atha kho ta devatayo seyyathapi nama balava puriso
II || || ||
samminjiram va baham pasareyya pasaritam va baham 6 evam evam Suddhavasesu devesu antarahita samminjeyya 7 ahesum Bhagavato purato patur 4. Atha kho ta devatayo Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthamsu Ekam antam thita kho eka devata Bhagavato santike
|| || || ||
II
||
imam gatham
abhasi
||
II
Mahasamayo pavanasmim
||
devakaya samagata
||
||
II
agatamha imam dhammasamayam

dakkhitaye aparajitasanghan-ti
||
5. Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi

|| ||
Tatra bhikkhavo samadahamsu

cittam attano ujukam akamsu sarathi va nettani gahetva
|| ||
II
indriyani rakkhanti pandita
ti.
II
II
1 2 s SS. devata here and further on. S 3 deviinam. SS. omit pi. * SS. ca 6 In this pana instead of Bhagavato santike. * B paccekam very often resampeated and well-known passage, B. has always samafichitam 7 SS. ahamsu. uikheyra (which I think to be the true reading).
. .
1. 4. 8.]
4.
27
6.
Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike imam gaII II
tbara abhasi
Chetva khilam 2 chetva paligham indakhilam ohacca 3 -m- aneja

l
||
II
te caranti
suddha vimala cakkhumata 4 sudanta susunaga

II
||
ti
||
||
7.
Atha kho apara devata
pa
II
Ye
na
keci
Buddham saranam
||
gatase
5
||
||
apayabhumim pahaya manusam deham 6 devakayam paripuressantiti

II
te gamissanti
II
8.
Sakalikam.
sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Rajagahe Maddakucchismim migadaye 8 2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavato pado 7 sakalikaya khato hoti Bhusa sudam Bhagavato vedana 9 vattanti saririka vedana dukkha tibba khara katuka asata amanapa Ta sudam Bhagava sato sampajano adhivaseti avihanna1.
Evam me
viharati
||
||
II
||
xuano
3.
||
||
Atha kho Bhagava catuggunam

||
10
sanghatim paiina-
n petva dakkhinena passena sihaseyyam kappesi pade

accadhaya sato sampajano
4.
||
padam
Atha
kkantaya
Satullapakayika devatayo abhiabhikkantavanna rattiya kevalakappam Madda|| ||
kho
satt asata
kucchim obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasarikamimsu upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam
atthamsu
5.
|| ||
Ekam antam
thita
||
kho eka devata Bhagavato santike

||
imam udanam
udanesi
3 2 S 2 khilam. C. and (I think) S 2 B. uhacca ; S 1 uhacca ; 6 SS. apuyam (withC. cakkhumatta (pei haps for cakkhumanta). 7 6 13. SS. pade. 8 So S 1 and C. ; B. sakkhaliout bhumim). purissautiti. 2 -3 sakalikakhato. a SS. omit vedaua, perhaps added by B. 10 B. catukaya S
1
-3
jetva.
4
S3
lipacca.
gunara.
u B.
kappeti.
28
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
I.
[1. 4. 8.
nagavata ca samuppanna saririka vedana dukkha tibba khara katuka asata amanapa
Nago
vata bho samano
Gotamo
II
II
sato
sampajano adhivaseti avihaiifiamano ti 6. Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike

II
||
imam udanam
samuppanna amanapa
||
udanesi
||
||
Siho vata bho samano Gotamo

saririka vedana
sato
7.
||
sihavata ca
dukkha
tibba khara katuka asata

ti
II
sampajano adhivaseti avihaiifiamano
||
Atba kho apara devata Bhagavato

||
santike
imam udanam
udanesi
||
Ajaniyo vata bho samano Gotamo ajaniyavata ca samsaririka dukkha khara katuka asata vedana tibba uppanna sato adhivaseti avihaiifiamano ti amanapa sampajano 8. Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike imam uda|| ||
||
II
nam
udanesi
||
II
nisabhavata ca samNisabho vata bho Samano Gotamo vedana dukkha khara katuka asata saririka tibba uppanna
||
amanapa sato sampajano adhivaseti avihafiiiamano ti 9. Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike imam uda||
||
II
nam
udanesi
||
||
Dhorayho vata bho samano Gotamo dhorayhavata ca samuppanna saririka vedana dukkha tibba khara katuka asata amanapa sato sampajano adhivaseti avihannamano ti 10. Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike imam udanam udanesi Danto vata bho samano Gotamo dantavata ca samuppanna saririka vedana dukkha tibba khara katuka asata amanapa
II ||
||
j|
||
II
II
||
sato
sampajano adhivaseti avihaiiiiarnano ti 11. Atha kho apara devata Bhagavato santike
||
||
imam
na
ca-
udanam udanesi
2
II
II
Passa samadhi-subhavitam 3 cittam ca vimuttam
||
bhinatam 4 na capanatam 5 na ca sasahkharaniggayha caritavatam 6 Yo evarupam purisanagam purisasiham purisa||
1 3 2 SS. imam SS. S7 - 3 gatham abhasi. panuppanna here and further on. * omit samadhi B. subhavito C. saniadliiin . 1SS. navajia. suvimuttim. * SS. and C. upanataiu. hinatam; C. seems to read abhinatain and atinat;im. 6 B. vari(:')vuvatam ; C. dbaritam vatam and further on vuiitvu vattam.
;
;
I. 4. 9.]
4.
29
ajaniyam purisa-nisabham purisadhorayhara purisadantam atikkamitabbam mafifieyya kim ailnatra adassana ti

II
||
Pancavedasatam samara tapassibrahraanacaram cittam ca nesam na sanima vimuttam,

l
|| ||
2
II
hinattarupa
na paramgama
te
||
Tanhadhipanna vata silabaddha lukham tapam vassasatam caranta Cittam ca nesam na samma vimuttam 5 hinattarupa na paramgama te
|| || ||
||
||
na
Na manakamassa damo idh-atthi monam atthi asamahitassa

||
||
II
eko araiine viharam pamatto
na maccudheyyassa tareyya param
6
|| ||
Manam pahaya
susamahitatto
||
sucetaso sabbadhi vippamutto

sa
||
eko aranne viharam appamatto
||
maccudheyyassa tareyya paran-ti
||
II
9.
Pajjunna-dhtta
(1).
1.
Evam me
sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Yesaliyam

|| ||
viharati
2.
mahavane Kutagara-salayam Atha kho Kokanada 7 Pajjunnassa dhita abhikkantaya rattiyS, abhikkantavanna kevalakappam mahavanam obhasetva
||
yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasahkamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi 8 3. Ekam antam thita kho sa devata Kokanada Pajjunnassa dhita Bhagavato santike ima gathayo abhasi
||
II II
Vesaliyara vane viharantam
II
aggam
sattassa
sambuddham
||
2 3 1 B. veda. S 3 caramti. C. hinatta, and notices the reading hinattha. * * B. Kokanudii. See I. 9. B. puranti. B. silubaudha. SS. add ti. 'lh e Y have only Atha kho Kokauada This paragraph is missing in SS. Pajjunnassadhita Bhagavato santike ima guthuyo ubhasi. 8
]|
||
30
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
I.
[I. 4. 10.
Kokanada-h-asmim abhivande Kokanada Pajjunnassa dhita 1

8
II
II
||
Sutam eva me pure asi dhammo cakkhumatanubuddho

II
[|
sa-ham dani 3 sakkhi janami
||
munino desayato Sugatassa
II
Ye
hi keci
ariyadhammam
5
4
||
vigarahanta
caranti
dummedha
||
II
upenti Roruvam ghoram cirarattam dukkham anubhavanti
||
II
Ye
ariyadhamme upasamena upeta khantiya manusam deliam pahaya 7 devakayam paripuressanti ti

|]
ca kho
||
||
II
||
10. Pajjunna-dhitd (2).
sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Yesaliyam mahavane viharati Kutagara-salayain 8 2. Atha kho Cula-Kokanada Pajjunnassa dhita abhi1.
||
Evam me
||
kkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam mahavanam obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasahkami upasahkamitva
||
Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi Ekam antam thita kho sa devata Cula-Kokanada Pajjunnassa dhita Bhagavato santike ima gathayo abhasi
||
||
||
Idhagama vijjupabhasavanna Kokanada Pajjunnassa dhita buddham ca dhammam ca namassamana

|| ||
||
gatha c-ima atthavati abhasi
||
II
1 For the first three padas, SS. have Vesalivane Tiharagam (or viharaham 8 l viharantam) saram (S^ aggasaram) sambuddham Kokaharaasmim (S 1 hams 2 B. omits me; S 2 - 3 sumavamepure". s SS. ismim; S hamisvimj abhivande. 4 6 saduui. B. ye keci ariyam dhammam. ' SS. viharanta. B. ariye dhamme. 7 8 B. 'purissantiti. See above, JN'o. 7, the two last padas. SS. Culla B. Kokanuda. fcS. Idha.
;
I. 5. 1.]
ADITTA-VAGGA
5.
31
Bahuna
pi
kho
tarn
vibhajeyyam
||
||
pariyayena tadiso
yavata
dhammo
sankhittam attham lapayissami
||
me manasa
2
pariyattam
||
||
3 Paparn na kayira vacasa manasa 4 kayena va kincana sabbaloke

||
II
kame pahaya satima sampajaiio dukkham na sevetha anatthasamhitan-ti 5

||
||
II
Satullapakayika-vaggo catuttho
1 1
II
Tass-uddanam
Sabbhi Maccharina Sadhu
||
||
||
Na
||
sant-Ujjhanasaniiino
||
Saddha Samayo Sakalikam
ubho Pajjunna-dhitaro
ti
II
II
CHAPTER Y. ADITTA-VAGGO.

Savatthiyarn
arame
||
||
Atha kho annatara devat^ abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi Ekam antam thita kho sa devata Bhagavato santike ima
|| II
gathayo abhasi
||
II
4
1.
Adittam.
Adittasmim agarasmim
tarn tassa hoti atthaya
||
||
yam niharati bhajanam no ca yana tattha dayhatiti

||
||
6
||
II
Evam
adipito
loko
||
jaraya maranena ca
||
nihareth-eva danena
dinnam
hoti sunihatam
8
II
II
* 2 3 1 S 1 - 3 omit manasS. S 2 kayiratha. SS. nam. SS. kayena vaca (or vava perhaps va ma) 5 llepetition of the last ;atliii of II. 10. 6 SS. (jbiyhati. 3 7 8 S adipito B. adittako. So SS. B. suuibbhatam C. "nibhattam.
; ; ;
32
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
dinnam sukhaphalam
cora haranti rajano
II
I.
[I. 5. 1.
hot!
2
||
nadinnara hoti tarn tatha

|| ||
||
aggi
dayhati nassati
sariram sapariggaham jahati 3 etad aiinaya medhavi bhuiijetha ca dadetha ca 4 datva bhutva ca yathanubhavam
|| || II II
Atha antena
||
anindito
saggam upeti thanan-ti

2.
||
II
Kimdada.
||
Kimdado balado
hoti
||
kiindado sukhado hoti
||
kimdado hoti vannado kimdado hoti cakkhudo

tain
||
ko 5 ca sabbadado hoti
||
me akkhahi
pucchito
||
II
||
Annado balado
so
6
hoti
||
vatthado hoti vannado

||
yanado sukhado hoti

ca sabbadado hoti
dipado hoti cakkhudo

||
II
yo dadati upassayam
||
||
amatam dado
ca so hoti
yo
dhammam
anusasatiti
||
||
3.
Annam.
||
Annam
atha ko
evabhinandanti
8
nama
||
so
7 ubhayo devamanusa yakkho yam annam nabhinanda||

II
titi^ll
Ye nam
tarn eva
dadanti saddhaya
||
vippasannena cetasa
II
asmim loke paramhi ca bhajati Tasma vineyya maccheram dajja danam malabhibhu
|| ||
annam
||
||
||
pufmani paralokasmim
||
10
|| ||
4.
Ekamula.
|| ||
Ekamulam dviravattam n timalam pancapattharam samuddam dvadasavattam 12 patalam atari 13 isiti

|| ||
||
1 2 3 S 3 sukham pbalam B. phalam sukham. B. aggi. bhufijetheva. 7 ^B.addsca. 5'SJs. yo. S 1 - 2 yam ami (arm ?) SS. B'. ubhaye. 'SS.kho. yo. 10 S vain annam III. SS. omit aobinandati (see Devaputta-S. abhinandati; 3).
'
ti
last
the first of these gathas will be found again in Devaputta-S III. 3. u S 3 dvavnttum has been seen already in this Samyutta, IV. 2.
I2
the
dvivaddham. 13 S - 3 aratt.
1
-2
sauiudadvudasiivaddham
S3
S1 -2 samududvadaidvattam.
;
I. 5. 8.]
ADITTA-VAGGA
5.
5.
33
Anomiya.
l
\\
Anomanamam mpunatthadassim
pannadadam. kamalaye asattam
tarn passatha
||
sabbavidum sumedham
mahesin-ti
II
||
ariye pathe
kamamanam
||
6.
Acchard.
||
Accharaganasarighuttham pisacaganasevitam vanan-tam mohanam nama katham yatra bhavissatiti

||
II
||
||
Ujuko nama
so raaggo
II
abhaya nama sa disa

4
||
ratho akujano 2
nama
II
II
dhammacakkehi samyuto 3
saty-assa
II
||
||
Hiri tassa apalambo
parivaranam
||
dhammaham sarathim 5 briimi

Yassa etadisam 6 yanam
sa ve
7
II
sammaditthipure javam
||
||
||
itthiya purisassa va
etena yanena
II
nibbanass-eva santike-ti
II
II
7.
Vanaropa
II
(or
Vacanam}.
||
Kesam
diva ca ratto ca
sada
||
dhammattha silasampanna
punnam pavaddhati ke jana saggagamino ti

||
||
||
Aramaropa vanaropa
papan ca udapanan ca tesam diva ca ratto ca
II
||
ye jana setukaraka 8 ye dadanti upassayam

sada,
II
||
II
punnam pavaddhati
te
||
dhammattha silasampanna
jana saggagamino-ti
||
||
8.
Jetavana.
Idam hitam Jetavanam isisanghanisevitam avuttham 9 dhammarajena pitisanjananam mama

||
||
II
||
II
So S nipunattha SS. annujano, altered to ajanako or ajanano (S ). s SS. sarathi. 8 S 2 - 3 etadiso. B. C. samyutto; SS.samyutam. * SS. satassa. 1-2 9 1 6 avuttha S SS. seem to have ce. notices the C. reading upasayam. S 3 avuttam B. avuttham. See Devaputta-S. I. 10.
1
34
DEVATA-SAMTUTTA
vijja ca
I.
[I. 5. 8.
kammam
dhammo
II ||
ca
II
silam jivitara
uttamam
II II
||
na gottena dhanena va hi Tasma pandito poso sampassam attham attano

etena macca sujjhanti
||
yoniso vicine
dhammam
II
Sariputto va pannaya
tattha visujjhati sileua upasamena ca

II ||
||
evam
II
II
yo pi paragato
bhikkhu
etava paramo siyati
||
||
9.
Macchari.
Ye dha 2
aiinesam
maccharino loke
dadamananam
||
||
kimdiso 3 tesam vipako
kadariya paribhasaka antarayakara nara samparayo ca kimdiso

II
||
II
II
||
bhavantam 4 putthum
agamma
||
katham janemu
tarn
mayan
ti
||
||
Ye dha
aiinesam
maccharino loke
||
dadamananam
II
||
kadariya paribhasaka antarayakara nara

II II
||
II
nirayam tiracchanayonim yamalokam uppajjare manussattam dalidde jayare kule colam pindo rati khidda yattha kicchena 5 labbhati parato asimsare bala tarn pi tesam na labbhati
||
sace enti
II
II
||
||
||
||
ditthe
Iti
dhamme
sa vipako
II
||
samparaye
ca duggatiti
II
||
||
h-etam vijanama aniiam pucchama Gotama 7 8 ye dha laddha manussattam vadaniiu vitamacchara buddhe pasanna dhamme ca sanghe ca tibbagarava
|| ||
||
||
||
kimdiso
tesam vipako
||
samparayo ca kimdiso
||
||
bhavantam 10 putthum agamma

mayan-ti
||
II
katham janemu
tarn
Ye dha laddha manussattam buddhe pasanna dhamme ca u ete

sagge pakasenti
||
||
vadailuu vitamacchara
II
II
sanghe tibbagarava 12 yattha te upapajjare

||
II
II
2 B. Te ca SS. Te dhammaccharino. 3 SS. kidiso. * SS. 6 7 S 1 - 3 samparayo. B. yatthakiccena. SS. Gotamum. * "' u B. B. Te ca here and further on. SS. kidiso. SS. Bhagavantam. lz SS. and B. here aoove. sagga pakusanti. upapajjare uppajjare
1
B. param gato.
6
Bhagavantam.
I. 5. 10.]
ADITTA-VAGGA
||
5.
35
II
sace enti manussattam
addhe ajayare kule

f|
colam pindo rati khidda parasambhatesu bhogesu

ditthe
yatthakicchena
labbhati
1 1
||
||
||
vasavattiva modare 2
||
dhamme
sa vipako
3 samparaye ca suggatiti
II
||
10.
Ghatikaro.
Aviham upapannase
ragadosaparikkhina
II
||
vimutta satta bhikkhavo

tinna loke visattikan-ti
5
|| ||
II
||
Ke
te
6
ca te 4 atarum
hitva
pankam manusam deham

8
||
maccudheyyam suduttaram
7
II
II
||
dibbayogam upaccagun-ti
||
Pukkusati ca te tayo Upako Phalagando ca 9 10 11 Bhaddiyo Khandadevo ca Bahuraggi ca Pingiyo te hitva manusam deham dibbayogam upaccagun-ti
|| || II
||
||
Kusalam
kassa te
12
bhasasi
13
tesam
||
dhammam
||
||
amlaya
marapasappahajanam acchidum u bhavabhandha|| ||
nan-ti
Na
auiiatra
te
yassa
Bhagavata naniiatra tava sasana dhammam amlaya acchidum bhavabandhaII

II || ||
15
nam
II
tarn
yattha namanca rupaiica asesam uparujjhati te dhammam idha fiaya acchidum bhavabandha||
II
II
nan-ti
II
II
Gambhiram
kassa tvam
ti
II
II
bhasasi
16
vacam
||
dhammam
asirn
||
afifiaya
dubbijanam sudubbudham n vacam 18 bhasasi idisan|| ||
Kumbhakaro pure
||
Yehalihge
19
ghatikaro
*
II
II
matapettibharo asim
Kassapassa upasako
2 1 S. '- 3 yattha kicchena B. yatthakiccena (as above). S vasavattiva 4 S 1 -3 3 C. and S - 2 B. vasavatti pamodare. Zo ca ko ca; S* Ko samparayo. 5 7 8 6 ca ke. SS. sarigam. SS. ke. SS. dibbam yogam. B. Palagando. 10 9 SS. Bhaddiko Bhaddadevo ca. 12 B. Singiyo. SS. Bahudanti. SS. 13 u kusali. SS. bhasasi. SS. acchidam here and further on but in the Deva1-3 n 15 16 SS. naanuatra. SS. bhftsasi. S dhammam fiaya. putta-S. acchidum. 18 SS. vaca. 19 Or Vebhalinge ; B. Vekalinge here aiid further on. m SS - 3 add ti.
l ; ;
1
'
'
36
virato
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
methuna dhamma
te
||
I.
[I. 5. 10.
ahuva so-ham
sagameyyo
pajanami
II
II
ete
||
brahmacari niramiso ahuva te pure sakha vimutte satta bhikkhave

||
||
2
||
ragadosaparikkhine
tinne
loke visattikan-ti
||
II
Evara etam tada
asi
||
yatha bhasasi Bhaggava

1
||
kumbhakaro pure
asi
||
Yehalinge ghatikaro
II
II
Kassapassa upasako brahmacari niramiso virato methuna dhamma

||
||
matapettibharo asi
II
ahuva me sagameyyo ahuva me pure sakha ti evam etam purananam sahayanam ahu sangamo
II
II
II
II
ubhinnam bhavitattanam
A.
||
sarirantimadharinan-ti
4
II
||
Aditta-vaggo pancamo
II
II
Tass-uddanam
A.
II
Adittam Kimdadam
Annam
|| ||
II
Ekamula Anomiyam Acchara Yanaropetam 5

Maccherena Ghatikaro
ti
||
||
CHAPTER YI. JARA-VAGGO.

1.
Jard.
||
kimsu sadhu patitthitam 6 kimsu naranam ratanam kimsu corehi duharan-ti

jara sadhu
II ||
Kimsu yava
||
||
Silam yava jara sadhu

pafina
||
saddha sadhu patitthita 7

||
||
naranam ratanam
pufmam
Ajarasd.
corehi duharan-ti
II
2.
sadhu kimsu sadhu adhitthitam Kimsu aiarasa j kimsu naranam ratanam kimsu corehi hariyan-ti
II II ||
II
II
1 4 8 SS. 3 All S'- 3 vimutta S 3 vimutto. bhikkhavo. S 1 "khfno tinno. 5 these pfithas will be found again in Devaputta-S. Til. 4. S 3 khina tinna
; ;
-2
Tacanam jeto
S 3 vatamam jeto.
B. patitthita.
SS. patitthitam.
I. 6. 6.]
JARA-VAGGA
6.
37
||
Silam ajarasa sadhu saddha sadhu adhitthita l pafma naranam ratanam puiinam corehi hariyan-ti
|| II
||
||
3.
Mittam.
Kimsu pathavato 2 mittam kimsu mittam sake ghare kim mittam samparayikankim mittam 3 atthajatassa
||
II
'
||
ti
II
||
Sattho
mittam mata mittam sake ghare sahayo atthajatassa hoti mittam punappunam sayam katani punfiani tarn mittam samparayikan-ti
pathavato
|| ||
||
||
||
II
II
4.
Vatthu.
kimsu-dha parama sakha 6 ye pana pathavim sita ti Putta vatthu 7 manussanam bhariya ca parama sakha vutthibhuta 8 upajivanti ye pana pathavim sita ti
||
Kimsu vatthu manussanam

kimsu bhuta upajivanti
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
II
5.
Janam
(1).
kimsu 9 tassa vidhavati janeti purisam kimsu samsaram apadi 10 kimsu tassa mahabbhayan-ti Tanha janeti purisam cittam assa vidhavati satto samsaram apadi dukkham assa mahabbhayan-ti
Kimsu
||
||
II
||
II
II
||
||
||
II
6.
Janam
(2).
Kimsu janeti purisam kimsu tassa vidhavati kimsu samsaram apadi kisma 11 na parimuccatiti Tanha janeti purisam cittam assa vidhavati dukkha na parimuccati ti satto samsaram apadi
||
||
II
II
II
||
||
||
II
||
pancasato.
S3 satto SS. adhitthitam. 2 SS. pavasato. 3 S3. kim nimittam. 7 8 SS. vutthim bhutd. 6 SS. yatthuni. B. pathavisitati. 10 omit su. B. apadi always. u SS. kissa.
1
5 9
SS. SS.
38
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
7.
I.
[I. 6. 7.
Janam
(3).
||
Kimsu janeti purisam

kimsu samsaram apadi
||
||
kimsu tassa vidhavati kimsu tassa parayanan-ti

||
||
[|
Tanha janeti purisam satto samsaram apadi
II
cittam assa vidhavati
II
kammam
8.
tassa parayanan-ti
1
1| ||
Uppatho?
||
Kimsu uppatho akkhati kimsu rattindivakkhayo kim malam 3 brahmacariyassa kim sinanam anodakan||
'
'
||
till
H
4
vayo rattindivakkhayo Rago uppatho akkhati 5 itthi malam brahmacariyassa etthayam sajjate
||
II
II
paja
|| ||
||
tapo brahmacariyanca
||
tarn
sinanam anodakan-ti
9.
Dutiyo.
||
kimsu c-enam pasasati sabbadukkha pamuccatiti Saddha dutiya purisassa hoti paiiiia c-enam pasasati nibbanabhirato macco sabbadukkha pamuccatiti
purisassa hoti
kissa cabhirato 6
Kimsu dutiyam
||
macco
||
||
||
||
||
II
||
II
10. Kavi.
Kimsu nidanam gathanam 7

||
kimsu tasam viyanjanam 7 kimsu sannissita gatha kimsu gathanam asayo ti Chando nidanam gathanam akkhara tasam viyaiija||
||
||
||
||
nam 8
||
namasannissita
gatha
||
kavi
10
gathanam
||
asayo-ti
||
II
Jara-vaggo chattho
Tass-uddanam
Jara Ajarasa Mittam
||
||
||
Uppatho ca Dutiyo ca
II
Yatthu tini Janani ca Kavina purito vaggo
||
ti
||
II
1 2 S 1 - 2 parayanan-ti. These verses recur below I. SS. akkhato. SS. snjjato. SS. kissabhirato.
8. 6.
7
SS.
B. kimsu
mulam. gathanam
byanjanam.
S'- 3 kavi.
B.
akkharanam viyafiianam. ^ J
S2
nassitti (or nassiuti) ssita. V
I. 7. 5.]
ADDHA-VAGGA
7.
39
CHAPTER VII. ADDHA-VAGGO.

1.
Ndmam.
bhiyo na vij jati sabbeva vasam anvagu-ti
II
Kimsu sabbam addhabhavi

kissassa
kisma
II
ekadhammassa
||
||
II
Namam sabbam addhabhavi nama bhiyo na vijjati namassa ekadhammassa sabbeva vasam anvagu-ti
||
||
||
||
II
2.
Cittam.
Kenassu niyati 3 loko kenassu parikissati * kissassa ekadhammassa sabbeva vasam anvaguti
||
II
II
||
||
Cittena niyati
citassa
loko
||
cittena parikissati
II
II
ekadhammassa
sabbeva vasam anvaguti

3.
||
||
Tanhd.
||
kissassa
Kenassu niyati loko kenassu parikissati ekadhammassa sabbeva vasam anvagu-ti

|| II
||
!l
Tanhaya
niyati loko
II
tanhaya ekadhammassa
tanhaya parikissati sabbeva vasam anvagu

II
||
ti
If
||
4.
Samyojana.
Kimsu samyojano
kissassa
6
loko
II
vippahanena
||
kimsu tassa vicaranam nibbanam iti vuccatiti

vitakk-assa vicaranam
iti
||
II
II
Nandi samyojano loko

tanhaya vippahanena
||
7
II
nibbanam
vuccatiti
II
II
5.
Bandhana.
II
Kimsu sambandhano
kissassa vippahanena
loko
II
kimsu tassa vicaranam sabbam chindati bandhanan-ti

II
II
II
II
niyatam.
S niyatim (?) ; S'S - kissa. C. anda and also andha". 6 B. * B. parikassati always. SS. niyati here and further on. kissassu here and further on. 7 B. (supported by C.) vicarana here and further on.
1
SS. attha
4
40
DEVATA-SAHYUTTA
II
I.
[I. 7- 5.
Nandi sambandhano loko vitakk-assa vicaranam tanhaya vippahanena sabbam chindati bandhanan-till
|| II
II
6.
Abbhdhata.
II
II
Kenassu-bbhahato l loko kenassu 2 parivarito kena sallena otinno kissa dhupayito 3 sada ti
II
II
II
Maccunabbhahato loko
tanhasallena otinno
II
jaraya parivarito 4 icchadhupayito sada

II
||
ti
||
II
7.
Uddito.
Kenassu uddito 5 loko

kenassu 6 pihito loko
||
||
kenassu parivarito
II
kismim loko
patitthito
||
ti
||
j|
Tanhaya uddito loko maccuna pihito loko
||
jaraya parivarito
dukkhe loko
patitthito- ti
II
II
8. Pihito.
Kenassu pihito loko
||
kisraim loko patitthito

II
||
II
kenassu uddito 7 loko
kenassu parivarito-ti
||
II
Maccuna
pihito loko
||
dukkhe loko
patitthito
II
II
tanhaya uddito loko
||
jaraya parivarito-ti
II
9. Icchd.
Kenassu bajjhati 8 loko kissa vinayaya muccati kissassu 9 vippahanena sabbam chindati bandhananII
II
II
ti
II
II
Icchaya bajjhati loko

icchaya vippahanena
||
icchavinayaya muccati
II
II
sabbam chindati bandhanan-ti
||
II
* 2 SS. kenassabbhasato. SS. kenassa. s SS. kissa dhiimayito 4 SS. dh^6 S seems to have uccito here and further on, and also S 2 - 3 except in mayito. 8 7 one passage; C. uddito. SS. S 2 - 3 uddito here only. SS. kenassa. kenassa ba (S l ma-) jjhati. SS. kissassa.
l
I. 8. 2.]
CHETVA-VAGGA
10. Loka.
8.
41
Kismim
kissa
l
loko samuppanno
||
loko upadaya
kismim kubbati santhavam kismim loko vihafmatiti

II
||
||
||
Chasu 2 loko samuppanno chasu kubbati santhavam channam eva upadaya chasu loko vihaufiatiti
II ||
||
II
||
Addha-vaggo sattamo
Tass-uddanam
|| ||
||
li
Namam
Cittam ca Tanha ca
ca
||
Samyojanam
Bandhana
||
||
Abbhahat-lJddito 3 Pihito
Iccha Lokena
te
dasa
ti
II
II
CHAPTER VIII. CHETVA-VAGGO.
Ekam antam
ajjhabhasi
||
thita
kho
sa devata
Bhagavantam gathaya
II
1.
C/ietvd.
Kimsu chetva 4 sukham

kissassa
5
seti
II
II
kimsu chetva na
rocesi
socati
ti
II
||
ekadhammassa
chetva sukham
||
vadham
||
Gotama
II
Kodham
vadham
seti
kodham chetva na
If
socati
II
kodhassa visamulassa
madhuraggassa devate tarn hi chetva na socatiti 6 ariya pasamsanti

II
If
If
2.
Eatha.
Kimsu
rathassa
panuanam
||
kimsu ratthassa pannanam
||
kimsu pannanam aggino kimsu pannanam itthiya
If
ti
If
||
1 3 * S - 3 ch<ossu. B. kismim. S 2 - 3 (and perhaps S ) have uddito here. SS. jhatva here and further on C. ghatva. 5 B. kissassu. 6 These gathas will be found again three times (Devaputta- S. I. 3 ; Brahmana- S. I. 1 Sakka1 1
S. III. 1.
42
DEVATA-SAMYUTTA
II
I.
[I. 8. 2.
Dhajo rathassa paiifianam dhumo paiinanam aggino raja ratthassa pannanam bhatta paniianam itthiyati
II
||
II
II
3.
Vitta.
Kimsudha vittam purisassa settham kimsu sucinno sukham avahati

|| II
||
kimsu have sadutaram 1 rasanam katham 2 jivim jivitam ahu setthan-ti

Saddhidha vittam purisassa settham
||
||
||
dhammo
sucinno sukham avahati

||
||
saccam have sadutaram rasanam

pannajivim jivitam ahu setthan
ti
3
II
||
4.
Vutthi.
Kimsu uppatatam settham

kimsu pavajamananam
4
||
kimsu nipatatam varam kimsu pavadatam varan-ti

|| ||
II
||
II
Bijam uppatatam settham vutthi nipatatam vara gavo pavajamananam put to pavadatam varo-ti
||
5
II
||
||
Vijja uppatatam settha sangho pavajamananam
6
||
||
buddho pavadatam
Bhita.
avijja nipatatam vara varo-ti

||
II
II
5.
Kimsudha
pucchami
bhita 7 Janata aneka
||
maggo v-anekayatanam
tarn
pavutto
||
Gotama bhuripaiina
II
kisrnim thito paralokam na bhaye
ti
||
||
Vacam
manailca panidhaya
samma
II
II
kayena papani akubbamano 8 bahvannapanam gharam avasanto
II
SS.
sadhutaram.
12.
8
Yakkha-S. 7 S3 gitam.
2 B. kimsu. B. Vijam ; 'S s - 3

.
Bija.'
These gathas will be found aLriin, S 3 varam. SS. settham.
B. and C. bahunna
I. 8. 7.]
CHETVA-VAGGA
saddho
8.
43
||
mudu samvibhagi
ti
|| ||
vadanuft
||
etesu dharamesu thito catusu
paralokam na bhaye
6.
Na jirati.
||
Kim
'
jirati kirn
na
jirati
kim uppatho
l
||
ti
vuccati
||
kimsu dhammanam paripantho 2 3 yo H
kimsu rattindivakkha-
kim sinanam anodakam lokasmim chiddani yattha cittam na titthati 4 bhavantam 5 putthum agamma katham janemu tarn ma||
kim malam brahmacariyassa

||
II
kati
||
||
yan-ti
||
||
Rupam jirati maccanam

rago uppatho tho 6
II
||
namagottam na
||
jirati
||
ti
vuccati
lobho
dhammanam
paripan-
vayo rattindivakkhayo
||
itthi
malam brahmacariyassa
7
||
||
tapo ca brahmacariyanca
etthayam sajjate paja tarn sinanam anodakam

|| ||
8
|| ||
Cha lokasmim chiddani 9

alassanca
10
pamadoca
te
II
yattha cittam na titthati anutthanam asamyamo

II ||
||
nidda tandi ca
chidde
7.
sabbaso tarn vivajjaye-ti

Issaram.
II
II
Kimsu issariyam loke kimsu bhandanam uttamam kimsu satthamalam n loke kimsu lokasmim abbudam kimsu harantam 12 varenti haranto 12 pana 13 ko piyo kimsu punappanayantam abhinandanti panclitati
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
If
Vaso 14 issariyam loke itthi bhandanam 15 uttamam kodho satthamalam loke cora lokasmim abbuda coram harantani 16 varenti haranto n samano piyo
|| || || ||
||
||
II
samanam punappunayantam
1
||
abhinandanti panditati
||
||
3 * B. rattidiva here and further on. Sl 6 7 B. paribandho. S 2 - 3 sajjato. SS. Bhagavantam. 10 8 9 B. alasyafica. See above, VI. 8. B. chinde lokasmim cha chiddanL 13 11 12 harento. B. haranto S 3 satthamalam B. satta". S 2 - 3 harentam . " " va pana. SS. bhaccanam here (and above, So B. and C. SS. vayo. 2 3 l 2 16 17 S 2 - 3 S harante; S harenti (or te) ; b harente. harento. except S ).
SS. kimsu.
B. paribandho.
cittena titthati.
44
DEVATA-SAMYTJTTA
8.
I.
[I. 8. 8.
Kama.
II
Kim atthakamo na dade kim macco na pariccaje 3 kimsu mucceyya kalyanam 2 papiyam ca na mocayeII
II
ti
II
II
Attanam na dade poso attanam na pariccaje 5 vacam munceyya kalyanim 4 papikam ca na mocaye
II
II
||
ti
II
II
9.
Patheyyam.
II
kimsu bhoganam asayo kimsu naram parikassati 6 kimsu lokasmim dujjaham kismim baddha 7 puthusatta pasena sakuni yatha ti
||
Kimsu bandhati patheyyam
II
||
||
II
II
iccha
Saddha bandhati patheyyam siri bhoganam asayo naram parikassati iccha lokasmim dujjaha
|| ||
||
||
icchabaddha 9 puthusatta
II
pasena sakuni yatha
ti
||
II
10. Pajjoto.
Kimsu lokasmim
kimsu lokasmim jagaro pajjoto kimsu kamme sajivanam kim assa 10 iriyapatho. kimsu alasam analasanca n mata puttam va posati kimsu bhuta upajivanti ye pana pathavim sitati 12
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
Paiifia
lokasmim pajjoto
sajivanam
||
||
sati
lokasmim jagaro
13
||
gavo kamme
sitassa
vutthi alasam analasanca
vutthibhuta upajivanti
||
mata puttam va posati 15 ye pana pathavim sita ti

II
iriyapatho
||
II
||
II
11.
Arand.
||
Kesu-dha arana loke kesam vusitam na nassati ke-dha iccham 16 parijananti kesam bhojisiyam sada
II ||
II
||
z 3 B. SS. kalyani. papikam here and further on. C. has parikassati, hut SS. papiyam. 6 SS. parikaddhati 10 ' B. bandha. 8 SS. B. icchabandha. B. siri. explains parikaddhati. lj kiinMicassa. So S 1 - 3 S 1 alasam nalasafica B. alasyanalasyamca B. Ta13 15 thavisita. See above, B. and S 2 sitassa. '" B. vittam alasyaiiala>y:uu. 16 S 1 kcdhammaccham ; S 2 ko S 3 kedhamniaccha. above, VI. 4.
So
all
the
MSS.
B. kalyanam.
I.
8.
11.]
CHETVA-VAGGA
tnata pita bhata
l
II
8.
45
kimsu
vandanti
II
kamsu idha jatihinam

II
nam patitthitam abhivadenti khattiya ti

II
||
II
Samanidha arana loke samananam vusitam na nassati samana iccham 2 parijananti samananam bhojisiyam
II ||
sada
||
||
Samauam mata
samanidha
3
pitel
bhata
||
jatihinam
vandanti nam patitthitam abhivadenti khattiya-ti

|| ||
||
||
Chetva-vaggo atthamo
II
Tass-uddanam
Chetva Batham ca Yittam ca
Yutthi Bhita Na-jirati Issaram Kamam Patheyyam
||
II
[|
Pajjoto Aranena ca-ti
||
II
Devata-Samyuttam samattam
II
II
1 B. kimsu; samanidha.
S 1 -' kamsudha;
S 3 kimsudha.
S 1 - 3 Iccha.
B. C. S 2 - 3
BOOK
II.
DEVAPUTTA-SAMYUTTAH.
I.
CHAPTER
1. 1.
PATHAMO-VAGGO.
Kassapo
(1).
Savatthiyam arame Atha kho abhikkantavanno abhikkantaya Kassapo devaputto rattiya kevalakapparn Jetavanam obhasetva yena Bhagava tenupasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva upasankami Ekam antam thito kho Kassapo ekam antam atthasi Bhikkhum Bhadevaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca 2 bhikkhuno anusasan-ti no ca gava pakasesi 3 2. Tena hi Kassapa taniiev-ettha patibhatuti
|| ||
||
||
||
||
||
[|
||
||
8.
Subhasitassa sikkhetha 4
||
samanupasanassa ca
ti
|| ||
II
ekasanassa ca raho
4.
II
cittavupasamassa ca
II
ahosi
Idam avoca Kassapo devaputto samanuuno sattha Atha kho Kassapo devaputto samanuiiiio me
|| ||
satthati
5 Bhagavantam vanditva padakkhinam katva

||
II
tatth-
ev-antaradhayiti
1.
2.
||
Kassapo
||
(2).
Savatthiyam arame 2. Ekam antam thito kho Kassapo devaputto Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi
||
||
Bhikkhu
siya jhayi
vimuttacitto
||
akarikhe ca 7 hadayassanuppattim lokassa iiatva udayabbayaiica 8

||
||
sucetaso asito
tadanisaiuso
ti 10
||
||
SS. thitu. 2 So B. and C. S 3 anusasaninti S 1 - 2 anusasininti. 8 SS. seem have nafine". * IS 3 bhikkhetha. 6 SS. abhivadetva. 6 S - 3 jhayi (S z omits yi). 7 8 B. ce omitted by S 3 SS. udayavyayanca. * B. and C. anisaito. 10 This verse will be found again, Devaputta-S. II. 3.
1
;
;
to
II. 1. 2.]
PATHAMO-VAGGA
1.
47
3. M&gho. arame Savatthiyam 2. Atha kho Magho devaputto abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanna kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva yena Bha1.
|| ||
gava ten-upasankami
detva
II
upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivaII
ekam antam
atthasi
Ekam antam
II
thito
|| II
kho
2
Magho
||
devaputto Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi 3. Kimsu chetva 2 Bukhara seti kimsu chetva
kissassa
||
na socati
If
II
4.
ekadhammassa vadham rocesi Gotamati Kodham chetva sukham seti kodhatn chetva na socati kodhassa visamulassa madhuraggassa Vatrabhu vadham ariya pasamsanti tarn hi chetva na socatiti 3
II
||
II
||
||
II
II
4.
1.
Ekam antam
thito
Nagadho. kho Magadho 4 devaputto Bhaga||

|| II
vantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Kati lokasmim pajjota yehi loko pakasati bhavantam 5 putthum agamma katham janemu
||
||
tarn
mayan-ti
2.
||
||
Cattaro loke pajjota 6 pancam-ettha na vajjati diva tapati adicco rattim abhati candima
||
II
||
||
atha aggi divarattim
||
sambuddho tapatam
1.
settho
5.
tattha tattha pakasati esa abha anuttara

|| II
ti
7
II
II
Ddmali.
||
devaputto abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva yena
2.
Savatthiyam arame Atha kho Damali
||
Bhagava
ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi Ekam antam thito kho
|| II ||
Damali devaputto Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi 3. Karaniyam ettha 9 brahmanena padhanam akilasuna kamaDam vippahanena na tenasimsate bhavan-ti Damaliti u Bhagava 4. Natthi kiccam brahmanassa 10 12 Yava na gadham labhati katakicco hi brahmano
||
|| || II II ||
||
II
||
||
II
II
SS. jhatva always as above and farther on. * S1-3 SS. bhagavantam. SS. Magho. 8 7 SS. Damalo. See above, Devata-S. III. 6. (perhaps SS.) lokapajjota. 9 10 SS. etam. S 1 -* Brahmana natthi kiccassa (S3 kissa). " B. addsca. w B. ti.
1 S 1 thita ; S 3 thita kho sa See above, Devata-S. VIII.
M.
1.
48
DEVAPUTTA-SAMYUTTA
nadisu
1
IP.
[II. 1. 5.
gadham
ayuhati sabbagattehi jantu ca laddhana thale thito so

||
||
||
2 nayuhati paragato hi so-ti 3 es-upama Damali brahmanassa

||
||
khinasavassa nipakassa jhayino
||
pappuyya jati-maranassa antam

nayuhati paragato bi
1.
||
so-ti
*
II II
Ekam antam
II II
thito
6. Kamado. kho Karaado devaputto Bhagavantam
etad avoca
2.
Dukkaram Bhagava sudukkaram Bhagavati Dukkaram va pi karonti (Kamada ti Bhagava)

1
||
||
||
sekba-
silasamahita thitatta
||
anagariyupetassa
3.
||
tutthi hoti
sukhavaha
||
ti
||
II
||
Dullabha Bhagava yadidam tutthi ti Dullabham va pi labbanti (Karnadati Bhagava) cittavuII
pasame rata 5 bhavanaya rato mano-ti yesam diva ca ratto ca 4. Dussaraadaham Bhagava yad idam cittan-ti
|| II
||
||
||
||
Dussamadaham vapi samadahanti

indriyupasame rata
te
5.
||
||
(Karnadati Bhagava)
II
cbetva maccuno jalam
II
ariya gacchanti
|| ||
Kamadati
II
||
Duggamo Bhagava visamo maggo ti Duggame visarae va pi ariya gacchanti

||
Kamada 6
||
||
anariya visame magge
||
ariyanam samo maggo

7.
1.
II
papatanti avamsira ariya hi visame sama
ti
II
II
Pancd/acando.
Ekam antam
thito
kho Pancalacando devaputto Bhagaabhasi

||
vato santike
imam gatham
||
||
2.
Sambadhe vata okasam avindi bhurimedhaso 7 patilinanisabho muniti yo jhanam abuddhi buddho 8 Sambadhe vapi vindanti (Pancalacandati Bhagava)
|| II
||
||
II
II
dhammam 9
nibbanapattiya
II
||
10 ye satim paccalatthamsu
samma 11
te
susamahita
ti
II
II
1 2 3 S 1 bhihoti S 2 - 3 bhSragato hi supama. SS. supamfi. SS. nadesu. SS. hi hohiti. B S 1 divacaramto ca ; S 3 (and perhaps 2 ) divacaranto ca. 6 All 3 7 S1 v> jhanam buddhabuddho ; S yojhdnam ahmldhathe MSS. kamadii.
;
buddho
ti^thanti.
S2 yo jhunam buddho buddho (perhaps * 10

B.
as
b
).
1!.
sumbadhe
.
dhamma
B. paccalaadhamsu.
n S 2 - 3 sammate
pi ca
II. 1. 8.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
8.
1.
49
Tdyano.
1.
Atha kho Tayano x devaputto puranatitthakaro abhi||
kkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasarikamitva
Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antara atthasi

thito
Ekam antam kho Tayano devaputto Bhagavato santike ima gathayo

||
abhasi
2.
||
||
Chinda sotam. parakkamma kame panuda brahmana 2 3 nappahaya muni kame n-ekattam upapajjatiti 4 dalham enam parakkame Kayirafi ce kayirath'-enam
II II
II
||
||
II
II
sithilo 5 hi paribbajo
||
bhiyyo akirate rajam

II II
||
||
Akatam dukkatam seyyo

||
paccha tapati dukkatam katam ca sukatam 6 seyyo yarn katva nanutappati Kuso yatha duggahito hattham evanukantati
||
||
||
||
samanriam dupparamattham 7
||
nirayayupakaddhati
||
8
1| ||
Yam
kifici
sithilam
1 1
kammam
||
sankilittham ca
yam
vatam
'
sankassaram brahmacariyam
lan-ti
1
!! II
na
tarn hoti
mahappha-
3. Idam avoca Tayano devaputto idam vatva Bhagavantara abhivadetva padakkhinam katva tatth-ev-antaradhaII
yiti
4.
II
II
Atha kho Bhagava

II ||
tassa
rattiya
accayena bhikkhu
amantesi
5. Imam bhikkhavo rattim Tayano nama devaputto puranatitthakaro abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno ll kevalakappam Jetavanara obhasetva yenaham ten-upasankami
II
upasankamitva
mam
II II
abhivadetva
ekam antam
atthasi
||
Ekam antam
6.
thito
kho Tayano devaput.to

II
mama
santike
ima
gathayo abhasi
Chinda sotam parakkamma kame panuda brahmana nappahaya muni kame n-ekattam upapajjati Kayiraiice kayirath-enam dalham enam parakkame
II
II
II
II
II
6 S 1 - 2 sathilo S3 satthilo. B. here and further on. ; kayirace kariyatnenam 7 S 1 -2 8 SS. B. dukkatam . . Bukatam. . . dupparamaddham. tappati 10 ' SS. sathilam. All these verses save the first are the same nirayuya upa. u as 311-314 of the Dhammapada SS. "vanna. but the order is not the same.
4
S 1 - 2 Atha kho yatayano.

. .
SS. muni.
SS. ekattam (orekantam).
50
sithilo hi
DEVAPUTTA-SAMYUTTA
paribbajo
||
II.
[II. 1. 8.
bhiyyo akirate rajam

||
||
Akatam dukkatam seyyo

|| ||
paccha tapati
dukkatam
||
||
katam ca sukatam seyyo yam katva nanutappati Kuso yatha duggahito hattham evanukantati samaimam dupparapattham nirayayupakaddhati
|| ||
||
Yam
kinci sithilam
kammam
|| ||
||
sankilitthara ca
yam vatam
sankassaram brahmacariyam
na
7.
tarn hoti mahapphalan-ti
1
||
||
Idam avoca bhikkhave Tayano devaputto

||
||
idam vatva
||
mam
abhivadetva padakkhinam katva tatth-ev-antaradhayi
Ugganhatha bhikkhave Tayanagatha pariyapunatha bhikkhave Tayanagatha atthasamhita bhikkhave Tayanagatha

||
adibrahmacariyikati
1.
||
||
9.
Candima.
||
||
Savatthiyam viharati
Tena kho pana samayena Candima devaputto Rahuna asurindena gahito hotill Atha kho Candima devaputto Bhagavantam anussaramano tayam velayam imam gatham abhasill 2. Namo te buddha vir-atthu vippamutto si sabbadhi tassa me saranam bhavati sambadhapatippanno-smi 3. Atha kho Candimam Bhagava devaputtam arabbha
II || || ||
||
||
Rahum
asurindam gathaya ajjhabhasi Tathagatam arabantam Candima saranam gato

||
II ||
||
Rahu candam pamuncassu buddha lokanukampakati 4. Atha kho Rahu asurindo Candimam devaputtam mun||
||
yena Vepacitti asurindo ten-upasankami upasahkamitva samviggo lomahatthajato ekam antam atthasill Ekam antam thitam kho Rahum asurindam Vepacitti asurindo
citva taramanarupo
||
gathaya ajjhabhasi 5. Kinnu santaramano va

II
II
Rahu candam pamuucasi

||
II
6.
kinnu bhito va titthasiti Sattadha me phale muddha jivanto na sukham labhe 2 no ce muficeyya Candimanbuddhagathabhihito-mhi
samviggarupo agamma
||
||
II
||
II
ti
3
ll II
1 3 Same remarks as above for the whole. z SS. gathabhi<jito. Already published (from the Paritta) with the differing giitha of the next sutta (Journal Oct.-Dec. Atiatique, 1871, p. 226-7).
II. 2. 1.]
ANATHAPINDIKA-VAGGA
10. Suril/0.
2.
51
Tena kho pana saraayena Suriyo devaputto Rahuna asurindena gahito hoti Atha kho Suriyo devaputto Bhagavantam anussaramano tayam velayam imam gatham abhasi 2. Namo te buddha vira-tthu vippamutto si sabbadhi sambadhapatippanno-smi tassa me saranam bhavati 3. Atha kho Bhagava Suriyam devaputtam arabbha Rahum
1.
II ||
||
II
II
||
||
||
asurindam gathaya 1 ajjhabhasi Tathagatam arahantam suriyo saranam gato

||
||
||
||
Rahu pamufica suriyam
Yo
buddha lokanukampaka ti andhakare tamasi pabhamkaro 3 verocano mandali

|| ||
||
II
uggatejo
II
ma Rahu
4.
gili
caram antalikkhe
II
II
pajam
mama 3 Rahu
pamunca suriyan-ti Atha kho Rahu asurindo Suriyam devaputtam muncitva

||
||
taramanarupo yena Yepacitti asurindo ten-upasarikami upasankamitva samviggo lomahatthajato ekam antam atthasi Ekam antam thitam kho Rahum asurindam Vepacitti asurindo
II
gathaya ajjhabhasi 5. Kinnu santaramano va

|| ||
||
Rahu suriyam pamuncasi

kinnu bhito
||
||
samviggarupo agamma
6.
||
titthasiti
||
||
Sattadha
me
phale
muddha
4
||
jivanto na
sukham labhe
II
II
no ce munceyya suriyan-ti buddhagathabhihito-mhi Pathamo vaggo Tass-uddanam

|| II
||
Dve Kassapa
ca
Magho
||
ca
II
5 Magadho Damali Kamado
||
Paiicalacando ca Tayano
Candima-Suriyena
te dasati
||
II
CHAPTER
II.
ANATHAPINDIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO.
1.
Candimaso.
6
Savatthiyam arame
1.
||
||
devaputto abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva yena
Atha kho Candimaso
1 2 3 * S 2 gathahiya. SS. tamasi; B. pabhakaro. B. mamam. S 3 gathaS 1 "bhihino. * SS. Dauialo. So all the MSS. but, in the udduuu, bhigito
; ;
Candimaso.
52
DEVAPUTTA-SAMYUTTA
||
II.
[II. 2. 1.
upasankamitva Bhagavantam ten-upasankami Ekam antam thito abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi
Bhagava
||
||
kho Candimaso devaputto Bhagavato santike imam gatham

abhasi
2.
II
II
Te
hi sotthim gamissanti
||
||
kacche vamakase
ti
II
maga
||
jhanani upasampajja
ekodinipaka sata
II
II
Te
hi
param gamissanti
II
jhanani upasampajja
1.
ambujo appamatta ranam jaha ti

II
chetva jalam va
||
II
2.
Vendu.
Ekam antam
Sukhita va
4
thito
kho Vendu 3 devaputto Bhagavato

II
santike
2.
imam gatham
te
abhasi
II
II
manuja Sugatam payirupasiya 5 yunja Gotamasasane appamattanusikkhare-ti Ye me pavutte satthipade 6 (Venduti Bhagava) anu||
|| II
||
II
sikkhanti jhayino
kale te appamajjanta
1.
||
II
na maccuvasahga 7 siyun-ti
||
||
3. Dighalatthi.

||
viharati Veluvane Kalandakanivape

2.
Atha kho Dighalatthi devaputto abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno 8 kevalakappam Yeluvanam obhasetva yena
Bhagava ten-upasahkamill upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi Ekam antam thito kho DighaII
latthi devaputto
3.
9 Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi
||
||
Bhikkhu
siya jhayi vimuttacitto
10
II
akankhe ca n hadayassanupattim lokassa fiatva udayabbayam ca

sucetaso asito tadanisamso-ti
4.
12
1|
||
II
||
Nandano.
1. Ekam antam thito kho Nandano devaputto Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Pucchami tarn Gotama bhuripafiiiam 13 anavatam u Bhagavato nanadassanam
|| || || ||
1 SS. kacche va-amakase . 2 SS. jalaiica. 3 S 2 - 3 Vennu; Sênnu; C. Vendo. 7 8 B. SS. vata. * SS. S3 maccuvasaga; S 1 - 2 muccavasaga. sitthipade. yajja. 8 9 bS. 10 SS. SS. vanna. Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi. vippamuttau 12 citto. B. ce SS. have not ca nor ce. See ahove I. 2 same varieties of 13 u B. bhuripaMa. C. andvuttaui. reading beyond those here noticed.
II. 2. 7.]
ANATHAPINDIKA-VAGGA
2.
53
||
Katham
vidham. silavantam vadanti.
katham vidham panfiavantam vadanti katham. vidham dukkham aticca iriyati 1 katham vidham devata pujayantiti 2
II
||
||
||
2.
Yo
sila,va
paiinava bhavitatto
||
||
samahito jhanarato satima 3 sabb-assa soka vigata pahina
4
||
khinasavo antimadehadhari 5
II
II
Tathavidham silavantam vadanti

tathavidho
||
tathavidham paiiiiavantam vadanti
||
dukkham
aticca iriyati
II
II
tathavidham devata pujayantiti 5. Candana.

1.
||
Ekam antam thito kho Candano devaputto Bhagavantam

II ||
gathaya ajjhabhasi
Katham
2.
su tarati
ogham
|| II
II
rattindivam atandito
sidatiti
||
II
appatitthe analainbe
ko gambhire na
II
||
||
Sabbada silasampaihlo
virato kamasaniiaya
||
pannava susamahito araddhaviriyo pahitatto ogham tarati duttaram

rupasamlojanatigo
7
||
II
II
nandibhavaparikkhino
6. 1.
so
gambhire
na
sidatiti
||
||
Sudatto.
Ekam antam
thito
kho 9 Sudatto devaputto Bhagavato

II II II
santike
imam gatham
abhasi
Sattiya viya omattho

2.
kamaragappahanaya Sattiya viya omattho
||
10 dayhamano va matthake sato bhikkhu paribbaje-ti

||
II
||
||
dayhamano va matthake 11 sakkaya ditthippahanaya sato bhikkhu paribbaje-ti

|| II
'
1|
||
Subrahmd. 1. Ekam antam thito kho Subrahma devaputto Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Niccam utrastam idam cittam niccam ubbiggam idam
7.
|| ||
II
mano
II
S3
iriyati.
.
SS. hantima B. nandiraga.

further on.
6 8
* 3 B. pahinna. S2 - 3 pujayanti. SS. jhanapati satimS. 1 So SS. and C. S 1 ko sudha tarati S 2 - 3 kosudhatari. lo 9 B. dayhamane here and C. adds mahogho. SS. add Ta.
; ;
See above, Devata-S. III.
1.
54
DEVAPUTTA-SAMYUTTA
anuppannesu kiccesu
sace atthi anutrastam
2.
II
II.
[II. 2. 7.
atho uppattitesu ca
tarn
||
II
||
me akkhahi
na
II
pucchito-ti
||
||
Na aniiatra bojjhangatapasa
na
aniiatra
ti
II
sabbanissagga
3
indriyasamvara sotthim passami paninan-
aiiiiatra
II
II
3.
Tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
8.
1|
||
Kakudho.
1.
Evam me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Sakete viharati

||
||
Atha kho Kakudho 4 devaputto Anjanavane Migadaye abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno kevalakappam Aiijanavanam obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi 2. Ekam antam thito kho Kakudho devaputto Bhagavantam Nandasi samana ti etad avoca
II ||
II
II
||
||
Kim
laddha avuso-ti
avusoti
||
II
Tena hi samana
socasi
II
ti
II
||
II
Kim jiyittha
Evam
3.
Tena hi samana n-eva nandasi na ca 5

avuso
ti
II ||
socasi ti
||
||
kacci tarn
4.
Kacci tvam anigho bhikkhu atho nandi na ekam asinam arati nabhikiratiti
||
|| ||
vijjati
|| ||
||
5.
Anigno ve aham yakkha atho nandi na vijjati mam ekam asinam arati nabhikiratiti Katham tvam anigho bhikkhu katham nandi na vijjati katham tarn 6 ekam asinam arati nabhikiratiti
||
atho
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
6.
7.
evam janahi avuso-ti brahmanam parinibbutam anandim anigham bhikkhum tinnam loke visattikan||
II II
7 Aghajatassa ve nandi anandi anigho bhikkhu
8
||
nandijatassa
ve
agham
II
Cirassam vata passami

ti
9
ll II
||
||
II
9.
1.
10
||
||
Uttaro.
Rajagaha nidanam Ekam antam thito kho Uttaro devaputto Bhagavato santike iraam gatham abhasi
||
II
2 B. nanfiatrabojjhatapasS nannatra SS. nannatrindriyasamTara s 5 S 1 - 3 neva * SS. omit these words. S 2 nova. C. kukkuto. ' 8 SS. tvam. SS. aghajatassa. SS. nahijatassa C. reads nandijatassa and 9 10 Cf. with the last verse of Devata-S. I. 1. explains jataganhassa. Missing
1
.
|| ||
"nissanga.
8
inSS.
II. 2. 10.]
ANATHAPINDIKA-VAGGA
2.
2.
55

II
||
etam bhayam marane pekkhamano punnani kayiratha sukhavahaniti

3.
II
||
||

1
||
etam bhayam marane pekkhamano lokamisam pajahe santipekkho ti l

10. Anathapindiko.
II
||
||
1. Ekam antam thito kho Anathapindiko devaputto Bhagavato santike ima gathayo abhasi
||
||
Idam hitam Jetavanam

avuttham
2
||
isisanghanisevitam
||
||
dhammarajena
pitisamjananam
ca
||
mama
||
||
||
Kammam
vijja ca
dhammo
||
silam jivitam
uttamam
||
||
etena macca sujjhanti Tasma hi pandito poso
II
na gottena dhanena va 3 sampassam attham attano

||
||
yoniso vicine
dhammam
||
Sariputto va paiinaya
2.
tattha visujjhati 4 silen-upasamena ca

||
||
evam
||
||
yo pi parangato bhikkhu
etava paramo siya

||
ti
5
||
||
Idam avoca Anathapindiko devaputto idam vatva Bhagavantam abhivadetva padakkhinam katva tatth-eva
antaradhayi
3.
||
||
Atha kho Bhagava

||
||
tassa
rattiya
accayena bhikkhu
amantesi
4.
Imam 6
bhikkhave rattim
annataro devaputto abhi-
kkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno kevalakappam Jetavauam

obhasetva yenaham ten-upasankami upasarikamitva mam Ekam antam thito kho abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi
II II
bhikkhave 7 so devaputto mama santike ima gathayo abhasi 5. Idam hitam Jetavanam isisanghanisevitam
II
II
||
II
avuttham 8 dhammarajena
II
pitisamjananam
ca
||
mama
II ||
||
||
kammam
Tasma
vaj ja ca
dhammo
|| II
etena macca sujjhanti

hi pandito poso
silam jivitam uttamam na gottena dhanena va

9 sampassam attham attano
II
II
3 2 1 S 1 -3 S 2 avuttam ; B. avuttham. S 3 avuttham See Devata-S. I. 3. * S 1 - 3 idam. 6 4 See above Devata-S. V. 8. attam. SS. silena upasamena. 1 3 7 SS. omit bhikkhave. b B. avuttham; S 2 - 3 avuttha-m. 9 S - (perhaps SS.) attam.
;
56
DEVAPTJTTA-SAMYUTTA
yoniso vicine
II.
[II. 2. 10.
dhammam
II
Sariputto va pannaya
6.
evarn tattha visujjhati l silen-upasamena ca

li ||
II
II
yo pi parangato bhikkhu etava paramo siya ti Idam avoca bhikkhave so devaputto idam vatva
|| ||
||
mam
II II
II
abhivadetva padakkhinam katva tatth-ev-antaradhayiti 7. Evam vutte ayasma Anando Bhagavantam etad avoca
II
So hi nuna bhante Anathapindiko devaputto bhavissati

ahositi
8.
II
II
Anathapindiko gahapati ayasmante Sariputte abhippasanno

II
A,
A.
Sadhu sadhu Ananda

3
pattabbam anuppattam
devaputto
ti
II II
yavatakam kho Ananda takkaya taya Anathapindiko hi so Ananda

|| || ||
Anathapindika-vaggo dutiyo Tass-uddanam

|| || ||
||
Candimaso ca Yendu * ca Dighalatthi ca Nandano Candano ca Sudatto ca Subrahma Kakudhena ca dasamo Anathapindiko ti TJttaro 5 navamo vutto
||
II
||
II
II
II
II
CHAPTER
III.
NANATITTHIYA-VAGGO TATIYO.
1.
Sivo.
sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam Atha kho Sivo viharati Jetavane Anathapindikassa arame kevalaabhikkantavanno devaputto abhikkantaya rattiya kappam Jetavanam obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasankami
1.
II
Evam me
II
||
upasarikamitva
atthasi
II
II
Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam Ekam antam thito kho Sivo devaputto Bhagavato
||
santike
2.
ima gathayo abhasi

||
||
sabbhi kubbetha
II
santhavam
II
||
satam saddhammam annaya seyyo hoti na papiyo Sabbhir eva samasetha sabbhi kubbetha santhavam satam saddhammam annaya panna labbhati" nannato 8
II ||
1
||
||
||

|| II
II
satam saddhammam annaya soka-majjhe na socati Sabbhir eva samasetha sabbhi kubbetha santhavam
||
II
||
SS. silena upasamena.

*
7
anupattabbam. sandliavam always.
SS. Vennu.
B.
S 1 here and above has parama. 8 SS. kakudhena cattaro.

labhati.
*
3
6
B. pattililmm
B. krubbeth'a
pafmam
!6S.
anufmato.
II. 3. 3.]
NANATITTHIYA-VAGGA
a u nay a
II
3.
57
|| ||
satam saddharamam
satam saddhammam
Sabbhir eva samasetha Sabbhir eva samasetha
nati-majjhe virocati sabbhi kubbetha santhavam

II
II
||
aiiiiaya
II
satta gacchanti
suggatim
||
l
II
||
sabbhi kubbetha santhavam.

II
3.
satam saddhammam annaya satta titthanti satatan-ti Atha kha Bhagava Sivam devaputtatn gathaya paccha||
II II ||
||
bhasi

II
||
satam saddhammam aniiaya

2.
sabbadukkha pamuccatiti 2 Khemo.
1|
||
Ekam antam
thito
kho
||
Khemo
||
devaputto Bhagavato
santike ima gathayo abhasi Caranti bala dummedha amitten-eva attana

||
||
karonta 3 papakam
katukapphalam na tarn kammam katam sadhu yam katva anutappati vipakam patisevati yassa assumukho rodam tarn ca kammam katam sadhu yam katva nanutappati
||
kammam yam hoti

||
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
II
yassa patito
sumano
||
vipakam
||
patisevati
||
||
Patikacceva 5 tarn kayira yam janiia hitam attano na sakatikam cintaya mantadhiro parakkame 6
||
||
||
||
yatha sakatiko pantham samam hitva mahapatham visamam maggam aruyha akkhacchinno vajhayati 7 evam dhamma apakkamma adhammam anuvattiya mando 8 maccumukham patto akkhachinno vajhayati ti
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
||
3.
I.
SerL
Ekam antam
thito
II
||
kho Seri 9 devaputto Bhaga van tarn

||
gathaya ajjhabhasi Annam evabhinandanti

atha ko
ubhayo devamanusa
||
nama
so
yakkho
||
II
yam annam
||
nabhinandatiti
||
10
II
||
Ye nam
dadanti saddhaya
tarn eva annam bhajati Tasma vineyya maccheram
vippasaimena cetas& asmim loke paramhi ca

||
||
||
punfiani paralokasmim
II
dajja danam malabhibhu 11 patittha honti paninan-ti

II
II
||
3 * 1 2 B. karonto. B. patito. B. sugatim. See above, Devata-S. IV. 1. 6 7 SS. parakkamo. C. vajjhayati. SS. patigacceva (S 1 patigamceva). 3 9 Io 8 B. S Seri. SS. atha SS. mano, whence the reading anuvattiyamano. kho nama so yakkho yam annam abhinandati. " See above, Devata-S. V. 3. 6
58
2.
DEVAPUTTA-SAMYUTTA
II.
[II. 3. 3.
1 Acchariyam bhante abbhutam yava subhasitam idam bhante Bhagavata

II ||
Ye nam
dadanti saddhaya vippasaraena cetasa tam eva annam bhajati asraim loke pararahi ca
II
||
||
||
Tasma vineyya maccheram

||
||
dajja
danam malabhibhu
|| ||
||
patittha honti paninan-ti pufifiani paralokasmim 2 3. Bhutapubbaham bhante Seri nama raja ahosim dayako 3 tassa mayham bhante catusu danapati dauassa vannavadi
||
dvaresu
danam
diyittha samana-brahmana-kapani-ddhika
||
||
4-
vanibbaka 5 -yacakanam
4.
Atha kho
II
mam
bhante itthagaram 6 upasankamitva etad
avoca 7
||
Devassa kho 8 danam diyati

||
amhakam danam
na
5.
diyati
deyyama
Sadhu mayam pi devam nissaya danani dakareyyama ti Tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi aham kho smi 9
pufifiani
||
|| || ||
danam dassama ti dayako danapati danassa vannavadi vadantanam 10 kin-ti vadeyyan-ti So khvaham bhante a tattha itthagaitthagarassa adasim pathamam dvaram
|| ||
||
danam diyittha mama danam patikkami 12 6. Atha kho mam bhante khattiya anuyutta upasankamitva mam etad avocum Devassa kho danam diyati itthagarassa danam diyati amhakam danam no diyati Sadhu mayam pi devam nissaya daiiani dadeyyama punnani
rassa
|| || || ||
kareyyamati Tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi

1
1 1
II
aham kho smi 13 dayako
danapati danassa vannavadi

kinti vadeyyan-ti
|| ||
danam dassamati vadantanam 14 So kvaham bhante dutiyam dvaram 15

|| II
||
16 adasim tattha khattiyanam khattiyanam anuyuttanam danam mama danam anuyuttanam diyittha patikkami 7. Atha kho mam bhante balakayo upasankamitva etad avoca Devassa kho danam diyati itthagarassa danam diyati
||
||
khattiyanam anuyuttanam danam diyati amhakam danam na Sadhu mayam pi devam nissaya danani dadeyyama diyati
||
punnani kareyyamati
*
||
||
1 z 3 B. cidam. S 1 vannfivfidi ; S 2 vannavadi S 3 vannam vadi. B. Siri. 3 8 6 B. 7 B. kapanaddhika . 1?. av.x -\\m. C. SS. vanibbaka . itthagara. 9 n SS. 10 SS. devasseva. SS. mhi. B. vadante always. pathamadvaram. 13 14 ls B. anuyanta. SS. mbi. SS. have here vadante as B. S 1 - 3 vunuji. 11 B. anuyantanam here and further on.
;
II. 3. 3.]
NANATITTHIYA-VAGGA
II
3.
59
Tassa mayharn bhante etad ahosi aham kho srai dayako danam dassamati vadantanam danapati danassa vannavadi
||
kin-ti vadeyyan-ti
||
||
So khvaham bhante tatiyam dvaram
balakayassa adasim
||
tattha balakayassa
||
danam diyittha mama
danam patikkami
8.
||
Atha kho mam bhante brahmanagahapatika upasankamitva etad avocum Devassa kho danam diyati itthagarassa danam diyati khattiyanam anuyuttanam. danam diyati amhakam danam na diyati balakayassa danam diyati Sadhu mayam pi devam nissaya danam dadeyyama puiiiiani
||
II
II
kareyyamati
Tassa
||
||
mayham
bhante etad ahosi

||
danapati danassa vannavadi

kin-ti vadeyyan-ti
|| ||
aham kho smi 2 dayako danam dassamati vadantanam 3 So khvaham bhante catuttham dvaram
II ||
brahmanagahapatikanam adasim
tattha brahmanagahapati-
kanam danam
9.
||
diyittha
mama danam
patikkami
||
||
Atha kho mam bhante purisa upasahkamitv^ etad avocum Na kho dani devassa 4 koci danam diyatitill Tena Evam vutto-ham 5 bhante te purise etad avocam
II
||
||
hi
bhane
yo bahiresu
janapadesu ayo
upaddham antepuram pavesetha upaddham detha samana - brahmana - kapani - ddhika- vanibbaka-y acakanan-ti 7
10.
II
saujayati tatth-eva
||
tato
danam
II
nam
So khvaham bhante evam digharattam katanam pufifiaevam digharattam katanam kusalanam 8 pariyantam
9
|| ||
II
ettakam puiinan-ti ettako puniiavipako nadhigacchami ti va ettakam sagge thatabban-ti va ti 11. Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yava subhasitam
idam 10 Bhagavata
||
||
Ye nam
tarn eva
dadanti saddhaya
annam
bhajati
||
vippasannena cetasS, asmi loke paramhi ca

|| II
II
||
Tasma vineyya maccheram

punnani paralokasmim
||
danam malabhibhft u honti paninan-ti patittha

dajja
||
||
||
* 3 1 2 SS. have here vadante as B. SS. SS. tatiyavaram. B. khvasmi. 6 add kho. B. vuttaham. S - 3 ayo. 7 See above, 6, 7. 8 B. adds kamman 10 and See No. 3 bhante. nam. SS. ettako vipako. B. cidam above, Devata-S. V. 3.
1
60
DEVAPUTTA-SAMYUTTA
4.
1.
II.
[II. 3. 4.
Ghatikaro.
Ekam antam
thito
kho Ghatikaro devaputto Bhagavato

II II
santike
imam gatham abhasi Aviham upapannase vimutta

raga-dosa-parikkhina
||
satta
bhikkhavo
II
tinna loke visattikan-ti

il
||
[|
2.
Ke
ca te atarum
ke hitva
ti
II II
pankam manusam deham

||
maccudheyyam suduttaram
||
II
dibbayogam upaccagunII
3.
Upako Phalagando ca Pukkusati ca te tayo Bhaddiyo Khandadevo ca Bahuraggi ca Pingiyo 2 te hitva manusam deham dibbayogam upaccagun-ti
||
||
||
1|
||
4.
Kusalam bhasasi tesam

kassa te
dhammam
||
||
marapasappahayinam. annaya acchidum bhava-bandha||
||
||
nan-ti
5.
Na
annatra bhagavata
II
nailnatra tava sasana
||
dhammam annaya acchidum bhavabhandanam namam ca ruparn ca asesam uparujjhati yattha tarn te dhammam idha iiaya acchidum bhavabandhayassa te
|| II
||
II
II
nan-ti
6.
II
II
kassa
Gambhiram bhasasi vacam dubbiianamsudubbuddham tvam dhammam annaya vacam bhasasi idisan ||
II
||
ti
II
II
7.
Kumbhakaro pure asim

mata-petti-bharo asim
||
||
Yehalinge ghattkaro
II
||
Kassapassa upasako virato methuna dhamma brahmacari niramiso

||
||
II
Ahuva
sagameyyo so-ham ete pajanami

|| II
te
||
||
pure sakha vimutte satta bhikkhavo

te
II
ahuva
||
8.
ragadosaparikkhine Evam etam tada asi
tinne loke visattikan-ti
||
II
yatha bhasasi Bhaggava

||
||
kumbhakaro pure
matapetti-bharo
asi
||
Vehalirige ghatikaro
||
||
Kassapassa upasako virato methuna dhamma brahmacari niramiso

||
II II
II
asi
||
ahuva me sagameyyo
9.
Evam evam 3
ahuva me pure eakhati purananam sahayanam ahu sangamo

||
II
||
||
ubhinnam bhavitattanam
sarirantimadhariuan-ti
4
||
II
B. edisam.
notes,
and
2 See Theri-gathii, p. 205. Devatu-S. V. 10.
B. etam.
See above text
II. 3. 6.]
NANATITTHIYA-VAGGA
5.
3.
61
Jantu.
1.
Evam me sutam ekam samayam

viharanti
sambahula bhikkhu
l
Kosalesu
uddhatti
unnal
Himavanta-passe arafinakutikayam capala mukhara vikinnavaca mutthassa3

j|
II
tino asampajana asamahita vibbhattacitta pakatindriya

2.
Atha kho Jantu devaputto tadahuposathe pannarase yena te bhikkhu ten-upasankami liupasankamitva te bhikkhu
gathahi ajjhabhasi
||
II
Sukhajivino pure asum bhikkhft Gotama-savaka aniccha pinclam esana aniccha sayanasanam loke aniccatam fiatva dukkhass-antain akarasu te
|| ||
||
||
||
II
||
Dupposam
katva attanam
||
||
game gamanika viya

||
||
bhutva bhutva nipajjanti paragaresu mucchita sanghassa anjalim katva idh-ekacce vandam-aham
||
||
||
Apaviddha anatha te yatha peta tath-eva te ye kho pamatta viharanti te me sandhaya bhasitam
|| || ||
||
ye appamatta viharanti
1
.
||
namo tesam karom-ahan-ti
||
||
6. Rohito.
Savatthiyam viharaf i
||
||
2.
Ekam antam
II
thito
II
kho Rohitasso devaputto Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca Yattha nu kho bhante na jayati na jiyati na miyati na sakka nu kho so bhante gamanena cavati na uppajjati 6 lokassa anto 7 natum va datthum va papunitum va ti 3. Yattha kho avuso na jayati na jiyati na miyati na cavati na uppajjati naham tam gamanena lokassa antara iiateyyam
|| ||
||
II
dattheyyam patteyyan-ti vadamiti 4. Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yava subhasitam idam 9 bhante Bhagavata yattha kho avuso na jayati na jiyati na miyati na cavati na uppajjati naham tam gamanena lokassa antam nateyyam dattheyyam patteyyan-ti
||
||
||
||
vadamiti
5.
||
||
Bhutapubbaham bhante Rohitasso nama

10
II
isi
ahosim
||
Bhoja-putto iddhima vehasangamo
tassa
mayham
bhante
vitthS.
2 S 3 unnala. 3 This list recurs in Pup;. III. 12. 4 B. apa* B. 7 SS. tathevaca. B. antani. upapajjati here and further on. 10 B. dittheyyam. * B. subhasitam cidam here and further on. S 2 vebha
1
SS. kutiyam.
6
'
62
DEVAP1JTTA-SAMYUTTA
II.
[II. 3. 6.
seyyathapi nama dalhadhammo dhaevarupo javo ahosi 1 nuggaho sikkhito katahattho katayoggo katupasano lahu||
kena asanena appakasiren-eva tiriyam talacchayam atipateyya

6.
II
II
Tassa
mayham
bhante evarupo padavitiharo ahosi

pacchirao sarauddo
|| II
II
seyyathapi
mayham bhante evarupam

manena
7.
puratthimasamudda icchagatam uppajji
tassa
aham
ga-
lokassa
antam papunissamiti
||
|j
So khvaham 8 bhante evarupena javena samannagato
4 3 evarupena ca padavitiharena anuatr-eva asita-pita-khayi-
ta-sayita aniiatra
uccarapassava-kamma aniiatra nidda-kila5

|| ||
matha-pativinodana vassasatayuko vassasatajtvi vassasatam 6 7 gantva appatva ca lokassa antam antara va kalahkato
Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yava subhasitam idam bhante Bhagavata yattha kho avuso na jayati na jiyati na miyati na cavati na uppajjati naham tarn gamanena lokassa antam iiateyyam dattheyyam patteyyan-ti vadamiti 8 9 9. Na kho panaham avuso appatva lokassa antam dukkhassa u avuso imasminiieva 10 api khvaham antakiriyam vadami 12 13 safifiimhi samanake lokam ca vyamamatte kalevare
8.
II
1|
1|
paniiapemi lokasamudayam ca lokanirodham ca lokanirodha-
gaminim ca patipadan-ti 10. Gamanena na pattabbo

||
||
||
lokass-anto
||
kudacanam
||
na ca appatva lokantam dukkha Tasma bhave lokavidu sumedho

II
atthi
pamocanam
II
lokantagu vusitabrahmacariyo lokassa antam samitavinatv^

II
||
nasimsati lokam
imam paran
7.
ca
ti
II
II
Nando.
1.
Ekam antam
thito
kho Nando devaputto Bhagavato

|| ||
santike
imam gatham
abhasi
Accenti kala tarayanti rattiyo
II
vayoguna anupubbam jahanti

1
II
1 B. omits katayoggo. 2 S kho bam. 3 B. omits ca. * S 1 annato ca. 5 B. vassa8 satam jivi. All this passage from papunissami to lokassa antam is missing in S3 Almost the same part from antam papunissami to nppatva ca (or va) lokassa 7 is superadded in S SS. omit va. 8 After this word, SS. repeat afn >li yattha 10 kho avuso naiavati patteyyanti vadami. SS. ca. SS. dukkli;issant,ikiriyam vadumiti. " SS. caham. 1: S 1 -2 kajebare S 3 kalebare. 13 B. sasaMimhi.
.
II. 3. 9.]
NANATITTHIYA-VAGGA
3.
63
etam bhayam marane pekkhamano

puijfiani kayiratha
2.
sukbavahaniti
||
||
||
Accent! kala tarayanti rattiyo
vayoguna anupubbam jahanti etam bhayara marane pekkhamano lokamisam pajahe santipekkho-ti l
||
II
II
II
8. Nandivisalo.
1.
Ekam antam
thito
kho Nandivisalo devaputto 2 Bhaga||

II
vantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Catucakkam navadvaram punnam lobhena samyutam 3 parikajatam mahavira katham yatra bhavissatiti
|| ||
||
||
||
2.
Chetva nandini
varattafi ca
||
icchalobhafi ca
papakam
5
II
samulam tanham * abbuyha evam yatra

||
bhavissatiti
1|
II
9.
1.
Susitno.
Savatthi nidanara
||
||
Atha kho ayasma Anando yena Bhagava tenupasankami upasankatnitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam Ekam antam nisinnam kho ayasmantam antam nisidi Anandam Bhagava etad avoca Tuyham pi no Ananda
2.
||
||
II
II
Sariputto ruccatiti 3. Kassa hi nama bhante abalassa adutthassa amulhassa

II
II
Pandito avippallatthacitassa ayasma Sariputto na rucceyya bhante ayasma Sariputto 6 mahapanno bhante ayasma Sari7 puthupanfto bhante ayasma Sariputto hasapanno putto bhante ayasma Sariputto javariapanno bhante ayasma Sari|| ||
||
||
||
tikkhapanno bhante ayasma Sariputto nibbedhikabhante ayasma Sariputto appiccho bhante ayasma Saripanno santuttho bhante ayasma Sariputto pavivitto bhante putto
putto
||
||
II
||
II
asamsattho bhante ayasma Sariputto ayasma Sariputto bhante ayasma Sariputto vatta bhante ayasma araddhaviriyo
|| II II
vacanakkhamo bhante ayasma Sariputto codako Sariputto bhante ayasma Sariputto papagarahi bhante ayasma Sarihi nama bhante abalassa adutthassa amulhassa kassa putto
|| II ||
||
avippallatthacittassa
ayasma Sariputto na rucceyyati
||
||
3 See above, Devata-S. I. 4. 2 S 3 Nandh-isalo. SS. bharissati. S 3 sa6 6 See above, Devata-S. III. 9. SS. add here appiccho 7 SS. bhante ayasma Sariputto, which will be found further on. hasupanio (or bhasu"), here and further on.
1
mulatanham.
64
A.
DEVAPUTTA-SAMYUTTA
A.
II
II.
[II. 3. 9.
Evam
Ananda
1
etam Ananda
evam etam Ananda
||
kassa hi
nama
abalassa adutthassa amulhassa avippallatthacitassa

||
||
Pandito Anando Sariputto mahaAnanda Ananda Sariputto puthupaiiiio paiino Sariputto javanapaniio Ananda Sarihasapafmo Ananda Sariputto tikkhapanno Ananda Sariputto putto nibbedhikapaiino Ananda Sariputto appiccho Ananda Sariputto santuttho Ananda Sariputto pavivitto Ananda Sariputto asamsattho Ananda Sariputto vatta Ananda Sariputto vacanakkhamo Ananda Sariputto codako Anando Sariputto papagarahi Ananda Sariputto kassa hi namo Ananda abalassa adutthassa
Sariputto na rucceyya
|| ||
||
||
||
II
II
II
||
||
II
||
||
||
amulhassa avippallatthacittassa Sariputto na rucceyya ti 2 5. Atha kho Susimo devaputto ayasmato Sariputtassa
||
||
vanne bhannamane
mahatiya devaputta-parisaya parivuto yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam

||
abhivadetva ekara antara atthasi

6.
||
||
Ekam antam
II
II
thito
kho Susimo devaputto Bhagavantam

||
etad avoca
Sugata kassa hi nama bhante abalassa adutthassa amulhassa avippallatthacittassa ayasma Sariputto na rucceyya Pandito bhante ca ayasma Sari3 papagarahi bhante ayasma Sariputto kassa hi naputto pe
||
Evam etam Bhagava evam etam
II
II
||
ma
bhante abalassa adutthassa amulhassa avippallatthacittassa 4 5 ayasma Sariputto na rucceyya Aham pi hi bhante yaniiad
II
eva devaputtaparisam upasankamim etad eva bahulam saddam sunami Pandito ayasma Sariputto pe papagarahi ayasma kassa hi nama abalassa adutthassa amulhassa Sariputto ti
|| ||
||
||
avippallatthacittassa
7.
ayasma Sariputto na rucceyya

devaputtassa
ti
||
||
Atha
kho
Susimassa
devaputta-parisa
ayasmato Sariputtassa vanne bhannamane attamaua pamudita pitisomanassajata uccavaca 6 vannanibha upadamseti
||
8.
Seyyathapi
nama maniveluriyo subho jatima atthamso
suparikammakato pandukambale nikkhitto bhasate ca tapate

ca virocati ca
II
evam evam Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-
1 2 SS. Susimo here and further on. S 1 -3 omit kassa hi nama Ananda. This and the following abridgments are in SS only. In B. the text runs on all * 6 B. ahamhi. b2 yaniia S 2 yamfiad ; B. yadeva (by correction). along. 8 S 3 uccavaca .
II. 3. 10.]
NANATITTHIYA-VAGGA
3.
65
parisa ayasmato
Sariputtassa vanne bhaiinamane attaman

II
pamodita pitisomanassajata uccavaca vannanibha upadamseti

9.
Seyyathapi naraa
nekkham jambonadam dakkhakammal
raputtena sukusalasampahattham pandukambale nikkhittam bhasate ca tapate ca virocati ca evara evam Susimassa
II
devaputtassa devaputtaparisa
10. Seyyathapi
||
pe
II
upadamseti
||
rattiya bhasate ca tapate ca virocati ca

||
nama 3
puttassa
devaputta-parisa
paccusamayam osadhitaraka evam evara Susimassa devaayasmato Sariputtassa vanne
bhannamane attamana pamudita pitisomanassajata uccavaca

vannanibha upadamseti
11. Seyyathapi
II
nama saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalahake deve adicco nabham abbhussukkamano 4 sabbam akasagatam tamam 5 abhivihacca 6 bhasate ca tapate ca virocati ca evam evam Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-parisa ayasmato
||
Sariputtassa vanne
bhannamane attamana pamudita

|| ||
pitiso-
manassajata uccavaca vannanibha upadamseti
12. Atha kho Susimo devaputto ayasmantam Sariputtam arabbha Bhagavato santike imam, gatham abhasi Pandito ti samaiinato Sariputto akodhano
|| ||
||
||
appiccho sorato danto

13.
||
satthuvannabhato
isiti
||
||
Atha kho Bhagava ayasmantam Sariputtam arabbha Susimam devaputtam gathaya paccabhasi
|| ||
Sariputto akodhano danto kalam karikhati bhatiko sorato appiccho
Pandito
ti
samannato
ti
||
||
II
su-
danto
II
II
10. N&n&titthiyA.
1.

Veluvane Kalandakanivape
||
viharati
2.
Atha kho sambahula nana-titthiya-savaka devaputta Asamo ca Sahali ca Nimko ca Akotako ca Vetambari ca 9
Manava-gamiyo ca abhikkantaya
rattiya abhikkantavanna
2 1 S 3 dakkham S2 "puttena kusala ; So SS. and C. B. nikkham. B. "kammaraputtaukkaraukhasukusala C. kammaraputtam ukkamukhesukusalam sampahattham. 3 SS. omit numa B. adds saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalahake deve, of the next paragraph. * B. abbhussakkaniano. * B. tamagatam. 6 S 1 - 2 abhavihacca 7 SS. vannabhato. 8 C. has bhattiko B. abl>ivilianna. SS. bhavito. 9 B. sahali niko vegabbhari here and further on.
; ; ; ; ; ;
66
DEVAPUTTA-SAMYUTTA
II.
[II. 3. 10.
kevalakappam Veluvanam obhasetva yena Bhagava tenupasamkamimsu upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthamsu 3. Ekam antam thito kho Asamo devaputto Puranam l
||
||
||
Kassapam arabbha Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi

Idha chinditamarite hatajanisu Kassapo 2 papam na pan-upassati punilam va pana attano
|| ||
||
||
||
||
sa ce 3 vissasam acikkhi
4.
||
sattha arahati
mananan
ti
4
|| ||
Atha kho Sahali devaputto Makkhali-Grosalam 5 arabbha Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi
||
||
Tapo-jigucchaya
susamvutatto
||
||
vacam pahaya kalaham janena samo savajja 7 virato saccavadi na hi nuna tadisam karoti 8 papan-ti 5. Atha kho Nimko 'devaputto Nigantham Nataputtam arabbha Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi 9 Jegucchi nipako bhikkhu catuyama-susamvuto dittham sutanca accikkham 10 na hi nuna u kibbisi
|| || ||
||
||
||
||
'
||
siya
ti
||
||
Atha kho Akotako devaputto nanatitthiye arabbha Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi Pakudhako Katiyano Nigantho 12
6.
|| || ||
ye ca pime
13
Makkhali Puranase
16
||
14 ganassa sattharo samannapatta
l5
||
7.
na hi nuna te sappurisehi dure-ti Atha kho Yetambari devaputto Akotakam devaputtam

II II
gathaya paccabhasi
17
II ||
18 chavo 19 sigalo 20 Sagaravenapi 21 na kutthako sihasamo kadaci
||
||
naggo musavadi ganassa sattha sankassaracaro 22 na satam 23 sarikkho

||
ti
||
||
2 S papam na sa panupassati B na papam samanupassnti. h 5 H. Makklialim S -- tapoci (S 3 di) '*'SS. 3. arajati maninti. 3 10 8 9 7 B. S SS. SS. jegucchi. pavajja. nahandnatadipakaroti. gucchaya. ll 12 13 u SS. satthate B. ye ca. SS. nahaniina SS. Nigandho. acikkha. 3 3 15 ls S has Puranassatthate SS. samafma SS - nahanunate S naliunate. 17 M So SS. B. sihacaritena C. saharacittena. l9 SS. javo. SS. ajjhabhasi. 23 20 21 - C. vucaro B. C. singalo. So B. B. kotthako C. kutthako. (:-). and C. SS. na tarn.
1
B. Puranam.
B. vave.
II. 3. 10.]
NANAT1TTHIYA-VAGGA
3.
67
8.
visitva
Atha kho Maro papiraa Vetarabarim devaputtam anvaBhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi 2 Tapojigucchaya ayutta palayam pavivekiyam
II II
||
II
rupe
te ve
9.
ca ye nivitthase
||
||
devalokabhinandino
ti
II
sammanusasanti
paralokaya matiya
*
II ||
Atha kho Bhagava Maro ayam papima Maram papimantam gathaya paccabhasi
||
iti
viditva
||
keci rupa idha va hurara va 5 antalikkhasmi pabhasavanna ye sabbe vat' ete Namucippasattha 6
10.
Ye
||
II
araisam va macchanam vadhaya khitta ti Atha kho Manava-garniyo devaputto Bhagavantam arabbha Bhagavato santike iraa gathayo abhasi
||
||
||
II
Yipulo rajagahiyanarn Seto himavatam settho
||
||
giri settho pavuccati adicco aghagaminam

II
II
||
samuddo udadhinarn 8
sadevakassa lokassa
||
settho
nakkhattanarn va candima
||
II
||
buddho aggo pavuccatiti

||
|| || ||
Nauatitthiya-vaggo tatiyo Tass-uddanarn

Sivo
Khemo 9
ca Seri ca
||
Nando Nandivisalo ca
Ghati Jantu ca Rohito Susimo Nanatitthiye ca te dasa

II
||
ti
||
||
Devaputta-samyuttam nitthitam
||
||
4 7
2 3 1 SS 2 - 3 rupo. SS. pavivekayain. SS. ajnitta (S 2 anutta) pala)-am. 5 * B. B. ye vanta SS. paralokayani matiyati. SS. samma pasattha. 8 B sarauddodhadinam (comp. MahaB. rajagahiyanam; S 1 rajagahiyyanam.
; .
vagga of the Vinaya VI. 35.
8).
S kheli
S khemi
kholi.
68
BOOK IIL-KOSALA-SAMYUTTAM.
CHAPTER
I.
PATHAMO-VAGGO.
Daharo.
1.
1.

||
Savatthiyam
ten||
viharati Jetavane Anathapindikassa arame 2. Atha kho raja Pasenadi '-kosalo yena
||
Bhagava
upasahkarai
nisidi
3.
upasahkaraitva Bhagavata saddhim sammodi sammodaniyam katham saraniyam vitisaretva ekam antam.
|| ||
Ekam antam
nisinno kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga||
pi no Gotamo anuttaram sammasambodhim abhisambuddho-ti patijanatiti 3 4. Yam hi tarn maharaja sammavadamano vadeyya anuttaram sammasambodhim abhisambuddho ti maman-tam 4 sammavadama.no vadeyya aham hi maharaja 5 anuttaram sammasambodhim abhisambuddho ti
vantam etad avoca
||
Bhavara
||
II
||
II
II
bho Grotama samana-brahmana sanghino ganino ganacariya fiat a yasassino titthakara sadhu sammata 6 seyyathidam Purano -Kassapo Makkhali-Gobahujanassa
5.
Ye
pi te
||
Nigantho Nataputto Sanjayo-belatthaputto Kakudho 10 te pi maya anuttaram Kaccayano Ajito-kesakambalo sammasambodhim abhisambuddho ti patijanathati ll puttha samand anuttaram sammasambodhim abisambuddho ti na pasalo
7
8 9
||
tijananti
kim pana bhavam Gotamo daharo c-eva jatiya navo ca pabbajayati

12
|| ||
||
1 B. Passenadi always. but the place of the word
2
is
mahuruju.
place
10
The words Seyyatniuatn puruno

7
S 2 Bhagavam 4 S empty.
3
.
S3
h'as
mamam
1
not patijunatiti
;
S2
6
tarn
S*
mantam.
also, S 1 -*
are omitted
'
2 3 by S .
is white, empty. 8S. -kambali (S 4 li).

ti
mosambuddlio
9 Sb. nathaputto. 8 S - 3 belatthi 12 n SS. omit S 1 - 3 nnuttaraiii sampatijanuthuti. S 2 anuttaram sarnmasambo ti patijanauti. patijunanti
;
but in S 2 the ; B. Takuddho.
III.
1.
1.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
69
ti
6.
Cattaro kho
me
harati na paribhotabba
maharaja daharo ti tabbo Urago kho maharaja daharo ti na unnatabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbho Aggi kho maharaja daharo
|| || || ||
na uiinatabba daKhattiyo kho na unnatabbo daharo ti na paribho-
maharaja dahara
||
katarae cattaro
||
||
ti
na paribhotabbo Bhikkhu kho ti unnatabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbo maharaja daharo na Ime kho maharaja cattaro dahara ti na unnatabba dahara ti na paribhotabba ti
na unnatabbo daharo
ti
II || ||
II
II
II
7.
Idam avoca Bhagava

2
II
II
idam vatvana Sugato athaII
param etad avoca sattha 8. Khattiyam jatisainpannam

||
ahhijatam yasassinam
||
||
daharoti navajaneyya na nam paribhave naro thanam hi so manussindo rajjam laddhana khattiyo
||
||
so
kuddho rajadandena
II
||
9.
tasma tarn parivajjeyya Game va yadi varaniie yattha passe bhujarigamam daharo ti navajaneyya na nam paribhave naro
||
tasmim pakkamate bhusam rakkham jivitam attano

||
II
||
||
||
||
uccavacehi vannehi
so asajja darnse
4
||
urago carati
II
tejasi
||
balam
tasma tarn parivajjeyya

10.
I)
naram narim ca 5 ekada rakkham jivitaua attano

1|
II
||
||
Pahutabhakkham 6 jalinam 7
daharo
ti
8 pavakam kanhavattanim
navajaneyya
||
na
||
nam
laddha hi so upadanam maha so asajja dahe 9 balam naram narim ca

||
paribhave naro hutvana pavako

10
||
II
ekada
||
tasma
11.
tarn parivajjeyya
||
rakkham jivitam attano

pavako kanhavattani ahorattanam accaye
|| II II ||
II
II
Vanam yad
u aggi dahati
||
12
||
13 jayanti tattha paroha 12. Yau ca kho silasampanno

II
na tassa putta pasavo anapacca adayada talavatthu

II
bhikkhu dahati tejasa u dayada vindare dhanam

15
||
||
||
bhavanti te
II
II
3 s B. 1 atha param. S 1 - 8 tejasi S 3 tejasa. B. omits me. sugata S 1 damso S 1 - 3 dayho. 5 SS. naranarica. 6 B. bahutam C. bahdta For 7 8 SS. jalinam. C. reads pahuta, which occurs often, B. has always bahuta.
||
10 SS. daso. S*- 3 narapacakam, but notices pavakam as another reading. ia ll JU. vanam narica S 1 naranarica. S'^dayhati. The Jataka of yaggi". the Catukka-nipata, V. 6 begins vanam yadaggi dahati, which (seems to be the u SS'. vindate. 14 SS. tola " SS. true reading. (and perhaps nala paroga.
;
S 3 - 3) vatthu.
70
13.
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
III.
[III. 1. 1.
Tasma
hi pandito poso
II
sampassam attham attano

||
||
bhujangamam pavakanca khattiyam ca yasassinam sammad-eva samacabhikkhum ca silasampannam

II
||
retill
14.
||
Evam
II
||
avoca
Bhagavantam etad Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante seyyavutte raja Pasenadi-kosalo

||
thapi bbante nikkujjitam va ukkujjeyya paticchannam va
vivareyya mulhassa va
maggam acikkheyya andhakare va

||
||
1 telapajjotam dhareyya cakkhumanto rupani dakkhinti evam evam Bhagavata anekapariyayena dhamrao pakasito
||
Esaham bbante Bhagavantain saranam

ca
||
gaccharai
dhammam
2
bbikkbusangham ca upasakam mam bhante dharetu aj jatagge panupetam 3 saranam gatan-ti

||
Bhagava
||
2.
1.
||
Puriso.
||
4 Savatthiyam arame 2. Atha kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagava tenupasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam
||
antam
3.
nisidi
||
Ekam antam
||
vantam etad avoca

suviharayati
4.
Kati nu kho bhante purisassa
dhamma
ajjhattam uppajjamana uppajjanti ahitaya dukkhaya apha|| ||
Tayo kho maharaja purisassa dharama ajjhattam uppajjamana uppajjanti ahitaya dukkhaya aphasuviharaya Katame tayo Lobho kho maharaja purisassa dhammo ajjhattam uppajjamano uppajjati ahitaya dukkhaya aphasuvihaDoso kho maharaja purisassa dhammo ajjhattam raya
||
[|
||
||
II
uppajjamano uppajjati ahitaya dukkhaya aphasuviharaya Moho kho maharaja purisassa dhammo ajjhattam uppajjamano line kho uppajjati ahitaya dukkhaya aphasuviharaya
|| II
II II
maharaja tayo
purisassa
dhamma
II
ajjhattam uppajjamana
II
uppajjanti ahitaya dukkhaya aphasuviharaya ti 5. Lobho doso ca moho ca purisam papacetasam himsanti attasambhuta tacasaram va samphalau-ti
||
|| ||
5
||
||
1 s S3 * SS. omit SS. dakkhintiti ; B. dakkhanti. bhante. panupetam. SS. evam me sutam. 4 S - 2 tancasaram; S 3 omits va; C. tecasaram va saphalan-ti. All this sutta, prose and verse, will be found again, III. 3.
l
III.
1.
4.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
3.
1.
71
Raja.
1.
Savatthiyam
||
||
2. Ekam antam nisinno kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca Atthi nu kho bhante jatassa auuatra
1
||
||
jaramarana ti 3. Natthi kho maharaja aiinatra jaramarana 4. Ye pi te maharaja khattiya-mahasala addha 2 mahaddhana
||
||
||
||
mahabhoga pahuta-jataruparajata pahuta-vittupakarana

huta-dhanadhaiina
||
pa-
tesam pi jatanam natthi aiinatra jarama-
rana
5.
||
||
sala
pi te maharaja brahmana-mahasala gahapati-mahaaddha mahaddhana mahabhoga pahuta-jataruparajata

||
Ye
pahuta-vittupakarana pahuta-dhanadhafifia natthi afmatra jaramarana

||
tesam pi jatanam
6.
Ye
pi
5
te
maharaja
bhikkhu
arahanto
khinasava
vusitavanto
anuppattasadattha sammadaiiiia vimutta tesam parikkhina-bhava-samyojana

||
kata-karaniya
ohitabhara
payam kayo bhedana-dhammo nikkhepana-dhammo

7.
ti
6
||
||
Jiranti ve rajaratha sucitta
||
atho sari ram pi jaram upeti satan ca dhammo na jaram upeti

1 1
|j
santo have sabblii pavedayantiti 7

4.
1.
||
||
Piya.
Savatthiyam
||
||
2.
Ekam antam
nisinno kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga|| II
vantam etad avoca Idha 8 mayham bhante rahogatassa patisallinassa evam kesam nu kho piyo atta kesam cetaso parivitakko udapadi
||
appiyo atta
3.
ti
||
||
Tassa
mayham
bhante etad ahosi

||
||
||
vacaya duccatesam appiyo ritam atta ti atha kho no te evam atta vadeyyum piyo kiiicapi hi Tarn kissa hetu tesam appiyo atta yam appiyo
|| ||
||
Ye kho
keci kayena duccaritam caranti inauasa duccaritam caranti caranti

||
||
II
II
||
instead
6
8
3 S 1 has cittu C. has pahutta cittupakarana B. attM. * S 1 -* vusitamanto. SS. hi. next paragraph. 7 See B. nikkhepadhammo ; C. nikkhepanasabhavo. Dhammapada, V. 151. SS. omit idha.
1
SS. omit nu.

of vittu
in the
72
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
1
III.
[III.
1. 4.
appiyassa kareyya tarn te attana va
attano karonti
||
tasma
tesam appiyo
4.
att
II
II
keci kayena sucaritam karonti vacaya manasa sucaritam caranti tesam piyo sucaritam caranti
II || ||
Ye
ca kho
atta
II
kiiicapi te
||
evam vadeyyum
Tarn kissa hetu
||
||
appiyo no
attati
||
atha kho
tesam piyo atta

5.
yam hi
||
3 4 tarn te 2 attana va attano karonti
piyo piyassa kareyya tasma tesam piyo attati

|| ||
||
Ye hi keci maharaja evam etam maharaja tesam tasraa duccaritam caranti pe maharaja kayena sucaritam ti Ye ca kho keci atta maharaja kayena appiyo 5 caranti pe tasma tesam piyo atta ti na nam papena samyuje 6. Attanaii ce piyam janna
Evam etam
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
na hi
tarn
sulabham hoti
II
||
sukharn dukkatakarina
7
6
II
II
Antakenadhipannassa
jahato
||
manusam bhavam
|| ||
||
kim
hi
kinc-assa
Ubho
tam
adaya gacchati anugam chaya va anapayini punnaiica papaiica yam macco kurute idha
hoti
||
tassa
sakam
hoti
kiiica
||
|j
||
||
hi tassa
10
sakam
hoti
||
||
tanca adaya gacchati

12
||
tarn c-assa
anugam
hoti
n chaya va anapayini
II
||
Tasma kareyya kalyanam

puuuani paralokasmim
5.
II
nicayam samparayikam
1S
||

raja Pasenadi-kosalo
||
||
Attanarakklnta.
1. Ekam antam nisinno kho vantam etad avoca

||
Bhaga-
||
rahogatassa patisallinassa evam Kesam nu kho rakkhito parivitakko udapadi Tassa mayham bhante etad atta kesam arakkhito atta ti
2.
Idam mayham bhante
cetaso
||
||
||
||
ahosi
3.
||
||
Ye kho 14
15
keci
duccaritam
arakkhito
caranti
atta
||
kayena duccaritam caranti vacaya manasa duccaritam caranti tesam kiiicapi te hatthi-kayo va rakkheyya
|| I)
assa-kayo va rakkheyya
ratha-kayo va rakkheyya
||
putti-
S1 -2
ca.
SS. omit
te.
S 1 -2
ca.
SS. attanam.
T 8 are in SS. only. B. dukkata . SS. iahate. SS kinca. S 3 - 3 omit 10 ubho, the place remaining empty in S 2 . S 1 - 2 tassam. ll S '-* havechayaya. la B. 13 This and the preceding gatha but the two anupayini here and above.
The abridgments
first 15
padas will be found again further on, II. 10 and III. SS. add hoti.
2.
u B. ko
S3
hi.
III.
1.
PATIIAMA-VAGGA
1.
73
atha kho tesam arakkhito att& kayo va rakkheyya Tatn kissa hetu Bahira h-esa rakkha n-esa rakkha ajjhattika tasniEi tesam arakkhito atta 4. Ye ca kho keci kayena sucaritam caranti vat-ay a sucaritam caranti manasa sucaritara caranti tesam rakkhito atta na assa-kayo kincapi te n-eva hatthikayo rakkheyya rakkheyya na ratha-kayo rakkheyya na patti-kayo rakkh||
|| || ||
||
II
||
||
II
||
eyya
||
atha kho tesam rakkhito atta
||
||
Tarn kissa hetu

||
||
ajjhattika h-esa rakkhito atta ti

5.
rakkha n-esa rakkha bahira

|| ||
tasma tesam
Evam etam
||
keci maharaja
maharaja evam etam maharaja kayena duccaritam caranti pe

|| ||
||
Ye
II
hi
tesam
rakkhito atta
||
Tarn kissa hetu

||
||
bahira h-esa
tesara
maharaja
arakkhito
rakkha n-esa rakkha ajjhattika

atta
||
||
tasma
Ye
ca
kho 3
keci
maharaja kayena sucaritam caranti
vacaya sucaritam caranti manasa sucaritam caranti tesam nikkhito atta kincapi te n-eva hatthi-kayo rakkheyya na
||
assa-kayo rakkheyya na ratha-kayo rakkheyya na patti-kayo Tarn kissa hetu rakkheyya atha kho rakkhito atta
II II II ||
ajjhattika h-esa
6.
4 maharaja rakkha n-esa rakkha bahira
II
tasma tesam rakkhito atta
ti
||
||
Kayena samvaro sadhu

manasa samvaro sadhu
sabbattha-samvuto
lajji 6.
||
||
sadhu vacaya samvaro sadhu sabbattha-samvaro.

||
||
||
rakkhito
ti
pavuccatiti
5
|| If
Appakd.
Savatthiyam 2. Ekara antam nisinno kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa
|| ||
||
||
1.
patisallinassa te satta lokasmim
evam
cetaso paravitakko udapadi 6 ye ulare ulare bhoge labhitva

||
||
Appaka
na c-eva 7
majjanti na ca pamajjanti na ca kamesu gedham apajjanti na ca sattesu vippatipajjanti Atha kho eteva 8 bahutara
|| ||
satta
lokasmim ye ulare bhoge labhitva majjanti c-eva pa-
1 2 S'- 2 attati. SS. omit h- here and further on. 3 B. ye hi. * SS. na 6 Cf. with instead of nesa rakkha. Dhammapada, V. 361. The last pada only 6 So diifers. B. and C. ; SS. have not the repetition of ujare here and further on. 7 3 8 S na instead of naceva. SS. te.
74
inajjanti ca
KOSALA-SAHYUTTA
III.
[III.
1. 6.
kamesu ca gedhara apajjanti

||
sattesu ca vippati1
1| ||
pajjantiti
3.
||
Evam etam maharaja evam etam maharaja

satta
Appaka
lokasmim ye ulare ulare bhoge labhitva na maharaja na ca paraajjanti na ca kamesu gedham ceva raajjanti Atha kho ete va apajjanti na ca sattesu vippatipajjanti bahutara satta lokasmim ye ulare ulare bhoge labhitva inajjanti c-eva pamajjanti ca kamesu ca gedham apajjanti
te
|| ||
suttesu ca 2 vippatipajjantiti
4.
||
||
Saratta kama-bhogesu
atisaram.
||
na bujjhanti 3
|'|
giddha kamesu mucchita 4 5 miga kutam va odditam

||
||
II
pacchasam katukam. hoti vipako hi-ssa papako-ti 7. Atthakarana?
||
||
1. Ekam antam nisinno kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca 2. Idhaham bhante atthakarane 7 nisinno passami khattiyamahasale pi brahmanamahasale pi gahapatimahasale pi addhe mahaddhane mahabhoge pahuta-jataruparajate pahuta-vittupakarane pahuta-dhanadhaniie kamahetu kamanidanam kamadhikaranam sampajana-musa bhasante Tassa mayham
|| || II II
bhante etad ahosi
||
Alam
dani
me
atthakaranena
|| ||
II
bhadra-
mukho 8 dani atthakaranena pafinayissatiti brahmana3. Ye pi te maharaja 9 khattiya-mahasala

raahasala gahapati-mahasala addha
mahaddhana mahabhoga
pahuta-jatarupa-rajata pahuta-vittupakarana pahuta-dhana-
dhanna kamahetu kamanidanam kamadhikaranam sampatesam tam bhavissati digharattam jana-musa bhasanti
II
ahitaya dukkhaya ti 4. Saratta kamabhogesu

|| ||
||
atisaram na bujjhanti
||
giddha kamesu mucchita rnaccha khippam va odditam

||
||
pacchasam
ti 10
!! II
katukam
hoti
||
vipako
hi-ssa
papako
3 SS. omit ca. C. ajjanti. 8 B. At'takaS 1 doubtful. raka. So SS. and C. B. attakarane. e So B. and C. S bhadrathamukho y S' bhaditha B. Evam etam maharaja evara etam maharaja ye pi te maha10 Cf. the gutha of the preceding' butta. ruja".
1
The
repetition is not in
SS. maga. "
SoS 3
S 3 (perhaps in S2 oddhitam; B.
SS.).
ottitara
III.
1. 9.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
8.
1.
75
Mallttd.
1.
Savatthi
||
||
Tena kho pana samayena rajii Pasenadi-kosalo Mallikaya deviya saddhim uparipasadavaragato hoti 3. Atha kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo Mallikam devim avocall Atthi nu kho te Mallike koc-anno attana piyataro-ti 2 4. Natthi kho me maharaja koc-anno attana piyataro
2.
||
||
II
II
||
II
tuyham pana maharaja atth-anno koci attana piyataro-ti 5. Mayham pi kho Mallike uatth-afino koci attana piya|| ||
taro-ti
6.
II
||
Atha kho
raja Pasenadi-kosalo pasada orohitva

||
yena
Bhagava
kho
7.
upasankamitva Bhagavantam ten-upasankami abhivadetva ekam antam nisidi Ekam antam nisinno
|| ||
raja Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca
||
II
Idhaham bhante Mallikaya deviya saddhim

|| || ||
uparipasa-
davaragato Mallikam devim etad avocam te 4 Mallike koc-anno attana piyataro ti
Atthi nu kho
Evam
vutte
bhante Mallika devi
mam
etad avoca
||
II
||
N-atthi kho
me
mahai-aja koci anno attana piyataro ti raja atth-anno koci attana piyataro-ti
tuyham pana maha|| ||
bhante Mallikam devim etad avocam
||
Evam vuttaham Mayham pi kho

||
Mallike n-atth-aniio koci attana piyataro-ti
||
Atha kho Bhagava etam attham imam gatham abhasi

8.
|| ||
viditva
tayam velayam
Sabba disanuparigamma 5 cetasa
||
n-ev-ajjhaga piyataram attana kvaci
||
evam piyo puthu att& paresam tasma na himse param attakarao

II
ti
||
||
9.
1.
Yanna.
rafiiio
||
Savatthi
||
II
Tena kho pana samayena maha-yafmo paccupatthito hoti

2.
Pasenadi 6 -kosalassa
7 panca ca usabha -satani
panca ca vacchatara-satani panca ca vacchatari-satani pancu
S 1 - 2 kocinno
*
omit te. usabha.
S3 koci anno. SS. disa anupari .

;
S a and B. add ti. B. Pasenadissa.
SS. otaritvS. SS. S. vusabha, further on
76
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
l
III.
[III.
1. 9.
ca aja-satani paiica ca urabbha-satani

yaiiiiatthaya
3.
ti
||
thunupanitani
4
honti
Ye
pi-ssa te honti dasa

5
ti
va
pessa
ti
va
kammakara
v3 te pi danda-tajjit& bhaya-tajjita assumukha rudamana

|| ||
parikammani karonti 4. Atha kho sambahula bhikkhu pubbanha-samayam nivasetva pattacivarara adaya Savattbim pindaya pavisimsu 6 Sa||
vatthiyam pindaya caritva paccabhattampindapata-patikkanta
yena Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu Upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekara antam nisidimsu Ekam antam nisinna kho te bhikkhu Bhagavantara etad avocum 5. Idha bhante raiino Pasenadi-kosalassa raaha-yanilo
|| II || ||
7 Panca ca usabha-satani panca ca paccupatthito hoti vacchatara-satani panca vacchatari-satani panca ca urabbha||
satani thunupanitani honti yaiinatthaya
||
||
Ye
pi-ssa
te
honti dasa
ti
va pessa
ti
va karamakara
ti
va te pi danda-tajjita
||
||
bhaya-tajjita
6.
assumukha rudamana 8 parikammani karontiti Atha kho Bhagava etam attham viditva tayam velayam
|| ||
1|
ima gathayo abhasi
Assamedham 9 purisamedham.il sammapasam vajapeyyam 10 n na te honti niraggalam maharambha mahapphala

|| || ||
ajelaka gavo ca
||
vividha yattha hannare

II
||
na
tarn
sammaggata yannain
||
upayanti mahesino
||
II
ca yaiiiia nirarambha yajanti anukulam sada vividha n-ettha hannare ajelaka ca gavo ca
II ||
Ye
||
II
etam sammaggata yaiinam upayanti mahesino etam yajetha medhavi eso yaiino mahapphalo etam hi yajamanassa seyyo hoti na papiyo
|| || II
||
||
||
II
yanno ca vipulo hoti

1.
||
pasidanti ca devata
10. Bandliana.
ti
||
II
Tena kho pana samayena raiina Pasenadina kosalena 12 mahajanakayo bandhapito hoti appekacce rajjuhi appekacce
||
anduhi
13
appekacce sankhalikahi
||
||
2 1 C. thunu . B. thunu S 1 - 3 usabha; S 1 ubha, further on usabha. B * B. 3 = Piigala IV. 24. 3. B. adds dasitivi here and further on. peso. 8 * 7 B. and C. sass;mic'ilh;un. 8S. pavisimsu. B. rodamana. SS. omit hoti. 10 ll B. vacapeyyam SS. add mahayanna. 12 S 1 Pasenadi C. rujapoyyam. u kosalena. S annulii ; B.
; ;
'
III.
2. 1.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
2.
77
2.
Atha kho sarabahula bhikkhu pubbanha-samayam nivaadaya Savatthim pindaya pavisimsu

||
setva pattacivarara
l
II
Savatthiyam pindaya caritva pacchabhattam pindapata-patikkant& yena Bhagava ten-upsankamimsu Upasankamitva
Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam nisidimsu 3. Ekam antam nisinna kho te bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avocum Idha bhante ranna Pasenadina 2 kosalena
|| ||
|| ||
appekacce rajjuhi appekacce bandhapito mahajanaka} anduhi appekacce sarikhalikahi ti Atha kho Bhagava etam attham viditva tayam velayam
|| ||
II
iraa
gathayo abhasi
||
II
Na
tarn
dalham bandhanam ahu dhira

||
||
yad ayasam darujam pabbajan ca sarattaratta iDaiiikundalesu

||
||
puttesu daresu ca ya apekkha
||
etam dalham bandhanam ahu dhira

oharinatn sithilam duppamuiicam
||
||
||
etam pi chetvana paribbajanti 4 anapekkhino kamasukham pahayati Pathamo vaggo Tass-uddanam Daharo Puriso Raja Piya Attana 3 -rakkhito 5 Mallika Yafma Bandhanan-ti Appaka Atthakarana
||
||
II
II
||
||
||
||
II
||
II
CHAPTER
II.
DUTIYO-VAGGO.
Jatilo.
1.
1.
Savatthiyam viharati Pubbarame Migaramatu-pasade 2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava sayanhasamayam
II ||
patisallana vutthito bahidvara-kotthake nisinno hoti
||
||
Atha kho
sankami
II
Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagava ten-upaupasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam

raja
|| ||
antam
nisidi
S 3 (and
*
attena.
2 also S 2 ) omit Savatthim pavisimsu. So all the See Dhammapada, verse 346. 6 U. attakaraka.
MSS.
'
SS.
78
3.
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
Tena kho pana samayena
III.
[III. 2. 1.
gantha
jatila satta ca nisatta ca acela satta ca ekasataka satta ca paribbajaka

2
satta ca
parulha-kaccha-nakha-loma kharividham avidure atikkamanti

|| ||
adaya Bhagavato
4.
Atha kho
raja
Pasenadi-kosalo
utthayasana ekam-
sam uttarasangam karitva dakkhina-janu-mandalam pathaviyam nihantva yena te satta ca jatila satta ca nigantha
||
satta
ca
acela
satta
ca
ekasataka
satta
ca
paribbajaka
||
ten-anjalim panametva tikkhattum namam savesi ham bhante Pasenadi-kosalo rajaham bhante
kosalo
5.
ti
|| ||
RajaPasenadi||
3 raja Pasenadi-kosalo acirapakkantesu tesu sattasu ca jatilesu sattasu ca niganthesu sattasu ca acelesu 1
Atha kho
||
sattasu ca ekasatakesu sattasu ca paribbajakesu

||
||
yena Bha-
upasankamitva Bhagavantara abhigava ten-upasankami vadetva ekam antam nisidi

|| ||
nisinno kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca Ye te 5 bhante loke arahanto va
6.
|| ||
Ekam antam
arahatta-maggam va samapanna ete tesam aniiatara ti 7. Dujjanam kho etam maharaja taya gihina kama-bhogina
||
||
putta-sambadha-samayam
ajjhavasantena kasika-candanam
paccanubhontena mala-gandha-vilepanam dharayantena jataruparajatam sadiyantena ime va arahanto ime va arahanta-
maggam samapanna
8.
ti
||
Satnvasena kho maharaja silam veditabbam tam ca kho dighena addhuna 7 na itaram 8 manasi-karota no ama||
||
nasi karota
9.
9
||
paiinavata no duppanuena
||
Samvoharena kho maharaja soceyyam veditabbam tam ca kho dighena addhuna na itaram manasi-karota no amanasikarota pannavata no duppannena 10. Apadasu kho maharaja thamo veditabbo so ca kho dighena addhuna na itaram manasikarota na amanasikarota pannavata no duppannena
|| || || || || || || ||
2 1 B. darividham; C. kharivividham Here S 2 and further on SS. omit ca. 3 S 2 - 3 omit tesu SS. omit ca. SS. vividham (omitting da-ri or kha-ri). 3 4 1 -2 s 5 SS. sayanuni. S acelakesu. S sutta ; S 3 sambodha (?) SS. yenate. 7 8 C. addhana. B. has always ittaram ; SS. oftentimes C. has also ittaram. 9 Ij. amanasikara always.
; ; ; ;
III. 2. 2.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
2.
79
1 Sakacchaya kho maharaja pafina veditabba sa ca kbo manasi-karota DO amanasidighena addhuna na itaram
11.
||
II
karota
12.
pannavata no dupaniiena ti Acchariyam bhante abbhutara bhante yava subhasitam idara 2 bhante Bhagavata Dujjanam kho etam maharaja
||
II II II ||
taya gihina kamabhogina
II
pe
||
pannavata no duppaiiiie3
na
ti
II
II
13.
Ete bhante
5
mama
||
purisa cara
ocaraka 4 janapadam
ocarita
agacchanti
7
||
tehi
6 pathamam ocinnam aham paccha
osapayissami 14. Idani te bhante tarn rajojallam pavahetva sunhata suvilitta kappitakesamassu odatavattha 8 pancahi kamagunehi
samappita samangibhuta paricarayissantiti 15. Atha kho Bhagava etam attham viditva tayam velayam ima gathayo abhasi Na vannarupena naro sujano
||
If
||
||
||
na
vissase
ittara-dassanena
10
II
susaniiatanam
hi viyanjanena
||
asannata lokam
imam
caranti
||
:i va Patirupako mattikakundalo lohaddhamaso 12 va suvannachanno

||
||
caranti eke
13
parivarachanna
Panca-rdjano.
||
||
||
anto-asuddha bahi-sobhamana
2.
1.
ti
14
|| ||
Tena kho pana samayena paiicannam rajunam Pasenadipamukhanam pancahi kama-gunehi samappitanam samahgibhutanam paricarayamananam ayam antara katha udapadi Kin-nu kho kamanam aggan-ti 3. Tatr-ekacce evam ahamsu rupa kamanam aggan-ti Ekacce evam ahamsu sadda kamanam aggan-ti Ekacce evam evam ahamsu gandha kamanam aggan-ti Ekacce evam ahamsu rasa kamanam aggan-ti Ekacce evam
2.
||
i|
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
1 S -2 sakaccha kho. 2 So S 1 S 2 - 3 omit the word B. cidam. 3 SS. cora. 5 6 SS. otaritva. So B. andC.; S - 3 okacara S- okacara. SS. otinnam. * 9 7 S -2 SS. odatavatthavasana. S 3 obhayissami. S - 2 vis>alic oyayissami 12 " SS. mattika. 10 S 1 - 2 susHfifiatanam. 13 SS. lohaddha . B. loke. 14 SS. sobhamaneti.
1 ; ;
80
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
||
III.
[III. 2. 2.
Yato kho photthabba kamanam aggan-ti 2 aimam aiinam nasakkhimsu sannapetura rajano 3 4. Atha kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo te rajano etad avoca
ahamsu
||
||
te
||
||
||
||
Ayama
yena Bhagava ten-upasankamissama upasankamitva Bhagavantam etam attham patipucchissama 4 Yatha no Bhagava byakarissati tatha nam dhareyyama ti 5
|| || || ||
marisa
||
5.
Evam
marisa
||
II
ti
kho
te rajano
ranno Pasenadi-kosalassa
paccassosum
6.
Atha kho
te paiica rajano
||
gava ten-upasankamimsu vadetva ekam antam nisidimsu

7.
Pasenadi-pamukha yena Bhaupasankamitva Bhagavantam abhiII
II
nisinno kho raja Passenadi-kosalo BhagaIdha bhante amhakam pailcaimara vantam etad avoca
|| ||
Ekam antam
paiicahi
T
kamagunehi samappitanam samangibhutarajunam nam paricara} amanain ayam antara katha udapadi KinEkacce evam ahamsu rupa nu kho kamanam aggan-ti kamanam aggan-ti Ekacce evam ahamsu rupa kamanam aggan-ti Ekacce evam ahamsu sadda kamanam Ekacce evam ahamsu gandha kamanam agganaggan-ti rasa kamanam aggan-ti ti Ekacce evam ahamsu Ekacce evam ahamsu potthabba kamanam aggan-ti kamanam Kin-nu kho bhante aggan-ti
|| ||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
Manapa-pariyantam khvaham maharaja paiicasu kaTe ca 8 maharaja rupa magunesu aggan-ti vadami
8.
6 7
||
ekaccassa
honti
||
10 rupa ekaccassa amanapa manapa honti te ca 11 Yehi ca yo rupehi attamano hoti paripunna-sah9
12 va panitakappo so tehi rupehi annam ru.pam uttaritaram taram va na pattheti te tassa rupa parama honti te tassa rupa anuttara honti Te 13 ca maharaja gandha 9. Te ca maharaja sadda pe Te ca maharaja rasa Te ca maharaja potthabba ekaccassa u Te ca potthabba ekaccassa amanapa honti manapa honti
II
||
||
II
II
II
||
||
||
||
1 S - 3 maharajano. 2 S J napetum. 3 S'- s omit kho. * S 3 aroceyyama" ti S 1 Bhagavantam patipucchama S2 omits the whole from Bhaga ... to ... 8 6 B. dharessamati. SS. manappama, the interval remaining empty, white.
1
8 3 7 SS.tance. 9 SS. ekassa. 10 SS. S'- 3 omitsu. riyantim(S omitting m). 13 n 'SS. so. 12 S.' uttaritaram; S2 uttataram This abridgment is in va. (?). SS. only. " This phrase is taken up from B. In SS. the full text begins again with the next phrase only.
III. 2. 3.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
2.
81
Yehi ca yo potthabbehi attamano hoti paripunna-sankappo so tehi potthabbehi aiinam potthabbam uttaritaram va panttataram va na pattheti te tassa potthabba parama honti
II
||
||
te tassa
potthabba anuttarl, hontiti
||
||
Tena kho pana samayena Candanangaliko 1 upasako tassam parisayam nisinno hoti Atha kho Candanangaliko upasako utthayasana ekamsam uttarasangam karitva yena
10.
||
Bhagava ten-anjalim panametva Bhagavantam etad avoca Patibhati mam Bhagava patibhati mam Sugatati 11. Patibhatu tarn Candanangalikati 2 Bhagava avoca 12. Atha kho Candanangaliko upasako Bhagavato sam||
II
||
||
||
II
mukha tad-anurupaya gathaya
abhitthavi 3
4
|f
||
Padumam
yatha kokanadam
sugandham
|| II
II
pato siya phullam avitagandham
angirasam passa virocamanam 5 tapantam adiccam iv-antalikkhe-ti

13.
||
||
Atha kho
te
pancarajano Candanangalikam upasakam

II II
paficahi sangehi acchadesum 14. Atha kho Candanangaliko upasako tehi paucani uttaraeangehi Bhagavantam acchadesiti
II
II
3.
Donapdka.
|| ||
1.

II
II
raja
Pasenadi-kosalo donapakam sudam 6 bhun jati 2. Atha kho rajl Pasenadi-kosalo bhuttavi mahassasi yena
Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam an tarn nisidi 3. Atha kho Bhagava tarn rajanam Pasenadi-kosalam
||
||
||
bnuttavim mahassasim viditva tayam velayam

abhasi
II
imam gatham
Manujassa
sadS,
satimato
II
mattam janato laddha-bhojane 7

tanu tassa 8 bhavanti vedanl
II
||
sanikam
jirati
ayu palayan-ti
9
||
||
kaliyati.
7
S 1 - 3 Candanarikaliko S2 Candanankaliko C. Candanangaliyo. 2 S 2 Candanan3 B. abhitthati. * B. kokanudam. 5 Quoted J. 1. 116. C.donapiikaB. donapakakuram. sudam (which it resolves into donapakam sudam)
1
; ; ;
B. bhojanam.
Dhammapadam,
B. tanukassa. p. 356.
All the
MSS. have
tanu.
See Fausboll's
6
82
4.
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
III.
[III. 2. 3.
Tena kho pana samayena Sudassano manavo ramlo

|| ||
Passenadi-kosalassa pitthito thito hoti 5. Atha kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo Sudassanam
manavam
1
amantesi
II
II
Ehi tvam
tata Sudassana
Bhagavato santike
bhasa
2
II
imam gatham
aham bhikkham
6.
pariyapunitva
mama
||
bhattabhihare
ca te devasikam kahapanasatam kahapanasatam
nicca-
Evam
pavattayissamiti devati 3 kho Sudassano

II
manavo Pasenadi-kosalassa
patisunitva Bhagavato santike imam gatham pariyapunitva ranno Pasenadi-kosalassa bhattabhihare sudam bhasati
4
||
II
Manujassa
sada satimato
II
mattam janato laddhabhojane 6

tanu tassa bhavanti vedana
||
II
sanikam
7.
jirati
ayu palayan-ti
||
||
Atha kho
Atha kho
7
raja Pasenadi-kosalo anupubbena nalikodanaII

||
paramataya santhasi
8.
raja Pasenadi-kosalo aparena samayena
salli-
khita-gatto
panina gattani anumajjanto

udanesi
||
II
tayam velayam
||
imam udanam
Ubhayena vata
mam
4, 5.
so
Bhagava atthena anukampi

ti
8
||
ditthadhammikena c-eva samparayikena ca
||
Sangdme
4.'
dve vuttdni.
Savatthiyam, viharati.
Atha kho raja magadho Ajatasattu 9 vedehiputto catu10 ranginim senam sannayhitva rajanam Pasenadi-kosalam
1.
abbhuyyasi yena Kasi

2.
II
Assosi kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo
II
raja kira
magadho
11
Ajatasattu vedehi-putto caturanginim senam sannayhitva mamam abbhuyyato yena Kasiti

||
II
3.
Atha kho
raja
Pasenadi-kosalo caturanginim
senam
sannayhitva rajanam paccuyyasi yena Kasi
magadham Ajatasattum vedehi-puttam

II II
1 2 B. repeats bhattabhihare; S - 2 mamabhihare; S l mama bhiharo. S1 -1 do not repeat kahapanasatam. 3 SS. paramam hoti. * SS. paîssutva. 6 S3. 6 7 B. su-sallikhita". B. satimato (here and above) . manujassa. bhojanam. l 8 8J samparayike cS ti; S samparayikena cati. For the whole cf. Dhammapada, 10 B. Aiatasatthu, always. 355-7 (v. 204). S 1 sannayahitva S J sanyap.
1 . .
;
hitva.
-2
sannayahitva.
III. 2. 6.]
DTJTIYA-VAGGA
raja ca
2.
83
4.
Atha kho
ca Pasenadi-kosalo
magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto raja Tena kho pana sangame sangamesum

||
||
raja magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto rajanam Passenadikosalam parajesi parajito ca raja Pasenadi kosalo sakam eva
II
rajadhanim
5.
Atha
payasi kho sambahulS. bhikkhu

II
Savatthim
3
||
pubbanha-samayam niva||
setva patta-civaram adaya Savatthim pindaya pavisimsu 4 5 pacchabhattam pindapataSavatthiyam pindaya caritva
initva
Upasankapatikkanta yena Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antara nisidimsu

II
II
ekam an tarn avocum

|| ||
nisinna kho te bhikkhu
Bhagavantam
etad
Idha bhante raja, magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto 6 caturanginim senam sannayhitva rajanam Passenadi-kosalam Assosi kho bhante raja PassenadiKasi abbhuyyasi yena
6.
|| II
raja kira magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto catuabbhuyyato yena ranginim senaro sannayhitva Atha kho bhante raja Pasenadi-kosalo catuKasiti
kosalo
||
mamam
||
II
ranginim senam sannayhitva rajanam Magadham AjataAttha kho sattum vedehi-puttam paccuyyasi yena Kasi bhante raja ca magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto raja ca
||
||
Pasenadi-kosalo sarigamesum
raja
||
||
Tasmim kho pana 7 sangame
magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto rajanam Pasenadikosalam parajesi parajito ca bhante raja Pasenadi-kosalo sakam eva rajadhanim 8 Savatthim paccuyyasiti 9 bhikkhave magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto 7. Raja
|| ||
||
papa-mitto papasahayo papa-sampavahko rajaca bhikkhave Pasenadi-kosalo kalyana-mitto kaly ana-sahayo kalayna-sampa||
10
vaiiko
II
ajjatafi ca
u bhikkhave
12
raja Pasenadi-kosalo
ti
|| ||
imam
rattim
dukkham
sessati
parajito
||
Jayam veram pasavati upasanto sukham seti

8.
dukkam
hitva
5.
seti
parajito
II
II
jayam parajayan-ti
13
||
||
Atha kho
raja
magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto
catu-
B. sangam& rajathfinim. * S 1 adds yam. 3 B. paccuyyasi. 4 S 2 - 3 pavisimsu 6 7 6 * S 2 sannayahitva. SS. pavisitvii. B. adds bhante. B. 9 S3 I0 u B. adds hi. B. adds kho. sangama rajathiinim as above. ajjeva. 12 13 See B. seti. Dhammapadam, v. 201 and the commentary, p. 353.
1
B. carimsu.
84
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
l
III.
[III. 2. 5.
ranginim senam sannayhitva abbhuyyasi yena Kasi

II
rajanam Pasenadi
raja kira
kosalam
||
9.
Assosi kho raja Passenadi-kosalo
||
magadho
2
Ajatasattu vedehi-putto
mamam
10.
caturanginim senam sannayhitva abbhuyato yena Kasi ti

|| ||
Atba kho
raja Pasenadi-kosalo caturanginim
senam
sannayhitva rajanam magadham Ajatasattum vedehi-puttam

paccuyyati yena Kasi
11.
II
raja ca magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto ca Pasenadi-kosalo Tasmim kho pana sangamesum raja Pasenadi-kosalo sangame raja rajanam magadham Ajata|| ||
Atha kho
sattum vedehi-puttam
hesi
3
parajesi
jivagaham ca nam aggaII ||
IMI
Atha kho 4 rauilo Pasenadi-kosalassa etad ahosi 5 Kincapi kho myayam raja magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto
12.
adubbhantassa
hoti
||
dubbhati
raiiiio
II
atha ca pana
me bhagineyyo
7
magadhassa Ajatasattusso vedehiyamniinaham sabbam hatthi-kayam pariyadiyitva sabbam assaputtassa kayam pariyadiyitva sabbam ratha-kayam pariyadiyitva sabbam patti-kayam pariyadiyitva jivantam eva nam ossajjeyyan-ti
13.
|| ||
Atha kho
raja
Pasenadi-kosalo
raiino
magadhassa
Ajatasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbam hatthi-kayam pariya8 diyitva pe jivantam eva nam ossajji
|| || II
II
14.
Atha kho sambahula bhikkhu pubbanhasamayam

1|
nivasetva pattacivaram adaya Savatthim pindaya pavisimsu 9
pacchabhattam pindapatapatikkanta yena Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu Upasahkamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam nisidimsu Ekam antam nisinna kho te bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
Savatthiyam pindaya
||
caritva
10
II
avocum
||
||
2 2 S1 1 S 2 sannayahitva. sannayihitva ; S sannayahitva here and in the next 5 * S1 * SS. omit Atha kho. S3 mayam. 6 S- dubblnmaggahehi. paragraph. 7 tassa S' abbhantassa. SS. Aiatasattussa. 8 So B. and S 3 (except the abridg3 ment which is in S only) ; but S'-* intermingle this and the preceding paragraph, suppressing the last word of the first and retaining only the last of the second. 8 2 nas: jivantam eva nam ossajji (or ossaji) S' jivantam eva nam mevuimm S s has ossajeyyan-ti . . . ossaji aa B. 9 S 1 - 3 ossaji (from the first jivantam)
; ; ;
pavisimsu.
10
-3
pavisitva.
III.
2. 5.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
2.
85
Idha bhante raja magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto caturanginim senam sannayhitva rajanam Pasenadi-kosalam Assosi kho bhante raja Pasenadiabbhuyyasi yena Kasi
15.
||
kosaloll raja kira
magadho Ajatasattu vedehi-putto caturangi||
nira
senam sannayhitva mamam abbhuyato yena Kasi ti Atha kho bhante raja Pasenadi-kosalo caturanginim senam
||
sannayhitva rajanam
l
magadham Ajatasattum vedehi-puttam

magadho Ajatasangamesum
||
paccuyyasi
raja ca sattu vedehi-putto raja ca Pasenadi-kosalo

\\
\\
Atha kho bhante
||
Tasmim kho pana 2 sarigame raja Pasenadi-kosalo rajanam magadham Ajatasattura vedehi-puttam parajesi jivagahan ca Atha kho bhante ranno Pasenadi-kosanam aggahesi 3
|| ||
lassa etad ahosi
Kincapi kho myayam raja magadho Ajataatha ca pana sattu vedehi-putto adubbhantassa 4 dubbhati
||
||
me
bhagineyyo
||
hoti
||
yam nunaham ranno magadhassa

||
Ajatasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbam hatthi-kayam paridasabbam assa-kayam sabbam. ratha-kayam sabbam yitva
||
5 patti-kayam paridayitva jivantam eva nam ossajjeyyan-ti Atha kho bhante raja Pasenadi-kosalo ranno magadhassa
1|
II
Ajatasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbam hatthi-kayam pariyadiyitva sabbam assa-kayam pariyadiyitva

pariyadiyitvsL
sabbam ratha-kayam sabbam patti-kayam pariyadiyitva jivantam eva

7
|| II
nam 6
16.
ossajjiti
viditva tayam velayam ima gathayo abhasi Vilumpateva puriso yavassa upakappati 8 yada c-anne vilumpanti so vilutto vilumpati thanamhi maiifiati 9 balo yava papam na paccati
II
Atha kho Bhagava etam attham

II
II
||
||
II
II
||
atha balo dukkham nigacchati yada ca paccati papam hanta labhati u hantaram jetaram labhati 12 jayam akkosako ca akkosam rosetaraii ca rosako 18
10
II ||
||
||
||
II
II
atha kamma-vivattena
II
so vilutto vilumpati ti
||
II
* 3 S1 2 1 SS. B. adds bhante. B. adds yena kasi. aggahehi as above. 1 6 5 S 1 - 3 (perhapeO ossajiti. B. omits nam. S 3 ossajeyyan. adubbhassa. * S3 S 1 -3 mannati ; S 1 manfiaS* yadacakkhonna vilumpanti. yadacamna u SS. kbhate. " SS. labbati hantu. 10 See titi. Dhammapada, v. 69.
;
13
S3 rosato patirosuko
S 1 -* rosato pacarosako.
86
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
6.
III.
[III.
2. 6.
Dhita.
1.
Savatthi nidanam
||
||
2.
Atha kho
||
upasahkami ekam antam

3.
Bhagava tenTJpasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva

raja
Pasenadi-kosalo
yena
nisidi
||
||
yena raja Pasenadi-kosalo Upasankamitva raiifio Pasenadi-kosalassa ten-upasankami arocesi Mallika deva 1 devi dhitaram viupakannake
aiinataro puriso
||
Atha kho
II
jata
4.
5.
ti
II
II
Evam
vutte raj
Pasenadi-kosalo anattamano ahosi
||
||
Atha kho Bhagava rajanam Pasenadi-kosalam anattamanatam 2 viditva tayara velayara ima gathayo abhasi
II
||
Itthipi hi ekacci
ya
||
medhavini
tassa
silavati
seyyo posa janadhipa sassu-deva patibbata

|| || || ||
||
yo jayati poso
6
tadiso subhariya
1.
suro hoti disampati putto raj jam pi anusasati

||
||
ti
7
||
II
7.
Appamada
|| ||
(1).
Savatthiyam
II
II
2.
Ekam antam
nisidi
Ekam antam
II
nisinno kho raja

II
Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca Atthi nu kbo bhante eko dhammo yo ubho atthe samadhiggayha 8 titthati
ditthadhammikam c-eva attham samparayikam ca ti 3. Atthi kho maharaja eko dhammo yo ubho samadhiggayha titthati ditthadhammikam c-eva attham samparayikam
II
II
ca
ti
111
4.
Katamo pan a bhante eko dhammo yo ubho

titthati
|| ||
atthe sama-
dhiggayha yikam ca ti
5.
ditthadhammikam c-eva attham samparaatthe sama-
Appamado kho maharaja eko dhammo ubho

|| ||
dhigghayha titthati ditthadhammikam c-eva attham sampa9 rayikam ca ti Seyyathapi maharaja yani kanici jarigalo manam panauam padajatani sabbani tani hatthipade samo-
dhanam gacchanti
||
n yad idam mahantena

1
hatthipadam tesam aggam akkhayati evam eva kho maharaja eko dhammo
||
1
SS. omit deva. 2 So B S - 2 S' anattaficanam. 3 All the MSS. ekacci. 6 C. seems to read posa ; B., SS..po'sa. 6 S 2 B. tadisa; SS. seyya. * 7 * B C. samatigeyha. S1 B. anussasatiti. subhagiya. samadhigayha u B. mahantatthena. 10 B. adds ayum arogyam vannam jangalanam.
; ;
C.
III. 2. 8.]
DUT1YA-VAGGA
titthati
||
II
2.
87
ubho atthe saraadhiggayha attham samparayikam ca ti

6.
ditthadhammikam c-eva
Ayum
1 arogiyam vannam
||
2 saggam uccakulinatam
|| II
||
ratiyo patthayantena
3
II
ulara aparapara
||
appamadara pasamsanti puimakriyasu pandita appamatto ubho atthe adhiganhati pandito ditthe dhamme ca yo attho yo c-attho samparayiko
||
II
II
II
II
II
atthabhisaniaya dhiro
8.
4
||
pandito-ti pavuccatiti
(2).
II
||
Appamdda
|| || ||
1. 2.
Ekam antam
nisidi
Ekara antam nisinno kho raja

|| ||
Bhaga van tarn etad avoca Idha mayhara bhante rahogatassa patisallinassa evam ce5 taso parivitakko udapadi Svakhyato Bhagavata dhammo so ca kho kalyana-raittassa kalyana-sahayassa kalyana-sampavarikassa no papa-mittassa no papa-sahayassa no papaPasenadi-kosalo
|| II II
sampavarikassa
3.
ti
6
|| ||
maharaja evara etam raaharaja svakhyato mabaraja maya dhamrao so ca kho kalyana-raittassa kalyanasahayassa kalyana-sampavankassa no papa-raittassa no papaetara
|| ||
II
Evam
sahayassa no papa-sampavankassa
4.
ti
||
||
Ekam idaham 7
9 10
8 maharaja samayam Sakkesu viharami

|| ||
Sakyanam nigame 5. Atbo kho maharaja Anando bhikkhu yenaham tenupasankami upasankamitva mam abhivadetva ekam antam nisidi Ekam antam nisinno kho maharaja Anando bhikkhu
|
||
main etad avoca TJpaddhatn idam bhante brahmacariidam yassa yad kalyana-mittata kalyana-sahayata kalyana|| ||
sampavankata ti ll 6. Evam vuttaham maharaja Anandam bhikkhum etad avocam l2 Ma h-evam Ananda ma h-evam Ananda sakalam eva h-idam Ananda 13 brahmacariyam yad idam kalyana||
|| ||
||
1 2 s So B. and C. ; SS. aroggiyam. B. uccakuli . S 1 ubba (ucca ?) kuli 4 SS. patthuyanena SS. "kiriyasu. Already published (Journal Assiatique, 5 B. sampaSS. svakkhdto nere and further on. Janvier, 1873, p. 59-60). 7 8 So all the MSS. S 1 adds nagarakanna ; S 2 -3 nagarakam. yankassa. 3 J 9 1 S game S game. The S* omits sakyanam. B. nigamo ; S nigamo u S 3 etam true reading of the whole is sakkaram nuina sakyanam nigame.
; ;
'
maham
lt
S 2 A Eva (with erasure) S 3 avocum. 13 SS. omit Ananda.

;
.
rtija,
the interval being left empty.
88
KOSALA-SAMYTJTTA.
[III. 2. 8.
mittata kalyana-sahayata kalyana-sampavarikata kalyanamittassa etam } Ananda bhikkhuno patikarikham kalyanamittassa kalyana-sahayassa kalyana-sampavarikassa ariyam
||
attharigikam
7.
maggam bhavessati ariyam attharigikam rnaggam

2
1|
bahuli-karissati
A.
Kathafi ca
Ananda bhikkhu kalyana-mitto kalyana-
sahayo kalyana-sampavariko ariyam atthangikam

bahuli-karoti
^
8.
|| II
maggam
Idha Ananda bhikkhu samma-ditthim bhaveti vivekaviraga-nissitam
nissitam
nirodha-nissitam
vossaggapari||
samma-sankappam bhaveti sammavacam bhaveti sarama-kammantam bhaveti samma-ajivam bhaveti sammavayamam samma-satim bhaveti samma-samadhim bhaveti
II || II
namim
viveka-nissitam viraga-nissitam nirodha-nissitam vossagga-
parinamim
||
||
Evam kho Ananda bhikkhu
kalyana-mitto
kalyana-sahayo kalyana-sampavanko ariyam attharigikam maggam bhaveti ariyam attharigikam maggam bahuli karoti 9. Tad amina p-etam Ananda pariyayena veditabbam
II
||
yatha sakalam ev-idara brahmacariyam yad-idam kalyanamittata kalyana-sahayata kalyana-sampavarikata ti 10. Mamam hi 3 Ananda kalyana-mittam agamma jati|| ||
satta jatiya parimuccanti parimuccanti vyadhidhamma satta

||
dhamma
||
jaradhamma
4
||
satta jaraya
||
vyadhiya parimuccanti
marana-dhamma
maranena parimuccanti soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-upayasa-dhamma satta soka-parideva5 Imina kho etam 6 dukkha-domanass-upayasehi parimuccanti
satta
||
Ananda pariyayena veditabbam

kalyana-sampavarikatati 11. Tasmat iha te maharaja
||
ev-idam brahmacariyam yad idam kalyana-mittata kalyana-sahayata

||
yatha sakalam
||
evam sikkhitabbam kalyanamitto bhavissami kalyana-sahayo kalyana-sampavariko ti 8 evam hi te maharaja sikkhitabbam Kalyana-mittassa te
II
II
||
|l
maharaja kalyana-sahayassa kalyana-sampavarikassa ayain
SS. idam. SS. karissatiti. B. vyadhito. SS. SS. omit hi. ' SS evam. 7 This intercalated sutta is the second of the first parimuccantiti. of the section of this vaggo Magga-Samyutta (the first of the fifth and last Xikaya, the Mahavaggo) it is entitled Upaddha. Already published (Journal 8 All this phrase is omitted by S 3 . Asiatique, Janvier, 1873, p. 55, 6).
;
III. 2. 9.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
upanissaya
te
2.
89
dhamrao dhamrnesu
eko
||
vihatabbo
appamado
viharato
||
kusalesu
||
12.
Appamattassa
maharaja
evara
itthagarassa apparaatto viharati appamadam upanissaya

pi
upanissaya
bhavissati
||
||
appamadam. Raja kho handa mayam

ti
||
appamatta viharama appamadam upanissaya 13. Appamattassa te maharaja viharato

khattiyanam
l
||
upanissaya
vissati
||
||
Raja
|| ||
kho
ti
upanissaya
14.
Handa
te
anuyuttanam appamatto viharati appamadam mayam pi appamatta viharama

pi
|| ||
appamadam evam bha-
appamadam upanissaya
Appamattassa
maharaja viharato appamadam upanis2 saya negamajanapadassa pi evam bhavissati Raja kho handa mayam appamatto viharati appamadam upanissaya pi appamatta viharama appamadam upanissaya ti
||
||
||
||
||
maharaja viharato appamadam upanissaya atta pi gutto rakkhito bhavissati itthagaram pi guttam. rakkhitam bhavissati kosakotthagaram pi 3 guttam rakkhi-
15.
Appamattassa
te
||
||
tam
bhavissatiti
||
||
16.
Bhoge patthayamanena appamadam pasamsanti

II
||
ulare aparapare
4
||
||
puniia-kriyasu
pandita
||
||
appamatto ubho atthe adhiganhati pandito ditthe dhamme ca yo attho yo c-attho samparayiko
||
II
atthabhisamayadhiro
9.
1.
||
pandito
ti
pavuccatiti
5
||
||
Aputtaka (1).
||
Savatthi nidanam
II
yena Bhaupasankamitva Bhagavantara abhivadetva ekam antam nisidi Ekara antam nisinnam kho Handa rajanam Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagava etad avoca
2.
Atha kho
raja Pasenadi-kosalo divadivassa

||
gava ten-upasahkami
||
||
II
II
kuto
3.
nutvam maharaja
agacchasi divadivassa
ti
||
||
Idha bhante Savatthiyam setthi gahapati kalakato 6 tarn aham aputtakam sapateyyam rajantepuram atiharitva asiti 7 bhante satasahassani hiranfiass-eva ko agacchami
||
||
II
S' omit kosa. janapadassa. slsia/ique, Janv. 1874, p. 80-1). adds ca.
a B. anuyantSnam (Cf. Devaputta-S. III. 3. 6) omitted by S2 B. nigama3 2-3 * * SS. kiriyasu. Already published (Journal * 7 B. kalamkato here ana further on. B.
.
90
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
|| ||
III.
[III. 2. 9.
pana vado rupiyassa

patissa evarupo
Tassa kho pana bhante setthissa gaha||
bhattabhogo ahosi
|| ||
kanajakam
||
bhunjati
Evarupo 2 reti tipakkhavasanam Evarupo yanabhogo ahosi jajjararathakena yati pannacchattakena dhariyamanena ti 4. Evara etam maharaja evam etam maha.ra.ja asappuriso kho maharaja ulare bhoge labhitva n-ev-attanam 3 sukheti na puttadaram sukheti pineti na matapitaro sukheti pineti na dasa-kammakaraporise sukheti pineti na mittapineti macce sukheti pineti 4 na samana-brahmanesu 5 uddhaggikam 6 dakkhinam patitthapeti sovaggikam. sukhavipakam.
bilangadutiyam
1|
vatthabhogo ahosi
sanam dha||
||
||
II
||
II
||
||
||
||
Tassa te bhoge evam samma apariva haranti cora va haranti aggi va bhunjamane rajano 8 dahati 7 udakara va vahati haranti va appiya dayada
saggasamvattanikam
II
||
||
||
||
II
Evam
5.
sante
maharaja bhoga samma aparibhunjamana

||
parikkhayam gacchanti no paribhogam

daka
10
Seyyathapi maharaja amanussatthane pokkharani acchositodaka 11 satodaka 12 setaka

15
13 14
supatittha
ramaniya
||
tarn jano
n-eva hareyya na piveyya na nahayeyya na yatha

||
paccayam va kareyya evam hi tarn maharaja udakam samma aparibhunjiyamanam parikkhayam gaccheyya no paribhoEvam eva 16 kho maharaja asappuriso ulare bhoge gam
|| ||
labhitva n-ev-attanam
sukheti pineti 17
||
pe
||
Evam
sante
bhoga samma aparibhunjamana parikkhayam gacchanti no paribhogam 6. Sappuriso ca kho maharaja ulare bhoge labhitva attanam sukheti pineti matapitaro sukheti pineti puttadaram sukheti pineti dasa-kammakara-porise sukheti pineti mittamacce sukheti pineti samanesu brahmanesu uddhaggikam dakkhinam patitthapeti sovaggikam sukhavipakam saggasamvattanikam tassa te bhoge evam saramaparibhunjamane n-eva rajano
||
II
||
1 S 2 ka pakkha
.
8 SS. dharetitinakajakam C. kanajakam B. kanaekam. * S s neva attanam S2 nevaputtanam. So S z S3 pineti (twice) 6 B. samanesu B. pineti; S pineti (once) jineti (four times). pineti (thrice) 7 8 9 B. sate. SS. uddhaggiyam. S 3 dayhati. SS. add v&. brahmanesu. 10 >l 1J S 1 satodika SS. a'cchodikS. omitted S - 3 sitodikS S 1 sitotadika. by 1S " S 3 apatittha; S a corrected in su*. S2 - 3 B. setoka. C. w s - 8explained by 3 3 " le S - 2 S S B. evam evam. rajano; pineti pineti; mahajano. S 1 jineti always. (here), pineti (four times)
(or ta ?)
3
III. 2. 10.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
2.
91
haranti na cora haranti na aggi dahati na udakam vahati na Evara sante maharaja bhoga appiya pi dayada haranti
||
II
samma
paribhunjamana
||
paribhogam.
gacchanti
no
pari-
kkhayam
||
7. Seyyathapi maharaja gamassa va nigamassa va avidure 1 pokkharani acchodaka sitodaka satodaka setaka supatittha
ramaniya
||
tarn ca
jano hareyya pi piveyya pi nahayeyya pi

||
yathapaccayara pi kareyya
3
evara hi tarn maharaja
udakam
sammaparibhunjamanam paribhogam gaccheyya no pari4 Evam eva kho raaharaja sappuriso ulare kkhayam Evam saute bhoga labhitva attanam sukheti bhoge pe samma, paribhunjamana paribhogam gacchanti no parikkha|| ||
II II
yan-ti
II
II
8.
Amanussatthane udakam vasitam
||
apeyyamanam parisosam evam dhanam ka-puriso labhitva
tad
eti
II
II
n-ev-attana bhunjati 5 no dadati dhiro ca viiinu 6 adhigamma bhoge

||
||
||
so bhunjati 7 kiccakaro ca hoti so nati-sangham nisabho bharitvd

II
4
II
anindito
saggam
10.
upeti thanan-ti
||
Aputtaka (2).
Atha kho raja Pasenadi-kosalo divadivassa yena Bhagav^l ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam nisidi Ekam antam nisinnam kho rajauam Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagava etad avoca handa kuto nu tvam
1.
||
||
||
II
maharaja agacchasi divadivassa ti 2. Idha bhante Savatthiyam setthi-gahapati kalakato

|| ||
II
ah am aputtakam sapateyyam rajantepuram atiharitv& 8 agacchami satam bhante satasahassani hirannassa ko pana
tarn
|| II
vado rupiyassa Tassa kho pana bhante setthissa gahapatissa evarupo bhattabhogo ahosi kanajakam bhunjati bilanga9 dutiyam Evarupo vatthabhogo ahosi sanam dhareti ti|| II
||
||
II
bhimjiyamanam. 6 S1 viiinu S 1 -2
;
s * S3. omits ca. B. "setodaka. B. SS. acchodika sitodika satodika * 4 SS. paribhufljati. SS. gacchej7amano parisosam. a 1 -2 7 So S 3 have haritra ; S has nisaho bhufijati. only ; S 8 SS. 8ahassanaip. B. sahgne na (or ni ?) sabha caritva. (for nisabho) 9 SS. dhareti.
1
;
92
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
||
III.
[III. 2. 10.
pakkhavasanam Evarupo yana-bhogo ahosi jajjararathakena yati pannachattakena dhariyamanena ti bhuta3. Evam etam maharaja evam etam maharaja l setthi so gabapati Tagarasikkhim nama maharaja pubbam 2 paccekabuddham pindapatena patipadesi detba samanassa pindan-ti vatva uttbayasana pakkami datva ca pana paccha varam etam pindapatam dasa va karamavippatisari ahosi kara va bbuiijeyyun-ti 3 bbatu ca pana ekaputtam 4 sapa||
||
||
||
||
||
teyyassa karana jivita voropesi

4.
||
mabaraja settbi-gahapati Tagarasikbim tassa karamassa paccekabuddham pindapatena patipadesi 6 7 vipakena sattakbattum sugatim saggam lokam uppajji
|| II
Yam
kbo
so
tass-eva
kammassa vipakavasesena imissa yeva Savattbiya

8
sattakkbattum settbittam
5.
karesi
||
||
gabapati datva paccba mabaraja varam etam pindapatam dasa va katnmakara va bbuujeyyun-ti 9 tassa kammassa vipakena nassso
||
Yam
kbo
settbi
vippatisari ahosi
||
ularaya bbatta-bbogaya cittam namati nassularaya vattbacittam namati bbogaya nassularaya yana-bbogaya cittam
II
||
namati
6.
||
nass-ularanam paucannam kama-gunanam bbogaya

||
cittam namati
kbo so mabaraja settbi gabapati bbatuca 10 pana u tassa ekaputtakam sapateyyassa karana jivita voropesi kammassa vipakena bahuni vassani babuni vassa-satani 12
II
Yam
babuni vassa-sahassani babuni vassa-sata-sahassani niraye 13 paccittba tass-eva kammassa vipakavasesena idam sattamam
||
14 15 tassa kbo aputtakam sapateyyam raja -kosam paveseti 16 n pana maharaja setthissa gahapatissa puranam ca puniiam parikkhinam navafi ca puiinam anupacitam Ajja pana maharaja setthi gahapati Maharoruva-niraye paccatiti 7. Evam bhante settbi gahapati Maharoruvarn nirayam
||
||
||
||
||
uppanno
1
18
ti
||
||
B. Taggara
further on.
puttakam.
6
9 8 7 8 a - 3 kamma vipakena. B. setthaggam. B. upapajji. S 2 - 3 setthattam 12 u B. ekarn 10 S bhufijeyyanti. SS. omit vassasataui. SS. bhatucca. 13 " B. omits pana. " S1 15 B. SS. idha. Sa pasevasetl rSja. pavesanti 17 18 B. S-'- s omit setthissa ga". upapanno.
; 1
III.
3. 1.]
TATIYA-VAGGA
3.
93
l
Evara maharaja setthi gahapati Maharoruve niraye uppanno ti 9. Dhaiinam dhanam rajatam jatarftpam.
8.
||
||
II
2 pariggaham va pi yad atthi kiiici dasa karnmakara pessa 3 ye c-assa 4 anujivino sabbam nadaya gantabbam sabbam. nikkhippa 5-gaII
|| II
minam
10.
||
||
Yan
ca karoti kayena
II
vacaya uda cetasa

||
II
tarn hi tassa
sakam
lioti
||
tanca adaya gacchati

6
|| ||
II
11. Tasraa kareyya
chayava anapayini kalyanam nicayam samparayikarn 7 punnani paralokasmim patittha honti paninan-ti Dutiyo vaggo Tass-uddanam
|| ||
tanc-assa
anugam
hoti
||
II
||
||
||
9 Paiicarajano Donapakakurena ca 10 Sangamena dve vuttani Dhitara dve Apparnadena oa
Jatila
||
||
||
||
Aputtakena dve vutta
II
vaggo tena vuccatiti
II
||
CHAPTER
III.
1.
TATIYO-VAGGA.
Puggala."
1.
Savatthi
||
II
2.
Atha kho
||
upasahkarai
antaip nisidi
Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagava tenupasankainitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam

raja
||
||
Ekam antam
nisinnam kho rajanam Pase||
nadi-kosalam Bhagava etad avoca

3.
||
Cattaro
II
me maharaja
||
puggala santo samvijjamana lokasmim
II
Katame
II
cattaro
II
II
Tamo tama-parayano
||
tamo
II
joti-
Joti tama-parayano Joti joti-parayano parayano 4. Kathanca maharaja puggalo tamo tama-parayano hoti Idha maharaja ekacco puggalo nice kule paccajato hoti canclala-kule va vena-kule va nesada-kule va rathakara-kule
||
||
||
va pukkusa-kule va dalidde
12
app-anna-pana-bbojane kasira
1 2 S3 "roruvaniraye ; B. roruvamnirayam upapannotu B. pi S 1 - 3 capi. * 8 * B. pesa. SS. ye vassa. b. nikkhipa C. uikkhepa. B. anupayini. 7 See above, I. 4. 8 S a Jatilo; S 1 -la. 9 SS. dona. 10 SS. Sangame. Most of this 12 SS. dajidde. chapter recurs in the Puggala, IV. 19.
;
94
vuttike
hoti
||
KOSALA-SMYTJTTA
yattha
III.
[III. 3. 1.
kasirena ghasacchado
labbhati
||
||
so
ca
dubbanno duddasiko okotimako bahvabadho kano va na labhi annassa hot! kuni va kbanjo va pakkhahato va
||
II
panassa vatthassa yanassa malagandhavilepanassa seyyavasa-
So kayena duccaritani carati vacaya manasa duccaritam carati so kayena duccaritam carita vacaya duccaritam caritva manasa duccaritam caritva kayassa bheda param marana apayam duggatim
thapadipeyyassa duccaritam carati
||
||
||
||
||
||
1 Seyyathapi maharaja puriso andhavinipatam uppajjati tama va tamam gaccheyya kara va andhakaram gaccheya lohita-mala va lohita-malam va gaccheyya tathupamaham
II
II
||
II
||
Evam maharaja maharaja imam puggalam vadami tamo hoti tama-parayano puggalo 5. Kathaii ca maharaja puggalo tamo joti-parayano hoti Idha maharaja ekacco puggalo nice kule paccajato hoti candala-kule va vena-kule va nesada-kule va rathakara-kule va pukkusa-kule va dalidde app-anna-pana-bhojane kasiraII
|| ||
||
II
II
2 yattha kasirena ghasacchado labbhati hoti dubbanno duddasiko okotimako bahvabadho
vuttike
II
||
||
so ca
||
kano va
kuni va khaiijo va pakkhahato va

vatthassa
||
na labhi annassa panassa

seyyavasatha-
yanassa
II II
mala-gandha-vilepanassa
So kayena sucaritam carati vacaya sucapadipeyyassa so kayena sucaritam ritam carati manasa sucaritam carati
||
manasa sucaritam caritva marana sugatim saggam lokam uppajkayassa bheda param Seyyathapi maharaja puriso pathaviya va pallarikam jati
caritva vacaya sucaritam caritva
|| II
3 aroheyya pallanka va assapitthim aroheyya assa-pitthiy va hatthikkhandham aroheyya hatthikkhandha va 4 pasadam

II
||
aroheyya
II
dami
hoti
6.
II
||
||
Evam kho maharaja
tathupamaham maharaja imam puggalam vapuggalo tamo joti-parayano

||
II
||
Kathaii ca maharaja puggalo joti tama-parayano hoti Idha maharaja ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccajato hoti khattiya-mahasala-kule va brahmana-mahasala-kule va gaha-
II
pati-mahasala-kule va addhe mahaddhane mahabhoge pa-
B. upapajjati always.
S1 - 1
ghasacchadano.
S 1 -2 pallaiikam ?a.
S'-
hatthikkhandham va.
III. 3. 1.]
TATIYA-VAGGA
3.
95
1
pahuta-dhanahuta-jatarupa-rajate pahuta-vittupakarane dhanne So ca hoti abhirupo dassaniyo pasadiko paramaya labhi annassa panassa vanna-pokkharataya samannagato
II II
vatthassa
yanassa
II
||
mala-gandba-vilepanassa
seyyavasathaII
padipeyyassa
So kayena duccaritam. carati vacaya duccaritam. carati vacaya duccaritam carati manasa duccaritam carati so kayena duccaritam caritva vacaya duccaritam caritva manasa duccaritam caritva kayassa bheda param
||
marana apayam duggatim vinipatam nirayam uppajjati Seyyathapi maharaja puriso pasada va batthikkandham
||
pitthiya va
hattbikkbandba va assa-pitthim orobeyya assa2 3 pallankam orobeyya pallanka va pathavim 4 va andhakaram oroheyya tathupamaoroheyya pathaviya Evam kho maham maharaja imam puggalam vadarai baraja puggalo joti tama-parayano hoti
oroheyya
||
||
II
II
||
||
||
Kathaii ca maharaja puggalo joti joti-parayano hoti Idha maharaja ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccajato hoti
7.
||
||
||
khattiya-mahasala-kule va brahmana-mahasala-kule va gahapati-mahasala kule va addhe mabaddhane mahabhoge pahutajatarupa-rajate pahuta-vittu-pakarane pahuta-dhana-dhanue so ca hoti abhirupo dassaniyo pasadiko paramaya vannaII
labbi annassa panassa vatthassa pokkharataya samannagato yanassa mala gandha vilepanassa seyyavasatha padipeyII
yassa
rati
So kayena sucaritam carati vacaya sucaritam caso kayena sucaritam caritva manasa sucaritam carati manasa sucaritam caritva kayassa caritva sucaritam vacaya bheda param marana sugatim saggam lokarn uppajjati
||
||
||
||
5 Seyyathapi maharaja puriso pallanka va pallankam sarikameyya assappitthiya va assa-pitthim sarikameyya hatthi|| II
kkhandha va 6 hatthikkhandham sarikameyya pasada va imam puggapasadam sarikameyya tathupamaham maharaja Evam kho maharaja puggalo joti jotilam vadami
I) ||
||
||
parayano hoti
||
||
a 1 SS. omit vfi. s SS. B. "vatthupakarane here and further on. pathayiyaqi. 6 S -2 hatthikkhandham vfi. S 1 - 2 pallankam va. B. paviseyya.
1
96
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
III.
[III. 3. 1.
8. Ime kho maharaja puggala kasmim

II II
santo
samvijjamana
||
lo-
9.
Daliddo puriso raja
||
assaddho hoti macchari

||
kadariyo papa-sankappo
miccha-ditthi anadaro
l
\\
||
||
samane brahmane vapi

akkosati
2
||
anne va pi vanibbake
||
dadamanam
upeti
tadiso puriso raja
yacamananam bhojanam miyamano janadhipa nirayam ghoram tamo-tama-parayano

||
|| || ||
||
paribhasati nivareti
||
natthiko hoti rosako

3
||
||
||
10. Daliddo puriso raja
||
saddho hoti amacchari

||
||
dadati settha-sankappo
avyagga-manaso naro
||
||
||
samane brahmane va pi
utthaya abhivadeti
||
afine va pi
r
vanibbake
II
||
samacariya} a sikkhati
||
dadamanam na
upeti
11.
tadiso puriso raja
yacamananam bhojanam miyamano janadhipa tidivam thanam tamo-joti-parayano

|| || ||
1 1
vareti 4
5
||
||
Addho ve 6
puriso raja
||
assaddho hoti macchari

||
|'|
kadariyo papa-sankappo samane brahmane va pi

akkosati paribhasati
||
miccha-ditthi anadaro
aiiiie
||
||
I)
va pi vanibbake
||
||
natthiko hoti rosako
dadamanam
yacamananam bhojanam tadiso puriso raja miyamano jaradhipa upeti nirayam ghoram joti-tama-parayano
||
nivareti
||
||
II
||
||
||
12.
puriso raja dadati settha-sankappo
Addho ve
||
saddho hoti amacchari
||
||
samane brahmane va
utthaya abhivadeti
||
pi
||
abyaggamanaso naro aniievapi vanibbake

||
II
dadamanam
samacariyaya sikkhati na vareti 8 yacamananam bhojanam

||
||
9
[|
tadiso puriso raja
upeti tidivam
1.
miyamano janadhipa thanam joti-joti-parayano-ti

||
||
II
||
||
2.
AyyaM.
Savatthi nidanam
II
II
2.
Ekam antam
nisinnam kho rajanam Pasenadi-kosalam
1 SS. vanibbake always. 2 S 2 annesati S 1 - 3 also, but with erasement of Sfio, and interlinear adjunction of kho. 3 S 1 - 3 yacamanana bho always; S 2 three * SS. dadamanam nivareti (S 3 adds na under the line before nivureti). times. 6 6 SS. omit ve here and further on. 7 SS. omit S2 yacamana bho. ve, add maha. 8 Same remarks as above. 9 B. yacamanana bho.
;
III. 3. 2.]
TATIYA-VAGGA
II ||
3.
97
Bhagava etad avoca

3.
:
Handa kuto nu tvam maharaja

||
agacchasi divadivassati
||
2 Ayyaka me bhante kalakata jinna vuddha
mahallika
II
4 addhagata vayo anuppatta visa-vassa-satika jatiya 5 4. Ayyaka kho pana me bhante piya ahosi manapa
II
||
||
Hatthi-ratanena ce paham 6 bhante labheyyam ma me ayyaka kalam akasiti hatthiratanam paham dadeyyam ma me
||
Assa-ratanena ce paham bhante ayyaka kalam akasiti assa-ratanam ma me labheyyam ayyaka kalam akasiti me kalam akasiti Gamama paham dadeyyam ayyaka varena ce paham bhante labheyyam ma me ayyaka kalam akasiti gama-varam paham dadeyyam ma me ayyaka kalam akasiti Janapadena ce paham bhante labheyyam ma me kalam akasiti ayyaka janapadam paham dadeyyam ma me kalam akasiti ayyaka 5. Sabbe satta maharaja marana-dhamma marana-pariyo|| ||
II ||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
sana maranam anatita

6.
ti
||
||
Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yava subhasitam idam 7 bhante Bhagavata sabbe satta marana-dhamma
II ||
marana-pariyosana maranam anatita ti 7. Evam etam maharaja evam etam maharaja sabbe satta
II II
marana-dhamma marana-pariyosana maranam

||
anatita
ti
||
||
Seyyathapi maharaja yani kanici kumbhakaraka-bhajanani amakani c-eva pakkani ca sabbani tani bhedana-dhamtnani
evam eva kho bhedana-pariyosanani bhedanam anatitani sabbe satta marana-dhamma maharaja marana-pariyosanfi
||
maranam
8.
anatita
ti
||
||
Sabbe satta marissanti

yatha
||
maranantam
||
hi jivitam
||
kammam
10
!! II
gamissanti
punna-papa-phalupaga
8
||
II
nirayam papa-kammanta
tirn
||
punna-kamma
ca
sugga-
Tasma kareyya kalyanam

punnani paralokasmim
||
||
patittha
nicayam samparayikam u honti

paninan-ti
If
||
||
2 3 1 * SS. SS. vuddha. B. B. kalam kata visam vassa aj-yika always. ' B. hoti. 6 SS. paham always. 7 cidam. 8 SS. phalupagam. S- kamma2 " 10 See above, II. 10. na (nta ?). B. S sugatim. 5
98
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
3. 1.
III.
[III.
3. 3.
Loko.
Savatthiyam
||
||
2.
Ekam antam
nisinno kho
II
raja,
Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca

yati
3.
Kati nu kho bhante lokassa
dhamma
uppajjamana uppajjanti ahitaya dukkhaya aphasu-vihara|| II
Tayo kho maharaja lokassa dhamma uppajjamana uppajjanti ahitaya dukkhaya aphasu-viharaya 4. Katame tayo Lobho kho maharaja lokassa dhammo
II
||
||
||
uppajjamano uppajjati ahitaya dukkhaya aphasu-viharaya Doso kho maharaja lokassa dhammo uppajjamano uppajjati Moho kho maharaja ahitaya dukkhaya aphasu-viharaya lokassa dhammo uppajjamano uppajjati ahitaya dukkhaya
II II
||
||
aphasu-viharaya
5.
||
II
Ime kho maharaja tayo

||
lokassa
dhamma uppajjamana
II
uppajjanti ahitaya dukkhaya aphasu-viharaya ti 6. Lobho doso ca moho ca purisam papa-cetasam

||
II
himsanti attasambhuta
||
tacasaram 1 va samphalan-ti 2
j|
II
4. Issctttam.
1.
Savatthiyam
||
||
2.
Ekam antam
||
vantam etad avoca

databban-ti
3. 4. 5.
II
II
Kattha nu
kho bhante danam
Yattha kho maharaja cittam pasidati ti Kattha pana bhante dinnam mahapphalan-ti Aiiiiam kho etam maharaja kattha danam databbam
II
II II
II
II
aniiam pan -etam kattha dinnam mahapphalan-ti
||
||
Silavato
||
kho maharaja dinnam mahapphalam no tatha dussile Tena hi 4 maharaja tanfi-ev-ettha paripucchissami 5 yatha
||
II
te
tatha nam vyakareyyasi Tarn kim mafmasi maharaja Tdha tyassa yuddham 6 Atha agaccheyya paccupatthitam sangamosamupabbulho
khameyya
6.
||
||
||
||
||
khattiya-kumaro asikkhito akata-hattho akata-yoggo akat-
S 1 -2 tancasarava
ulhu always.
S^kathannu; S2 kathannu.
Textual repetition of
*
I. 2,
*
S 1 -2
teneva.
the title only being changed. SS. paripucchami. 6 B. sam-
upp;il>\
III. 3. 4.]
TATIYA-VAGGA
l
3.
99
2
II
upasano bhiru
chambhi
3
utrasl
palayi
II
bhareyyasi tarn
4
purisam attho ca te tadisena purisena 7. Naham bhante bhareyyam tarn purisam na ca

II
me
attho
8.
tadisena puri'senS,
ti
II
II
Atha agaccheyya brahmana-kumaro asikkhito Atha Atha vessakumaro sudda-kumaro agaccheyya agaccheyya
If
II
asikkhito
9.
||
la
||
na ca
me
attho tadisena purisena

II II
ti
6
||
Tarn kim mannasimaharaja
Idha tyassa yuddham

||
1 1
Atha agaccheyya paccupatthitain sangamo samupabbulho 7 sikkhito kata-hattho khattiya-kumaro kata-yoggo kat-upasano abhirii 8 acchambhi 9 anutrasi apalayi 10 bhareyyasi tam
purisatp attho ca te tadisena purisena ti 10. Bhareyyaham bhante tam purisam
II
||
attho
ca
me
tadisena purisena
11.
ti
||
||
Atha n agaccheyya brahmana-kumaro Atha agaccheyya vessa-kumaro Atha agaccheyya sudda-kumaro sikkhito kataII ||
hattho kata-yoggo katupasano abhiru acchambhi anutrasi

18
apalayi
||
bhareyyasi
||
||
tam purisam attho ca
te
tadisena
purisena
12.
ti
Bhareyyaham bhante tam purisam attho ca me tadisena

ti
||
purisena
13.
||
Evam
eva kho maharaja yasma kasma ce

||
13
pi kula
14
agarisma anagariyam pabbajito hoti

vippahino paiicaiiga
15
||
II
so ca hoti
pancanga-
samannagato
II
tasmim dinnam ma-
happhalam 14. Katamani panca angani 16 pahinani 17 honti Karnacchando pahino hoti Vyapado pahino hoti Thinamiddham Uddhacca-kukkuccam pahinam hoti Vicipahinani hoti kiccha pahina hoti Imani pancangani pahinani honti 15. Katamehi panca angehi 18 samannagato hoti asekkhena
||
|| ||
||
||
||
||
||
||
asekkhena samadhiksilakkhandhena samannagato hoti khandhena samannagato hoti asekkhena pannakkhandhena

|| ||
1 B. bhiru SS bhirucchambhi. 2 S 1 - 3 palayi. s S 1 - 8 atth eva; S3 attho ra * 6 B. va. All this paragraph is omitted by S 2 -3 , added SS. attho va me. between the lines by S 1 with some slight differences in the abridgment. 7 B. su2 -s n SS. add kho. 9 8 B. sikkhito. S abhirtt. B. achambhi. lu B. apalaysisi. 12 13 S3 apalayi here and above ; B. anapalayi. S - 2 omit kasma ; B. tasnm ; 17 u S 1 kusala. 16 B. adds hoti. " B. S2 has yasmaiice. S 1 -3 paucangani. 18 B. paiicahangehi here and further on. vippahiuani.
;
,
100
KOSALA-SAMYUTTA
||
III.
[III. 3. 4.
gato
hoti
samannagato hoti asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannaasekkhena vimuttiniiana-dassana-kkhandhena hoti

||
II ||
samannagato hoti
||
Iraehi
paiica
angehi samannagato
II
lb'.
Iti
pancanga-vippahine pancanga-samannagate dinnam

||
II
mahapphalan-ti 17. Idam avoca Bhagava

Issattam
2
||
la
||
sattha
1
|| ||
balaviriyaiica
II
yasmim
4
||
vij jetha
5
manave 3
||
tam yuddhattho bhare
raja
8
nasuram jati-paccaya
6
||
||
tatheva khanti-soracca-dhamma
yasmim
patitthita
||
tam ariyavuttim 7 medhavi

karaye assame ramme
papancavivane kayira
|| ||
hina-jaccam pi pujaye vasayettha bahussute

|| ||
||
||
dugge sankamanani ca
||
||
||
Annam panam khadaniyam

||
vattha-senasanani ca
|| ||
||
dadeyya uju-bhutesu vippasannena cetasa 9 yatha hi megho thanayam vijjumalt satakkatu thalam ninnanca pureti abhivassam vasundharam abhisankhacca 10 bhojanam tath-eva saddho sutava vanibbake tappayati anna-panena pandito detha detha ti bhasati amodamano u
|| || ||
||
||
||
||
||
II
tam
sa
pakireti hi-ssa gajjitam hoti

|| ||
||
||
||
devasseva pavassato
||
punnadhara vipula
5.
dataram abhivassatiti
||
||
Pabbatupamam.
||
1.
Savatthi nidanam
||
2.
Ekam antam
etad
||
II
nisinnam. kho rajanam Pasenadi-kosalam

II II
Bhagava
agacchasi
3.
avoca
Handa kuto tvam maharaja

12
Yani
tani
bhante
rannam
khattiyanam muddha-
vasittanam issariyamada-mattanam kama-gedha-pariyutthi-
tanam janapadatthavariyappattanam mahantam pathavimandalam abhivijiya ajjhavasantanam raja-karaniyani bhatesvaham etarahi ussukkam apanno-ti vanti 13 Idha te puriso 4. Tam kim mannasi maharaja
||
II II
II
II
1 This phrase is omitted by SS. 2 S 1 - 3 issattham. 3 S 3 manave. * B. bha5 S 2 - 3 s&ritm. 6 B. "soraccam dhamma. 7 B. omits tam; S 1 nam. reyyatha. 8 SS. medhavim. 9 So S 3 only B. and S 1 - 2 satakkaku C. satakkuku (explain12 ll 10 C. anumodamano. S 2 rauuo SS. abhisankhata. ing sataaikharo) . 1 13 SS. santi. corrected to rannam in S 3 perhaps also in S .
||
III. 3. 5.]
TATIYA-VAGGA
3.
101
II
so agaccheyya puratthimaya disaya saddhayiko paccayiko evara upasankamitva vadeyya yagghe maharaja janey1 aham agacchami puratthimaya disaya tatth-addasam yasi mahantam pabbatam abbhasamara sabbe pane nipphotento 2
tarn
II
1|
||
agacchati
5.
||
yam
te
maharaja karaniyam tarn karohiti
||
||
la 3
||
Atha dutiyo puriso agaccheyya pacchimaya disaya Atha tatiyo puriso agaccheyya uttaraya disaya
||
||
||
Atha
yiko
catuttho puriso agaccheyya dakkhinaya disaya saddhaII
so tarn upasankamitva evam vadeyya paccayiko yagghe maharaja janeyyasi aham agacchami dakkhinaya tattha addasam mahantam pabbatam abbhasamam disaya
||
sabbe pane nipphotento agacchati
||
yam
yam
tarn karohiti
||
||
Evarupe
darune
te
maharaja karani4 maharaja mahati mate

5
dullabhe manussatte kim assa karaniyan-ti 6. Evarupe bhante mahati mahabbhaye samuppanne darune manussakkhaye dullabhe manussatte kim assa karani-
habbhaye samuppanne
manussakkhaye
||
||
yam
7.
aiiiiatra
dhammacariyaya samacariyaya kusalakiriyaya

ti 7
||
||
punfiakiriyaya
adhivattati
Arocemi kho te maharaja pativedemi kho 8 te maharaja kho tarn maharaja jaramaranam adhivattamane ca te maharaja jaramarane kim assa karaniyan-ti 8. Adhivattamane ca me bhante jaramarane kim assa karaniyam aiiilatra dhammacariyaya samacariyaya kusalaII
II
II
II
kiriyaya puiifiakiriyaya
9.
9
||
||
Yani pi tani bhante raiinam khattiyanam muddhava-
issariyamada-mattanam kama-gedha-pariyutthitajanapada thavariyappattauam mahantam pathavi-mandalam abhivijiya ajjhavasantanam hatthi-yuddhani bhavanti tesam pi bhante hatthi-yuddhanam natthi gati natthi visayo
sittanam
nam
||
adhivattamane jaramarane 10. Yaui pi tani bhante

II
||
rail flam khattiyanam muddhaajjhavasantanam assa-yuddhani bhavanti tesam ratha-yuddhani bhavanti patti-yuddhani bhavanti
vasittanam
II
pe
II
II
II
II
1 SS. janeyya always. 2 B. nipphothento always. 3 SS. pe. * SS. mahati. 7 6 B. B. manussakuye. Before each of these words, kusalacariyaya always. B. repeats aMatra. 8 SS. omit kho. Same remarks as above.
'-'
102
KOSALA-SAMYFTTA
III.
[III.
3. 5.
1 pi bhante patti-yuddhanam natthi gati natthi visayo adhi-
vattamane jaramarane
11. Santi
||
||
mahamatta
3
||
||
kho pana bhante imasmim rajakule mantino 2 ye pahonti agate paccatthike mantehi bheda|| II
tesam pi bhante manta-yuddhanam natthi gati 4 yitum natthi visayo adhivattamane jaramarane 12. Samvijjati kho pana 5 bhante imasmim rajakule pahutam 6 suvannam bhumigatan c-eva vehasatthanca yena may am pahoma agate paccatthike dhanena upalapetum tesam pi
||
bhante dhana-yuddhanam natthi gati natthi visayo adhivattamane jaramarane

||
|f
13.
Adhivattamane ca
ti
me
||
bhante jaramarane kim assa
karaniyam annatra dhammacariyaya samacariyaya kusalakiriyaya punnakiriyaya

14.
||
Evam etam maharaja evam etam

ca te 7 jaramarane
maharaja adhivatta|| ||
mane
kim
assa
karaniyam annatra dhammaII ||
cariyaya samacariyaya kusalakiriyaya punnakiriyayati 15. Idam avoca Bhagava la sattha

|| ||
Yatha
pi sela vipula
||
nabham ahacca pabbata

8
|| ||
||
nipphotento catuddisa samantanupariyeyyum evam jara ca maccu ca 9 adhivattanti 10 panino n Khattiye brahmane vesse sudde candala-pukkuse na kinci parivajjeti sabbam evabhimaddati na tattha hatthinam 12 bhumi na rathanam na pattiya na capi manta-yuddhena sakka jetum dhanena va Tasma hi pandito poso sampassam attham attano buddhe dhamme ca sanghe ca dhiro saddham nivesaye Yo dhammacari kayena vacaya uda cetasa
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
||
||
||
II
||
II
II
idh-eva
nam
pasamsanti
||
pacca sagge pamodatiti

||
13
|| ||
Puggalo Ayyaka
Kosala-samyuttam samattam Tass-uddanam u Loko Issattam

||
||
||
||
Pabbatopamam
||
desitam buddhasetthena
II
imam Kosalam pancakam
||
||
1 2 3 S2 - 3 omit natthigati. B. yesam hnnti. S 1 - 3 add here tesam pi bhedayi* * tum. SS. omit natthi gati here and further on. SS. omit pana. 6 B. ba7 8 9 S3 hutam. B. omits ca te. S 1 - 3 samanta anupariyejûm. maranan ca. 10 2 S has only evam ttanti panino, the place of the omitted words remaining 12 2 13 u B. panine. SS. sagge ca modatiti. B. Ayyika. S hatihina. empty.
103
BOOK IV.-MARA-SAMYUTTAM.
CHAPTER
1. 1.
I.
PATHAMO-VAGGA.
ca.
Tapo kamman
tire
Evam me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Uruvelayam

najja
viharati
Neranjaraya
II
Ajapala-nigrodha-mule
pathamabhisambuddho 2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa patisallinassa evam cetaso parivitakko udapadi Mutto vatamhi taya dukkarasadhu mutto vatarahi taya anattha-samhitaya karikaya sadhu thito sato 2 bodhim 3 samajjhadukkara-karikaya
|| ||
|| ||
gan-ti
||
3. Atha kho Maro papima Bhagavato cetasa ceto-parivitakkam aiinaya yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjabhasi Tapo-kamma apakkamma yena sujjhanti manava asuddho maiiuati suddho suddhimaggam 5 aparaddho ti 4. Atha kho Bhagava Maro ayam papima iti viditva Maram papimantam gathahi paccabhasi 6 Anattha-saiihitam fiatva yam kinci aparam 7 tapam
|| II
II
II
II
II
1 1
||
II
II
II
II
sabbanatthavaham 8 hoti
silam samadhi-paiiiianca
patto-smi
5.
||
piyarittam
va
dhammanim 10
II
!!
||
II
maggam bodhaya bhavayam

||
paramam suddhim Atha kho Maro papima

ti
nihato tvam asi antakati
||
||
janati
mam
Bhagava
janati
||
II
dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti 11 2. N&go. 1. Evam me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Uruvelayam viharati najja Neraiijaraya tire Ajapala-nigrodhe pathamaSugato
2 B. samaijhaB. Ajapala-nigrodhe. a B. sadhu vatamhi. 3 S - 3 bodhi. 6 5 S 1 -* paccajjhabhasi. 7 So B. and C. ; B. suddham suddhimagga. 10 1-3 8 9 B. So sabbamnattha". S SS.amaram. phiyarittam ; C. thiyarittam. " B. autaram C. ; SS. vammani (or ti) ; C. dhammani. adhayiti.
1
||
mam
gunti.
104
MARA-SAMYUTTA
II ||
IV.
[IV.
1. 2.
bhisambuddho

*
Bhagava
||
ratt-andhakara-timisayam
|| ||
ajjhokase
nisinno hoti
devo ca
ekam ekam phusayati 3 2. Atha kho Maro papima Bhagavato bhayam chambhitattam lomahamsam uppadetu-kamo mahantam hatthirajavannam abhinimminitva yena Bhagava ten-upasankami 4 3. Seyyathapi nama maha aritthako mani evam assa sisam hoti seyyathapi nama suddham rupiyam evam assa danta
||
||
II
honti
II
seyyathapi naraa mahati nangalasisa

||
evaua
assa
sondo hoti
4.
||
Atha kho Bhagava Maro ayam papima iti viditva Maram papimantam gathaya ajjhabhasi vannam katva subhaSamsaram digham addhanam subham nihato tvam asi antaka ti alan-te tena papima 5. Atha kho Maro papima janati mam Bhagava janati mam
||
||
||
II
II
II
II
Sugato
1
.
ti
dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti 3. Subham.

7
II
6
|| ||
Uruvelayam viharati 2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava ratt-andhakara-timisayam ajjhokase nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusayati 3. Atha kho Maro papima Bhagavato bhayam chambhitattam. loma-hamsam uppadetu-kamo yena Bhagava ten-upasankami
|| II
II
||
Upasankamitva Bhagavato avidure uccavaca vannanibha upadamseti subha c-eva asubha ca 5. Atha kho Bhagava Maro ayam papima iti viditva Maram
4.
||
II
papimantam gathahi ajjhabhasi Samsaram digham addhanam vannam katva subham alan-te tena papima nihato tvam asi antaka Ye ca kayena vacaya manasa ca 8 susamvuta na te Mara vasanuga na te Marassa paccagu ti 9 6. Atha kho Maro la tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
|| || || II II || ||
||
subha-
||
||
II
II
II
II
||
II
phusaySti.
3 2 B. and C. S1 -2 So SS. and C. B. abbhokase always. "tiraisaya. 6 4 8 S -3 This SS. maharitthako. nangalisa ; S* nangalisa. is omitted all the following Suttas but the last. paragraph by SS. in this and ' 8 * S2 So SS. B. gives the full text. SS. manasaya. paiicaccaguti ; B. baddhabhuti C. pafthaguti.
1
; 1 ; ;
IV.
1. 5.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
4-
1.
105
Ptea 0).
|| ||
1.
Evara
me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Baranasiyam

migadaye
||
viharati Isipatane
amantesi
||
||
Bhikkhavo-ti
||
||
||
Tatra kho Bhagava bhikkhu. Bhadante ti te bhikkhu Bha-
gavato paccassosum
2.
Bhagava
etad
avoca
II
II
Mayham kho
||
bhikkhave
l yoniso manasikara yoniso sammappadhana anuttara vimutti 2 Tumhe pi bhikanuppatta anuttara vimutti sacchikata khave yoniso manasikara yoniso sammappadhana anuttaram vimuttim anupapunatha 3 anuttaram vimuttim sacchikaro-
tha
ti
||
||
Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasarikamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Baddho 4 -si mara-pasena ye dibba ye ca manusa mara-bandhana-baddhosi na me samana mokkhasiti 4. Mutto-ham 5 mara-pasena ye dibba ye ca manusa marabandhana-mutto mhi nihato tvam asi antakati 6 5. Atha kho Maro papima la tatth-ev-antaradhayiti 5. Pdsa (5).
3.
|| II
||
||
||
II
||
||
II
II
||
II
II
II
||
II
II
1.

||
Baranasiyam viharati
ti
Isi||
patane migadaye
Tatra kho Bhagava bhikkhu amantesi

||
II
Bhikkhavo
paccassosum
2. 8
ti
II
||
Bhadante
avoca
te
bhikkhu Bhagavato
il
Mutto-ham 9 bhikkhave Tumhe pi bhikkhave sabbapasehi ye dibba ye ca manusa mutta sabbapasehi ye dibba ye ca manusa 10 caratha bhikkhave
Bhagava etad
II
II
||
carikam bahujana-hitaya bahujana-sukhaya lokanukampakaya Ma ekena dve atthaya hitaya sukhaya devamanussanain 11 desetha bhikkhave dhammam agamettha adikalyanam
II II
||
sattham savyanmajjhe kalyanam pariyosana-kalyanam janam kevala-paripunnatn parisuddham brahmacariyam pa|l
kasetha
II
II
Santi satta apparajakkha-jatika
II
assavanata
12
B. samappadhana.
*
SS. omit anu vi.

6
always.
8
B. and S 3
muttaham.
I. 11.
2, 3,
= Mahava^ga
B.
7 1. 11. 2. S3 - 3 Muttaham. 10 Here
= Mahavagga
B. papunatba.
B. bandho
si
B. Bhaddante.
S2
intercalates
1 [marabandhana mutta] ettha, and 8 [mara bandhanamuttombi ti hato tvam] u B. 12 ettha. So B. and C. SS. assavanta agamattha (Vinaya, agamittba).
;
Childers
assavanato (word paribayati).
106
MARA-SAMYTJTTA
II
IV.
[IV.
1. 5.
dhammassa parihayanti
bhavissanti
dhammassa aimataro
l
II
I!
pi bhikkhave yena Uruvela Senanigamo sankamissami dhamma-desanaya ti

||
Aham
3.
ten-upa-
||
Atha khoHaro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Baddho-si sabba-pasehi ye dibba ye ca manusa
||
II
||
||
||
4.
maha-bandhana 2-baddho si na me samana raokkhasiti Mutto-ham 3 sabbapasehi ye dibba ye ca manusa maha-bandhana-mutto mhi nihato tvam asi antaka ti 4
||
||
||
II
||
||
ll
II
6.
1.
Sappo.

||
II
viharati Veluvane kalandaka-nivape

2.
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava rattandhakara-timisayam ajjhokase nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusayati 3. Atha kho Maro papima Bhagavato bhayam chambhitattam loma-hamsam uppadetu-kamo mahantam sappa-rajavannam abhinimminitva yena Bhagava ten-upasankami 4. Seyyathapi nama mahati eka-rukkhika nava evam assa
II II
||
||
kayo hoti phano hoti

||
||
Seyyathapi nama sondika kilauja

Seyyathapi nama
||
||
kosalika
evam assa 7 kamsapati evam

niccharati
j
assa akkhini bhavanti

9
8 Seyyathapi nama deve galagalayante
vijjullata
niccharanti
evam
assa
mukhato jihva
|| ||
Seyyathapi nama kammara-gaggariya dhamamanaya saddo

hoti
evam assa assasa-passasanam 10 saddo hoti Atha kho Bhagava Maro ayam papima Maram papimantam gathahi ajjhabhasi
5.
II II
iti
viditva
To
sevati sufina-gehani 12 muni atta-sannato seyyo so

II
II
vossajja careyya tattha so patirupam hi tathavidhassa tarn

II
||
||
Caraka bahu
atho damsa
1
13
-bherava bahu
13
||
14
sirimsap^
bahu
II
B. Sena.
2 S2 marabandhana'. 3 B. muttaham. note, "Vinaya Texts, "I. 113). this text is to be found in the Mahavaggo of the Vinaya at the end of the
;
In the Vinaya
yena Uruvela yenasena" (Comp. Rh. D. and O's

4
Mara-
Âll
8 B. katha (llth Chapter). B. kosaS 3 kilaja. C. kilafijam; S 1 - 2 kilanja 2 2 8 B. vijjulata; S 2 vijjulla. S" laka; C. kosala". 7 B. S pati. galagajante. 10 S 1 "passasanam S 1 -3 passasamna S 2 âssasampabahulo macaji (or pi) na " B. 12 l4 tattha na. SS. damsa. B. S 1 seyyaso. 13 S 1 bahu. "gan* 1"14 B. sarisapa.
; ;
IV.
1. 8.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
I.
107
lomam
pi
na tattha injaye
||
suiinagara-gato
maha muni
II
II
phaleyya pathavim caleyya sabbe pi 2 pana uda santaseyyum

||
Nabham
1
||
sallam pi ce
urasi
6
pakampayeyyum
janati
4
II
upadhisu
6.
tanam
na karonti buddha
ti
||
||
Atha kho Maro papima

Sugato
ti
mam
II
II
Bhagava
janati
mam
1.
tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
7.
Suppati.

II
Rajagahe viharati Yeluvane
kalandaka-nivape
II
2. Atha kho Bhagava bahud eva rattim ajjhokase cankamitva rattiya paccusasamayam pade 7 pakkhaletva viharara 8 dakkhinena passena siha-seyyam kappesi pade pavisitva padam accadhaya sato sampajano utthana-saiinam manasi
karitva
3.
II
II
Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasnkami upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Kim soppasi kim nu suppasi 9 kim idam soppasi 10 dubbhayo :1 viya sunnam agaran-ti 12 soppasi kim idam soppasi suriy-uggate 13 ti
||
II
||
II
II
II
II
II
4.
Yassa
jalini visattika
||
tanha n-atthi kuhinci netave

soppati kin-tav-ettha
II
M sabbupadhlnam parikkhaya budho

II II
II
1.
Mara ti 8. Nandanam. Evam me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam

II
viharati Jetavane Anathapindikassa arame

2.
II
Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi
II
,1
II
Nandati puttehi puttima 15 gomiko gohi tath-eva nandati

||
||
1 So SS. B. kappaS2 - 3 jaleyya. 2 S. sabbeva. 3 S 7 - 3 omit ce ; C. ve. 8 5 S 3 tanam. S 1 udadhisu S: udamdisu. reyya; C. urasikampasseyyum. 2-3 * 10 7 9 B. soppatam ( =soppanam ?}. S omit pade. B. pavisitva". B. soppasi. 11 12 13 * SS. buddho. SS. dubbhato. SS. sunnagaranti. S3. sOriye-ug . 16 B. Goma, gobhi here and further on.
; ;
108
MARA-SAMYUTTA
IV.
[IV.
1. 8.
na hi
3.
upadhihi narassa nandano so nandati yo nirupadhiti

|| II
||
||
Socati puttehi puttiraa gomiko gohi tath-eva socati
||
upadhihi narassa socana

4.
||
na hi so socati nirupadhiti Atha kho Maro papima janati

Sugato
ti
l
|| ||
mam
|| ||
Bhagava
janati
mam
1.
tatth-ev-antaradhayat,iti
9.
Ayu
(1).
r
Evam me
sutara
ekam sama) am Bhagava Rajagahe

II || || II ||
viharati
2.
Bhikkhavo ti bhikkhu Bhagavato paccassosum 3. Bhagava etad avoca Appam idam bhikkhave manussanam ayu kattabbam. kusalam gamaniyo samparayo caritabbam brahmacariyam natthi jatassa aniaranam yo bhikkhave ciram jivati so vassasatam appam va bhiyo
Bhadante
ti
Veluvane kalandaka-nivape Tatra Bhagava bhikkhu amantesi

te
|| ||
II
II
||
||
||
||
ti
II
II
Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upsahkami upasahkamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi 2 Digham ayu manussanam na nam hile suporiso careyya khiramatto va natthi maccussa agamo-ti
4.
|| ||
|| ||
||
||
||
||
5.
Appam ayu manussanam

4
careyyadittasiso
6.
va
||
suporiso hileyya natthi maccussa nagarao ti

|| ||
nam
II
||
||

10.
la
||
||
II
Ayu
(2).
Rajagahe Tatra kho Bhagava etad avoca appam idam bhikkhave kattabbam manussanam ayu gamaniyo samparayo kusalam caritabbam brahmacariyam. natthi jatassa amaraII
1.
||
||
||
II
II
||
nam
2.
||
yo bhikkhave ciram
ti
||
jivati so vassasatam
appam va
||
bhiyo
||
Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi
II
II
hile.
These gathas are the repetition of Devata-S. II. s

B. hileyya
;
1.
4. is in B. only.
;
B. C.
SS. hileyya.
careyya
S3
siso
S1
"adikatasiso.
IV.
2. 2.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
II
2.
109
1
II
Naccayanti ahoratta
jivitara n-uparujjhati
||
ayu
3.
anupariyati
ran-ti
II
maccanam
II
nemi va ratha-kubba-
Accayanti ahoratta
jivitara uparujjhati
||
II
4.
ayu khiyati maccauam Atha kho Maro papima

ti
kunnadinam va odakan-ti
ti
||
||
janati mam
Bhagava janati mam

II
Sugato
dukkhi dummano tath-ev-antaradhayi Pathamo vaggo Tass-uddanam Tapo-kammau ca Nago ca Subham Pasena
II ||
II
||
II
te
duve
|| ||
II
Sappo Suppati Nandanam
||
Ayuna
apare duve-ti
CHAPTER
II.
DUTIYO- VAGGO.
1.
Pdsdno.
1.

II II
Rajagahe viharati Gijjhakuta-
pabbate
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava rattandhakaratimisayam ajjhokase nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusayati 3. Atha kho Maro papima Bhagavato bhayam chambhitattam lomahamsam uppadetu-kamo yena Bhagava tenUpasankamitva Bhagavato avidure mahante upasankami mahante 4 pasane padalesi 5 4. Atha kho Bhagava Maro ayam papima iti viditva
|| ||
|| II
II
Maram papimantam
gathaya ajjhabhasi Sa ce pi 6 kevalam sabbam Gijjhakdtam

II II
||
calessasi"
II
n-eva sammavimuttanam
5.
||
buddhanam
janati
atthi iiijitan-ti
8
|| ||

Sugato
ti
mam
Bhagava
jauati
||
II
mam
1.
dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti

2. Siho.
Ekam samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam

||
viharati Jetavane
Anathapindikassa arame Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava mahatiya parisaya parivuto dhammam deseti
|| II
S1
B
S 1 - 3 noparujjhati. 3 C. S3 ayum; S 1 - 7 ayun ca. s So C. * S2 - 3 pariyeti. B. does not repeat mahante. anupariyeti S 3 pava^tesi C. patujesi. tiS. sacemaip. (or pavaddhesi)
1
; ;
B. anupuriyati; S - 8 pavaddcsi 7 B. cal.

1
B. injaiiaa-ti.
110
MARA-SAMYUTTA
IV.
[IV.
2. 2.
2. Atha kho Marassa papimato etad ahosi Ayam kho samano Gotamo mahatiya parisaya parivuto dhammam Yam nunaham yena samano Gotamo ten-upasankadeseti
||
||
|j
meyyam vicakkhukammaya
3.
ti
||
||
Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Kim nu siho va nadasi parisayam visarado 2 patimallo hi te atthi vijitavi nu maiinasiti
||
II
||
||
||
||
If
If
4.
Nandanti ve mahavira
Tathagata balappatta
||
If
parisasu visarada tinna loke visattikan-ti

|| If
||
||
5.
mam
1.
Atha kho JMaro papima janati mam Bhagava janati Sugato ti dukkhi dummano tath-ev-antaradhayiti
||
If
II
3.
Sakalikam.

|| ||
Maddakucchimhi 3 migadaye 2. Tena kho pana 4 samayena Bhagavato pado sakalikaya khato 5 hoti bhusa sudam Bhagavato vedana vattanti saritasudam rika dukkha tibba khara katuka asata amanapa 6 sato adhivaseti avihannamano Bhagava sampajano 3. Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasankami
viharati
If || II
II
II
upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi 7 Mandiya nu sesi udahu kaveyya-matto attha nu 8 te sampacura na santi
If
If
If
||
eko vivitte sayanasanamhi
9
||
niddamukho
4.
10
kim idam soppaseva

If
ti
||
II
Na mandiya
sayami napi kaveyya-matto

II
II
attham sameccaham apetasoko eko vivitte n sayanasanamhi sayam-aham sabbabhutanukampi Yesam 12 pi sallam urasi pavittham
||
If
||
muhum muhum hadayam vedhamanam 13

te capi
14
||
soppani labhare sasall&
If
3 1 * B. SS. "kucchismim. 4 B omits kho pana. S 7 parisayam patimallo. 8 7 S 1 atthanam ; See Devata-S. IV. 4. SS. kho. B. sakkhalikaya hato. 9 R 2 atthana ; S3 atthanam hut seems to be erased. S 1 eko ca vivitto ; sanamhi S 3 eko va seti (two erased letters) imsanamhi S2 eko ma (or va) . 10 r- S - 3 u SS. vivitto. SS. niddasikho. (with an empty space as usual). l3 B. hadaya ; SS. secamunam. " SS. te pidha (S 1 pi). sesam.
;
IV.
2.
5.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
l
2.
HI
||
||
kasma
aham na supe 2
3
vitasallo
4
Jaggam na sanke
na pi bhemi
5
sottum
||
II
rattindiva nanutapanti
tasraa supe
5.
mamam
||
hanira na passami kuhinci loke
sabbabhutanukampiti
||
||
||

Sugato
ti
||
janati
mam
Bhagava
janati
||
mam
1.
6

4.
||

|| ||
Patirupam. Kosalesu viharati Ekasala8

|| II
yam brahmanagame
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava

|| ||
mahatiya gihiparisaya parivuto dhammam deseti 2. Atha kho Marassa papiraato etad ahosi
7
Ayam kho
samano Gotarao mahatiya gihiparisaya parivuto dhatnmam Yam nunaham yena samano Gotamo ten-upasarikadeseti meyyam vicakkhukammaya ti 3. Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi N-etam tava patirupam yad aiinam anusasasi 9
II || ||
||
||
||
||
II
anurodha-virodhesu
4.
||
ma
10
sajjittho
||
tad acaran-ti
I)
||
||
5.
yad annam anusasati anurodha-virodhehi vippamutto Tathagato ti Atha kho Maro papima pe tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
Hitanukampi sambuddho
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
5.
1.
Manasam.
Evara
me sutam
ekarp
samayam Bhagava
|| II
viharati
Jetavane Anathapindikassa arame

2.
Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi la n 'carati mauaso 13 Antalikkhacaro
||
||
||
3.
paso yo-yara tena tarn badhayissami na me samana mokkhasiti u potthabba ca manorama liupa sadda rasa gaudha nihato tvam asi antaka ti ettha me vigato chando
II
||
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
4.
II
pe
II
||
||
* 3 1 SS. vihemi; B. tasmS. S 3 siipe; B. suse. 8 C. sankemi ( = sankumi) 6 * SS. nanupatanti. So B. and C. SS. salaC. reads bhemi (=bhayami). 8 1 9 B. desesi. B. S 3 anuB. ffihi here and further on. eka). yam (without 10 " 1 13 13 B. yvayam. sasati. C. sajjittha. SS. mauuso. u B. S poso.
. ;
gandha
rasa.
112
MARA-SAMYUTTA
6.
IV.
[IV.
2. 6.
Patfam Tena kho pana samayena 1. Savatthiyam l Bhagava paiicannam upadanakkhandhanam upadaya bhikkhu
viharati
II
||
dhammiya kathaya
hamseti
2.
||
te
ca
sandasseti samadapeti samuttejeti sampabhikkhu atthi - katva 2 manasi katva
sabba-cetaso 3 samannabaritva ohitasota
dhammam
|| ||
sunanti
||
||
Atba kbo Marassa papimato etad ahosi Ayam kbo samano Gotamo pancannara upadanakkhandbanam upadaya
bbikkbu dharamiya kathaya sandasseti saraadapeti samuttejeti te ca bhikkhu atthi-katva manasi katva sampabamseti
||
sabba-cetaso samannabaritva obita-sota
dbammam
sunanti
||
yena samano Gotamo ten-upasankameyyam vicakkhukammaya ti 3. Tena kho pana samayena sambabula patta ajjhokase
II
Yam nunaham
||
nikkhitta bonti
4.
||
II
Atba kbo Maro papima balivaddavannam 4 abbinimmi|| ||
nitva yena te patta ten-upasankami 5. Atha kho aimataro bhikkhu
5 6
annataram bbikkhum
eso
7
etad avoca
II
||
Bbikkhu bhikkhu
balivaddo patte
bhindeyyati
II
II
6. Evam vutte Bhagava tarn bbikkbum etad avoca Na so bhikkhu balivaddo Maro eso papima tumhakam vicakkhuII ||
kammayagato ti 7. Atha kho Bhagava Maro ayam papima

||
II
iti
viditva
Maram papiraantam gatbaya ajjhabbasi 9 Rupam vedayitam sanfmm vinnanam yaiica sankhatam evam tattha virajjati n-eso ham asmi n-etam me
|| ||
||
||
||
|j
||
evam virattam khemattam

anvesam sabbatthanesu
8.
||
sabbasamyojanatigam Mara-sena pi najjhaga ti

||
||
10
|| ||
Pa
II
tatth-ev-antaradhayiti * *
7.
||
||
Ayatana.
1.

||
Yesaliyam vibarati Mabavane
kutagara-salayain
II
1 * 2 3 B. B. bhikkhunam. B. atthim always. B. sabbam cetasS always. * * S - 2 omit aniiataro bhikkhu. S 1 - 2 omit balibaddha here and further on. 3- 3 1 9 8 7 bhikkhu bhikkhu. SS. esa. kammaya agato. 10 S vedavatitam u S ititam (with erasure of da in S 7 , of tarn in S 3). B. nujjha-jati. pa . ti is in B. . only.
1
IV.
2. 8.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
2.
113
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava channam phassayatananam upadaya bhikkhu 2 dhammiya kathaya sandasseti 3 4 5 te ca bhikkhu samadapeti sampahamseti sarauttejeti
l
II
atthi-katva 6
ohitasota
raanasi
katva
II
sabba-cetaso
II
samannaharitva
dhammam
sunanti
3. Atha kho Marassa papimato etad ahosi Ayam kho samano Gotamo channam ph assay atananam upadaya bhi||
II
kkhu dhammiya kathaya sandasseti samadapeti samuttejeti Te ca bhikkhft atthikatva manasi katva sampahamseti sabbacetaso sammannaharitva ohitasota dhammara sunanti Yam nunaham yena samano Gotamo ten-upasankameyyam
||
||
vicakkhukammayati 4. Atha kho Maro papima j'ena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavato aviduremahantam bhaya-bheravasaddam akasi api-sudam 7 pathavi maniie udriyati 8 5. Atha kho annataro bhikkhu annataram bhikkhum etad avoca Bhikkhu bhikkhu 9 esa pathavi maniie udriyati
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
ti
10
!! II
6.
Evam
vutte
Bhagava
tarn
N-esa bhikkhu pathavi udriyati u
||
bhikkhum etad avoca Maro eso papima tumha||
||
kam vicakkhukammaya
7.
agato
ti
||
II
Atha kho Bhagava Maro ayam papima iti viditva Marara papimantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Rupa sadda rasa gandha phassa dhamma ca kevala etain lokamisam ghoram ettha loko dhimucchito 12 etan ca samatikkamma sato buddhassa savako
II II
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
13 maradheyyam atikkamrna adicco va virocatiti 8. Atha kho Maro papima pa tatth-ev-antaradhayi

||
||
||
||
||
ti
II
II
8. Pint! a in.
1.
Ekam samayam Bhagava Magadhesu

||
viharati Pancasa-
layam brahmanagame
||
2 B. bhikkhunnm here and further on. 3 SS. "dassesi dapesi. 6 In S3 O hamsesi has been corrected into hamseti. See the pre* SS. and C. udriyatiti. B. undriyati always SS. apissutam. ceding sutta. 2 9 >" 1J S does not repeat bhikkhu. SS. udriyatiti. SS. udriya SS. lokadhimucchito C. loko vimucchito. 13 B. omits va.
1
S3
S 2 passaya 6
te]esi.
'
114
MARA-SAMYUTTA
IV.
[TV.
2. 8.
2. Tena kho pana samayena Pancasalayam brahmanagame kumarakanam l pahunakani 2 bhavanti kho Bhagava pubbanhasamayam nivasetva 3. Atha
||
||
patta-civaram adaya Pancasalam

4
brahmana-gamam. pindaya
pavisi
4.
II
II
Tena kho pana samayena Pancasaleyyaka brahmana5 Ma 6 gahapatika Marena papimata anvavittha bhavanti samano Gotamo pindam. alattha 7 ti 8 5. Atha kho Bhagava yatha dhotena pattena Pancasalam
|| || ||
||
brahmanagamam pindaya
patikkami
6.
||
pavisi
||
tatha dhotena pattena
||
Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasankami 9 upasankamitva Bhagavantam etad avoca Api samana pindam alattha ti 11 7. Tatha nu tvam papima 10 akasi yathaham pindam na
|| || II
II II
labheyyan-ti
8.
||
Tena
hi bhante
Bhagava dutiyam
12
||
pi
Pancasalam brah-
managamam
pindam
pavisatu
ti
13
||
tathaham karissami yatha Bhagava

|| II
lacchati
||
u 15 Apunnam pasavi Maro asajjanam Tathagatam kim nu mannasi papima na me papam vipaccati 16 susukham vata jivama yesam no n n-atthi kincanam
||
II
II
||
||
pitibhakkha bhavissama
9.
||
deva Abhassara 18 yatha

||
ti
19
||
II

9.
pe
||
tatth-ev-antaradha-
Kassakam.
||
1.
Savatthi nidanam
20
||
Tena kho pana samayena Bha||
gava bhikkhu
sandasseti samadapeti samuttejeti sampahamseti bhikkhu atthi-katva manasi katva sabbacetaso
nibbana-patisamyuttaya dhammiya kathaya Te ca

||
2l
saraanna-
haritva ohitasota
dhammam
sunanti
||
||
2 3 So B. and C. SS. pahunakanam. S - 3 "salayam. B.^kumarikanam. 7 6 So C. here and further on. ma. omit C. anvavidaha. SS. pavisi 10 8 SS. sala. SS. alattha; B. alatta (a being erased). S1 -1 B. adds te. 12 3 u Tatha no tuvnm papimam S Tatha no tvam papima. B. SS. omit na. 13 -2 S 2 asajjana S 1 -' lacchasiti.' ll SS. pasavJ. pavisatu; S pavisitu. S asajjana. 16 SS. na me te papam vipaccatiti. 11 SS. yesanno; B. yesamnno. 18 19 In h s the place of "devS abhas is This second gatha is the 200th of empty. w B. bhikkhilthe Dhammapada for the whole text, see same book, 362-3. p. nam. ai See the preceding suttas.
1
1 ;
B.
'
IV.
2. 9.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
2.
115
II
2. Atha kho Marassa papimato etad ahosi Ayara kho samano Gotamo bhikkhu nibbana-patisamyuttaya dhammiya Yam nunaham yena samano Gotamo tenpa kathaya
II ||
upasankameyyam vicakkhukammayS ti 3. Atha kho Maro papima kassaka-vannam abhinimminitva mahantam nangalam khandhe karitva digham 1 pa||
||
canayatthim
gahetva hata
hata
keso sanasati
nivattho
kaddama-makkhitehi padehi yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankarnitva Bhagavantam etad avoca 4 addasa ti 4. Api samana balivadde
||
II
II
||
||
5.
6.
Kim pana papima

Mam-eva
6
1
te balivaddehi
5
ti
||
||
sarnana
cakkliu
||
mama
rupa
mama
cakkhu-
samphassa -vififianayatanam
kuhim me samana 7 gantva

II
mokkhasi
II
Mam-eva samana saddi-i sotam rcama sadda pa Mam-eva samana ghanam mama gandha Mam-eva samana jihva mama rasa Mam-eva samana kayo mama potthabo Mam-eva samana mano mama dhamma mama mano8 kuhim me 9 samana gantva samphassa -vinfianayatanam
||
II II
||
||
II
II
||
mokkhasi ti 10 ll tava rftpa tava cakkhu7. Tav-eva papima cakkhu 12 13 samphassa -vinfianayatanam yattha ca kho papima natthi cakkhu natthi rftpa, natthi cakkhu sampassa-vinHanayata|| ||
||
nam
8.
agati tava tattha
papima
II
II
Tav-eva 14 papima sotam tava sadda tava sota-samphassa 15vinnanayatanam yattha ca kho papima natthi sotam natthi
||
sadda
tattha
9.
natthi
sotaII II
samphassa-vinnanayatanam
agati tava
papima Tav-eva 16 papima ghanam tava gandha tava ghana

||
sampassa-vinnanayatanam
yattha
17
ca kho papima natthi
ghanam tanam agati
natthi
gandha
natthi ghana-samphassa-viuiianaya||
tava tattha papima
II
3 * 1 2 SS. "latthim. SS. sana; B. satf. B. balibaddhe. B. S 3 digha. 7 * * SS. SS. saranam. SS. saranam. SS. samphas&V. samphassam. 12 2 -3 3 9 10 " S SS. cakkhum. S tarn eva. B. SS. omit me. samphassa 13 u SS. Tancera B. omits ca; in S 3 it seems to be erased. "samphassa. 3 2 15 16 S attha. S* samphassa . S tava va (or ca ?). 8
'
116
10.
MARA-SAMYCTTA
IV.
[IV.
2. 9.
Tav-eva papima jihva tava rasa tava jihva-samphassaviniianayatanam pa Tav-eva papima kayo tava photthabba
l
|| II
tava kaya-samphassa-viunanayatanam pa 11. Tav-eva papima mano tava dhamma tava manosam|| ||
phassa-viunanayatanam.
natthi
II
yattha ca kho papima natthi
mano
agati
dhamma natthi mano-samphassa-vifmanayatanam

||
|| ||
tava tattha papima ti 12. Yam vadanti mama yidan-ti ettha ce te 2 mano atthi na
II
ye vadanti maman-ti ca
||
||
13.
me samana mokkhasiti Yam vadanti na tarn mayham ye vadanti na te ahatn evam papima janahi na me maggam pi dakkha||
||
||
||
siti
3
|l II
14.
Atha kho Haro papima

10.
II
pa
II
vantaradhayiti
II
j|
Raj jam
Kosalesu viharati Himavanta||
1.

4
padese
2.
aranna-kutikayam
||
Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa patisallinassa evam sakka nu kho rajjam karetum cetaso parivitakko udapadi ahanam aghatayam ajinam ajapayam 5 asocam 6 asocayam. 7
||
||
dhammena
3.
ti
||
II
mitva Bhagavantam etad avoca
upasankaKaretu bhante Bhagava rajjam karetu Sugato rajjam ahanam aghatayam ajinam aja10 9 payam asocam asocapayam dhammena ti 11 tvam papima passasi yam 12 mam tvam evam 4. Kim pana karetu bhante Bhagava rajjam karetu Sugato vadesi
|| ||
Atha kho Maro papima 8 Bhagavato cetasa takkam annaya yena Bhagava ten-upasankami
||
ceto-parivi-
||
||
||
rajjam
5.
||
pe
II
dhammena
13
ti
||
||
cattaro iddhipada bhavita Bhagavata bahulikata yanikata vatthukata anutthita paricita susamaakarikhamano ca pana 14 bhante Bhagava Himaraddha
II
kho bhante
vantam
pabbatarajam suvannam
16
II
tveva
15
adhimucceyya
II
suvannafica pabbatassati
II
s payam; 8 asocamayam. u
8 So B. and C. 1 SS. ceto. S 1 - 9 tath eva. ; 6 S2 * SS. passe. again, III. 4. ajayayam.
8
-2
* These gathas will be found S 1 - 2 asocayam. 7 S asoca9 S -2 10 S -s papima maro. ajamayam. '
1 ;
1 ;
asocamayam.
1&
B. adds me.
18
pana.
SS. tera.
SS. Bhagavato. SS. kirn. B. panassati; SS. suvannapabbata
I3
IS
B. omits
IV.
3. I.]
UPARIPANCA-VAGGA
Pabbatassa suvannassa
dvitta va
1
3.
117
||
6.
jatarupassa kevalo 2 nalara ekassa iti vidva samaiicare 3

||
II
II
||
yo dukkhara addakkhi yato nidanam
||
kamesu
upadhim
7.
so jantu katham viditva sango 4
nameyya
ti
II
loke
||
tass-eva jantu vinayaya sikkhe
ti
5
||
||

Sugato
ti
janati
mam
||
Bhagava
janati
j|
mam
dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti Dutiyo vaggo Tass-uddanam Paslno Siho Sakalikam Patirupaii ca Manasam Puttam Ayatanam Pindam Kassakam Rajjena te dasa
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
ti
II
||
CHAPTER
III. TATIYO- VAGGO (UPARI-PANCA).

1.
Snmbahula.
1.
Evam me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Sakkesu

||
II
viharati Silavatiyam
2.
Tena kho pana samayena sambahula bhikkhu Bhagavato

||
avidure appamatta atapino pahitatta viharanti

3.
||
Atha kho Maro papima brahmana-vannam abhinimminitva mahantena jatanduvena ajinakkhipa - nivattho jinno gopanasivahko ghurughuru-pass&si udumbara-dandam gahetva yena te bhikkhu ten-upasarikami TJpasahkamitvi te bhikkhu etad avoca Dahara bhavanto pabbajita susu
II
|| || ||
kalakesa bhadrena yobbanena samannagata pathamena vayasS,

anikilitavino
ma
kamesu bhunjantu bhonto manusake kame sanditthikam hitva kalikam anudhavittha ti

||
||
||
II
||
4. Na kho mayam brahmana sanditthikam hitva kalikam anudhavama kalikan ca kho mayam brahmana hitva sanditthikam anudhavurna Kalika hi brahmana vutta Bhabahudukkha gavata bahupayasa adinavo ettha bhiyo
||
||
||
||
sanditthiko
ayam dhammo
akaliko
ti
6
|| ||
ehipassiko
opauayiko
paccattam veditabbo viiifmhi
1 2 So C. and B. SS. vittavi. B. vijja S 3 viditva, corrected into vidva. 4 5 This S3 samacare. S 1 - 3 samvego. last gatha will be found again in the next sutta. 6 See above, Devata-S. II. 10.
; ;
118
5.
MARA-SA^YUTTA
iv.
[iv.
3. i.
Evam
l
vutte
Maro papima sisam okampetva jihvam

nalatena
II
nillaletva
tivisakham
nalatikam
vutthapetva
dandam olubbha pakkami 6. Atha kho te bhikkhu yena Bhagava ten-upasahkamimsu upasankamitva Bhagavantara abhivadetva ekam antam nisidimsu Ekam antam nisinna kho te bhikkhu etad avocum Bhagavantam
|| ||
||
||
||
||
Bhagavato avidure appamatta viharama Atha kho bhante annataro atapino pahitatta brahmano mahantena jatanduvena ajinakkhipa-nivattho jinno
7.
Idha
mayam
bhante
||
gopanasivariko ghuru-ghuru-passasi hetva yena amhe ten-upasankami

etad avoca
|| II
||
udumbaradandam gaUpasankamitva amhe
Dahara bhavanto pabbajita susu kalakesa bhadrena yobbanena samannagata pathamena vayasa anikilitavino kamesu Bhunjantu bhonto manusake kame ma sanditthikam hitva kalikam anudhavittha ti 8. Evam vutte may am bhante tarn brahmanam etad avoII
II
||
||
||
cumha
||
||
Na kho mayam brahmana

II
sanditthikam hitva
kalikam anudhavama
hitva sanditthikam
mayam brahmana anudhavama kalika hi brahmana kama vutta Bhagavata bahudukkha bahupayasa adinavo ettha
kalikam ca kho
|| ||
ayam dhammo akaliko ehipassiko opaveditabbo viilnuhi ti nayiko paccattam 9. Evam vutte bhante so brahmano sisam okampetva 2 jihvam nillaletva tivisakham nalatena nalatikam vutthapetva
bhiyo
sanditthiko
||
dandam olubbha pakkanto

10. N-eso
ti
II
II
bhikkhave brahmano Maro eso papima tumhaagato

ti
|| ||
kam vicakkhukammaya
11.
Atha kho Bhagava etam attham viditva tayam yam imam gatham abhasi Yo dukkham adakkhi yato nidanam kamesu so jantu katham nameyya
||
vela-
||
II
II
upadhim
viditva sango
ti
loke
II
tass-eva jantu vinayaya sikkhe-ti
3
II
II
8s B.
nillaletva
C. nilal.etva.
S 2 B.
nilluletva.
See the end of the
precediug chapter.
IV.
3. 2.]
TTPARIPANCA-VAGGA
2.
3.
H9
Silavati-
Samiddhi.
1.
Ekam samayam Bhagav

||
||
Sakkesu viharati
yam
2.
Tena kho pana samayena ayasma Samiddhi J Bhagavato

|| ||
avidure appamatto atapi pahitatto viharati 3. Atha kho ayasmato Samiddhissa rahogatassa patlsallinassa evam cetaso parivitakko udapadi Labha vata ine
||
II
suladdham buddho
||
vata
||
yassa me sattha araham. sammasamLabha vata me suladdham vata me yo-ham

pabbajito
II ||
me
evam svakkhate dhammavinaye
Labha vata
me suladdham
vata
ti
II
me
||
yassa
me
sabrahmacariyo silavanto
kalyana-dhammo 4. Atha kho Maro papima ayasmato Samiddhissa cetaso cetoparivitakkam aniiaya yenayasma Samiddhi ten-upasahkami upasahkamitva ayasmato Samiddhissa avidure mahantam bhayabheravam saddam akasi Apissudam pathavi
II ||
||
maiine 3 udriyatiti
||
||
5. Atha kho ayasnia Samiddhi yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasahkamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam nisidi ekam antam nisinno kho ayasma Samiddhi
|| ||
Bhagavantam etad avoca 6. Idhaham bhante Bhagavato avidure appamatto

|| || || ||
atipi tassa mayham bhante rahogatassa patipahitatto viharami Labha vata sallinassa evam cetaso parivitakko udapadi
||
me suladdham
|| ||
vata
me
yassa
me
sattha
araham sainma-
Bambuddho Labha vata me suladdham vata me yo-ham. Labha vata evam svakkhate dhammavinaye pabbajito me suladdham vata me yassa me sabrahmacariyo silavanto
II
II
kalyanadhammo
titi
|| ||
ti
4
II II
Tassa
||
mayham
bhante avidure maha
bhayabheravasaddo ahosi
7.
apissudam pathavi man fie udriya||
Maro eso papima N-esa Samiddhi pathavi udriyati gaccha tvam Saraiddhi tuyham vicakkhukammaya agato
II
tatth-eva appamatto atapi pahitatto viharahiti

8.
II
II
Evam
bhante
ti
kho ayasma Samiddhi Bhagavato
pati-
See Devata-S. II. 10.
SS. suladdhanca.
SS. add va.
B.
dhaninuiti.
120
sunitva
MARA-SAMYUTTA
IV.
[IV.
3. 2.
nam
9.
l utthayasana Bhagavantam abhivadetva padakkhikatva pakkami

|| ||
Dutiyara pi kho ayasma Samiddhi tatth-eva appamatto Dutiyam pi kho ayasmato Saatapi pahitatto vihasi middhissa rahogatassa patisallinassa evara cetaso parivitakko
|| ||
udapadi
araham
Labha vata me suladdham vata me yassa me sattha sammasambuddho pe kalyanadhammo ti Dutiyam pi kho Maro papima ayasmato Samiddhissa cetasa
|| ||
||
||
II
ceto parivitakkam afiiiaya

udriyatiti 10. Atha
|| ||
||
pa
||
Apissudam pathavi maniie

||
kho ayasma Samiddhi

||
Maro ayam papima

|| || ||
iti
viditva
Maram papimantam
gathaya ajjhabhasi
Saddhayaham pabbajito satipanM ca me buddha

||
||
agarasma anagariyam cittan ca susamahitam
||
karuam karassu rupani n-eva mam vyadhayissasiti 3 11. Atha kho Maro papima janati mam Samiddhi bhikkhuti dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
|| ||
||
||
3.
1.
Godhika*
r
Evam me sutam ekam
8araa)
||
am Bhagava
||
Rajagahe
viharati
2.
Veluvane kalandakanivape Tena kho pana samayena ayasma Qodhiko

||
II
Isigili-passe
viharati Kalasilayam
3.
viharanto
Atha kho ayasma Godhiko appamatto atapi pahitatto 5 Atha samadhikam ceto-vimuttim 6 phusi kho ayasma Godhiko tamha samadhikaya ceto-virnuttiya
||
||
pariliayi
4.
||
||
Dutiyam
pi
||
tatto viharanto
yam
hayi
5.
kho ayasma Godhiko appamatto atapi pahiDutisamadhikam ceto-vimuttim phusi kho ayasma tamha samadhikaya ceto-vimuttiya paripi
|| || II
||
Tatiyam pi kho ayasma Godhiko appamatto

|| ||
pe
II
II
parihayi
6.
Catuttham pi kho ayasma Godhiko apparaatto

|| ||
pe
II
parihayi
1 3 SS. patissutva. 2 B. omits the words Maro So B. and C. ; viditva. . . SS. vyadhayissatiti (B. and C. have byadha ) ; see Tlu-ra-j^fitha, 6 46. 2 3 This episode recurs in the S* S - omit viharaiito. Dhp. Com. 254-6.
.
cetaso vi here and further on.
IV.
3. 3.]
UPARIPAftCA-VAGGA
3.
121
pe
parihayi.
7.
Paficamara pi kho ayasma Godhiko
II
||
8.
Chattham
pi
kho ayasma Godhiko apparaatto atapl

ceto-vimuttim
phusi
||
pahitatto
viharanto samaclhikam
II
[Chattham pi kho ayasma Godhiko tamha samadhikaya ceto

vimuttiya parihayi
9.
II
II
pi kho ayasma Godhiko appamatto atapl viharanto samadhikam ceto-vimuttim phusi l II] pahitatto Yava 10. Atha kho ayasmato Godhikassa etad ahosi chattham khvaham samadhikaya ceto-virauttiya parihino
II
||
II
Sattamam
||
yam nunaham sattham ahareyyan-ti 11. Atha kho Maro papima ayasmato Godhikassa
II II
cetasa
||
yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Mahavira mahapaniia iddhiya yasasa jalam sabbe verabhayatita pade vandami cakkhuma savako te mahavira maranam maranabhibhu akankhati 2 cetayati tarn nisedha jutindhara
cetoparivitakkam
aiinaya
|| II || II ||
||
II
||
||
||
II
II
Bhagava tuyham savako sasane rato 4 3 appattamanaso sekho kalam kayira jane suta ti 12. Tena kho pana samayena ayasmata Godhikena sattham
hi
||
katham
||
||
||
||
aharitam hoti
13.
||
II
Atha kho Bhagava Maro papima papimantam gathaya ajjhabhasi

II ||
iti
viditva Mararn
Evam
hi dhira kubbanti
||
navakankhanti jivitam
||
||
samulam tanham abbuyha Godhiko parinibbuto ti 14. Atha kho Bhagava bhikkhft amantesi Ayama
||
II
||
bhikkhave yena Tsigili-passam Kalasila ten-upasankamissama yattha Godhikena kulaputtena sattham aharitan-ti 15. Evam bhaute ti kho te bhikkhu Bhagavato paccassoII
sum
||
||
Atha kho Bhagava sambahulehi bhikkhAhi saddhira Addasa yena Isigili-passam Kalasila ten-upasankami kho Bhagava ayasmantam Godikam durato va maucake vivattakkhandham semanam 5
16.
||
|| || ||
yati.
All the text from Chattham pi kho to "phusi is in B. only. 2 SS. akarikha3 B. apattamanaso SS appamattamanaso. appamattamanaso
l ; ;
Fausbiill
I.e.
janesabha.
So SS.
C.
seyyamanam
B. soppamanam.
122
17.
MARA-SAMYUTTA
IV.
[IV.
3. 3.
tattam
Tena kho pana saraayena dhumayitattam timirayi1 gacchati pacchimam gacchat-eva purimam disam
|| ||
disam
gacchati uttaram disam
||
gacchati dakkhinam. diII

||
sam
||
gacchati
uddham
gacchati adho gacchati anudisam

|| ||
Atha kho Bhagava bhikkhu araantesi Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave etam dhumayitattam timirayitattam
18.
||
gacchat-eva purimam disam
||
ram
II
dakkhinam
bhante
II
||
uddham
||
adho
gacchati pacchimam. gacchati anudisan-ti

II II
utta|| II
Evam
19.
II
Eso kho 2 bhikkhave Maro papima Godhikassa kula3 kattha Godhikassa kulaputtassa vinnanam samanvesati 4 bhivinnanam puttassa patitthitan-ti appatitthitena ca kkhave vinnanena Godhiko kulaputto parinibbuto ti 20. Atha kho Maro papima beluva 5 -panduvinam adaya
|| ||
||
||
yena
Bhagava ten-upasankami
|| ||
||
upasankamitva
6
gathaya
||
ajjhabhasi
uddham adho
21. So
7
ca tiriyam
||
||
disa-anudisasvaham
anvesam nadhigacchami
dhiro dhitisarapanno
||
Godhiko
||
so
kuhim gato
|| II
ti
||
||
jhayi jhanarato sada
ahorattam anuyunjam
jivitam
||
anikamayam
jetvana maccuno senam
anagantva punabbhavam
||
II
samulam tanham
abbuyha
|| II
Godhiko parinibbuto
II
ti
||
22. Tassa sokaparetassa vinakaccha abhassatha 10 tato so dummano yakkho tath-ev-antaradhayathati

II
||
II
4.
1.
Satfavassdni.
Evam me sutam ekam
samayarn Bhagava Uruvelayam

|| ||
viharati najja Neraiijaraya tire Ajapala-nigrodhe

2.
Tena kho pana samayena Maro papima sattavassani ll hoti otarapekkho I2 otaram alaBhagavantam anubaddho bhamano 3. Atha kho Maro papima yena Bhagava ten-upasarikami
||
II
||
upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabasi
II
II
1 2 S 1 - 3 omit kho S 1 - 3 omit timirayitattam here and further on. S 2 hi. So B. C. samanessati S 3 sammanncsati S - 2 sammantesati. * S3 omit ca. 6 7 8 C. veluva S1 - 3 SS. anudisasu hi. B. yo. SS. nidhisampanno. " B. anubaudho. 2 '" Fausboll I.e. ahhissatha. samulatanham; S samulatanha.
;
1
12
B. "pekho."
IV.
3. 4.]
UPAR1PA$CA-VAGGA
l
3.
123
||
Sokavatinno
nu 2 vanasmim jhayasi
4
II
vittam nu jinno 3 uda patthayano
agum nu gamasmim akasi kind kasma janena na karosi sakkhim
||
||
sakkhi na satnpaj jati kenaci te ti 5 4. Sokassa mulam palikhaya sabbam

||
II
||
II
anagujhayami asocamano chetvana 6 sabbam bhavalobhajappam

II
||
5.
anasavo jhayami pamattabandhu Yam vadanti mama yidan-ti ye vadanti maman-ti ca

II
||
||
6.
7.
me samana mokkhasiti Yam vadanti na tarn mayham ye vadanti na te aham evam papima janahi na me maggam pi dakkhasiti 8 Sa ce maggam anubuddham khemam amatagaminam 9
ettha ce te
7
mano
atthi
||
na
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
pehi
8.
10
11 gaccha tvam ev-eko
||
kim annam
anusasasiti
!|
||
||
Amaccudheyyam pucchanti
tesaham puttho akkhami
'
II
||
ye jana paragamino
12 yam sabbantam
nirupadhin-
ti
13
|| II
Seyyathapi bhante gamassa va nigamassa va avidure Atha kho bhante sambapokkharani tatr-assa kakkatako
9.
|| ||
hula kumaraka va kumarikayo va tamha
gama va nigarna
||
va nikkhamitva yena sa pokkarani ten-upasankameyyum upasankamitva tarn kakkatakam udaka uddharitva thale 14 patitthapeyyum yam yad eva hi so bhante kakkatako alam
||
abhininnameyya tarn tad eva te kumaraka va kumarikayo va katthena va kathalaya va samchindeyyum sambhanjeyyum 15 Evam hi so bhante kakkatako sabbehi sampalibhanjeyyum
||
16 abhabbo sambhaggehi sampalibhaggehi tarn pokkharanim puna otaritum Seyyathapi pubbe evam eva kho bhante yani sukayikani 17 visevitani vipphanditani 18 kanici kanici sabbaui Bhagavata samchinuani sambha-
alehi samchinnehi
||
II
3 J C. vittam jino S 1 - 3 va. S 1 sokavanutinno. S3. 6 SS. kenacitte (S tena). This SS.appatthayano, omitting uda. 6 7 will be found again in the next sutta. SS. hitvana. SS. ceto. fatha " S - 3 tarn 9 B. dakkhasi. See above, II. 9. SS. gaminim. 10 C. apehi. S2 tim. 12 S 2 sabbanta; B. tacchamtam. l3 SS.'nirupadhiti. u B. ajam, ajehi. 16 S J 16 n B. and S 2 sampali abhabhaggehi. samphali here and further on.
1
S 2 - 3 sokRnutinno
*
cittanujino.
C. visu (C. su) kayitani.
18
-2
vippanditani
C. nipphanditani.
124
MAKA-SAMYUTTA
IV.
[IV.
3. 4.
blmnte puna 2 idam otarapekkhoti Bhagavautam upasankamitum yad 10. Atha kho Maro papima Bhagavato santike ima nibbe3 janiya gathayo abhasi Medavannanca pasanam vayaso 4 anupariyaga 5 api assadana siya apetthamudu vindema aladdha tattha assadam vavas-etto apakkame kako va selam asajja nibbijjapema Gotama ti 11. Atha kho Maro papima Bhagavato santike ima nibbe6 janiya gathayo abhasitva tamha thana apakkamraa BhagaA'ato avid (ire pathaviyam pallankena nisidi tunhi bhuto manku-bhuto pattakkhandho 7 adhoinukho pajjhayanto appaII II
||
II
ggani sampalibhaggani abhabbo c-idanaham
If
||
||
If
II
II
If
||
||
||
tibhano katthena
bhumim 8
5.
vilikhanto
||
||
Dhitaro.
Atha kho Tanha ca Arati 9 ca Raga ca mara-dhitaro Upasankamitva yena Maro papima ten-upasaukamimsu Maram papimantam gathaya ajjhabhasimsu 10 Kenasi dummano tata purisam kam nu socasi
1.
||
||
If
If
If
mayam
2.
tarn ragapasena
If
If
araiinam iva kunjaram

te bhavissatiti
If
||
|j
bandhitva anayissaraa
vasago
If
||
u sugato loke na ragena suvanayo tasma socam-aham bhusanmaradheyyam atikkanto
Araham
ti
II
If
If
II
Atha kho Tanha ca Arati ca Raga ca mara-dhitaro yena Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu upasankamitva Bhagavantam etad avocum Fade te 12 samana paricarema ti Atha kho Bhagava na manasakasi yatha tarn anuttare
3.
If II If
If
||
upadhi-sahkhaye vimutto
4.
||
Atha kho Tanha ca Arati ca Raga ca mara-dhitaro ekam antam apakkamma evam 13 samancintesum Uccavaca kho purisanam adhippaya yam nuna mayam ekasatam
If If
If
ekasatam
14
kumarivannasatam abhinimmineyyanaa
ti
If
II
1 3 S vadanaham ; S2 vadanabham. 3 S2 - 3 peôti; S 1 SS. gathS. pokhoti. * B. Medavannam pasanam va S3 anupanyogapetthamudu B. yaso. mudum C aasado siya. * SS. gatha bhasitvfi C. abhasitva but notices the 8 S2-3 * S3 reading hhiisitva, to which it says abhasitva is equivalent. pakatta * 10 omit bhiimim; S 1 adds bhumiyam SS. arati. S"- 3 between the lines. " 12 " 13 See J. 1. 80. B. vo always. SS. omit evam. S2 - 3 do ajjhabhasi. not repeat ekasatam.
l
||
'
IV.
3. 6.]
UPARIPANCA-VAGGA
3.
125
5.
tarn
Atha kho TanhS, ca Arati ca Raga ca mara-dhitaro ekasaekasatam kum&rivannasatam abhinimminitva yena Bha||
gava ten-upasankamimsu
avocum
||
Tarn pi
6.
upasankamitva Bhagavantain etad samana paricarema ti Bhagava na manasakasi yatha tarn anuttare upa||
Fade
te
||
II
dhisankhaye vimutto
||
||
Atha kho Tanha ca Arati ca Raga ca mara-dhitaro ekam antam apakkamma evam samacintesum Uccavaca kho purisanam adhippa"ya yam nuna mayam ekasatam ekasatam
||
II
avijatavannasatam abhinimmineyyama ti 7. Atha kho Tanha ca Arati ca Raga ca mara-dhitaro

II
II
ekasatam ekasatam avij&tavannasatam abhinimminitva yena
Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu upasankamitva Bhagavautam etad avocum Fade te samana paricarema ti

||
||
||
||
Tarn pi Bhagav& na manasakasi upadhisankhaye vimutto

II
yatha
tarn
anuttare
II
sakim vijatavannasatam pa abhinimminitva yena Bhagava pa yatha tarn anuttare upadhisankhaye vimutto
8.
Atha kho Tanh
ca
||
II
||
||
II
||
9. Atha kho Tanha ca pa duvijatavannasatam abhinimminitva yena Bhagava pa } atha tarn anuttare upadhisankhaye vimutto 10. Atha kho Tanha ca pa majjhimitthivannasatam
|| ||
||
||
||
II
II
||
abhinimmineyyamd
||
ti
II
|j
Atha kho Tanha ca

II
mitthivannasatam abhinimminitva
pa
||
pa majjhianuttare upadhi|| II
sahkhaye vimutto 11. Atha kho Tanha ca

||
II
pa
II
mahitthivannasatam abhi||
II
nimmineyyama
pa mahitthivannasatam abhinimminitva yena Bhagava la anuttare vimutto upadhisankhaye 12. Atha kho Tanha ca Arati ca Raga ca Mara-dhitaro ekam antam apakkamma etad avocum Saccam kira no
ti
|| || II II
Atha kho Tanha ca

II II
II
II
pita avoca
||
||
Araham
sugato loke
||
na ragena suvinayo
II
II
maradheyyam atikkanto tasrn socam-aham bhusan-ti 13. Yam hi mayam samanam va brahmanam va avitara|| ||
gam
iminzl
II
phaleyya
unham
upakkamena upakkameyyama hadayam vassa lohitam va mukhato uggaccheyya

II
126
MAKA-SAMYUTTA
IV.
[IV.
3. 5.
ummadam
va papuneyya cittavikkhepam va
||
II
||
pana nalo harito luto ussussati visussati milayati
seyyatha va evam eva

||
ussusseyya visusseyya milayeyya ti 14. Atha kho Tanha ca Arati ca Raga ca maradhitaro
yena BhagavS, ten-upasankamimsu antara atthamsu

||
||
upasankamitva ekam
15.
Ekam antam
thita
kho Tanha maradhit& Bhaga||
vantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Sokavatinno nu vanasmim jhayasi cittam nu 1 jinno 2 uda patthayano agum nu gamasmira akasi kiiici kasraa janena na 3 karosi sakkhim sakkhi na sarapajjati kenaci te ti 4
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
16. Atthassa pattim hadayassa santim
II
jetvana senam piyasatarupam
||
ekaham 5 jhayam sukham anubodham tasma janena na karoini sakkhim

||
6
||
sakkhi na sampajjati kenaci

17.
me
ti
II
II
Atha kho Arati 7 mara-dhita Bhagavantam gathaya

||
ajjhabhasi
Katham
vihari-bahulo dha 8 bhikkhu

9
||
||
paiicoghatinno ataridha
katham jhayam 10
chattham bahulam kama-sanna

12
||
||
11
||
tan-ti paribahira honti aladdhayo 18. Passaddhakayo suvimuttacitto

||
asankharano
13
satima anoko
||
annaya na kuppati na
dhammam
avitakkajhayi sarati ve u na thino

||
||
||
Evam
vihari-bahulo dha
15
pancoghatinno ataridha
16
bhikkhu chattham
||
||
II
evam jhayam bahulam
kamasaiiiiii
||
paribahira honti aladdhayo tan-ti
II
1 So all the MSS. (see above, 4). 2 SS. jino. 3 B. and S'-2 omitna here and * See the 6 So * Sa further on. SS. ; B. C. ekoham. preceding number. 7 9 8 sukh anubodham ; C. "anuoodhayam. B. adds ca. B. ca. S 3 ataridha ;
S1 - 1
1
ataratidha'.
10
S 1 jhayJ; S 3 - 3 jhayim.
13
B. asankharano.
atari tidha.
S 1 - 2 yaiina.
B. omits ve.
1S
B. ca.
16
S aladdhayo. B. atarim ca; S 2 atharatidha;

1
12
-3
IV.
3. 5.]
tTPARIPANCA-VAGGA
3.
127
19.
imam
santi
Atha kho Raga ca mara-dhita Bhagavato santike gatham abhasi Acchejja tanham gana-sangha-vari addha carissanti l bahu ca sptta 2
II II
||
II
bahum vatayam janatam anoko 3

||
4 acchijja nessati maccurajassa paran-ti 20. Nayanti ve mahavira saddhamraena Tathagata

|| ||
||
dhammena iiiyamananam 5
21.
||
ka usuya 6 vijanatan-ti
||
II
II
||
Atha kho Tanha ca Arati ca Raga ca mara-dhitaro yena Maro papima ten-upasankamimsu 22. Addasa kho Maro papima Tanham ca Aratim ca Ragan
ca mara-dhitaro durato va agacchantiyo
II II
disvana gathahi
ajjhabhasi
||
||
Bala kumudanalehi
pabbatam abhimatthatha nakhena khanatha ayo-dantehi khadatha girim selam va siras-uhacca pat ale gadham 7 esatha
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
khanum 8 va
23.
urasasajja
||
nibbijjapetha
||
Gotama
ti
9
||
||
Daddallamana 10 aganchum Tanha 11 Arati Raga ca 12 13 ta tattha panudi sattha tulam bhattham va Maruto 14
1|
||
till
II
vaggo Tass-uddanam 17 Sambahula Samiddhi ca Godhikam Sattavassani Dhitaram desitam buddha-satthena imam Marapaiicakan-ti Mara-samyuttam samattam
Tatiyo
II
15
16
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
2 3 1 5 SS. saddha. B. aneko. SS. tarissanti. C. accheja. S niyya 6 7 S niyyamanam. S 2 niyya B. C. nayya B. ussuya. SS. gathatn. 1 10 So SS. 8 9 S khanam. SS/Gotamanti. B. daddajhamana C. daddalha'" 12 SS. omit ca. 13 SS. Tanha ca. S 1 tfilabhattham S 2 -' tulamana. ls u " SS. B. maluto. SS. maruto B. catuttho. hattham. uparipanca 17 instead of tatiyo (or catuttho) vaggo. B. Tatruddanam bharati.
1
. ;
128
BOOK
V.
BHIKKHUN1-SAMYUTTAM
1.
||
II
AlaviM.
1.
Evara
me sutam
ekara
samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam

||
viharati Jetavane Anathapindikassa ararae

2.
||
Atha kho Alavika bhikkhuni pubbanha-samayam

Savatthim
pindaya pindaya
caritva
niII
vasetva pattacivaram adaya
pavisi
Savatthiyam
patikkanta
kini
3.
|| ||
pacchabhattam
pindapata-
yena andhavanam ten-upasankami vivekatthi-
Atha kho Maro papima Alavikaya bhikkhuniya bhayara chambhitattam loraahamsam uppadetu-kamo vivekamha cavetu-kamo yena Alavika bhikkhuni ten-upasankami sankamitva Alavikam bhikkhunim gathaya ajjhabhasi Natthi nissaranam loke kim vivekena kahasi
|| ||
upa||
||
||
bhunjassu kamaratiyo
4.
||
mahu
pacchanutapiniti
|| ||
||
||
Atha kho Alavikaya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi Ko nu 2 manusso va amanusso va bhasatiti khvayam gatham Maro 5. Atha kho Alavikirya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi kho ayam papima mama bhayam chambhitattam lomahamsaTp uppadetukamo vivekamha cavetu-kamo gatham bhasa|| || |j
II
titi
||
||
A
iti
Atha kho Alavika bhikkhuni Maro ayam papima viditva Maram papimantam gathaya paccabhasi
6.
|| II
Atthi nissaranam loke
||
paiinaya
||
me
'
suphussitam
t
3
||
pamattabandhu papima sattisulupama kama khandhasam adh ik ut ami yam tvam kamaratim brusi arati mayham sa ahu
|| || ||
na tvam janasi tarn padam

ti
||
||
||
'
sititi.
So B. only SS. bahu. s SS. kupbassitam.

;
See Thert-gatha, 57. S 1 - 2 abhasatiti At Theri-gatha 58, 142 kbandbunam.
S 2 abhA-
V.
3.]
SOMA
2.
129
ti
7. Atha kho Maro papima janati mam Alavika bhikkhuni dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
II II
2. 1.
Somd.
Savatthi nidanam
II
II
Atha kho Soma bhikkhuni
pubbanhasamayam
pindaya pavisi
2.
|| ||
nivasetva patta-civaram adaya Savatthim
Savatthiyam pinclaya caritva pacchabh attain pindapatapatikkanta yena andhavanam ten-upasankami divaviharaya andhavanam ajjhogahetva afmatarasmim rukkhamule divaviII
haratthaya nisidi
3.
II
||
Atha kho Maro papima Somaya bhikkhuniya bhayam chambhitattam lomahamsam uppadetukamo samadhimha cavetu-kamo yena Soma bhikkhuni ten-upasankami Upasankamitva Somam bhikkhunim gathaya ajjhabhasi Yan-tam isihi pattabbam thanam durabhisambhavam 1 na tarn dvahgulapannaya sakka 2 pappotum itthiya ti 4. Atha kho Ko nu Somaya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi va bhasatiti manusso va amanusso gatham khvayam Maro kho 5. Atha kho Somaya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi
||
||
||
II
||
1|
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
ayam papima mama bhayam chambhitattham lomahamsam

uppadetu-kamo samadimha cavetu-kamo gatham bhasatiti 6. Atha kho Soma bhikkhuni Maro ayara papima
viditva
|| ||
iti
gathahi ajjhabhasi Itthibhavo kim kayira cittamhi susamahite iianamhi vuttamanamhi sammadhammam vipassato 3
|| ||
Maram papimantam
|| ||
||
||
||
yassa nuna siya evam kinci va pana asmiti 4

7.
II
||
itthaham puriso ti va tarn Maro vattum arahatiti

II
II
||
Atha kho Maro papima janati mam Soma bhikkhuniti dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti 5
||
II
3.
1.
Gotamt.
ni-
Savatthi nidanam
||
||
Atha kho Kisa-Gotami bhikkhuni pubbanhasamayam

vasetva pattacivaram adaya Savatthim pindaya pavisi
2.
II
II
Savatthiyam pinclaya caritva pacchabhattam pindapata-
2 3 So C. C. durati". See Theri-gatha, 61. See Theri-gatha, 60. SS. asminti B. annasmim. * SS. suppress the last paragraph in all the suttas but the last, or give only the first words Atha kho Maro papima .
1 ; ;
130
BQIKKHUNl-SAMYUTTA
V.
[V. 3.
l patikkanta yena andhavanam ten-upasankami divaviharaya andhavanam ajjhogahetva annatarasmim rukkhainule diva||
viharam
3.
nisidi
||
||
Atha kho Maro papima Kisa-Gotamiya bhikkhuniya bhayam chambhitattam lomahamsam uppadetu-kamo samadimha cavetu-kamo yena Kisa-Gotami bhikkhuni ten-upasankami Upasankamitva Kisa-Gotami bhikkhunim ga||
||
thaya ajjhabhasi
||
II
ekamasi rudammukhi hataputta va vanara ajjhogata eka purisam nu gavesasi ti

||
||
Kim nu tvam
||
||
II
4.
Atha kho Kisa-Gotamiya bhikkhuniya etad

II
ahosi
||
||
Ko nu khvayam 2 manusso
sitiMI
5.
va amanusso va gatharp abha-
Atha kho Kisa-Gotamiya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi Maro kho ayam papima mama bhayam chambhitattam lomahamsam uppadetu-kamo samadhimha cavetu-kamo gatham
||
||
bhasatiti
6.
4
|| II
Atha kho Kisa-Gotami bhikkhuni Maro kho ayam papima iti viditva Maram papimantam gathahi paccabhasi Accantam 5 hataputtamhi 6 purisa etad antika 7
||
||
||
||
na socami na rodami
||
na tarn bhayami avuso

||
II
II
sabbattha vihata 8 nandi
tamokkhandho 9
||
padalito
||
||
10 senam viharami anasava ti jetvana maccuno 7. Atha kho Maro papima janati mam Kisa-Gotami bhikkhuniti dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
||
||
||
||
4.
1.
Vijayd.
Savatthi nidanam
||
||
Atha kho Vijaya bhikkhuni

||
aiinatarasmim rukkhapubbanhasamayam pa mule divaviharam nisidi 2. Atha kho Maro papima Vijayaya bhikkhuniya bhayam pa samadhimha cavetu-kamo yena Vijaya bhikkhuni tenupasankami upasahkamitva Yijayam bhikkhunim gathaya
nivasetva
|| || || || ||
||
ajjhabhasi
II
II
(or khvacayani).
S3
8 B. and S 3 kvaham S 1 cayam S3 klivavavam 4 B. bhasatiti here and further on. S 2 - 3 gathaliliu>;isiti (in 3 6 6 corrected from gathaya abhasasiti) S 3 gata ; SS. C. SS. accanta.
SS. add upasankamitva.

3
nuttamhi.
Mara-S. III. 3
* SS. antiytl. SS. vihita. B. C. tamokhandho. S3. have bhetva (here jetva) namucino. ;
10
See
V. 5]
UPPALAVANNA
Dahara
tvain rupavati
||
5.
131
ahafica daharo susu

||
||
paricangikena turiyena
3.
eh-ayye bhiramamase
ahosi
||
ti
||
l
\\
II
Atha kho Vijayaya bhikkhuniya etad
Ko nu
II II
kho ayam 2 raanusso va amanusso va gatham. bhasatiti 4. Atha kho Vijayaya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi
II ||
||
||
Maro
iti
ayam papima pa gatham bhasatiti 5. Atha kho Vijaya bhikkhuni Maro ayam papima
|| || II
||
viditva
Maram papimantam
rasa
||
gathahi paccabhasi
||
3
II
||
gandha potthabba ca manorama tumheva Mara na hi tena atthika niyyatayami imina putikayena bhindanena 4 pabhanguna 5 6 attiyami harayami kamatanhasamuhata
Rupa sadda
||
II
II
||
||
||
II
II
Ye
6.
ca rupupaga satta
||
ya ca santa samapatti
niti
||
ye ca aruppatthayino sabbattha vihato tamo

||
7
||
ti
||
II

||
janati
mam
Vijaya bhikkhu|| ||
dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-autaradhayiti

5.
Uppalavannd.
||
1.
Savatthi nidanam
||
Atha kho TJppalavanna 8 bhik||
khuni pubbanha-samayam nivasetva

supupphita-salarukkha-mule atthasi
2.
||
pa
||
ailiiatarasmim
||
Atha kho Maro papima Uppalayannaya bhikkhuniya bhayam chambhitattam lomahamsam uppadetu-kamo saraadhimha cavetu-kamo yena Uppalavanna bhikkhuni tenupasahkami 3 Upasahkamitva
||
||
TJppalavannam
bhikkhunim gathaya
||
ajjhabhasi
||
||
Supupphitaggam upagamma bhikkhuni eka tuvam titthasi salamule na c-atthi te dutiya vannadhatu
If
II
9 idhagata tadisika bhaveyyum bale na tvam bhayasi dhuttakanan-ti

||
||
||
4.
Atha kho Uppalavannaya bhikkhuniya etad
ahosi
||
||
bhasi.
ramamase. See Theri-gatha, 139. 2 SS. yam. 3 SS. ayye ajjhaSo B. and C. SS. bhindarena. 5 C. attayami. See Theri-gatha, 7 8 B. ye ca arupagamino 140. further on, No. 6). B. TJpalavanna always. ^see 9 S 3 gaveyj'um. This M'ord is omitted by S z all the pada by B., aiid in
1
SS. ehi
*
Theri-gatha, 230.
132
BHIKKHUNI-SAMYUTTA
Y.
[V. 6.
Ko nu khvayam manusso
sasiti
5.
l
|| ||
va araanusso va
gatham bha|| ||
Atha kho Uppalavannaya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi Maro ayam papima mama bhayam pa gatham bhasatiti Maro ayam papima 6. Atha kho Uppalavanna bhikkhuni
||
||
||
||
||
iti
viditva
Maram papimantam
gathahi paccabhasi
||
||
||
pi dhuttakanam idhagata tadisika bhaveyyum
Satam sahassani
II
lomam na iiijami 2 na santasami na Mara 3 bhayami tarn 4 ekika pi

||
|| ||
||
||
Esa antaradhayami kucchim va pavisami te 5 6 pakhumantarikayam pi titthantim mam na dakkhasi

||
||
cittasmim vasibhutamhi
||
7 ti sabbabandhanamuttamhi 7. Atha kho Maro papima janati mam Uppalavanna bhikkhuniti dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
||
|| ||
|| ||
iddhipada subhavita na tam bhayami avuso

||
||
6.
|| II
Gala.
1. Savatthi nidanam Atha kho Cala bhikkhuni pubbanhasamayam nivasetva pa annatarasmim rukkhamule divaviharam nisidi 2. Atha kho Maro papima yena Cala bhikkhuni tenupasankami upasankamitva Calam bhikkhunim etad avoca Kim nu tvam bhikkhuni na rocesiti 8 Jatim 9 khvaham avuso na rocemi Kim nu tvam 10 jatim na rocesi Jato kamani bhufijati Ko nu tam u idam adapayi 12 Jatim ma rocesi 13 bhi|| || ||
||
||
||
II
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
kkhuniti
J3.
||
||
maranam hoti jato dukkhani passati 14 bandham 15 vadham pariklesam tasma jatim na rocaye Buddho dhammam adesesi jatiya samatikkamam
Jatassa
|| || || ;|
||
||
||
sabbadukkhappahanaya
||
so
mam
sacce nivesayi
16
||
||
1 2 * 3 Mara na. B. bhasatiti here and further on. S 1 -2 na SS. icchami. 8 s has neither na nor tam. C. antariyutim. 6 B. ntam; SS. nti. 7 See Therin 8 " 9 SS. rocasiti. SS. tvam. SS. jati. SS. omit tvam. gathu, 230-233. l3 " B. 8 SS. roca. B. phussati. S - 2 khandham. 16 SS. nivedayi. adiyi.
;
'
>
See Theri-gatha, 191-2.
V. 8]
UPACALA
ca rupupaga satta
II
7.
133
l
\\
Ye
4.
ye ca aruppatthayino
II
nirodhain appajananta
agantaro punabbhavan-ti Atha kho Maro papiraa janati mam Gala bhikkhuniti
||
||
||

7.
1.
||
||
Upacdld.
Savatthiyam
||
||
Atha kho Upacala bhikkhuni pubbanhasamayam nivasetva la aiinatarasraim rukkhamule divaviharam nisidi Kattha nu tvam pa Upacalam bhikkhunim etad avoca
2.
||
||
II
||
||
||
bhikkhuni uppajjitu-kam& ti 3. Na khvaham avuso katthaci uppajjitu-kama

|| ||
ti
||
||
||
4.
Tavatirasa ca
Yama
ca
||
Nimmanaratino deva
Tusita capi devata ye deva Vasavattino

||
||
||
||
tattha cittam panidhehi ratim paccanubhossasiti 5. Tavatimsa ca Yamaca Tusita capi devata
||
||
8
1| ||
Nimraanaratino deva
II
ye deva Vasavattino
te
||
||
||
kamabandhanabaddha
Sabbo adipito loko
sabbo pajjalito loko
||
enti
Mara-vasam puna
||
||
||
II
||
sabbo loko padhupito sabbo loko pakampito

||
||
akampitam acalitam
6.
aputthujjanasevitam tattha me nirato inano agati yattha Marassa

|| ||
ti
3
||
||

8.
||
||
Sisupacala.
4
1.
Savatthiyam
||
||
Atha kho Sisupacala

|| || j|
||
bhikkhuni
pubbanhasamayam pa mule divaviharam nisidi 2. Atha kho Maro papima yena Sisupacala bhikkhuni tenupasankami upasankamitva Sisupacalam bhikkhunim etad Kassa nu tvam bhikkhuni pasandam 5 rocesiti avoca 3. Na khvaham avuso kassaci pasandam 5 rocerai ti 4. Kim nu uddissa mundasi samani viya dissasi
|| || || II
nivasetva
aiifiatarasmim rukkhu-
||
||
||
||
II
5.
na ca 6 rocesi pasandam kim-iva carasi momuha ti Ito bahiddha pasancla ditthisu 7 pasidanti 8 ye 9 na tesamdhammam rocemi na te dhammassa kovida 10
|| || 1|
||
||
||
||
||
1 B. ardpatthavino. See above, No. 4. * S'- s ratipacca ; in S 3 pa is erased. See Theri-gatha, 197-8 and 200-201. * SS. Sisappacala always. * S 2 pasaccam. 6 B. sacena; SS. na. 7 S3 ditthisu. "SS.te. "> See C. samsidanti.
Theri-gatha, 183-4.
134
BHIKKHUNI- SAMYTJTTA
||
V.
[V. 8.
Atthi sakya-kule jato buddho appatipuggalo sabbabhibhu maranudo sabbattham aparajito

||
||
||
sabbatthamutto asito
l
II
sabbam
||
passati
cakkhuma
||
||
6.
sabbakammakkhayam patto vimutto upadhisankhaye so mayham Bhagava sattha tassa rocemi sasanan-ti Atha kho Maro papima pe
||
||
||
||
||
||
9.
1.
Seld.
Savatthiyam
||
||
samayam nivasetva haram nisidi 2. Atha kho Maro papima Selaya bhikkhuniya bhayam pa Selam bhikkhunim gathaya ajjhabhasi Ken-idam pakatam bimbam kvan-nu 2 birabassa karako kvam ca bimbam samuppannam kvan-nu bimbam ni||
Atha kho Sela bhikkhuni pubbanhaafmatarasmim rukkkamule divavipa

||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
rujjhati
3.
ti
||
||
Ko nu Atha kho Selaya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi va ti manusso amanusso va bhasati khvayam gatham Maro 4. Atha kho Selaya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi mama lomahamsam kho ayam papima bhayam chambhitattam uppadetukamo samadhimha cavetu-kamo gatham bhasati
|| ||
|| ||
||
||
till
II
5.
Atha kho
Sela
bhikkhuni Maro
ayam papima
3
1| ||
iti
viditva
Maram papimantam
gathahi paccabhasi
||
Nayidam attakatam bimbam na yidam parakatam agham hetum paticca sambhutam hetubhariga nirujjhati Yatha anilataram bijam khette vuttam viruhati
||
||
||
||
||
||
cagamma evam khandha ca dhatuyo

pathavirasan
||
sinehaii ca tad
||
ubhayam
5
||
||
cha ca ayatana ime
hetura paticca sambhuta

ti
hetubhanga nirujjhare ti 6. Atha kho Maro papima janati mam Sela bhikkhuni dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti
||
1|
||
||
||
10.
1.
Vajim.
Savatthiyam
||
||
||
Atha khaVajira bhikkhuni pubbanhapindaya

caritva
samayam
pavisi
||
nivasetva pattacivaram adaya Savatthim pindaya
Savatthiyam
pacchabhattam
C. anissito.
"rasaficu
dgamma.
3 B. Kvaci here and further on. S 3 ajjhabhasi. SS. chayatanu ime pana. fc-S. nirujjhaiiti.
SS.
V.
10.]
VAJIRA
10.
135
-
pindapata-patikkanta yena andhavanam ten upasankami divaviharaya andhavanara ajjhogahetva anfiatarasmim ru||
kkhamule divaviharam nisldi 2. Atha kho Ma.ro papima Vajiraya bhikkhuniya bhayam chambhitattham lomahamsam uppadetu-kamo samadhimha
||
||
cavetu-kamo yena Vajira bhikkhuni ten-upasarikami Upasankamitva Vajirara bhikkhunim gathaya ajjhabhasi 3. Kenayam pakato satto kuvam 1 sattassa karako
||
||
||
||
||
||
kuvam satto sarauppanno

4.
||
kuvam
satto nirujjhati
|| ||
ti
||
||
Ko nu Atho kho Yajiraya bhikkuniya etad ahosi khvayara manusso va amanusso va gatham bhasati ti Maro 5. Atha kho Yajtraya bhikkhuniya etad ahosi kho ayam papiraa raaraabhayara chambhitattam lomahamsam uppadetu-kamo samadimha cavetu-kamo gatham bhasati
|| ||
||
ti
II
II
yiditva
Atha kho Vajira bhikkhuni Maro ayam papima Maram papimantam gathaya paccabhasi 2 Kinnu satto ti 3 paccesi maraditthigatam nu te 4
6.
||
iti
||
1|
||
||
||
||
suddhasahkharapunjo yam nayidha sattupalabbhati yatha hi angasambhara hoti saddo ratho iti evam khandhesu santesu hoti satto ti sammuti
||
|| ||
||
||
||
||
||
||
dukkham eva
naiinatra
till
II
dukkham titthati veti ca dukkha sambhoti nannam dukkha nirujjhati

hi sambhoti
||
||
||
7.
ti
||
||
janati
mam
Yajira bhikkhun!
|| ||
dukkhi dummano tatth-ev-antaradhayiti Bhikkhuni-samyuttam samattam Tass-uddanam -|| Alavika 5 ca Soma ca Gotami Vijaya saha
||
||
||
A,
6
||
||
Uppalavanna ca Gala
7
||
Upacala Siaupacala
||
||
8
||
Sela 9 Vajiraya te dasa
ti
1 S3. kvam always. 2 S - 2 ajjhabhasi. 3 SS. sattosi. * S'- a seem to have hatannute. * SS. alaviya. B. sama (perhaps saha). 7 SS. Calaya sattamam. 9 13. S3 Sesa omitted by S 1 . Sisupacala SS. Sisappa .
1 ; ;
136
BOOK VL BRAHMA-SAMYUTTAM.
CHAPTER
I.
PATHAMO-VAGGO.
Ayacanam.
l
1. 1.
Evam me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Uruvelayam

pa||
viharati najja Neranjaraya tire Ajapala-nigrodha-mule tliuinabhisarnbuddho

||
2.
Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa

||
patisallinassa
evam
cetaso parivitakko udapadi

3.
||
Adhigato kho myayam dhamrao gambhiro duddaso duranubodho santo panito atakkavacaro nipuno panditavedaniyo Alayarama kho panayam paja alayarata alayasamudita alayararaaya kho pana pajaya alayarataya alaya2 samuditaya duddasam idam. thanam yad idam idappaccaIdam pi 3 kho 4 thanam duddayata paticcasarauppado
||
||
||
||
||
||
sam
yad idam sabbasarikarasamatho sabbupadhipatinissaggo 5 Ahanceva kho tanhakkhayo virago nirodho nibbanam 6 dhammam ca me na pana deseyyam pare ajaneyyum so mamassa kilamatho sa mamassa vihesa ti 4. Apissudam 7 Bhagavantam ima 8 acchariya 9 gathayo
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
patibhamsu pubbe assutapubba Kicchena me adhigatam halandani pakasitum

|| ||
||
||
ragadosaparetehi
||
nayam dhammo susambuddho

|| ||
||
||
patisotagamim nipunam 10 ragaratta na dakkhinti
gambhtram duddasam aniim tamokkhandheua avuta ti 11
||
1|
II
1 2 B. ajapaianigrodhe. S2 omits kho. 6 SS. B. sududdasam. 3 SS. hi. 8 S3 7 S 2 and C. nibbananti. SS. aj&neyyum. imaya apissu; B. apisu. * So S 1 - 2 S l ima imft. B. anacchariya C. anacchiriya (explaining anu 2 3 B. S avata avutta dakkhanti S C. acchariya). ; a'vata ; ; always.
; ; ;
S "kkhandho na avara
1
ti.
VI.
1. 1.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
I.
137
1 5. Iti Bhagavato patisaiicikkhato appossukkataya cittam namati no dhammadesanaya 6. Atha kho Brahrauno sahampatissa Bhagavato cetasa
||
||
ceto parivitakkam aiinaya etad ahosi || loko vinassati vata bho loko || yatra hi
||
Nassati vata bho
nama Tathagatassa
arahato sammasambuddhassa appossukkataya cittam namati no dhamma-desanaya ti 7. Atha kho Brahma sahampati seyyathapi nama balava
|| ||
puriso samminjitam va
samminjeyya
8.
||
baham pasareyya pasaritam va baham. evam evam brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato

||
||
purato patur ahosi
Atha kho Brahma sahampati ekamsam uttarasangam

||
karitvd dakkhina-janu-mandalam pathaviyam nihantva yena Bhagava ten-anjalim panametva Bhagavantam etad avoca
||
Desetu
bhante
||
Bhagava
satta
6
dhammam
desetu
Sugato
dhammam
till
II
Santi 3
dhammassa parihayanti
9.
4 assavanata 5 apparajakkhajatika bhavissanti dhammassa annataro
Idam avoca Brahma sahampati

||
||
idam vatva athaparam
etad avoca
||
Patur ahosi Magadhesu pubbe dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito

||
||
||
7 avapur-etam amatassa dvaram sunantu dhammam vimalenanubuddham
||
||
Sele yatha pabbata-muddhani thito
||
8 yatha pi passe janatam samantato tathupamarn dhammamayam sumedha

||
||
pasadam aruyha samantacakkhu sokavatinnam janatam 9 apetasoko avekkhassu jatijarabhibhutan-ti

||
||
||
[Utthehi vira vijitasahgama || satthavaha anana vicara loke
||
Desetu Bhagava
dhammam
||
annataro bhavissanti
ti
10
|| ||
* S3 1 a 3 B. adds ha. B. adds dha. B. omits bhante. rajakkhi. 7 B. C. assavanta (see above, Mara-S. I. 5). 6 S 2 pahayanti. apapure . 3 " S1 S S* tarn. jatain ; jantain corrected into janatam. jantum is to be found in B. only. gatha
;
SS. S 1 -2
This
10
138
10.
BRAHMA-SAMYTJTTA
VI.
[VI.
1. 1.
sattesu ca karuiiiiatam paticca

kesi||
||
Atha kho Bhagava Brahmuno ca ajjhesanam viditva buddhacakkhuna lokam volo-
Addasa kho Bhagava buddhacakkhunfr lokam yoloken to satte apparajakkhe maharajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye l svakare dvakare suvinnapaye duvinnapaye 2 appekacce para11.
loka-vajja-bhaya-dassavino viharante
12.
||
||
Seyyathapi nama uppaliniyam va paduminiyam v pundarikiniyam va appekaccani uppalani va padumani va
pundarikani va udake jatani udake samvaddhani

4
1|
udaka-
nuggatani anto-nimuggaposini appekaccani uppalani va va va udake padumani pundarikani jatani udake samvaddhani
samodakam. thitani
||
appekaccani uppalani va padumani va
5 pundarikani va udake jatani udake samvaddhani udaka 6 accuggamma titthanti anupalittani udakena Evam eva
||
Bhagava buddhacakkhuna lokam volokento
addasa
satte
apparajakkhe maharajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svakare dvakare suvinnapaye duvinnapaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassavino viharante 13. Disvana Brahmanam
|| ||
sahampatim
||
gathaya
pacca-
bhasi
||
|l
7 Aparuta tesam amatassa dvara ye sotavanto pamuccantu saddham vihimsasanni 8 pagunam na bhasim
||
9
||
dhammam
14.
Atha kho 10
panitam manujesu Brahme ti Brahma sahampati katavakaso kho

|| || ||
rahi
Bhagavantam abhivadetva Bhagavato dhammadesanayi n katvi padakkhinam tatth-ev-antaradhayi ti 2. Gdraro.

ti
||
||
||
1.

II II
Uruvelayarn
viharati najja Neraujaraya tire Ajapala-nigrodhe pathama-
bhisambuddho
2 J S 1 - 2 mutindriye. B. omits dvakare durinnapaye here and further on. * S lepasini B. 8 s samvattani here and further on. So C. S* posini 7 8 S 1 - 2 vihififia6 "SS. udakam B. thitani. SS. add Nrahma. "apesini. ll saflfii. The same text is to be found in B. C. nabhai. 10 S 2 - 3 omit kho. the Mahavaggo of the Vinaya at the beginning where it is entitled Brahma} a8
1 ;
; ;
cana-gatha.
VI.
1. 2.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
139
patisallinassa
2.
Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa

||
evam
cetaso parivitakko udapadi

rati appatisso
||
||
Dukkham kho
agaravo viha-
kannu
2
khvaham samanam va brahmanam va

||
||
sakkatva garukatva
3.
upanissaya vihareyyan-ti
ahosi
|| ||
Aparipunnassa kho silakkhandhassa paripuriya aiifiam samanam va brahmanam va sakkatva garukatva upanissaya vihareyyam na kho panaham passami sadevake loke samarake sabrahmake sassa||
Atha kho Bhagavato etad
niana-brahmaniya
pajaya
sadevamanussaya
attana
sila-
satnpannatararu aham sakkatva garukatva upanissaya vihareyyam

4.
aiinara
samanam va brahraanam va yam

||
3 samadhikkhandhassa paripuriya Aparipunnassa kho
aniiam samanam va
upanissaya vihareyyam
5.
brahmanam va sakkatva gurukatva

||
||
6.
Aparipunnassa kho pannakkhandhassa paripuriya Aparipunnassa kho vimuttikkbandhassa paripuriya

||
||
||
pell
paripuriya
Aparipunnassa kho vimuttifinana-dassanakkhandhassa aniiam samanam va brahmanam va sakkatva garukatva upanissaya vihareyyam na kho panaham passami sadevake loke samarake sabrahmake sassamanabrahmaniya
7.
||
pajaya
attana vimuttinnana-dassanasadevamanussaya sampannataram afinam samanam va brahmanam va yam aham sakkatva garukatva upanissaya vihareyyam 4 8. Yam nunaham yvayam dhammo maya abhisambuddho
||
||
tarn
eva
dhammam
|| ||
sakkatva garukatva upanissaya viha-
reyyan-ti
9.
Atha kho Brahma sahampati Bhagavato cetasa cetopaaiiiiaya seyyathapi nama balava puriso samminjitam va baham pasareyya pasaritam va baham sammiiijeyya evara evam Brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato purato patur
rivitakkam
||
ahosi
10.
||
||
Atha kho Brahma sahampati ekamsam uttarasangam karitva yena Bhagava ten-ailjalim panametva Bhagavantaui
etad avoca
||
||
B. katham nu.
B. garuru always.
SS. omit kho.
SS. svayam.
140
11.
BUAHMA-SAMYUTTA
VI.
[VI.
1. 2.
Evam etam Bhagava

atitara
evara etam Sugata
||
ye pi te
||
bhante ahesum
te pi
addhanam arahanto sammasambuddha
bhagavauto dhainmaiiiieva sakkatva garukatva upaYe pi te bhante bhavissanti anagatam nissaya viharimsu
||
||
te pi bhagavanto dhamaiineva sakkatva garukatva upanissaya viharissanti 1 Bhagava pi bhante etarahi araham sammasambuddho dham||
II
addbanam arahanto sammasambuddha
II
maiineva sakkatva garukatva upanissaya viharatu ti idara vatvana atha12. Idam avoca Brahma sahampati
|| ||
II
param etad avoca
||
||
Ye
sambuddha ye ca buddha anagata 3 c-etarahi sambuddho bahunnam sokanasano yo sabbe saddhammagaruno viharimsu 4 viharanti ca
ca atita
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
atho 5 pi viharissanti
||
esa
||
buddhanam 6 dhammata
||
||
||
||
tasma hi atthakamena
3.
1.
mahattam abhikankhata
saddhammo garukatabbo
saram buddhanasasananti
||
||
Brahmadei'o.

arame
||
Savatthiyam
2. Tena kho pana samayena afmatarissa brahmaniya Brahmadevo nama putto Bhagavato santike agarasma 7
anagariyam pabbajito hoti 3. Atha kho ayasma Brahmadevo eko vupakattho appamatto atapi pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthaya 8 kulaputta sammad-eva agarasma anagariyam pabbajanti tadanuttaram brahmacariya-pariyosanam dittheva dhamme
|| ||
||
sayain abhiiina sacchikatva upasampajja vihasi jati vusitam brahmacariyam katam. karaniyam
||
||
Khina
itthattaya tiabbhannasi devo arahatam ahosi 9 1|

4.
||
||
naparam Annataro ca panayasma Brahma-
||
Atha kho ayasma Brahmadevo pubbanhasamayam niva||
setva pattacivaram adaya Savatthiyam pindaya pavisi Savatthiyam sapadanam pindaya caramano yena saka-rnatunivesanara ten-upasankami
||
||
a S etthaki. S 2 - 3 ye cabbhatita ; " carecarahi. B. vihamsu. B. atha. 3 8 S kulaputto. SS. ahositi.

1
ye cabahatita". SS. buddhuna
3
.
S 1 - 2 yo (S 2 ye)
7
SS. agarasiua.
VI.
1. 3.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
141
Tena kho pana samayena ayasmato Brahmadevassa 5. mata brahmani Brahmuno ahutim niccam pagganhati 6. Atha kho Brahmuno sahampatissa etad ahosi Ayam kho ayasmato Brahmadevassa raata brahmani Brahmuno ahutim niccam pagganhati yam nunaham tarn 1 upasanka|| || || ||
mitva samvejeyyan-ti
7.
||
||
Atha kho Brahma sahampati seyyathapi nama balava pasaritam va puriso samminjitam va baham pasareyya evam Brahmaloke antarahito evam baham samminjeyya
||
||
ayasmato Brahmadevassa matu-nivesane patur ahosi 8. Atha kho Brahma sahampati vehasam thito ayasmato Brahmadevassa mataram brahmanim gathahi ajjhabhasi Dure ito brahmani brahmaloko 2
||
||
||
||
1|
yassahutim pagganhasi niccam

n-etadiso
3
||
brahmani brahmabhakkho
4
||
kim jappasi brahmapatham

Eso hi
te
ajananti
||
1|
||
brahmani brahmadevo
5
||
nirupadhiko atidevapatto
akificano
bhikkhu anannaposiyo 6 7 te so pindaya gharam pavittho 8 Ahuneyyo vedagu bhavitatto naranam devanam ca dakkhineyyo
||
||
||
||
||
bahitva
papani anupalitto
lo
||
ghasesanam
iriyati sitibhuto
||
||
Na
tassa
paccha na purattham atthi

||
[|
santo
vidhumo anigho niraso u

||
nikkhittadando tasathavaresu
so ty ahutim
12
bhunjatu aggapindam
||
||
||
Yisenibhuto upasantacitto nago va danto carati anejo
13
1|
bhikkhu
so
susilo suvimuttacitto
||
tyahutim bhunjatu aggapindam Tasmim pasanna avikampana

||
||
||
8 1 S 2 -* to 9 S5 posim. S 3 C. Ehuneyyo. se. SS. bahetva. post yo ll 12 S 2 anupalitto; S anulitto. S 1 - 2 nivaso. S l sotahutim, further on 13 C. sotta". S'-*anojo; anejjo.
C.
10
142
BRAHMA-SAMYUTTA
patitthapehi
VI.
[VI.
1. 3.
dakkhmam dakkhineyye karohi punuam sukham ayatikam disva munim brahmani oghatinnan-ti 2
|| ||
l
\\
1|
||
9.
Tasmim pasanna avikampamana
||
patitthapesi dakkhinam dakkhineyye akasi 3 puiiiiam sukham ayatikam

||
||
disva
munim 4 brahmani 5
4.
oghatinnan-ti
||
||
Bako brahma.
sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam arame 2. Tena kho pana samayena Bakassa brahmuno 6 evarupam Idam niccam idam papakam ditthigatam uppannam hoti idam sassatam idam kevalam idam acavanadhuvam dhammam idam hi na jayati na jiyati na miyati na cavati
1.
Evam me
||
|j
||
||
||
||
Da uppajjati
natthiti
3.
||
7
||
ito
ca
pan-annam
uttarim
nissaranam
||
Atha kho Bhagava Bakassa brahmuno

aiina) a seyyathapi
r
cetasa cetopari-
vitakkam
nama balava puriso sammiiijitam va baham pasareyya pasaritam va baham samminjeyya evam
||
eva Jetavane antarahito tasmim brahmaloke patur ahosi 4. Addasa kho Bako brahma Bliagavantam durato va
|| ||
agacchantam disvana Bhagavantam etad avoca Ehi kho marisa svagatam te marisa 10 cirassam kho marisa Idam imam pariyayam akasi yad idam idhagamanaya hi marisa niccam idam dhuvam idam sassatam idam kevalam idam acavanadhammam idam hi na jayati na jiyati na ito ca pan-aiinam uttarim miyati na cavati na uppajjati
||
|| ||
||
||
||
||
nissaranam natthi
5.
ti
||
||
Evam vutte Bhagava Bakam brahmanam idam 11 avoca

||
||
||
||
bho Bako brahma avijjagato vata bho Yatra hi nama aniccam yeva samanam Bako brahma adhuvam yeva samanam dhuvan-ti niccan-ti vakkhati vakkhati Asassatam yeva 12 samanam sassatan-ti vakkhati
Avijjagato vata
||
||
||
2 1 3 5 S 1 -* * SS. omit ti. B. karoti. S3 dakkhineyyam. SS. muni. * 7 B. S 3 brahmuno always. brahmani; B. brahmanam. upiijiajjati alwaj'S. 2 9 l " 8 SS. omit ca. B uttari always S - nis.saranim always. S kho instead ll 'S*- 3 omit svagatam te marisa. of te B. etad. SS. aniccanneva addhuYafifieva asassatanneva", further on "dhanimafineva.
1 1
;
VI.
1.
4.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
143
akevalam
dhammam
cavanayeva samanam kevalan-ti vakkha-ti yeva samanam acavana-dhamman-ti vakkhati

|| ||
||
Yattha ca pana jayati ca

uppaj jati ca tarn ca tatha
l
jiyati
ca
miyati ca cavati ca
vakkhati idam hi na jayati na na na cavati na uppajjati santan ca pan-aniiam miyati jiyati uttarim. nissaranam n-atth-aniiam uttarim. nissaranan - ti
vakkhati
ti
||
||
6.
Dvasattati
Gotama punnakarama
2
||
vasavattino jatijaram
atita
||
ayam antima vedagu brahmuppatti

7.
||
asmabhi jappanti 3 jana aneka ti Appam hi etam na hi digham ayu

||
||
4
||
yam tvam Baka

ayu
8.
5
maiinasi
6
digham ayu
II
||
satam sahassanam nirabbudanam pajanami tavaham brahme Anantadassi Bhagavaham asmi

[|
||
ti
||
||
jatijaram sokam upativatto kim me puranam vata silavattam

9.
7
||
acikkham etam yam aham vijanna 8 Yam tvam apayesi bahil manusse
||
||
||
pipasite ghammani samparete || tan-te puranam vata silavattam ||

10 suttappabuddho va anussarami Yam enikulasmim u janam gahitam
||
||
||
amocayi gayhakam niyyamanam

tan-te
||
puranam vata silavattam

||
||
suttappabuddho va anussarami Gangaya sotasmim gahita-navam luddena nagena 12 manussakaraya 13

|| ||
||
pamocayittha
tan-te
14
balasa
15
pasayha
II
||

||
suttappabuddho va anussarami
||
1 3 4 SS. tarn ca vata (S omits ca). 2 B. jatim C. tasma S a - 3 ayum here 5 * SS. 7 and further on. B. and C. ayum. tvaham. C. silavatam S 1 sila8 B. 9 S adds 10 vantam (?) always. na. B. inserts m here and vijafmam. 2 3 " 3 1 -3 2 further on. S cni S vam. S C. luddhena; S ludovannagena. 13 C. u So B. S 1 - 2 3 15 S3 manussakappa. amocayittha; S amocayi tram.
1
. .
>
balasa
B. balava.
144
BRAHMA-SAMYUTTA
VI.
[VI.
1. 4.
Kappo
tan-te
ca te baddhacaro ahosim
2
1
||
sambuddhivantam
va
ti
nam amannim 3
|| || ||
||
10.
Addha
aunara
suttappabuddho va anussarami pajanasi mara-etam ayum

4
||
pi janasi tatha
6
hi
buddho
||
||
jalitanubhavo titthati brahraalokan-ti obhasayam

5.
1.
tatha hi tyayam
6
||
||
Apara
j|
ditthi.
Savatthi nidanam
||
Tena kho pana samayena aiinatarassa brahmuno evaNatthi so rupam papakam ditthigatam uppannam hoti samano va brahmano va yo idha agaccheyya ti 3. Atha kho Bhagava tassa brahmuno cetasa ceto-parivitakkam aniiaya seyyathapi nama balava puriso pe tasmim
2.
||
||
||
||
||
||
brahraaloke patur ahosi

4.
||
||
Atha kho Bhagava
tassa
brahmuno upari vehasam

|| ||
pallankena nisidi
5.
tejodhatum samapajjitva
Atha kho ayasmato Maha-Moggallanassa etad ahosi Kaham nu kho Bhagava etarahi viharati ti 6. Addasa kho Maha-Moggallano Bhagavantam dibbena cakkhuna visuddhena atikkantamanusakena tassa brahmuno
||
||
||
||
upari vehasam pallankena nisinnam tejodhatum samapannam disvana seyyathapi nama balava puriso sammiiijitam v^
||
baham pasareyya pasaritam va baham sammiiijeyya evam evam Jetavane antarahito tasmim brahmaloke patur ahosi
||
||
Atha kho ayasma Maha-Moggallano puratthimam disam 8 nissaya tassa brahmuno upari vehasam pallankena nisidi tejodhatum samapajjitva nicataram 9 Bhagavato 8. Atha kho ayasmato Maha-Kassapassa etad ahosi Addasa kho Kaham nu kho Bhagava etarahi viharatiti dibbena cakkhuna pa ayasma Maha-Kassapo Bhagavantam evam evam Disvana seyyathapi nama balava puriso pa
7.
|| ||
II
II
||
||
|j
II
||
j|
2 1 S1 - 3 C. patthacaro; B. ahosi. 6 8 S - 2 ianasittha. B. C. anffe. Museum (S 2 ) could not be used further be met with, nor SS. except in
1
3 B. amanna; C. mann-iTn. "vnttam. 1 B. tfiy;nn. The MS. of the British on ; henceforth the notation S 2 will not
a few
instances.
-2
upanissaya.
-*
nicatarakam always.
VI.
1. 5.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
145
Jetavane antarahito tasmim brahraaloke patur ahosi
||
Atha
kho ayasma Maha-Kassapo dakkhinam disam nissaya tassa brahmuno upari vehasam pallankena nisidi tejodhatum samapajjitva nicataram.
9.
Bhagavato
||
||
||
Atha kho Maha-Kappinassa etad ahosi Kaham nu kho Bhagava etarahi viharati ti 10. Addasa kho ayasma Maha - Kappino Bhagavantam Disvana dibbena cakkhuua pall tejodhatum samapannam evam Jetavane evam nama balava puriso pa seyyathapi Atha kho antarahito tasraim brahmaloke patur ahosi
|| ||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
ayasma Maha -Kappino pacchimain disam nissaya tassa brahmuno upari vehasam pallankena nisidi tejodhatum samapajjitva nicataram
11.
Bhagavato
||
||
Atha kho ayasmato Anuruddhassa etad ahosi Addasa kho Kaham nu kho Bhagav& etarahi viharati ti ayasma Anuruddho pa tejodhatum samapannam Disvana tasmim brahmaloke pa seyyathapi nama balava puriso Anuruddho uttaram disara. Atha kho ahosi ayasma patur vehasam nisidi tassa brahmuno upari pallankena nissaya
II II || || || II
||
||
II
||
II
tejodhatum samapajjitva nicataram Bhagavato

12.
||
||
Atha kho ayasma Maha-Moggalano

||
|| ||
tarn
brahmanam
||
gathaya ajjhabhasi Ajjapi te avuso sa ditthi

||
ya
te ditthi
pure ahu
brahmaloke pabhassaran-ti passasi vitivattantam 13. Na me marisa sa ditthi ya me ditthi pure ahu
|| ||
||
II
||
passami vitivattantam brahmaloke pabhassaram svaharn 1 ajja katham vajjam aham nicco mhi sassato
|| ||
ti
||
||
brahmanam samvejetva seyya14. Atha kho Bhagava thapi nama balava puriso samminjitam va baham pasareyya evam evam tasmirn pasaritam va baham samminjeyya
tain
||
||
brahmaloke antarahito Jetavane patur ahosi 15. Atha kho so brahma annataram brahmaparisajjam Ehi tvam marisa yenayasma Maha-Moggallamantesi
j|
||
||
||
ano ten-upasankama
||
Moggallanam Moggalana anfie
evam vadehi
pi tassa
upasahkamitva ayasmantam MahaAtthi nu kho marisa

|| ||
Bhagavato savaka evam mahiddhika

S
1
-2
soham.
10
146
BRAHMA-SAHYUTTA
VI.
[VI.
1. 5.
evam mahanubhava seyyathapi bhavam Moggallano Kassapo Kappino Anuruddho ti 16. Evam marisa, ti kho so brahmaparisajjo tassa brah|| ||
muno
17.
patissutva
yenayasma Maha-Moggallano ten-upasan||
Upasankamitva Maha-Moggallanam etad avoca
||
Atthi nu kho marisa Moggalana aiifie pi tassa Bhagavato savaka evam-mahiddhika evam mahanubhava seyyathapi
bhavam Moggallano Kassapo Kappino Anuruddho ti 18. Atha kho ayasma Maha-Moggallano tarn brahma||
||
parisajjam gathaya ajjhabhasi Tevijja iddhippatta ca ceto-pariyaya-kovida

||
||
||
||
khinasava arahanto
19.
||
bahu buddhassa savaka
ti
||
||
Atha kho brahmaparisajjo ayasmato Maha-Moggallanassa bhasitam abhininditva anumoditva yena so MahaBrahma ten-upasahkami Upasankamitva tarn brahmanam
||
etad avocall
||
Ayasma
marisa Maha-Moggallano evamahall

||
||
Tevijja iddhippatta ca
ceto-pariyaya-kovida
||
khinasava arahanto
20.
||
bahu buddhassa savaka

||
ti
||
||
attamano ca so brahrna tassa brahmaparisajjassa bhasitam abhinandi ti

so brahmaparisajjo
||
Idam avoca
||
6. 1.
Pamadam.
hoti
Savatthi nidanam
||
||
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava divaviharagato

|| ||
patisallino
3.
Atha kho Subrahma ca paccekabrahma Suddhavaso ca paccekabrahma yena Bhagava ten-upasaiikamimsu Upa|| ||
sankamitva pacceka 2 -dvarabaham upanissaya

4.
atthamsu
||
||
Atha kho Subrahma paccekabrahma Suddhavasam Akalo kho tava marisa paccekabrahmanam etad avoca
|| ||
Bhagavantam payirupasitum
sallino
ca
asuko ca 4
tatra
divaviharagato Bhagava patibrahmaloko iddho c-eva phito ca

||
||
brahma ca
yena so
tarn
pamada-viharam viharati brahmaloko ten-upasarikamissama

||
||
Ayama
marisa
||
Upasankamitva
brahmanam samvejeyyama
1
ti
5
|| ||
3 a S -3 1 S 1 - 3 upanissaya. B. paîssunitTa. paccekam. 6 S -3 omitting ta before and after. jessania.

1
S 1 -* asuka,
VI.
1.
6.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
I.
147
5. Evam maris& ti kho Suddhavaso paccekabrahma Subrahmuno paccekabrahmuno paccassosi 6. Atha kho Subrahmd ca paccekabrahmd Suddhavaso ca nama balav puriso paccekabrahma seyyathapi pa evam evam Bhagavato purato antarahita tasmim loke patur ahe||
||
||
||
sumMl
7.
II
Addasa kho
|| ||
so
chante
Disvana
te
brahm te brahmano derate va agacbrahmano 2 etad avoca Handa

|| ||
kuto nu tumhe marisa agacchatha

8.
ti
||
||
Atha kho mayam 3
roarisa
agacchama
4
||
tassa
Bhagavato
5
arahato sammasambuddhassa santika
gaccheyyasi pana tvam marisa tassa Bhagavato upatthanam arahato samma-
sambuddhassa
9.
ti
||
||
Evam
vutto
kho
so
brahma
tarn
sento sahassakkhattum attanam abhinimminitva
nampaccekabrahmanam
etad avoca
||
||
vacanam anadhivaSubrahmaPassasi me no 7 tvam
marisa evarupam iddhanubhavan-ti 10. Passami no 8 tyaham marisa evarftpam iddhanubha|| ||
van-ti
11.
||
So khvaham marisa evam mahiddhiko evam mahanubhavo kassa aniiassa samanassa va brahmanassa va upattha-
nam
gamissamiti
||
||
Atha kho Subrahma paccekabrahma dvisahassakkhattum attanam abhinimminitva tarn brahmanam etad avoca Passasi me no tvam marisa evarupam iddhanu12.
||
||
bhavan-ti
13.
ti
II II
||
||
Passami kho tyaham marisa evarupam iddhanubhavan-
14.
kataro c-eva mahanubhavataro ca

tassa
till
II
Taya ca kho marisa maya ca sveva Bhagava mahiddhigaccheyyasi tvam marisa Bhagavato upatthanam arahato sammasambuddhassa
||
15.
Atha kho
so
brahma Subrahmanam paccekabrahma||
nam
gathaya ajjhabhasi
||
S 1 - 3 nhamsu.
.
-3
arahato
of no.
'J3
gacchasi.
brahmuno. 6 S - 3 vutte.
1
4 S 3 ato S - 3 Bhagavato santika 7 S - 3 omit no. 8 S - 3 kho instead

1
1
1
148
BRAHMA-SAMYUTTA
VI.
[VI.
1. 6.
Tayo ca supanna caturo ca hamsa
||
vyagghinisa paiicasata ca jhayino tayidam vimanam jalate va brahme
||
||
obhasayam uttarassara disayan-ti

16. Kiiicapi te tarn jalate
||
||
vimanam
||
obhasayam uttarassam disayam rupe ranam disva sada pavedhitam

||
||
tasma na rupe ramati sumedho

17.
ti
||
||
Atha kho Subrahma ca paccekabrahma Suddhavaso ca paccekabrahma tarn, brahmanam samvejetva tatth-ev-antaradhayimsu 18 Agamasi ca kho so brahma aparena samayena Bhagavato upatthanam arahato sammasambuddhass& ti 7. Kok&lika (or Kokdliya).
|| ||
||
||
1.
SavatthiH
||
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava divaviharagato hoti

||
||
patisallino
3.
Atha kho Subrahma ca paccekabrahma Suddhavaso ca paccekabrahma yena Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu upa||
sankamitva paccekadvarabaham nissaya atthamsu|| 4. Atha kho Subrahma paccekabrahma Kokalikarn bhikkhum arabbha Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi ||
||
||
Appameyyam paminanto
appameyyam pamayinam
ti||
||
||
||
ko dha vidva vikappaye l nivutam 3 maniie puthujjanan\\

\\
8.
1.
Tissako.
Savatthi||
||
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava divaviharagato

||
||
hoti
patisallino
3.
Atha kho Subrahma ca paccekabrahma Suddhavaso ca

||
|| ||
paccekabrahma yena Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu upasarikamitva paccekadvarabaham nissaya atthamsu 4. Atha kho Suddhavaso paccekabrahma katamodakaTissakam 4 bhikkhum arabbha Bhagavato santike imam
gatham abhasi
1
||
||
S 1 -3 vikampaye always.
;
S 1 - 3 pamSyinam
B.
4
B. nivuttantain always
C. nidhu (or cu) tantam.
pamayitam S 1 - 3 moraka.
(always).
VI.
1. 9.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
149
||
ko dha vidva vikappaye || nivutarn maiiue akissavan-ti appameyyarp painayinam * 9. Tudu brahma.
Appameyyam paminanto
l
\\
||
1.
Savatthi||
||
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Kokaliko

1 1 1 1
bhikkhu abadhiko
hoti dukkhito balhagilano

3.
paccekabrahmi abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva yena Kokaliko bhikkhu ten-upasankami
||
Atha kho Tudu
TJpasankamitva vehasam thito Kokalikam bhikkhum etad avoca Pasadehi Kokalika Sariputta-Moggallanesu
4.
||
||
cittam
5.
6.
||
pesala Sariputta-Moggallana
si
ti
||
||
Ko
tvam avuso
ti
||
||
Aham Tudu
Nanu tvam
paccekabrahma
||
ti
||
||
7.
avuso Bhagavata anagam! byakato
||
atha
||
||
kincarahi idhagato passa yavaiica te idam aparaddhan-ti Purisassa hi jatassa || kuthari 5 jayate mukhe
( |
yaya chindati attanam balo dubbhasitara bhanam Yo nindiyam pasamsati tarn va nindati yo pasanisiyo ||
||
1
||
[|
vicinati
kalina tena
mukhena so kalim sukham na vindati

||
||
||
Appamattako ay am kali yo akkhesu dhanaparajayo

6
1 1
||
sabbassapi
sahapi
attana
j|
9 ayam eva mahantataro
kali
||
yo Sugatesu manam padosaye Satam sahassanam nirabbudanam chattimsati pailca abbudani

||
||
||.
||
ariyagarahi nirayam upeti vacam manaiica panidhaya papakan-ti

||
yam
10
u
|| ||
10. Kokaliko (2).

1. 2.
Savatthi
||
||
Atha kho Kokaliko bhikkhu yena

'
Bhagava
ten-
always.
2 B. turu S 3 Kokaliyo always ; S 1 further on. 7 C. sabbasapi. B. C. kudhari. S 1 -* appamatto. 8 S'- 3 sabba All these S 1 mabattaro; C. mabantaro. 10 B. garabam. = gathas recur in the next sutta, which Sutta-nipiita III. 10.
1
S'^nivutam tamam aki.

*
S1
.
attha.
150
BRAHMA-SAMYUTTA
||
VI.
[VI.
1. 10.
upasankami ekara antam

3.
upasankamitva
||
Bhagavantam.
1
abhivadetva
nisidi
Ekam antam
|| ||
nisinno kho Kokaliko
Bhagavantam etad
avoca Papiccha bhante Sariputta-Moggallana papikanam. icchanam vasam gata ti

||
||
4.
Evam
|| ||
vutte
avoca
lika
Ma
2
||
Bhagava Kokalikam bhikkhum etad h-evam Kokalika avaca ma h-evam KokaKokalika

3
avaca
||
pasadehi
Sariputta-Moggallanesu
ti
II
cittam
5.
Dutiyam pi kho Kokaliko
bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca
ko
||
|| || Kincapi me bhante Bhagava saddhayiko paccayiatha kho papiccha va Sariputta-Moggallana papikanam
icchanam vasam gata ti || || 6. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagava Kokalikam bhikkhum etad Ma hevam Kokalika avaca ma hevam Kokalika avoca avaca pasadehi Kokalika Sariputta-Moggallanesu cittam ||
||
||
||
7.
ti
||
||
Tatiyam pi kho Kokaliko bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca la icchanam vasam gato ti 8. Tatiyam pi kho Bhagava Kokalikam bhikkhum etad
||
||
||
||
avoca
9.
||
pa
||
ti
4
||
II
Atha kho Kokaliko bhikkhu utthayasana Bhagavantam abhivadetva padakkhinam katva pakkami 10. Acirapakkantassa ca Kokalikassa bhikkhuno sasapa|| ||
mattihi pilakahi sabbo kayo puto ahosi
||
||
muggaSasapamattiyo hutva muggamattiyo ahesum mattiyo hutva kalayamattiyo ahesum kalayamattiyo hutva
||
||
kolatthimattiyo ahesum
||
kolatthimattiyo hutva kolaraattiyo

||
kolamattiyo hutva amalakamattiyo ahesum araalakamattiyo hutva beluvasalatukamatti} o ahesum beluvasala||
ahesum
||
tukamattiyo hutva billamattiyo ahesum
||
billamattiyo hutva
|| ||
pabhijjimsu pubbafica lohitauca paggharimsu 11. Atha kho Kokaliko bhikkhu ten-eva abadhena kalaiu
2 S - 3 omit S'- s Kokaliyo nl avaca. ways. These abridgments are those of B. those of S
1
1 ;
3
1
-3
Kokaliko also here only.
-3
are
little different.
VI.
1. 10.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
x
1.
151
2
ca Kokaliko bhikkhu Paduma-nirayam uppajji Sariputta-Moggallanesu cittam aghatetva

akasi
||
kalankato
||
||
Atha kho Brahma saharapati abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno kevalakappam Jetavanara obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antara atthasi 13. Ekam antam thito kho Brahma sahampati Bhagavantam etad avoca Kokaliko bhante bhikkhu kalamakasi 3 kalankato ca bhante Kokaliko bhikkhu Paduma12.
||
||
||
II
II
||
nirayam uppanno Sariputta-Moggallanesu cittam aghatetva

'
till
14. Idam avoca Brahma sahampati idam vatva Bhagavantam abhivadetva padakkhinam katva tatth-ev-antaradha||
ylti
II
II
15.
Atha kho Bhagava

|| ||
tassa
rattiya
accayena bhikkhu
amantesi
bhikkhave rattim Brahma sahampati abhikkantaya rattiya abhikkantavanno kevalakappam Jetavanam obhasetva
Imam
yenaham ten-upasankami upasahkamitva mam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi Ekam antam thito kho bhikkhave Brahma sahampati mam etad avoca Kokaliko bhante
|| || || || ||
bhikkhu kalamakasi
aghatetva ti idam vatva
||
kalankato ca bhante Kokaliko bhikkhu
Padumam nirayam uppanno

II ||
Sariputta-Moggallanesu cittam
II
Idam avoca bhikkhave Brahma sahampati

||
mam
ti
||
abhivadetva padakkhinam katva tatth-ev-
antaradhayi
16.
Evam
|| II
avoca
Bhagavantam etad 4 uu bhante kho Kivadigham Paduma-niraye

|| ||
vutte annataro bhikkhu
ayuppamanan-ti 17. Digham kho 5 bhikkhu paduma-niraye ayuppamanam. na 6 sukaram sankhatum ettakani vassani iti v& ettakani
vassasatani
iti
||
va ettakani vassasahassani itiva ettakani vassa-
satasahassani
18.
iti
va
ti
II
II
Sakka pana bhante upama 7 katun-ti
II
II
S 1 - 3 kalakato.
6
B.
padumam
B. omits bhante.
S'- 3 omit kho.
3 B. kalam kato here and further on. B. upamam. S and J3. tarn na.
1
">
152
19.
BRAHMA-SAMYUTTA
VI.
[VI.
1. 10.
Sakka bhikkhu ti Bhagava avoca Seyyathapi bhikkhu visatikhariko kosalako tilavaho

||
II
||
tato
puriso vassasatassa vassasahassa
accayena ekam ekam tilam
uddhareyya
II
khippataram kho so bhikkhu visatikhariko

|| ||
kosalako tilavaho imina
upakkamena parikkhayam pariyadagaccheyya na tveva eko Abbudo nirayo seyyathapi bhikkhu visati abbuda niraya 3 evam eko 4 Nirabbudanirayo seyyathapi bhikkhu visati nirabbudci niraya evam eko Ababo nirayo seyyathapi bhikkhu visati ababa niraya evam eko
nam
||
II
Atato nirayo seyyathapi bhikkhu visati atata niraya evam eko Ahaho nirayo seyyathapi bhikkhu visati ahaha niraya evam eko Kumudo nirayo seyyathapi bhikkhu visati kumuda
II || ||
niraya evam eko Sogandhiko nirayo seyyathapi bhikkhu visati sogandhika niraya evam eko Uppalanirayo 5 seyyathapi bhikkhu visati uppalaka niraya evam eko Pundariko Seyyathapi bhikkhu visati pundarika niraya nirayo Padumo eko Padumake pana bhikkhu evam nirayo
||
II
II
II
||
||
6 niraye Kokaliko bhikkhu uppanno Sariputta-Moggalanesu cittam aghatetva ti 20. Idam avoca Bhagava idam vatvana Sugato athaparam
|| || ||
etad avoca sattha
II
1 1
Purisassa hi jatassa kuthari jayate 7 mukhe yaya chindati attanam balo dubbhasitam bhanam
II II ||
||
||
vicinati
ti
yo nindiyam pasamsati mukhena so kalim

||
tarn
II
va nindati yo pasamsiyo kalina tena sukham na viuda||
II
II
Appamattako ayam
sabbassapi sahapi
8
kali
||
yo akkhesu dhanaparajayo
attana
||
||
ayam eva mahantataro
kali
||
yo Sugatesu padosaye Satam sahassanam nirabbudanam chattimsati panca ca 9 abbudani

||
manam
||
II
||
B.
satassa.
*
1
nirayo. nirayo.
9
B. S
-3
* 3 S. pariyosanam. B. abbudo nirayo, and so always -o 6 S S 1 - 3 evam evam (or eva) kho (S twice; S 3 always). uppalako 8 B. S - 3 padumam kho pana" nirayam. 7 S'- 3 jayati. samhapl
1
va.
VI.
2. 2.]
PANCAKA-VAGGA
2.
153
yam
ariyagarahi nirayam upeti
||
vacam manauca panidhaya papakan-ti

Patharao vaggo
^
||
II
l
\\
||
Tass-uddanam
ca ditthi
2
II
||
Ayacanam Garavo Brahmadevo Bako

Apara
ca
brahma
II
||
Pamadam Kokaliya
Tissako
ti
||
II
Tudu
ca
brahma aparo ca Kokaliko
CHAPTER
II.
DUTIYO- VAGGO (OR PANCAKA).
1.
Evam me
1. Sanamkumaro. sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Rajagahe

||
||
viharati Sappini 3 -tire

2.
Atha kho brahma Sanamkumaro abhikkantaya

kevalakappam
||
rattiya,
abhikkantavanno
Sappini- tiram
obhasetva
Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam an tarn atthasi 3. Ekam antam thito kho brahma Sanamkumaro Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi Khattiyo settho jane tasmim ye gottapatisarino vijjacaranasampanno so settho devamanuse ti 4. Idam avoca brahma Sanamkumaro samanuniio sattha
yena
II
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
II
ahosi
5.
II
||
Atha
ti
kho
brahma Sanamkumaro
||
||
saraanufmo
me
sattha
Bhagavantam abhivadetva padakkhinam katva

2.
1.
Devadatta.
viharati
Ekam samayam Bhagava Rajagahe

||
Gijjha-
kute pabbate acirapakkante Devadatte

2.
II
Atha kho
Brahma
saharapati
abhikkantaya rattiya
abhikkantavanno
kevalakappam
Gijjhakutam
||
II
pabbatam
II
obhasetva yena Bhagava ten-upasaiikami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi
See the preceding sutta. Same varieties of reading besides those here noticed. Turu ca; S lrTuducca; S* Kuducca. 3 So S l B. Sabbiui; C. Sappini; S Sappini. 4 S 1 - 3 omit me.
1
B.
154
BKAHMA-SAMYTTTTA
VI.
[VI.
2. 2.
3 Ekara antam thito kho Brahma sahampati Devadattam arabbha Bhagavato santike imam gatham abhasi Phalam ve kadalim hanti plialam velu 1 phalam nalam
||
||
||
||
||
sakkaro kapurisam hanti

1.
3 gabbho assatarim yatha 3. Andltakarinda.

||
ti
||
||
Ekam. samayam Bhagava Magadhesu viharati Andha|| ||
kavinde
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava rattandhakaratimisayam ajjhokase nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusayati 3. Atha kho Brahma sahampati abhikkautaya rattiya abhikkantavanno kevalakappam Andhakavindam obhasetva
II II
yena Bhagava ten-upasahkami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi

||
||
II
4.
Ekam antam
thito
kho Brahma sahampati Bhagavato

||
II II
santike ima gathayo abhasi
Sevetha pantani senasanani 3
careyya samyojanavippamokkha sa ce 4 ratim nadhigacchaye tattha

||
II
sanghe vase rakkhitatto satima
II
II
Kula kulam pindikaya caranto

indriyagutto nipako satima sevetha pantani senasanani
|| ||
II
bhaya pamutto abhaye vimutto Yattha bherava sirimsapa

II
II
II
vijju saiicarati thaneti

nisidi tattha
devo
II
||
andhakara-timisaya rattiya
bhikkhu vigatalomahamso me dittham na yidam iti hitiham 6 ekasmim brahmacariyasmim sahassam maccuhayinam 7 8 Bhiyo paiicasata sekha dasa ca dasadha satam
II II
Idam
hi jatu
||
||
||
!!
II
II
||
||
sabbe sotasarnapanna
||
atiracchanagamino
II
Athayam
pufinabhaga ti me inano sankhatum no pi sakkomi 9 musavadassa ottappeti 10

itara paja
|| II
||
II
II
on.
8
S 1 vejum S 3 velii. * S S 3 BO yo ve
;
ve.
;
B. "dasa.
;
B. napi
B. otappeti
-3
3 B. B. S 1 assatari. sayanasanani here and further 6 6 B. B. vatiham. ' S 1 - 3 bhasinam. thanayati. 1 -3 3 10 S no visakkemi (S -ami). B. musavadaya;
'
ottapeti.
VI.
2. 4.]
PANCAKA-VAGGA
2.
155
1.
Evam me
||
4. Anmavati. sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam
viharati
2.
ti
II
II
la
II
||
||
Bhikkhavo
||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhu Bhagavato paccassosum Bhagava etad avoca 5. Bhutapubbam bhikkhave raja ahosi Arunava nama Ranfio kho pana bhikkhave Arunavato Arunavati nama rajadhani ahosi Arunavatiyam kho pana bhikkhave rajadhanil yam Sikhi bhagava araham sammasambuddho upanissaya
}.
||
4.
||
||
||
yihasi
6.
II
||
Sikkhissa
kho
pana
bhikkhave Bhagavato
arahato
savaka-
samniasarabuddhassa
Abhibhu-Sambhavam
||
nama
ahosi aggam bhaddayugam Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhi bhagava araham sammasambuddho Abhibhum bhikkhum amantesi Ayaraa brahmana yena aniiataro brahmaloko teu-upasankamissama
yugam
7.
||
||
||
||
yava
8.
bhattassa kalo bhavissati
ti
II
||
kho bhikkhave Abhibhu bhikkhu Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammasambuddhassa paccassosi 9. Atha kho bhikkave Sikhi bhagava araham sammasambuddho Abhibhu ca bhikkhu seyyathapi nama balava
bhante
ti
||
Evara
||
baham pasareyya pasaritam va baham evam eva Arunavatiya rajadhaniya antarahita tasmim brahmaloke patur ahesum 3 10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhi bhagava araham sammasambuddho Abhibhum bhikkhum amantesi Patibhatu brahmana tarn brahmuno ca brahmaparisaya 4 ca brahniaparisajjanam ca dhammikatha ti 11. Evam bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhu bhikkhu Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammasambuddhassa patissutva
puriso sammiiijitam va
sammifijeyya
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
brahmananca brahmaparisaiica brahmaparisajje ca dhammiya kathaya sandassesi saraadapesi samuttejesi sampahamsesi 12. Tatra sudam bhikkhave brahma ca brahmaparisa ca
||
||
B. rajatthaniyam
S 1 - 3 rajadhanim.
S 1 - 3 tava.
S'âhamsu.
S'- s
parisaya.
156
BRAHMA-SAMYUTTA
VI.
VI.
2. 4.
Acchabrahmaparisajja ca uj jhayanti khiyanti vipacenti hi satthari katham nama bho abbhutam vata bho vata riyam
||
||
sammukhibhufe savako dhammam desessati ti 13. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhi bhagava araham sammasambuddho Abhibhum bhikkbum amantesi Ujjhayanti kho te brahmana brahma ca brahmaparisa ca brahmaparisajja ca Acchariyam vata bho abbhutam vata bho katham hi nama satthari sammukhibhute savako dhammam desessati ti Tena hi tvam brahmana bhiyyosomattaya brahmanan ca brahmaparisan ca brahmaparisajje ca samvejehi
|| || ||
[|
||
II
||
||
ti
II
II
14.
Evam
bhante
ti
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato
kho bhikkhave Abhibhu bhikkhu sammasambuddhasa patissutva

||
dissamanena pi kayena dhammam desesi adissamanena pi kayena dhammam desesi dissamanena hetthimena upaddhakayena adissamanena uparimena upaddhakayena dhammam
||
dissamanena pi uparimena l upaddhakayena adissamanena hetthimena upaddhakayena dhammam desesi

desesi
||
||
||
sudam bhikkhave brahma ca brahmaparisa ca brahmaparisajja ca acchariyabbhutacittajata ahesum Acchariyam vata bho abbhutam vata bho samanassa mahiddhi kata mahanubhavata ti 16. Atha kho Abhibhu bhikkhu Sikhim bhagavantam
15. Tatra
||
||
||
||
arahantam sammasambuddham etad avoca Abhijanami khvaham bhante bhikkhusanghassa majjhe evarupam vacam bhasita pahorni khvaham avuso brahmaloke thito sahassiloka|| ||
dhatum sarena vinnapetun-ti 17. Etassa brahmana kalo etassa brahmana kalo yam tvam brahmana brahmaloke thito sahassilokadhatum sarena viilfui|| ||
peyyasi
18.
ti
||
||
Evam
bhante
ti
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato
kho bhikkhave Abhibhii bhikkhu sammasambuddhassa patissutva

||
II II II
brahmaloke thito ima gathayo abhasi Arabbhatha nikkhamatha yunjatha buddhasasane dhunatha maccuno senam nalagaram va kuiijaro
II
II
II
S'- 3 purimena.
S 1 - 3 add
pi.
VI.
2. 5.]
PANCAKA-VAGGA
II
2.
157
J
||
yo imasmim dhammavinaye appamatto vihassati pahaya jatisamsarara dukkhassantam karissati ti 19. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhi ca bhagava araham. sammasarabuddho Abhibhu ca bhikkhu brahmanan ca brahmapari||
||
||
sau ca brahmaparisajje ca samvejetva seyyathapi tasmiin brahmaloke antarahita Arunavatiya pa

|| || II
nama
2
II
patur
ahesum 20. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhi bhagava araham sammasambuddho bhikkhu amantesi Assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke thitassa gathayo
||.
|| ||
bhasamanassa
21.
ti
II
II
Assumhakho 3 mayam bhante Abhibhussa bhikkhuno

|| ||
brahmaloke thitassa gathayo bhasamanassa ti 22. Yatha katham pana tumhe bhikkhave assuttha Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke thitassa gathayo bhasamanassa
23.
ti
|| ||
[Evam kho mayam bhante assumha Abhibhussa

thitassa
|| ||
bhi-
kkhuno brahmaloke
4 gathayo bhasamanassa ||] Arabbhatha nikkhamatha yunjatha buddhasasane dhunatha maccuno senam nalagaram va kunjaro
||
II
||
||
yo imasmim dhammavinaye appamatto vihassati pahaya jatisamsaram dukkhassantam karissatiti 24. Evam eva kho mayam bhante assumha Abhibhussa
|| ||
||
II
||
bhikkhuno brahmaloke thitassa gathayo bhasamanassa ti sadhu kho tumhe bhikkhave 25. Sadhu sadhu bhikkhave assuttha Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke thitassa gathayo
||
||
||
bhasarnanassa
26.
ti
||
||
Idam avoca Bhagava

5.
II
attamana
||
te
bhikkhu Bhaga-
vato bhasitam abhinandun-ti
||
Parinibbdna.
viharati
1.
Ekam samayam Bhagava Kusinarayam

II
Upa-
vattane Mallanam salavane antarena yamakasalanam pari-
nibbanasamaye
2. 5
||
Atha kho Bhagava bhikkhu amantesi
||
||
Handa dani
S 1 -3
vihessati
here and further on.

is
1 -3 . missing in S
This paragraph
2-7=M.P.S. VI.
B. adds rajatthaniyS. 10-18.
S'- 3 no.
158
BRAHMA-SAMVUTTA
VI.
[VI.
2. 5.
bhikkhave amantayami vo appamadena sampadetha vayadhamma sankhara ti ayam Tathagatassa pacchima vaca 3. Atha kho Bhagava pathamam jhanam samapajji
||
||
||
||
||
DutiPathamajhana vutthahitva dutiyam jhanam samapajji vutthahitva yajhana tatiyam jhanam samapajji TatiyaCatutthajhana vutthahitva catuttham jhanam samapajji Akasajhana vutthahitva akasanancayatanam samapajji
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
naiicayatana
vutthahitva vinnanancayatanam samapajji Vinnanancayatana vutthahitva akincannayatanam sama||

||
||
pajji
||
Akincannayatana vutthahitva nevasannanasaiinaya||
tanam samapajji
4.
||
||
Nevasannanasafinayatana vutthahitva akincannayatanam Akincannayatana vutthahitva vinnanancayatasamapajji
nam
samapajji
||
||
Yinnanancayatana vutthahitva akasa||
nancayatanam samapajji
tatiyam
||
Akasanancayatana vutthahitva
|| ||
catuttham jhanam samapajji
Catutthajhana vutthahitva
||
jhanam samapajji dutiyam jhanam samapajji pathamam jhanam samapajji

Dutiyajhan
||
Tatiyajhana
vutthahitva
||
||
Dutiyajhana vutthahitva
||
||
||
Pathamajhana vutthahitva dutiyam jhanam samapajji vutthahitva tatiyam jhanam samapajji CaTatiyajhana vutthahitva catuttham jhanam samapajji tutthajhana vutthahitva samanantara Bhagava parinibbayi 5. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbana Brahma sahampati imam gatham abhasi Sabbeva nikkhipissanti bhuta loke samussayam
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
yatha etadiso sattha

6.
appatipuggalo Tathagato balappatto sambuddho parinibbuto ti Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbana Sakko devanam
|| || ||
loke
||
||
indo
imam gatham
abhasi
||
||
uppadavayadhammino tesam vupasamo sukho ti uppajjitva nirujjhanti 7. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbaua ayasma Anando imam gatham abhasi tadasi lomahamsanam Tadasi yam bhimsanakam sabbakaravarupete sambuddhe parinibbute ti
||
Anicca vata sahkhara
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
B. inserts m.
VI.
2. 5.]
PANCAKA-VAGGA
2.
159
ParinibbuteBhagavati saha parinibbana ayasma Anuruddho
ima gathayo abhasi
II
II
Nahu
assasapassaso thita-cittassa
||
tadino
||
cakkhuma parinibbuto asallinena cittena vedanam ajjhavasayi vimokkho cetaso ahu pajjotass-eva nibbanam
anejo santim arabbha
||
II
||
II
II
ti
2
II II
Brahma-samyuttam
Paiicakam
|| II
II
||
.||
Tass-uddanam Brahtna-Sanam Devadatto Andhakavindo Arunavati Parinibbanena ca desitam idam Brahma-pancakam 3

II
||
||
S passasa B. the end is thus
1 -3
; :
S 3 thitam.
S 1 -3 vimokho ahu cetaso

||
ti.
So S
-3
;
in
Brahma-samyuttam Tatr-uddanam bhavati

||
||
||
||
BrahmSyacanam AgSravafica Brahmadevo Bako ca hrahmS Annataro ca hrahma Kokaliyanca Tissakan ceva Turu ca Brahmil Kokaliya-bhikkhu Sanamkumarena Devadattam Andhakavindam Arunavati Parinibbanena pannarasa ti
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
160
BOOK VIL BRAHMANA-SAMYUTTAM.

CHAPTER
I.
ARAHANTA-VAGGO PATHAMO.
1.
Dhananjani.
1.
Evara
me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Rajagahe

II II
viharati
2.
Vein vane kalandaka-nivape
Tena kho pana samayena aiiiiatarassa bharadvajagottabrahmanassa l Dhananjani 2 nama brahmani abhippasanna hoti buddhe ca dhamrae ca sanghe ca 3. Atha kho 3 Dhananjani brahmani bharadvajagottassa
|| ||
brahmanassa bhattam upasamharanti 4 upakkarnitva 5 tikkhattum udanara udanesi Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato saramasarabuddhassa pe
|| ||
||
||
II
4.
Evam
||
vutte
||
etad avoca
bharadvajagotto brahmano Dhananjanim Evara eva panayara vasali yasmim va tasmim

||
mundakassa saraanassa vannam bhasati idani 6 tyaham vasali tassa satthunovadam aropessami-ti 5. Na khvahan-tam brahmana passami sadevake loke samarake sabrahmake sassamanabrahmaniya pajaya sedevakamanussa) a yo tassa Bhagavatovadam aropeyya arahato sammasarabuddhassa api ca tvara brahmana gaccha gantva vijava
tassa
||
||
||
||
nissasi
6.
ti 7
||
||
Atha kho bharadvajagotto brahmano kupito anattamano yena Bhagava ten-upasahkami upasaiikamitva Bhagavata saddhim sammodi sammodaniyam katham saraniyam vitisaretva ekara antam nisidi
||
||
II
||
S 1 - 3 gotassa.
4
So S
1 ;
kho.
S'- 3 upaharanti. (correction of vijanissatiti)
3 S 1 - 3 omit atha B. dhanafijani ; S s dhanafijani. 6 S 1 - 3 idaiiissabam. 7 B. upiikkhalitvu. So 13.

1
-3
pivedissatiti.
VII.
1. 2.]
ARAHANTA-VAGGA
nisinno
1.
161
7.
Ekam antam
l
kho bharadvajagotto brahmano

||
II
Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Kimsu chetva sukham seti kimsu chetva na socati kissassa 2 ekadhammassa vadham rocesi 3 Gotama ti 4 8. Kodhara chetva sukhara seti kodham chetva na socati kodhassa visam&lassa madhuraggassa brahmana vadham ariya pasamsanti tarn hi chetva na socatiti 5 9. Evam vutte bharadvajagotto brahmano Bhagavantarn etad avoca Abhikkhantarn bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama Seyyathapi bho Gotama nikkujjitam va
||
II
||
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
ukkujjeyya
maggam
mulhassa va paticchannam va vivareyya andhakare va telapajjotam dhareyya acikkheyya

||
||
||
cakkhumanto rupani dakkhinti

anekapariyayena Gotamam saranam gacchami
ca
|| ||
dhammo
pakasito
||
evam evam bhota Gotamena Esaham bhagavantam dhammanca bhikkhusahghanil
||
||
Labheyyaham bho to Gotamassa

|| ||
santike pabbajjam
labheyyam upasampadan-ti 10. Alattha kho bharadvajagotto brahmano Bhagavato santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadam 6 11. Acirupasampanno kho 7 panayasma bharadvajo eko vupakattho appamatto atapi pahitatto viharanto na cirass-eva
||
||
yassatthaya kulaputta samrnad eva agarasma anagariyam

pabbajanti
||
va
dhamme
jati
tad anuttaram brahmacariya-pariyosanarn ditthesayain abhifina sacchikatva upasarnpajja vihasi
||
vusitam brahmacariyam katam karaniyam naparam itthattaya ti abbhannasi
khina
||
||
12. Aniiataro ca
Bharadvajo arahatara ahositi 2. Akkosa.
||
||
1.

II
II
kalandaka-nivape 2. Assosi kho akkosaka- bharadvajo brahmano Bharadvajagotto kira
brahmano Samanassa Gotamassa santike agarasma

|| ||
anagariyam pabbajito ti 3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagava ten-upasankami
II
1 a B. kissassu. 3 * B. SS. jhatva always. SS. rocehi. Gotamo ti 5 S 1 Gotamuhi S 2 mahiti S 3 matihi. These gathas, already met with in Devata-S. VIII. 1 and Devaputta-S. I. 3, will be found again once more in Sakka-S. III. 1. S - 3 add ti alattha upasampada. 7 b 1 - 3 ca.
;
; ; 1
11
162
BRAIIMAXA-SAMYUTTA
VII.
[VII.
1. 2.
upasankamitva Bhagavantam
||
asabbhahi
pharusahi vacahi
akkosati paribhasati 4. Evam vutte Bhagava akkosaka-bharadvajam brahmanam Tarn kim maniiasi brahmana api nu kho te etad avoca
||
II II
||
agacchanti mittamacca natisa lohita atithiyo

5.
ti
||
||
Appekada me bho Gotama agacchanti mittamacca

ti
||
natisa
lohita atithiyo
6.
||
Tarn kim maiinasi brahraana
||
api
1
nu tesam anuppadesi
||
khadantyam bhojaniyam sayaniyan-ti 7. Appekada nesaham bho Gotama anuppademi khadaniyam bhojaniyam sayaniyan-ti 8. Sace kho pana te brahmana na patiganhauti kassa tarn
|| ||
||
hoti
9.
II
||
Sace te
II
bho Gotama na patiganhanti amhakam eva
tarn hot! ti
II
10.
Evam
||
eva kho 3 brahmana

4
||
yam tvam amhe anakkosante

||
akkosasi
arosante rosesi
abhandante bhandasi
tarn
5
te
mayam na patiganhama
ev-etam brahmana hoti
paccakkosati
ti
||
||
[tav-ev-etam brahmana hoti]

||
II
tav-
ti
Yo kho brahmana nkkosantam

||
rosentam patiroseti
bliandantam patibhandavitiharati
||
||
ayam
vuccati
brahmana sambhunjati
||
te
mayam
taya
neva
sambhunjama
na
vitiharama
tav-ev-etam
|| ||
brahmana hoti tav-ev-etam brahmana hoti ti 11. Bhavantam kho Gotamam sarajika parisa evam janaAtha ca pana bhavam ti Araham samano Gotamo ti Gotamo kujjhati ti dantassa samajivino 12. Akkodhassa kuto kodho
|| || II ||
II ||
||
sammadanfiavimuttassa
tasseva tcna papiyo
II
||
upasantassa tadino
||
II
yo kuddham patikujjhati
II
II
kuddham
appatikujjhanto
carati
II
sangamam
jeti dujjayainll
||
||
ubhinnam attham
attano ca parassa ca
param sanknpitam natva yo sato upasammati ubhinnam tikicchantanam 6 attano ca parassa ca 7 jana mannanti balo ti ye dhammassa akovida ti
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
rosasi
B. khadaniyam va bho and further on "rosati.
vfi *
sa
1
va
-3
ti.
S
6
In B. only.
- 1 me. So B.
7
s
;
B. evamevam.
B.
tikicchantanam and tikicchatam; S in the next sutta.
tikicchantani.
C. notices the readings These gfuhas are repeated
VII.
1. 3.J
ARAHANTA-VAGGA
1.
163
13.
Evam
vutte akkosaka-bharadvajo
||
||
brahmano Bhaga||
vantam etad avoca
Abbikkantarn bbo Gotaraa
pe
||
EsahambhavantamGotamam saranam gacchamidhammaiica bhikkhusanghaficall Labheyyaham bhotoGotamassasantike

||
pabbajjam labbeyyara upasampadan-ti 14. Alattha kho akkosaka-bharadvajo brahmano Bbagavato santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadam
I!
||
|j
Acirupasampanno kho panayasma akkosaka-bharadvajo eko vupakattho appamatto atapi pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthaya kulaputta sammad eva agarasma anatad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosagariyam pabbajanti nam ditthevadhamme sayam abhiufia sacchikatva upasampajja vihasi khina jati vusitam brahruacariyam katam karaniyarn
15.
|| ||
naparam itthattaya ti abbhaiifiasi 16. Annataro ca panayasma Bharadvajo arabatam ahosi

1
||
ti||||
3. 1.
Asurinda.
viharati
Ekam samavam Bhagava Raiagahe v JO

||
II
Veluvane
kalandaka-nivape
2.
Assosi kho asurindaka-bharadvajo brdhmano Bhabrahmano kira samanassa Gotamassa santike radvajagotto
II
||
agarasma anagariyam pabbajito ti 3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam asabbhahi pharusahi vacahi
il
||
||
akkosati paribhasati 4. Evam vutte Bhagava tunhi ahosi

||
||
||
If
Atha kho asurindaka-bharadvajo brabmano Bhagavantam etad avoca Jito si sarnana jito si samana ti 6. Jayam ve mannati balo vacaya pharusam bhanam
5.
||
||
||
II
II
||
||
jayanc-ev-assa tarn boti ya titikkha vijanato tass-eva tena papiyo kuddham yo patikujjhati
||
||
||
||
||
kuddham appatikujjhanto
ubhinnam attham
carati
||
||
sangaiuam
jeti
dujjayam
||
II
II
II
||
param sarikupitam natva yo sato upasamraati ubhinnam tikicchantanam attano ca parassa ca jana manfianti balo ti ye dhammassa akovida ti
||
II
2
||
||
||
1 All this passage from the preceding sutta.
Evaham
is
1 -3 suppressed in S by abbreviatiou.
See
164
7.
BRAHMANA-SAMYTJTTA
VII.
[Til.
1. 3.
Evam
vutte asurindaka-bharadvajo
avocall
|| ||
vantam etad bho Gotama

8.
brahmano BhagaAbhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam

|| ||
pa
||
abbhannasi
Afiiiataro ca
panayasma bharadvajo arahatam ahosi

4. Bilahgika.
ti
||
II
1.

||
II
viharati
Yeluvane
kalandaka-nivape
2.
BhaAssosi kho bilangika-bharadvajo } brahmano santike kira brahmano samanassa Gotamassa radvajagotto
||
agSrasma anagariyam pabbajito ti 3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva tunhibhuto ekam antam atthasi
1 1 1 1
||
II
II
4.
Atha kho Bhagava
bilarigikassa
bharadvajassa brah-
manassa cetasa cetoparivitakkarn aiinaya bilangikam 3 bharadvaja-brahmanam gathaya ajjhabhasi

|| ||
Yo
appadutthassa narassa dussati

||
||
suddhassa posassa anahganassa tarn eva balara pacceti papam
||
sukhumo
5.
rajo pativatam va khitto
ti
3
|| ||
Evam. vutte bilangika-bharadvajo brahmano BhagaAbhikkantam bho Gotama abhivantam etad avoca kkantam bho Gotama pa Esaham bhavantam Gotamam saranam gacchamidhammancabhikkhusanghanca Labheyyaham bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjam pa tad anuttaram
II || || || || ||
||
brahmacariyapariyosanam dittbeva
sacchikatva upasampajja viharati
||
dhamme sayam
||
abhifiiia
Khina
jati
vusitam
ti
brahmacariyam katam
abbhannasi
6.
II
karaniyam naparaui itthattaya

bharadvajo arahatam ahositi Ahimaaka.
II
II
Aimataro ca panayasm
5.
II
1.
Savatthi nidanam
||
||
2.
gavfi,
Atha kho ahimsaka-bharadvajo brahmano yena Bhaten-upasankami

|| II ||
upasankamitv
Bhagavata saddhim
saraniyam
vitisaretvd
sammodi sammodaniyam ekam antam nisidi

||
katham
C.
vilarigika
2.
S 1 -3
bilanffaka
*
.
-3
bilariffaka
*
.
Repetition
of
Devata-S. Ill
VII.
1. 7.]
ARAHANTA-VAGGA
1.
165
3.
Ekam antam
nisinno kho ahimsaka-bharadvajo brah||

II
mano Bhagavantam etad avoca Gotama ahimsakaham bho Gotama

4.
Ahimsakaham bho
II
ti
||
Yatha namam tatha

yo ca kayena vacaya
sa ce
c-assa
||
siya kho tvam ahimsako manasa ca na himsati

II
II
II
ahimsako hoti yo param na vihimsatiti Evain vutte ahimsaka-bharadvajo brahmano Bhagavantara etad avoca Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantatn bho Gotama pa abbhaniiasi
||
||
||
5.
||
||
||
||
If
II
6.
Annataro ca pauayasma bharadvajo arahatam

6.
ahositi
II
||
Jatd.
1.
Savatthi nidanam
II
II
2.
Atha kho jata-bharadvajo brahmano yena Bhagava

||
ten-upasahkami upasankamitva Bhagavata saddhim sammodi sammodaniyam katham saraniyam vitisaretva ekam antam nisidi 3. Ekam antam nisinno jata-bharadvajo brahmano Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi
||
||
||
If
If
Antojata bahijata
tarn tarn
4.
||
jataya jatita paja

||
||
Gotama pucchami ko imam

||
vijataye jatan-ti||
||
Sile patitthaya
naro sapaniio cittam pannanca bhavay am

||
||
atapi nipako
bhikkhu
so
||
rago ca doso ca khinasava arahanto tesam

|| ||
Yesam
vijataye jatam avijja ca virajita

||
imam
II
||
vijatita jata
||
||
5.
Yattha namanca rupaiica asesarn uparujjhati l ettha sa chijjate jata ti 2 patigham rupasanna ca Evam vutte jata-bharadvajo brahmano Bhagavantam
||
II
II
II
etad avoca
6.
Abhikkantam bho Gotama pa Annataro ca panayasma bharadvajo arahatam ahositi

||
||
||
||
II
II
7.
1.
Suddhika.
Savatthi Jetavane
||
||
2.
Atha kho suddhika-bharadvajo brahmano yena Bhagava

I
ten-upasankami
|| ||
upasahkaraitva Bhagavata saddhim sammodi sammodaniyam katham saraniyam vitisaretva ekam antam nisidi
1 SS. sannafica. of Devata-S. III. 3.
B. etthesa chindate
These gathas are the same as those
166
3.
BRAHMANA-SAMYUTTA
VII.
[VII.
1. 7.
Ekara antam nisinno kho suddhika-bharadvajo brahmano Bhagavato santike imam gatham ajjhabhasi
||
II
Na brahmano
silava pi tapo
sujjhati koci loke
||
karam
||
vijjacaranasampanno so sujjhati na anna itara paja ti

II
||
||
4.
Bahum
pi
palapam jappam
2
||
||
na jacca hoti
II
brahmano
4
II
||
anto kasambhu -samkilittho
kuhanam
upanissito
II
||
Khattiyo brahmano vesso

araddhaviriyo pahitatto
II
suddo candalapukkuso niccam dalhaparakkamo

II
||
evam janahi brahmana ti 5. Evam vutte suddhika-bharadvajo brahmano Bhagavantam etad avoca Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama pa
pappoti paramam suddhim
||
1|
||
||
II
||
6.
Aiiuataro ca panayasma bharadvajo arahatam ahositi

8.
||
II
Aggika.
viharati Veluvane
1.

||
||
kalandaka-nivape
2. Tena kho pana samayena aggika-bharadvajassa brahmanassa sappina payaso sannihito 5 hoti aggim juhissami aggihuttam paricarissamiti 3. Atha kho Bhagava pubbanhasamayam nivasetva patta|| ||
||
II
civaram adaya Rajagaham pindaya pavisi
Rajagahe sapadapindaya caramano yena aggika-bharadvajassa brahmanassa nivesanam ten-upasankami upasarikamitva ekam antam atthasi 4. Addasa kho aggika-bharadvajo brahmano Bhagavantam disvana Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhapindaya carantam
||
nam
||
1 1
||
bhasi
||
||
Tihi vijjahi sampanno
vijjacaranasampanno
5.
jatima sutava bahu so-mam bhunjeyya payasan-ti 6 Bahum pi palaparn jappam na jacca 7 hoti brahmano anto kasambusamkilittlio 8 kuhana parivarito
II || || !!
|| ||
II
||
II
|l
VII.
I. 9.]
ARAHANTA-VAGGA
||
1.
167
II
atho
pubbenivasam yo vedi saggapayan ca passati 2 jatikkhayam patto abhiiiiiavosito muni etahi tihi vijjahi tevijjo hoti brahmano
1
||
||
||
||
||
6.
vijjacaranasampamo so mam bhuiijeyya payasan-ti 3 Bhunjatu bhavam bho Gotamo brahmano bhavan-ti
||
II
II
II
II
7.
4 Gathabhigifam me abhojaniyam sampassatam brahmana n-esa dhammo

II
||
gathabhigitam panudanti buddha dhamme sati brahmana vuttir esa Aniiena ca 5 kevalinam mahesim
||
I!
II
||
khina-savam kukkuccavupasantam 6
||
||
annena panena upatthahassu khettam hi tarn 7 punnapekkhassa hoti

8.
ti
8
||
||
Evam
||
vutte aggika-bharadvajo
||
etad avoca
9.
brahmano Bhagavantam Abhikkantam bho Gotama pa

|| ||
Afinataro ca panayasma bharadvajo arahatam ahositi ^ 9. Simdarika.
||
||
1.
Ekam samayam Bhagava Kosalesu

tire
|| ||
viharati Sundarikaya
nadiya
2.
mano Sundarikaya nadiya

paricarati
3.
||
Tena kho pana samayena sundarika-bharadvajo brahtire aggim juhati aggihuttam,

||
Atha kho sundarika-bharadvajo brahmano aggim juhitva

||
lokesi
4.
aggihuttam paricaritva utthayasana samanta catuddisa anuviKo nu kho imam havyasesam bhunjeyyasiti 9
||
|| II
Addasa kho sundarika-bharadvajo. brahmano Bhagavantam aiinatarasmim rukkhamule sisam 10 parutam 11 nisinnam disvana vamena hatthena havyasesam gahetva dakkhinahatthena kamandalum gahetva 12 yena Bhagava ten-upasankami 5. Atha kho Bhagava sundarika-bharadvajassa brahmanassa padasaddena sisam vivari mundo 1S 6. Atha kho sundarika-bharadvajo brahmano
||
II
||
||
||
2 This gatha will be found again in II. 3. s B. omits S^'Vositavo * S - 3 ca here and further on. abhojaneyyam here and further on. 6 S -3 * 7 These giithas will be kukkuca here and further on. S - 3 hetam. 1: 9 10 B. found again in the next sutta. B. bhunjeyyati. S 1 -3 C. sasisani. 13 3 12 S - 3 gahetvana. S - mundako. parupitam.
1
S 1 atha.
4
bho.
1
B.
168
BRAIIMANA-SAMYUTTA
VII.
[VII.
1. 9.
ay am bhavam mundako nivattitu-kamo ahosi

|| ||
ayam bhavan-ti
II
tato
ca
puna
7.
ahosi
Atha kho sundarika-bharadvajassa brahmanassa etad Munda pi hi idh-ekacce brahmana bhavanti

l
|| ||
||
yam nunaham upasarikamitva jatim puccheyyan-ti

8.
||
||
||
Atha kho sundarika-bharadvajo brahraano yena Bhaupasankamitva Bhagavantam etad gava ten-upasankami
avoca
|| II
Kim
jacco bhavan-ti
II
||
9.
puccha carananca puccha kattha have jayati jatavedo

||
Ma jatim
II
nicakulino pi muni dhitima ajaniyo hoti hirinisedho

||
||
||
saccena danto damasa upeto
||
vedantagu vusita-brahmacariyo 2 3 yanfmpanito tarn upavhayetha

kalena so juhati
4
||
||
10.
dakkhineyyo Addha suyittham suhutam 6 mama yidam 7 yam tadisam vedagum addasami tumhadisanam hi adassanena
||
II
ti
II
||
||
aniio jano bhunjati havyasesan-ti
||
||
11.
Bhunjatu bhavam Gotamo brahmano bhavan-ti Gathabhigitam me abhojaniyam sampassatam brahmana n-esa dhammo 8 gathabhigitam panudanti buddha
II II
||
||
||
dhamme
sati
bi'ahmana vuttir esa

||
||
II
Aiinena ce kevalinam mahesim
12.
khinasavam kukkuccavupasantam annena panena upatthahassu khettam hi tain 9 punnapekkhassa hoti ti 10 Atha kassa caham bho Gotama imam havyasesam
||
II
||
||
dammi
13.
ti
II
II
passami sadevake loke samarake sabrahmake sassamana-brahmaniya pajaya sadevamau nussaya yass eso havyaseso bhutto sammaparinamam
1
Na khvaham brahmana
-3
add
ca.
6
*
1
B. yanno
-3
3
7
S 1 upavuhayetha.
*
4
:t
S 1 - 3 duhati.
9
B.
1
S dakkhineyyeii. tena (or te tarn) hite. " sutta. B. yena.
ahutam.
10
B. addasama.
S'-
For these two gathas
(teit
and
S vaciibhi<jitam. notes) see the preceding
VII.
1.
9.]
ARAHANTA-VAGGA
||
1.
169
gaccheyya vakassa va
aiifiatra
||
brahmana Tathagatassa va Tathagatasatena hi tvara brahmana tarn havyasesam appa||

||
harite va chattehi appanake va udake opilapehi ti 14. Atha kho sundarika-bharadvajo brahmano tarn havya-
sesam appanake udake opilapesi 15. Atha kho so havyaseso udake pakkhitto ciccitayati
|| ||
citici-
sampadhupayati Seyyathapi nama udake pakkhitto ciccitayati citicitayati sandhupayati sampadhupayati evam eva so havyaseso udake
tayati sandhupayati phalo divasasantatto
|| || ||
pakkhitto ciccitayati citicitayati sandhupayati sampadhupayati

16.
||
Atha kho sundarika-bharadvajo brahmano samviggo lomahatthajato yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva ekam antam atthasi 17. Ekam antam thitana kho sundarika-bharadvajam brahmanam Bhagava gathaya ajjhabhasi Ma brahmana daru samadahano suddhim 2 amanni bahiddha hi etam na hi tena suddhim kusala vadanti
||
|| ||
||
||
||
||
||
yo bahirena parisuddhim icche Hitva aham brahmana darudaham

||
||
||
4 ajjhattam eva jalayami jotim 5 niccaggini niccasamahitatto
||
||
araham
aham brahmacariyam carami

7
||
||
Mario hi te brahmana
kharibharo
II
kodho dhumo bhasmani mosavajjam 8 jihva suja hadayam jotitthanani

||
||
atta sudanto purisassa joti
||
||
Dhammo
yattha
lo
rahado brahmana
silatittho
II
II
anavilo sabbhi satam pasattho 9
have vedaguno n sinatA 12 13 va taranti param M anallinagatta

II
||
II
II
Saccam dhammo samyamo brahraacariyam majjhesita brahmana brahmapatti
||
1 -3 3 2 1 S3 balavena; B. suddhim. * B. ajjhattaS/âddva. 6 S 3 suddham. 6 B. omits araham. 7 S - niccaggi niccamasahitatto. S1 -3 mevujjalayami. 10 9 B. pasattho. S 1 - 3 yattha. hito (S C. ^nimmo . B. te) brahmana. 12 SS. havedaguno. So S 3 ; B. sinhata ; S 1 - 7 sinananda (S 2 dam) vedaguno ls ta. SS. anallagatta. This gatha wiU be found again in II. 11.
1
1 ;
170
BRAHMAN A-SAMYTJTTA
satujjubhutesu
tarn
VII.
[VII.
1. 9.
namo karohi aham naram dhammasari

||
18.
Evam
vutte sundarika-bharadvajo
|| ||
vantam etad avoca

19.
brumi ti brahmano BhagaAbhikkantam bho Gotama abhiti

l
|| ||
kkantara bho Gotama
||
pa
||
AMataro
ca panayasma bharadvajo arahatam ahosi 10. Bahudlnti.
ti
||
||
1.

II
Kosalesu vibarati aniiataannatarassa
rasmim vanasande 2. Tena kho pana samayena

3.
bharadvaja||
||
gottassa brahmanassa catuddasa balivadda nattha honti
Atba kho bharadvaja-gotto brahmano
te
balivadde
||
gavesanto yena so pana vanasando ten-upasankami upasankamitva addasa Bhagavantam tasraim vanasande nisinnain
pallankam abhujitva ujum kayam panidbaya parimukham

eatira
4.
upatthapetva
||
||
Disvana yena Bbagava ten-upasankami
||
upasankamitva
II
Bbagavato santike
ima gatbayo abhasi

|| ||
||
||
Na
hi
nun-imassa samanassa
balivadda catuddasa
|| ||
ajjasatthim na dissanti tenayam samano sukhi hi na nun-imassa samanassa tila khettasmim papika
||
3
||
5.
ekapanna dvipanna ca tenayam samano sukbi na hi nun-imassa samanassa tuccha-kotthasmimmusikall ussolhikaya naccanti tenayam samano sukhi na hi nun-iinassa samanassa santharo 5 sattamasiko 6 uppatakehi sainchanno tenayam samano sukhi na hi nun-imassa samanassa vidhava sattadhitaro 7 ekaputta dviputta ca tenayam samano sukhi na hi nun-imassa samanassa pingala tilaka hata sottam padena bodheti tenayam samano sukhi na hi nun-imassa samanassa paccusamhi inayika detha detha ti codenti tenayam samano sukhi ti Na hi mayham brahmana balivadda catuddasa tenahain brahmana sukhi ajjasatthim na dissanti
|| ||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
1 5 SS. sati. All the S 1 - 3 ha always. B. B. dupnnna. papaka. AISS. snndharo; but further on S 1 - 3 santharo. 6 C. uppadakehi. 7 B. duputta; 3 S viputta ; S ekaputtavi (or ci) puttuca.
l
VII.
1. 10.]
ARAHANTA-VAGGA
||
1.
171
||
na hi mayhara brahmana tila khettasmim papika ekapanna dvipanna ca tenaham brahmana sukhi na hi mayham brahmana tuccha-kotthasmim musika tenaham brahmana sukhi ussolhikaya naccanti na hi mayham brahmana santharo 1 sattamasiko uppatakehi samchanno tenaham brahmana sukhi na hi mayhara brahmana vidhava sattadhitaro ekaputta dviputta ca tenaham brahmana sukhi na hi mayham brahmana pirigala tilaka hata sottam padena bodheti tenaham brahmana sukhi na hi mayham brahmana paccusamhi inayika detha dethati codenti tenaham brahmana sukhi ti 6. Evam vutte bharadvajagotto brahmano Bhagavantam etad avoca Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama seyyathapi bho Gotama nikujjitam va ukktijjeyya paticchannamva vivareyya ||mulhassa va maggam acikkheyya andhakare telapajjotam dhareyya cakkhumanto rupani dak|| II
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
If
||
||
||
||
khinti llevam
evam bhota 2 Gotamena anekapariyayena dhammo

||
pakasito
esaham Bhagavantam saranam gacchami dharamanca bhikkhusanghaiica Labheyyaham bhoto 3 Gotamassa santike pabbajjam labheyyam upasampadan-ti 7. Alattha kho bharadvajagotto brahmano Bhagavato
|| || II
santike pabbajjam alattha

8.
upasampadam
II
II
Acirupasampanno panayasma bharadvajo eko vupakattho appamatto atapi pahitatto viharanto na cirass-eva yassatthaya kulaputta sammadeva agarasmS, anagariym pabbajanti tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosanam dittheva dhamme sayam
||
abhinna sacchikatva upasampajja vihasi
||
khina
jati
vusitam
ti
brahmacariyam katam
abbhannasi
9.
||
||
karaniyam naparam
itthattaya
Aniiataro ca panayasma bharadvajo arahatam ahositi
II
||
Arahanta-vaggo pathamo Tass-uddanam ca Akkosam Asurinda 4 Bilangikam Dhananjani

II II
||
II
||
II
Ahimsakam
Jata c-eva
||
Suddhikam c-eva Aggika

yena ca
s
||
Sundarikam Bahudhiti
1
||
te dasa ti
||
||
S 3 santharo; B. sandharo.
S'^bho.
-3
bho.
S 1 - 3 asundarikam.
172
BRAHMAN A-SAMYTJTTA
CHAPTER
II.
VII.
[VII.
2. 1.
UPASAKA-VAGGO.
1.
Kan. 1
samayam Bhagava Magadhesu Ekanalayam brahmana-game 2 2. Tena kho pana samayena kasi-bharadvajassa brahmanassa pancamattani nangalasatani payuttani honti vappaekarp
viharati Dakkhinagirismim
II II
1.
Evara
me sutam
kale
3.
||
||
Atha kho Bhagava pubbanhasamayam nivasetva

||
patta-
civaram adaya yena kasi-bharadvajassa brahmanassa kara-
manto ten-upasankami 4. Tena kho pana samayena kasi-bharadvajassa brahmanassa parivesana vattati 5. Atha kho Bhagava yena parivesana ten-upasankami upasankamitva ekam antam atthasi 6. Addasa kho kasi-bharadvajo brahmano Bhagavantam
||
||
||
||
||
II
Aham pindaya thitam disvana Bhagavantam etad avoca kho samana kasami ca vapami 3 call kasitva ca vapitva ca Tvam pi samana kasassu ca vapassu ca bhunjami
||
||
||
||
||
||
kasitva ca vapitva ca bhufijassuti

7.
||
||
pi kho brahmana kasami ca ca vapitva ca bhunjamiti

|| ||
Aham
vapami ca
||
kasitva
* passama bhoto Gotamassa yugam va va nangalam va phalam va pacanam va balivadde va atha Aham pi kho brahca pana bhavam Gotamo evam aha
8.
Na kho mayam
II
II
II
mana kasami
miti
9.
||
ca vapami ca
II
kasitva ca vapitvei ca bhunja-
||
Atha
kho
kasi-bharadvajo
II
brahmano
Bhagavantam
||
gathaya ajjhabhasi Kassako patijanasi

If
kassako 5 pucchito bruhi

10.
na ca passami te kasim katham janemu tarn kasin-till Saddha bijam tapo vutthi panna me yuganangalam hiri isa mano yottam sati me phala-pacanam udare yato ahare kayagutto vacigutto saccam karomi niddanam soraccam me pamocanam
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
II
||
It
||
II
||
l
.
always.
This sutta recurs in the Sutta-Nipata I. 4. S - 3 bho. 6 S'kasine; S J kasane.
S D kasi always.
B. vapp"
VII.
2. 2.]
UPASAKA-VAGGA
||
2.
173
II
viriyam medhuradhorayham yogakkhemadhivahanam gacchati anivattantam yattha gantva na socati

|| || ||
Evam
esa kasi katth&
If
sa hoti
etam kasira kasitvana
||
amatapphala sabbadukkha parauccati

||
ti
||
If
11. BhufVjatu bhavam Gotarao kassako bhavam yam hi Gotamo amatapphalara pi kasim kasati ti 12.
Gotamo
If
l
If
||
Gathabhigitam me abhojaniyam sampassatam brahmana n-esa dhanimo

||
If
gathabhigitam panudanti buddha
If
dhamme
sati
brahmana
vuttir esa
If
II
||
aiiiiena ce
kevalinam mahesim
khinasavam kukkuccavupasantam annena panena upatthahassu

||
||
khettanhi tarn pufmapekkhassa hoti

3
ti
2
If
Evam vutte
|| || ||
avoca
Gotama
kasi-bharadvajo brahmano Bhagavantam etad " Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho seyyathapi bho Gotama nikkujjitam va ukkujjeyya
paticchannam va vivareyya mulhassa va maggam acikkheyya andhakai*e va telapajjotam dhareyya cakkhumanto rupani
dakkhinti
||
evam
||
dhammo
pakasito
Gotamena anekapariyayena esaham bhagavantam Gotamam saranam

blio
||
evam
gacchami dhammanca bhikkhusanghaiica upasakam mam bhavam Gotamo dharetu ajjatagge panupetam saranam
gatan-ti
||
||
2.
1.
Udayo.
Savatthi nidanam
||
If
2.
Atha kho Bhagava pubbanhasamayam nivasetva

|| ||
pattateti-
civaram adaya yena Udayassa brahmanassa nivesanam
upasankami 3. Atha kho Udayo brahmano Bhagavato pattam odanena

puresi
4.
If
||
Dutiyam
pi
kho Bhagava pubbanhasamayam nivasetva

||
pattacivaram adaya yena Udayassa brahmanassa nivesanam ten-upasankami pa 5. Tatiyam pi kho Udayo brahmano Bhagavato pattara
||
1 B. has not Gotamo. another episode.
See above
I. 8, 9.
Here the Sutta Nipata
inserts
174
BRAHMAN A-SAMYUTTA
VII.
[VII.
2. 2.
odanena puretva Bhagavantam etad avoca
||
||
Pakattbako
If
yam samano Gotatno punappunam agacchati Punappunam ceva vapanti bijam

||
ti
If
punappunam vassati devaraja punappunam kbettam kasanti kassaka 4 punappunam annam upeti rattbam 5 Punappunam yacaka yacayanti punappunam danapati dadanti punappunam danapati daditva punappunam saggam upeti thanam Punappunam khiranika duhanti 6 punappunam vaccbo upeti mataram
||
||
3
If
II
||
||
II
If
||
||
||
punappunam kilamati phandati ca punappunam gabbham upeti mando Punappunam jayati miyyati ca punappunam sivathikam baranti magganca laddha apunabbbavaya na 7 punappunam jayati bburipanno ti 7. Evam vutte Udayo brahmano Bhagavantam etad avoca Abhikkantam bbo Gotama pa Upasakam mam bbavam Gotamo dbaretu ajjatagge panupetam saranam gatan-ti
II
|| I) || ||
II
If
If
II
If
||
||
If
||
3. Devahito.
Savatthi nidanam Tena kbo pana samayena Bhagava vatebi abadhiko 8 hoti ayasma ca Upavano Bbagavato upattbako boti Atha kbo 3. Bbagava ayasmantam Upavanam amantesi Ihgba me tvam Upavana unhodakam janabiti bbante ti kho ayasma Upavano Bhagavato 4. Evam
1.
|| ||
2.
||
||
||
II
If
||
||
patissutva nivasetva
pattacivaram adaya yena Devabitassa brabmanassa nivesanam ten-upasankami upasahkamitva tunbibbuto 9 ekam antam attbasi 5. Addasa kbo Devabito brabmano ayasmantam Upavanam
||
||
||
tunibbutam
ekam antam
tbitam
||
||
||
disvana
ayasmantam
Upavanam gatbaya
ajjbabbasi
S 1 - 8 pagandako.
*
ynfinam.
S 1 -3
3 2 4 S -3 S -' kassako. S - 8 vassanti. B. mniiiinm 6 7 S - 3 vaccha upenti. B. S 3 omit ua. yacanaka caranti. ' S 1 - 3 omit tunhibhuto Upavan-o always. (-tarn).
1 1 1
;
-3
VII.
2. 4.]
UPASAKA-VAGGA
||
2.
175
Tunhibhuto bhavam tittham raundo sanghatiparuto kim nu yacitum agato ti kirn patthayano kirn esara
||
II
||
|j
6.
Araham Sugato
loke
||
vatehabadhiko muni
||
||
saee unhodakara atthi
munino dehi brahrnana

sakkareyyanam sakkato tassa icchami hatave 2 ti
[|
pujito pujaneyyanarn
l
||
||
apaceyyanam 3 7. Atha kho Devahito brahmano unhodakassa kajam purisena gahapetva phanitassa ca putam ayasmato Upavanassa
apacito
||
||
||
padasi
8.
||
||
Atha kho ayasma Upavano yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantara unhodakena nahapetva unhodakena phanitatn aloletva Bhagavato padasi 9. Atha kho Bhagavato so abadho patippassambhi 10. Atha kho Devahito brahmano yena Bhagava tenupasankami upasankamitva Bhagavata saddhim sammodi sammodaniyam katham sarani} am vitisaretva ekam antam
||
II || ||
||
||
||
nisidi
||
||
nisinno kho Devahito brahraano Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Kattha dajja deyyadhammam Ilkattha dinnam mahapphalam katham hi yajamanassa katham ijjhati 4 dakkhina ti 12. Pubbe nivasarn yo vedi 5 saggapayanca passati
11.
|| || ||
||
Ekam antam
||
II
||
||
atho jatikkhayam patto

ettha
7
||
abhiiiilavosito
||
dajja
||
deyyadhammam
||
ettha
muni 6 dinnam mahap||

||
phalam
evam
13.
|| ||
hi
Evam
yajamanassa evam ijjhati dakkhina ti vutte Devahito brahmano Bhagavantam etad

||
||
avoca Abhikkantam bho Gotama pa upasakam mam bhavam Gotarno dharetu ajjatagge panupetam saranam
|| ||
gatan-ti
||
||
4.
1.
Mahdsdla
II
II
(or Sukhapdpttranti].
Savatthi nidanam
2.
Atha kho annataro brahmana-mahasalo lukho lukhapa-
1 S3 pujaniyyanam; S 1 - 3 sakkateyyanam B. paceyyanam. 2 S'- s bhatave. S 1 -" kacam. 4 S'- ijjhanti here arid further oil. * So B. S - 3 C. vede, but 6 notices the reading vedi. S 1 abhiMa S - 3 vositavo. See I. 8. 1 L. tattha.
;
:1
176
purano
BRAHMAXA-SAMYUTTA
VII.
[VII.
2. 4.
yena .Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bbagavata saddhim sammodi sammodaniyam katham sara|| ||
niyarn vitisaretva
3.
ekam an tarn
II
||
nisidi
||
Ekam antam nisinnam kho

||
tarn
brahmana-tnahasalam
Bhagava etad avoca

||
Kinnu
tvaru
brahmana lukho
lukhapapurano ti 4. Idha me bho Gotama cattaro putta te mam darehi l nikkhamentiti ghara sampuccba 5. Tena hi tvam brahmana ima gathayo pariyapunitva
II \\ \\
sabhayarn mahajanakaye sannipatite puttesu ca sannisinnesu bhasassu

|| ||
Yehi
te
jatehi nandissam
mam
yesan ca bhavam icchisam darehi sampuccha sa va varenti sukaram

|| ||
||
2
1|
||
||
Asanta kira mam jamma tata tata ti bhasare rakkhasa puttarupena te jahanti vayogatam Asso va jinno nibbhogo khadana apaniyati balakanam pita thero paragaresu bhikkhati Dando va kira me seyyo yaii ce putta anassava
|| || ||
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
II
candam
pi
gonam
vareti
||
||
atho candam pi
kukkuram
|| || ||
||
||
6.
andhakare pure hoti gambhire gadham edhati dandassa anubhavena khalitva patititthatiti Atba kho so brahmana-mahasalo Bhagavato santike
|| || ||
ima gathayo pariyapunitva sabhayam mahajanakaye sannipatite puttesu ca sannisinnesu abhasi Yebi jatehi nandissam yesan ca
||
bhavam icchisam
||
||
darehi sampuccha sa va varenti sukaram Asanta kira mam jamma tata tata ti bhasare
te
|| || ||
mam
||
rakkhasa puttarupena Asso va jinno nibbhogo
||
te jahanti
||
vayogatam khadana apaniyati
||
||
||
balakanam pita thero
||
Dando va kira me seyyo candam pi gonam vareti

||
||
paragaresu bhikkhati yan ce putta anassava

||
||
||
||
||
atho candam pi
kukkuram
||
||
||
||
andhakare pure hoti gambhire gadham edhati dandassa auubhavena khalitva patititthati ti
||
S' C. nilvkamantiti
S 1 nikkbantiti.
S 1 - 3 icchasam.
S'-'sampuccha
-3
C. v&denti.
VII. 25.]
UPASAKA-VAGGA
2.
177
7. Atha kho nam brahmana-mahasalam putta gharam netva nahapetva paccekam dussayugena acehadesum
||
||
brahmana-mahasalo ekam dussayugam upasankamitva Bhaadaya yena Bhagava ten-upasankami saddhim sarnmodi gavata sammodaniyam kathara saraniyarn.
8.
Atha kho
so
II
||
vitisaretva
9.
ekam antam
nisidi
||
||
Ekara antam nisinno kho brahmana-mahasalo Bhagavantam etad avoca Mayam bho Gotama brahmana nama
||
II
acariyassa acariyadhanam pariyesama
||
patigganhatu
me
||
bha-
vam Gotamo
10
acariyadhanan-ti
l
||
||
Bhagava anukampam upadaya 11. Atha kho so brahmana-mahasalo Bhaga van tarn etad Abhikkantam bho Gotama pa upasakam mam avoca bhavam Gotamo dharetu ajjatagge panupetam saranam
Patiggahesi
||
||
||
!l
||
gatan-ti
1.
||
II
5.
Mdnatthaddo.
||
Savattni nidanam
II
Tena kho pana samayena Manatthaddho 2 nama brahmano so n-eva mataram abhivadeti na Savattliiyam pativasati abhivadeti na abbivadeti na acariyam pitaram jetthabhataram abhivadeti 3. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava mahatiya parisaya
2.
||
||
||
||
||
II
parivuto
4.
dhammam
desesi
3
|| ||
Atba kho Manatthaddhassa brahmanassa etad ahosi Ayam kho samano Gotamo mahatiya parisaya parivuto dharnmam deseti yam nunaham yena samano Gotamo tenupasankameyyam sace mam samano Gotamo alapissati aham no ce mam samano Gotamo alapissati pi tarn alapissami
||
II ||
||
||
aham
5.
pi tarn nalapissami
ti
||
||
Atha kho Manatthaddho brahmano yena Bhagava tenupasankami upasankamitva tunhibhuto ekam antam attha||
8i
II
II
Atha kho Bhagava tarn nalapi Atha kho Manatthaddho brahmano mlyam samano Gotamo kinci janati ti tato 4 puna-nivattitu-kamo ahosi
6.
II II
7.
||
||
||
||
S 1 - 3 patiganhasi.
B. Manathaddho always.
deseti.
B. adds va.
12
178
8.
BRUAMANA-SAMYUTTA
VII.
[VII.
2. 5.
sa
ceto-parivitakkara
If
Atha kho Bhagava Manatthaddhassa brahmanassa cetaaiiiiaya Manatthaddham brahmanam.

||
gathaya ajjhabhasi
Na manam brahmana
yena atthena agacchi
9.
||
sadhu
||
||
atthi kassidha
brahmana
ti
3
|| ||
If
tarn evara
anubruhaye
|j
Atha kho Manatthaddho brahmano cittara me samano Gotamo janati ti tatth-eva Bhagavato padesu * sirasa nipatitva Bhagavato padani mukhena ca paricumbati panihi ca parisambahati naman ca saveti Manatthaddhaham. bho Gotama Manatthaddhaham bho Gotama ti 10. Atha kho sa parisa abbhutacittajata 5 ahosi || Acchariyam vata bho abbhutam vata bho ayara hi Manatthaddho brahmano n-eva mataram abhivadeti na
||
|| ||
||
||
na acariyam abhivadeti || na jetthabhataram abhivadeti atha ca pana samane Gotame evarupam 6 paramam nipaccakaram karoti ti
pitaram abhivadeti
||
||
1
Atha kho Bhagava Manatthaddham brahmanam etad avoca Alam brahmana utthehi sake asane nisida yato
11.
|| ||
te
mayi cittam pasannan-ti

12.
||
||
Atha kho Manatthaddho brahmano sake asane

|| ||
nisiditva
Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Kesu na manam 7 kayiratha 8

kyassa
10
11
apacita
assu
||
||
sagaravo || 12 kyassu sadhu supujita ti 1|

||
kesu assa
||
13. Matari pitari vapi
atho jetthamhi bhatari

||
||
acariye catutthamhi
tesu assa sagaravo
|j
tesu
na
manam
kayiratha
||
||
||
tyassa apacita assu
l3 || || tyassu sadhu supujita araharite sitibhute || katakicce anasave
||
niliacca
manam
||
atthaddho
||
te narnassa
14
anuttare
ti
||
||
brahmano Bhagavantam etad avoca Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantara bho Gotama upasakam mam bhavam Gotamo dharetu pa ajjatagge panupetam saranam gatan-ti
14.
Evam
vutte Manatthadddo
||
||
||
||
||
4 2 S 1 -* 3 S1 -3 1 S 1 -* pade. anubruhasiti. S 1 - 3 bruhana. agafichi. 8 7 6 S -3 B. S 1 nippacca S 1 is doubtful. So C. only; B. and S> vitta manam na here and further on. H B. kayira. 9 S - s kesvassa. "' S - 3 kya-;i. 12 11 S 1 S - 3 kesvassu sadhu supujitati, and further on C. apacitini. apacitatn teerasBU . u One pada ought to have been omitted in all the MSS. u B. namasse.
VII.
2. 7-]
UPASAKA-VAGGA
6.
2.
179
Paccanika.
1.
Savatthi nidanaro
||
|| 1
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Paccanikasato naina brahmano

[
Savatthiyam pativasati 3. Atha kho Paccanikasatassa brahmanassa etad ahosi

| 1 1
Yam nunaham
yam ham
4.
2
yena samano Gotamo ten-upasankameyyani tarn tad ev-assayad eva samano Gotamo bhasissati
||
1
paccanikassan-ti
3
1 1 1
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava ajjhokase canka||
matiH 5. Atha kho

ten-upasahkami
||
Paccanikasato
brahmano
yena
1
Bhagava
||
upasarikamitva Bhagavantam cankamantam anucankamamano Bhagavantam etad avoca B liana

1
samana dhamman-ti
6.
||
II
Na
Paccanikasatena
||
||
upakkilitthacittena Yo ca vineyya sarabbham
suvijanam subhasitam sarabbhabahulena ca 4

||
||
||
II
aghatam
7.
patinissajja
||
appasadan ca cetaso sa ve janfia subhasitan-ti
II
||
||
brahmano Bhagavantam. Abhikkantam bho Gotama pa Upasakam etad avoca mam bhavam Gotamo dharetu ajjatagge panupetam saranam
vutte
||
Evam
Paccanikasato
||
||
||
gatan-ti
1.
II
||
7.
Navakammika.
Kosalesu viharati auiiataras-

vanasande
II II
mim
2. Tena kho pana samayena navakammika-bharadvajo brahmano tasniim vanasande kammantam karapeti 3. Addasa kho navakammika-bharadvajo brahmano Bha||
||
gavantam afmatarasmim sala-rukkhamule nisinnam pallankam

abhujitva
ujum kayam panidhaya parimukham

II II
satim upattha-
petva sande
||
||
4. Disvan-assa etad ahosi
Aham kho imasmim

||
vana-
kammantam
karapento ramami
|| ||
ayam samano Gotamo
kim karapento ramati ti brahmano yena 5. Atha kho navakammika-bharadvajo

1
t;iuti.
B. paccanika always. 4 C. sarambha.
-3
evasusaham (S 3 bhani).
B. paccanikasa-
180
BRAHMANA-SAMYUTTA
ten-upasarikarai
||
||
||
VII.
[VII. 2 ?
-
Bhagava
upasankamitva
l
||
Bhagavantam
||
gathaya ajjhabhasi
Ke nu kammanta
6.
kayiranti
||
bhikkhu salavane tava

ti
||
2 yad ekako arannasmim ratim vindati Gotamo Na me vanasmim karaniyam atthi ucchinnamulam 3 me vanam visukam 4
|| ||
||
so-ham 5 vane nibbanatho visallo eko rame aratim vippahaya ti

||
||
II
vutte navakammika-bharadvajo brahmano Bhaavoca Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhietad gavantam

7.
||
|| ||
Evam
kkantam bho Gotama
pa upasakam dharetu ajjatagge panupetam saranam gatan-ti

||
||
mam bhavam
||
Gotamo
||
8.
KatthahAm.
1. Ekam samayam Bhagava Kosalesu yiharati aiiiaatarasmim vanasande 2. Tena kho pana samayena aiinatarasmim. bharadvajagottassa brahmanassa sambahula antevasika katthaharaka manavaka yena vanasando ten-upasarikamimsu 3. Upasahkamitva addasamsu Bhagavantam tasmim vana||
|| ||
||
sande nisinnam pallankam abhujitva ujum kayam panidhaya Disvana yena bhaparimukham satim upatthapetva brahmano ten-upasankamimsu radvajagotto 4. TJpasarikamitva bharadvajagottam brahmanam etad 6 avocum Yagghe bhavam janeyya asukasmim vanasande
|| ||
|| || || ||
samano nisinno pallankam abhujitva ujum kayam panidhaya
parimukham satim upatthapetva 5. Atha kho bharadvajagotto brahmano

|| ||
tehi
||
manavakehi
saddhim
addasa 7 kho j ena so vanasando ten-upasarikami tasmim vanasande nisinnam Bhagavantam pallankam abhur
jitvzl
petva
ujum kayam panidhaya parimukham satim upatthadisvana yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi
||
||
||
II
Gambhirarupe bahubherave vane sunnam arannam vijanam vigahiya 9

||
||
8
7
1 2 S 1 - 3 kammantata (S kammantakata) kayira. S 1 - 3 vindasi Gotamati. * 8 1 - 3 ubbinna S 1 - 3 visukkham. * B. evahani S yoham. ' b 1 - 3 amuka S 1 - 2 addasa. 8 C. gambhkasabhave. 9 S 1 - 3 vigahiyani.
1 1
; .
VII.
2. 9.]
UPASAKA-VAGGA
2.
181
aninjamanena thitena vagguna l sucarurupam vat a bhikkhu jhayasi Na yattha gitam na pi yattha 2 vaditam eko araiine 3 vanavasito 4 muni accherarupam patibhati mam idam yad ekako pitimano vane vase || ||
II ||
1
||
II
||
Manne-ham 5 lokadhipati-sahavyatam akankhamano tidivam anuttararn kasma 6 bhavam vijatiam araniiam assito
||
1
||
7 tapo idha kubbasi brahmapattiya ti 6. Ya kaci kaiikha abhinandana va ||
||
||
anekadhatusu put 1m sada
sita
||
aiinanamulappablmva pajappita || sabba maya vyantikata samulika

so
||
||
ham akankho apiho 8 anupayo 9 sabbesu dhammesu visuddhadassano

||
||
pappuyya sambodhim anuttaram sivam || 10 jhayam-aham brahmana raho visarado ti 7. Evam vutte bharadvajagotto brahmano Bbagavantam etad avoca Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama pa aj jatagge panupetam saranam gatan-ti
|| ||
||
9.
1.
Matuposako.
||
Savatthi nidanam
||
Atha kho matuposako brabmano yena Bhagava tenupasahkami upasahkamitva Bhagavata saddbitn samrnodaniyam katham saraniyam vitisaretva'ekam antam nisidi || || 3. Ekam autam nisiuno kho matuposako brahmano BhagaAham hi bho Gotama dhammena vantam etad avoca || dhammena bhikkham pariyesitva bhikkham pariyesami 11 kaccaham bho Gotama evamkari kicca|| luatapitaro posemi
2.
|| || ||
kari
4.
hound
||
||
Taggha tvam brahmana evamkari kiccakari hosi yo dhammena kho brahmana dhammena bhikkham pariyesati
l|
||
rupo; sundararapam. 6 B. B. vanam avassito ("iven by C. as explanation) ; S. l - 3 vanam assito. 7 S brahmuppattiya ti. 8 B. asito. ' So C. ; mafinamaham. ' S 1 -3 tasma. B. anuppayo; S^'anupajo. 10 B. brahe. " S - 3 kiccaham.
.
;
1 1
S3
B.
S1
ettha ettha
B.aranna.
So C.
182
BRAHMANA-SAMYUTTA
VII.
[VII.
2. 9.
bhikkham
pasavati
ti
pariyesitva matapitaro poseti

||
bahu
so
punnara
||
Yo mataram pitaram va taya nam paricariyaya idh-eva nam pasamsanti

5.
raacco
dhammena
poseti
||
||
matapitusu pandita
1
1
pecca sagge pamodati
ti
2
1 1 1
1
Evara vutte matuposako brahmano Bhagavantam etad Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho avoca || ||
upasakam mam bhavam Gotamo dharetu ajjatagge panupetam saranam gatan-ti
Gotama
||
pa
||
||
||
10. Bhikkhako.
Savatthi nidanam || Atha kho bhikkhako brahmano Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavata saddhim sammodi sammodaniyam katham saramyam vitisaretva ekam antam nisidi 3. Ekam antam nisinno kho bhikkhako brahmano Bhagavantam etad avoca Aham pi bho Gotama bhikkhako bhavam pi bhikkhako idha no kim nanakaranan-ti
1.
1
2.
||
||
||
||
||
4.
Na
4 yavata bhikkhavo pare visam 5 dhammam samadaya bhikkhu hoti na tavata Yo dha 6 punnan ca papan ca bahitva brahmacariyam 7
tena bhikkhako
hoti
5.
sa ve 8 bhikkhuti vuccati ti || sankhaya loke carati Evam vutte bhikkhako brahmano Bhagavantam etad
|| ||
1
avoca
pa
||
Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama upasakam mam bhavam Grotamo dharetu ajjatagge
1
1 1
1
panupetam saranam gatan-ti

11.
1.
|| ||
Sangdrava.
Savatthi nidanam Tena kho pana samayena Sangaravo nama brahmano Savatthiyam pativasati udaka-suddhiko udakena suddhim pacce2.
ti
9 sayapatain udakorohananuyogam anuyutto viharati || || 3. Atha kho ayasma Anando pubbanhasamayam nivasetva
||
pattacivaram adaya Savatthim pindaya pavisi
pindaya caritv^
Bhagava
Savatthiyam pacchabhattam pindapatapatikkanto yena ten-upasahkami || upasankamitva Bhagavantara

||
abhivadetva
ekam antam
nisidi
1 J 3 B. bahumso. S 1 - 5 bhikkhu. S - 3 bhikkhate. S 1 - 3 ca modatiti. 7 S'-vi8sam. S3 bhahetva C. vahetva S 1 - 3 brahmacariynva. B. ca. B. and C. sa ce. See Puggala, IV. 21. 1.
l
; ;
VII.
2. 11.]
UPASAKA-VAGGA
2.
183
Ekara antam nisinno kho ayasma Anando Bhagavantara Idha bhante Saiigaravo naraa brahmano avoca|| || Savatthiyam pativasati udaka-suddhiko udakena suddhim.
4.
etad
pacceti||
sayapatam udakorohananuyogam amiyutto viharati|l sadhu bhante Bhagava yena Sangaravassa brahmanassa ni-
vesanam ten-upasarikarnatu anukampam upadayati||

6.
6.
||
Adhivasesi Bhagavel tunhibhavetia
||
||
civarara adaya
Atha kho Bhagava pubbanha-samayara nivasetva pattayena Sahgaravassa brahmanassa nivesanam

||
ten-upasahkami
7.
upasankaraitva pannatte asane nisidi||
||
Atha kho Sangaravo brahtuano yena Bhagava tenupasankami upasarikamitva Bhagavata saddhim sammodi sammodaniyam katham vitisaretva ekain antam nisidi 8. Ekain antam nisinnam kho Sangaravam brahmanam Saccam kira tvam brahmana udakaBhagava etad avoca|| suddhiko udakena suddhim paccesi sayapatam udakorohana||
[|
||
||
||
||
nuyogam anuyutto viharasi 9. Evam bho Gotama

l
ti
II
||
||
||
pana tvam brahmana atthavasam sampassamano udakasuddhiko udakasuddhim paccesi sayapatam udakoro10.
Kara
||
hananuyogam
11.
anuyutto viharasi
ti
||
||
Idha
hoti
3
me bho Gotama aham yam
diva
papakammam
||
tam sayam nahanena pavahemi yam rattim nahanena hoti tam katam pavahemi patam papakammam Imam 4 khvaham bho Gotama atthavasam sanipassamano
katam
||
udakasuddhiko udakena suddhirp paccemi || sayapatain udakorohananuyogam anuyutto viharami ti|| ||

12.
Dhammo
rahado brahmana silatittho

1 1
||
anavilo sabbhi satam pasattho
yattha have vedaguno sinata anallagatta va taranti paran-ti

1
5
||
||
brahmano Bhagavantam etad Abhikkantam bho Gotama avoca pa upasakam mam bhavam Gotamo dharetu ajjatagge panupetara saraiiam
13.
Evam
||
vutte Sangaravo
||
||
||
gatun-ti
||
||
S1 -3
"viharattti
evam
bhoti.
S'- 3 kim.
S'- s hessati.
S'- s addca.
See above
I. 9, text
and notes.
184
BRAIIMANA-SAMYUTTA
12.
VII.
[VII.
2. 12.
Khomadussa.
l
ekam saraayam Bhagava Sakkesu 2 viharati Khomadussam nama Sakyanam nigarne kho nivasetva 2. Atha Bhagava pubbanhasamayam patta3 clvarara adaya Khomadussam nigamam pindaya pavisi 3. Tena kho pana samayena Khomadussaka brahmana1.
Evam me
sutara
||
||
gahapatika sabhayam sannipatita honti kenacid eva karanidevo ca ekatn ekam phusayati yena
1
4.
5.
Atha kho Bhagava yena sa sabha ten-upasankami || Addasamsu 4 Khomadussaka 5 brahmana-gahapatika

||
|| ||
|| Bhagavantam durato va agacchantam Ke ca uiundaka samanaka ke 6. Disva etad avocum

||
ca
sabhadhammam
7.
janissanti
ti
||
||
Atha kho Bhagava Khomadussake

||
||
brahmana-gaha-
patike gathaya ajjhabhasi
N-esa sabha yattha na santi santo |j santo na te ye na vadanti dhammam

ragaii ca dosafi ca
pahaya
moham
||
8.
dhammam vadanta va bhavanti santo ti Evam vutte Khomadussaka 7 brahmana-gahapatika

||
||
Bhagavantam
etad
avocum
||
||
abhikkantam bho Gotama

va
Abhikkantam bho Gotama seyyathapi bho Gotama nikujji||
tam va ukujjeyya paticchannam va
vivarey) a
r
miilhassa
maggam acikkhej'ya andhakare va telapajjotam dhareyya cakkhumanto rupani dakkhinti || evam eva bhota Golamena
7
Ete may am Bhagaanekapari} ayena dhammo pakasito || || vantam Gotamam saranam gacchama dhamman ca bhikkhusanghaii ca upasake no bhavam Gotamo dharetu ajjatagge saranam gate ti panupete
1 1
Upasaka-vaggo dutiyo || || Tass-uddanam || annatara-Mahasalam 8 Kasi Udayo Devahito Manatthaddham Paccanikam Navakammi Katthaharam || Sangaravo Khomadussena Matuposakam Bhikkhako
|| || ||
||
||
dvadasati
||
||
Brahmana-samyuttam samattam
1
||
||
S Khomadussadannama
1
(omitting nigamam). a S 1 dussadake. being superadded).
dnm pindaya
s S - 3 dussaS 3 "dussantanama. 2 S 3 nigamo. 1 * S 1 - 3 addasasum. * S - 3 dussadaka (in S- da

1 1
1 -3
dussadaka
8
.
S'^Lukhapapuni.ia.
185
BOOK
VIII.
YANGISA-THERA-SAMYUTTAM.
1.
Nikkhantam.
ayasma Vangiso 2 Alaviyam viharati Aggalave cetiye ayasmata NigrodhaKappena upajjhayena saddhim 3 2. Tena kho pana samayena ayasma Vangiso navako hoti
|| ||
1.
Evam me
sutara
ekam samayam
acirapabbajito ohiyyako viharapalo

3.
||
||
Atha kho sambahula
itthiyo samalankaritva yenaramo

5
|| ||
ten-upasarikamimsu viharapekkhikayo
4.
Atha kho ayasmato Vangisassa

||
ta itthiyo disva
anabhi-
rati upajji
5.
Alabha || || na vata me labha || dulladdham vata me na vata me suladdham || yassa me anabhirati uppanna rago cittam anuddhamseti tarn kut-ettha labbha yam me paro anabhivata
Atha
rago cittam anuddhamsesi || || kho ayasmato Vangisaasa etad ahosi
me
ratim
vinodetva
abhiratim
uppadeyya
6
||
yam nunaham
attana va attano
anabhiratim vinodetva abhiratim uppa-
deyyan-ti
6.
||
||
Atha kho ayasma Vangiso attana va attano anabhiratim vinodetva abhiratim uppadetva tayam velayam itna gathayo
abhasi
7
|| ||
Nikkhantam vata
mam
1 1
vitakka upadhavanti uggaputta mahissasa
agarasmanagariyam pagabbha kanhato ime

||
1 1 1 1
santam
||
||
sikkhita
dalhadhammino
||
samanta parikireyyum || sahassam 8 apalayinam || j| sace pi ettato bhiyo || agamissanti itthiyo || 9 10 n-evamamvyadhayissanti| dhamme s-amhi patitthito ||
l
||
The verses in this Samyutta are all found in the Maha-nipata of the Thera^ 2 3 B. aggtUavake. B vangiso always. * B. yena aggHJavako aniiuo. gatha. 5 * 7 B. "pekkhakayo. 8 - 3 p:ire "uppaduyyum. =Thera-g. 1209-1213. 8 S - 3 sangassani. 9 S 1 seems to have sabbhl. 10 B. and C. patitthitam.
1
186
VANGiSA-THERA-SAMYUTTA
1
||
VIII.
[VIII.
1.
sakkhi hi rae sutara etam
buddassadiccabandhuno
tattha rae nirato
nibbanagamanam maggam 2 Evan ce mam viharantam papima upagacchasi tathi maccu karissami name maggam pi dakkhasi
1
mano
1 1
ti
2.
1.
Arati.
Ekam samayam
la
2.
Ayasma Vangiso Alaviyam
viharati
Aggalave
||
cetiye
|| ayasmata Nigrodha-Kappena upajjhayena saddhim 3. Tena kho pana samayena ayasma Nigrodha-Kappo pacchabhattam pindapatapatikkanto viharam pavisati sayam va nikkhamati aparajju va kale !|
||
Tena kho pana samayena ayasmato Vangisassa anabhirati uppanna hoti rago cittam anuddhamseti 5. Atha kho Vangisassa etad ahosi Alabha vata me na vata me labha dulladdham vata me na vata me suladdham yassa me anabhirati uppanna rago cittam anuddham4.
||
||
1
||
seti || || Tarn kut-efctha labbha yam me paro anabhiratim vinodetva abhiratim uppadeyyan-ti || yam nunahara attan^, va attano anabhiratim vinodetva abhiratim uppadeyyan-ti ||
1
Atha kho ayasma Vangiso attana va attano anabhiratim vinodetva abhiratim uppadetva tayam velayam irna gathayo
6.
abhasi
||
||
Aratin ca ratin ca pahaya sabbaso gehasitan ca vitakkam

1
3
||
vanatham na kareyya kuhinci nibbanatho anato 5 sa hi bhikkhu Yam idha puthavinca vehasam 6
rupagataiica jagatogadham
kiiici parijiyati
1 1
||
||
||
sabbam aniccam
8
7
1 1
evam samecca
caranti mutatta
9
||
upadhisu jana gadhita
ditthasute patighe ca mute ca 10 ettha vinodiya u chandam anejo
||
12
||
yo
1 B. evam. B. arato.
tattha
13
na limpati
tarn
munim ahu
3
'
||
||
S
9
S^smuttata.
3
S 1 -* papima upagaiTchisi. -3 S 3 vehasa. puthavi ca 10 S - 3 gamitii. S -3 omit

;
S J vitakka. S 1 - 3 anicca.
J1
ca.
S - 3 omit na. So B. and C. ; IJ S'- 3 cha B. viaodaya.

4
1
(S
ja)
namane
(S
no) jo.
13
B. ettha.
VIII.
3.]
VANGlSA-THERA-SAMYUTTA
Atha
satthitasita vitakka
1
||
VIII.
187
puthujanataya adhamma
nivittha
||
na ca vaggagat-assa kuhiiici || no pana dutthullabhani sa bhikkhu dabbo 2 cirarattasamahito akuhako nipako apihalu 3 santapadam ajjhagatna muni pa ticca
|| || ||
||
||
4 parinibbuto kankhati kalan-ti || 3. PesaJa-atimunnand.
||
Yangiso Alaviyam viharati Aggalave cetiye ayasmata Nigrodha-Kappena upajjhayena

1.
Ekam samayam ayasma

|| ||
saddhitn
2.
Tena kho pana samayena ayasina Varigiso attano patibhanena aiine pesale bhikkhu atimafinati || Alabha 3. Atha kho ayasmato Varigisassa etad ahosi na vata vata me na vata me labha || dulladdham vata me me suladdham yvaham attano patibhanena aniie pesale bhikkhu atiraaiinami ti|| 4. Atha kho ayasma Vahgiso attana va attano vippatisaram
j|
||
||
||
||
||
||
uppadetva tayam velayam
iina
gathayo abhasi
||
||
||
Manam
pajahassu Gotama
5
manapathafi ca jahassu || asesam 6 manapathasinim samucchito

vippatisarahuva cirarattam Makkhena rnakkhita paja [|
8
|| ||
7
||
managata nirayam papatanti

socanti jana cirarattiim
||
9
||
Na
managata nirayam upapanna hi socati bhikkhu kadaci

maggajino samrnapatipanno
ca suklian c'anubhoti
10
||
||
||
||
kittiil
|| II
II
dhammarato
ti
tarn
ahu tathattam u
1 B. and C. satthisita S 1 satthisatatasita C. "savitakka S* parivitakka. * 6 S 1 - 3 dando. z B. santam * S'- 3 mauupathava Thcra-g. 1214-1218. padaiii. 8 S 1 - 3 add ma. S - 3 pamu (S3 mijcehito. C. vippntisuii ahuvil. (or ca). 10 ll 13. manahata S'- 3 daso. 13. vitatakkam. (here and further on) patanti.
; ; ;
fi
1
188
Tasraa akhilo dlia padhanava l nivaranani pahaya visuddho ]|
ca pahaya asesam vijjayantakaro samitavi ti
*
VIII.
[VIII.
3.
mauan
2
1| ||
4.
1.
Ananda.
samayara ayasraa Anando Savattbiyam viharati Jetavane Anathapindikassa arame

1 1 1 1
Ekam
2.
Atha kho ayasma Anando pubbanha-saraayani nivasetva

1
adaya Savatthim pindaya pavisi ayasmata Vangisena paccbasamanena 3. Tena kbo pana samayena ayasmato Vangisassa anabbirati uppanna boti || rago cittam anuddhamseti
pattacivaram
1 1 1 1
1
||
4.
Atha kho
ayasma
||
Vaugiso
ayasmantam
Anandam
1
1
gathaya ajjhabhasi||
Kamaragena dayharai cittam me paridayhati sadbu nibbapanam 3 bruhi|| anukampaya Gotama

1 1
ti
||
||
5.
Saiiiiaya vipariyesa
||
cittan-te paridayhati
||
nimittam parivajjebi || subbam ragupasamhitam || Sankhare parato passa || dukkhato ma ca attato ||

nibbapehi
sati
maharagam
ma
1
asubhaya cittam bhavehi
dayhittho punappunam ekaggam susamahitam

1
4 kayagata ty-atthu || nibbida-bahulo bhava animittam ca bbavehi || mananusayam ujjaba ||
||
||
tato
manabhisamaya
||
upasanto carissasi
Subhdaita.
1
ti
5
||
||
5.
1.
2.
Savatthiyam Jetavane Tatra kho Bbagava bbikkhii amantesi

1
||
||
||
Bhikkhavo
till
3.
4.
Bhadante
ti
te
bbikkhu Bhagavato paccassosum

||
||
||
Bhagavi
etad avoca
||
Catuhi bbikkhave angehi samannagata vaca subhasita hoti na dubbhasita || anavajja ca ananuvajja ca vifmunam kata||
inrli
rat ul
i
1 1
5.
dubbbasitam
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu subhasitam yeva bliasati no dhammam yeva bhasati no adhammam ||
||
1 2 S 1 smitavi ti S3 smitadviti Thera-gatha 1219-1222. S'^ya padhanam va. 3 6 S 1 - 3 nibbapana. * S 8ga ttattllu Thera-g. 1223-1226. "ga nt y atthu
;
>
VIII.
6.]
||
VIII.
189
saccam yeva bhasati no piyam yeva bhasati no appiyara alikara Imehi kho bhikkhave catuhi angehi samannagata
||
vaca subhasita hoti no dubbhasita anavajja ca ananuvajja ca
viimunan-ti
6.
||
||
Idara avoca
Bhagava
j
||
idam vatvana Sugato athaparam

1 1
etad avoca sattha
Subhasitam uttamam ahu santo
7.
dutiyam piyam bhane nappiyam tarn tatiyam saccam bhane nalikam tarn catutthan-ti Atha kho ayasma Vangiso utthayasana ekamsara
||
||
dhammam bhane nadhammam
tarn
||
||
uttara-
sangam karitva yena Bhagava ten-aiijalim panarnetva BhagaPatibhati mam Bhagava patibhati vantam etad avoca
1 1
1 1
mam
8. 9.
Sugata ti Patibhatu tarn Vangisa

1
ti Bhagava avoca Atha kho ayasma Vangiso Bhagavantam sammukha

1
sarvkpahi
gathahi abhitthavi || || Tarn eva vacam bhaseyya || yay-attanam na tapaye pare ca na vihimseyya || sa ve vaca subhasita || ||
piyavacara va
2
||
bhaseyya
papani
1 1
yam anadaya
sacce
4
ya vaca patinandita paresam bhasate piyam

|| ||
||
saccam ve 3 amata vaca

atthe ca
esa
||
dhammo
1 1
sanantano
patitthita
||
dhamme
1 1
ca
ahu santo
||
||
5 yam buddho bhasate vacam
khemam uibbanapattiya
vacanam uttama
ti 6
) )
dukkhassantakiriyaya
6.
1
.
sa ve
Sdriputta.
Ekam samayam ayasma
Sariputto Savatthiyam viharati

1
1
Jetavane Anathapindikaasa arame

2.
Tena kho pana samayena ayasma Sariputto bhikkhu

7
1 1
dhammiya kathaya
hamseti
poriya vinnapaniya || te ca bhikkhu atthi-katva manasi katva sabbacetaso 8 samannaharitva ohitasota dhammam sunanti || ||
3.
sandasseti samadapeti samuttejeti sampavacaya vissatthaya anelagalaya atthassa
Atha kho ayasmato
Varigisassa etad ahosi
Ayam
sabbe.
a s * B. sarupfihi here and further on. S - 3 vficam eva. S - 3 te. S'- s 7 S'- 3 sambuddho. S'- s poriyaya, and further ou Thera-g. 1227-1230. 8 1 See notes 1. S only. 2. p. 112,
1
1 1
190
VANGlSA-THERA-SAMYUTTA
Till.
[VIII.
6.
ayasma Sariputto bhikkhu dhammiya kathaya sandasseti samadapeti sarnuttejeti sampahamseti poriya vacaya visatthate ca bhikkhu atthiya anelagalaya atthassa vinnapaniya
1
||
katva manasi katva sabba-cetaso samannaharitva ohitasota
dhammani sunanti Yam nunaham ayasmantam Sariputtam sammukha sarupahi gathahi abhittha veyyan-ti 4. Atha kho ayasma Vangiso utthayasana ekamsam utta1
1
rasangam karitva yenayasma Sariputto tenailjalim' panametva ayasmantam Sariputtam etad avoca|| Patibhati
||
mam
5.
6.
avuso Sariputta patibhati mam avuso Sariputta Patibhatu tarn avuso Vangisa ti || ||
sarupahi gathahi abhitthavi
||
ti
||
||
Atha kho ayasma Vangiso ayasmantam Sariputtam

1 1 1 1
sammukha
Gambhira-panno medhavi
Sariputto mahapaiiiio sankhittena pi deseti
l
maggainaggassa kovido
deseti
||
||
||
dhammam
bhikkhunam
||
||
||
vittharena pi bhasati
||
salikay-iva
nigghoso
patibhanam udirayi||
sunanti
||
tassa tarn desayantassa
||
madhuram giram
ti
2
||
savaniyena vagguna || udaggacitta mudita || sotam odhenti bhikkhavo 7. Pavarana.

||
sarena rajaniyena
1|
||
1. Ekam samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam viharati Pubbarame Migara-matu-pasade mahata bhikkhu-sanghena saddhim
pancamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi

2.
||
||
tad-ahuposathe pannarase pavaranaya bhikkhusanghaparivuto ajjhokase nisinno hoti

3.
1
1 1 1
Tena kho
pana
samayena Bhagava
Atha kho Bhagava tunhibhutam bhikkhusangham

||
anuviloketva bhikkhu amantesi

4.
||
bhikkhave pavarayami vo 3 na 4 ca me kinci garabatha kayikam va 5 vacasikam va || 5. Evam 6 vutte ayasma Sariputto utthayasana ekamsara uttarasangam karitva yena Bhagava ten-anjalim panainetva Bhagavantam etad avoca|| || Na kho mayam bhante Bha-
Handa
dani
||
gavato kinci garahama kayikam va vacasikam va
Bhagava
1 2 3 S 1 - 3 salikaya ca. B. pavaressami, omitting vo. Thcra-g. 1231-1233. 6 S 1 - 3 omit va here and further on. S 1 - 3 ti instead of evam. C. adds va.
VIII.
7.]
VANGtSA-THERA-SAMYUTTA
VIII.
191
hi bhante anuppannassa maggassa uppadeta asanjatassa maggassa sanjaneta anakkhatassa maggassa akkhatamagganim maggavidu maggakovido magganuga ca bhante etarahi savaka viharanti paccha samannagata aham ca kho bhante Bhagavantam pavaremi na ca me Bhagava kiiici garahati kayi||
||
kam
6.
va vacasikam va
ti
1 1 1 1
Na khvaham
||
vacasikam va
Sariputta
garahami ka)'ikam va Pandito tvam Sariputta mahapunno tvam

te Sariputta kinci
l
tvam puthupanno tvam Sariputta hasapanno Sariputta javanapauno tvam Sariputta tikkhapanno tvam Sariputta nibbedhikapamlo tvam Sariputta seyyathapi
||
Sariputta ranno cakkavattissa jetthaputto pitara pavattitam cakkam sammadeva anupavatteti || evam eva kho tvam Sariputta ma} a anuttaram
7
dhammacakkam pavattitam samma-
deva anupavattesi
7.
ti
1
va vacasikam va
bhante Bhagava kinci garahati kayikam imesam pana bhante Bhagava pancannam bhikkhusatanam na kinci garahati kayikam va vacasikam va
ce kira
|| II
No
me
till
8.
Imesam
nam na
pi khvaham Sariputta pancannam bhikkhusatakinci garahami kayikam va vacasikam va || imesam
pi Sariputta pancannam bhikkhusatanam satthi vijja satthi bhikkhft chalabhinna satthi bhikkhd
bhikkhu
te-
ubhato bha-
gavimutta atha itare paiinavimutta

9.
ti
1 1 1 1
Atha kho ayasma Vangiso utthayasana ekamsam uttarasangam karitva yena Bhagava ten-anjalim panametva Bhagavantam etad avoca 10. Patibhati mam Bhagava patibhati mam Sugata ti 11. Patibhatu tarn Vangisa ti Bhagava avoca 12. Atha kho ayasma Vangiso Bhagavantam sammukha
1
||
||
||
||
sarupahi gathahi abhitthavi
Ajja pannarase
visuddhiya
||
bhikkhu-pancasata sainagata
samyojanabandhanacchidî
||
||
anigha khina-punabbhava
isi
S 1 - 3 hasu.
S 3 pannaraso.
192
VANG1SA-THERA-SAMYUTTA
VIII.
[VIII.
7.
Cakkavatti yatha raja amacca-parivarito samanta anupariyeti || sagarantam mahim imam evain vijitasangamam || satthavaham anuttaram savaka payirupasanti || tevijja maccuhayino || ||
1
||
||
||
sabbe Bhagavato putta

tanhasallassa hantaram
8.
1.
||
palap-ettha na vijjati || vande adiccabandhunan-ti 2

1
Parosahassam.
Ekam samayam Bhagava Savatthiyam viharatiJetavane

1 1 1 1
Anathapindikassa arame mahata bhikkhusanghena saddhim addhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi

2.
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava bhikkhu nibbana-
patisamyuttaya
dhammiya kathaya
1 1
sandasseti
samadapeti
te ca bhikkhu atthi-katva manasi samuttejeti sampahamseti katva sabba-cetaso samannaharitva ohitasota dhammam'su-
nanti
3.
||
||
Atha kho ayasmato Vangisassa etad ahosi Ayam kho Bhagava bhikkhu nibbana-patisamyuttaya dhammiya
| 1
kathaya sandasseti samadapeti samuttejeti sampahamseti || te ca bhikkhu atthi-katva manasi katva sabba-cetaso samanna-
dhammam sunanti Yarn nunaham sammukha Bhagavantam sarupahi gathahi abhitthaveyyanharitva

ohitasota
||
||
till
II
Atha kho ayasraa Yangiso utthayasana ekamsam uttarasangam karitva yena Bhagava ten-anjalim panametva BhagaPatibhati mam Bhagava patibhati vantam etad avoca||
4.
||
mam
5. 6.
Sugata ti Patibhatu tarn Yangisa

1 1 1 1
Atlia
ti Bhagava avoca kho ayasma Yangiso Bhagavantam sammukha

1
sarupahi gathahi abhitthavi||
||
Parosahassam bhikkhunam
desentam virajam
sunanti
sobhati vata
||
dhammam
1 1
1
||
dhammam vimalam
sambuddho
||
Sugatam payirupasati nibbanam akutobhayam sammasambuddha-desitam

|| || ||
||
bhikkhusahgha-purakkhato
||
||
Naganamo si Bhagav mahamegho va hutvana
isinam isisattamo
1
1
savake
abhivassati
B. pala&ettha.
Thera-g. 1234-1237.
S 1 savako.
VIII.
9.]
VAXGlSA-TIlERA-SAMYUTTA
VIII.
193
l
\ \
Divavihara nikkhamma
savako
te
satthudassanakamyata
2
mahavira
||
pade vandati Vangiso-ti
1|
||
7. Kinnu te Vangisa ima gathayo pubbe parivitakkita udahu thanaso va tarn 3 patibhantl ti 8. Na kho rne bhante ima gathayo pubbe parivitakkita atha kho thanaso va mam 4 patibhanti ti 9. Tena hi tarn Vangisa bhiyyosomattaya pubbe aparivi1
takkita gathayo patibhantu

10.
ti
kho ayasma Vangiso Bhagavato patissutva bhiyyosomattaya Bhagavantam pubbe aparivibhante

ti
Evam
takkitahi gathahi abhitthavi
Ummaggapatham
Marassa abhibhuyya
||
carasi pabhijja khilani || tarn passatha bandhapamuiicakaram
asitam bhagaso pavibhajjam || 6 Oghassa hi nittharanattham
||
anekavihitam
maggam
akkhasi
1
tasmim
amate akkhate dhammaddasa thita asamhira

te
1
||
||
Pajjotakaro ativijjha
sabbatthitinatn
||
atikkamam addasa 8
1 1
||
natva ca sacchikatva ca
aggam
Evam
dhamme ko pamado vijanatam dbammam

1 1
so desayi sudesite 10
dasatthanam
9
||
||
||
tasma hi tassa Bhagavato sasane appamatto sada namassam anusikkhe

1
ti
ll
||
||
9.
1.
Kondauno.
Ekam
saraayam Bhagava Rajagahe viharati Veluvane

1
1
kalandakanivape
2.
Atha kho ayasma Aiinasi 12-Kondanno sucirasseva yena 13 Bhagava ten-upasankami| upasankamitva Bhagavato padesu sirasa nipatitva Bhagavato padani mukhena ca paricumbati
|
va
S3 kamata. 2 Thera-g. 1238-1241. 3 S3 omits ra. S3 omits 6 7 S - 3 and C. "satnm. B. omits hi. S 1 ummahga B. ce. lo 9 B. dasaddhanam. 1 -3 n -^ 'S sute desite. atikkammadda. S Thera-g. 3 1S 1 -3 1Z S and C. anna S anno (always). S 1242-1245. pade always.
1
So B. S 1
6
mam.
13
194
VANGISA-THERA-SAMYUTTA
||
VIII.
[VIII.
9.
panihi ca parisambahati
naman
1
ca saveti
1
1 1
Kondanno-ham
Bhagava Kondanno-ham Sugat ti 3. Atha kho ityasmato Yangisassa etad abosi Ay am kbo ayasma Aniiasi-Kondanno sucirasseva yena Bhagava ten1 1
1
titva
upasankamitva Bhagavato padesu sirasa nipaupasankami Bhagavato padani mukbena ca paricumbati panihi ca naman ca saveti Kondaiino ham Bhagava parisambahati
1
||
Yam nunaham ayasmantam Kondanno ham Sugata ti Annasi-Kondannam Bhagavato sammukha sarupahi gathahi
1 1
abhitthaveyyan-ti
4.
Atha kho ayasma Yangiso utthayasana ekamsam uttarasangam karitva yena Bhagava ten-aiijalim pananietvaBhagaPatibhati mam Bhagava patibhati vantam etad avoca
1 1
1
mam
5.
6.
ti Bhagava avoca Atha kho ayasma Yangiso ayasmantam Annasi-Kondan||

||

1
nam Bhagavato sammukha

Buddhanubuddho
so
l
sarupahi gathahi abhitthavi || thero || Kondaniio tibbanikkamo

1 1
||
||
labhi sukkhaviharanam
vivekanam abhinhaso
||
yam
savakena pattabbam
tevij jo
satthusasana-karina
1
||
sabb-assa tarn anuppattam
2 appamattassa sikkhato
||
mahanubhavo
||
Kondaniio buddha-savako 3
10.
1.
cetopariyaya-kovido pade vandati satthuno-ti

||
4
|| II
Moggaldna.
viharati
Isigili-
Ekam samayam Bhagav^ Rajagahe
passe Kalasilayam mahata bhikkhusanghena saddhim pancatesam sudam mattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi
||
ayasma Maha-Moggallano cetasa cittam samannesati vippamuttam nirupadhim 2. Atha kho ayasmato Yangisassa etad ahosi Ayam kho Bhagava Rajagahe viharati Isigili-passe Kalasilayam mahata bhikkhu-sanghena saddhim paiicamattehi bhikkhutesam sudam ayasma Mahaeatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi
|| II
II II ||
Moggallano
||
||
cetas
cittam samannesati vippamuttam niru-
Yam nunaham ayasmantam Maha-Moggallanam padhim sammukha sarupahi gathahi abhitthaveyyan-ti Bhagavato
II II
S 1 -' omit
so.
S 1 -3
sikkhito.
S 1 - 3 "diyudo.
Thera-g. 1246-1248.
VIII. 11.]
VIII.
195
3. Atha kho ayasma Yangiso utthayasaria ekamsam uttarasangam karitva yena Bhagava ten-anjalim panametva Bhagavantam etad avoca Patibhati mam Bhagava patibhati
||
II
mam
4. 5.

II
II
ti Bhagava avoca Atha kho ayasma Yangiso ayasmantam Maha-Moggalla||
II
nam Bhagavato sammukha sarupahi gathahi abhitthavi Nagassa passe asinam munim dukkhassa paragum
||
||
||
II
maccuhayino te cetasa anupariyeti 3 Moggala.no mahiddhiko cittan-nesam samannesam vippamuttam nirupadhim evam sabbangasampannam munim dukkhassa paragum 4 anekakarasampannam payirupasanti Gotaman-ti
II
savaka payirupasanti
tevijja
II
II
||
II
II
||
||
||
II
II
II
||
11. Gaggara.
1.
Ekam samayam Bhagava Campayam viharati Gaggaraya

tire
pokkharaniya
upasika-satehi
atirocati
mahata bhikkhu-sanghena saddhim pancaII
rnattehi bhikkhu-satehi sattahi ca 5 upasaka-satehi sattahi ca
anekehi ca devata-sahassehi tyassudam Bhavannena c-eva yasasa ca gava 2. Atha kho ayasmato Vangisassa etad ahosi Ayam kho Bhagava Campayam viharati Gaggaraya pokkharaniya tire mahata bhikkhu-sanghena saddhim pancamattehi
7
II ||
II
II
bhikkhusatehi sattahi ca upasakasatehi sattahi ca upasikasattehi anekehi ca devata-sahassehi tyassudam Bhagava

II
atirocati
vannena
c-eva
yasasa
ca
II
II
Yam nunaham
Bhagavantam sammukka sarupaya gathaya abhitthaveyyanti

II II
Atha kho ayasma Yangiso utthayasana ekamsam uttarasangam karitva yena Bhagava ten-anjalim panametva Bhagavantam etad avoca Patibhati mam Bhagava patibhati
3.
||
II
mam
4. 5.
Sugata Patibhatu tam Yangisa

|| || || II
ti
ti Bhagava avoca Atha kho ayasma Yangiso Bhagavato sammukha saru|| ||
paya gathaya abhitthavi
3 S 3 "hamsino. S 1 bhayino S 3 omits te '* S 1 - 3 omit ca. S1-1 Thera-g. 1219-1251. omit sattahi ca upasikasatehi here and further on. ' B. ativirocati.
1 S 1 nagassa payirupanti. S 1 "pariyenti S 3 >iriyesanti.
;
196
VIII.
[VIII. 11.
Cando yatha vigatavalahake nabhe

virocati vitamalo
l
||
va bhanuma
2
||
evam
pi Angirasa
tvam mahamuni
II II
II
atirocasi yasasa sabbalokan-ti 12. Vahgha.

1.
Ekam samayam Bhagava 3

II
Savatthiyam viharati JetaII
vane Anathapindikassa arame 42. Tena kho pana samayena ayasma Yangiso acira 5 6 virautti-sukha -patisamvedi tayam arahattappatto hutva
velayam ima gathayo abhasi Kaveyyaraatta vicarimha pubbe

||
II
II
"gamagamam purapuII II
ram
||
II
saddha no udapajjatha So me dhammam adesesi khandhe ayatanani dhatuyo ca tassaham dhammam sutvana pabbajim anagariyam Bahunnam vata atthaya bodhim ajjhagama muni
||
||
ath-addasama sambuddham
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
bhikkhunam bhikkhuninan
Svagatam vata
tisso vijja
ca
me
asi
II
||
mama
||
ye niyamagataddasa buddhassa santike

|| || ||
7
||
II
katam buddhassa sasanan-ti Pubbe-nivasam janami dibbacakkhum visodhitam

anuppatta
tevijjo
II
||
iddhippattomhi
||
cetopariyaya-kovido
||
ti
||
||
Yangisa-thera-samyuttam
||
Tass-uddanam
II
II
II
Nikkhantam Arati c-eva Pesala-atimannana Anandena Subhasita Sariputta Pavarana

|| II
II
Parosahassam Kondaiiuo
||
Moggalanena Gaggara
II
Yangisena dvadasati
||
||
3 2 B. ayasma Vangiso. S 1 - 3 vigatamalo. Thera-g. 1252. 6 S 1 vimutta - 3 arahattam B. sukham. patto hoti.
;
4
7
B. aciram.
-3
hata.
Comp. Thera-g. 1253-1262.
197
BOOK
IX.
YANA-SAMYUTTAM.
1.
Viveka.
aniiataro
If
1.
Evara
me sutam ekam samayam
bhikkhu
Kosalesu viharati anuatarasmim vanasande
If
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divaviharagato papake akusale vitakke vitakketi gehanissite 3. Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata tassa bhikkhuno anukampika atthakama tain bhikkhum samvejetukama yena so bhikkhu ten-upasankami
If If If
If
4.
bhikkhum gathahi ajjhabhasi Upasankamitva Yivekakamo si vanam pavittho atha te mano niccharati bahiddha 1 jano janasmim vinayassu chandam
tarn
||
If If
If
II
tato sukhi hohisi vitarago Aratirn pajahasi so 2 sato
If
||
||
bhavasi satam tana sarayamase

patalarajo hi duruttamo ma tarn kamarajo avahari
4
If
3
II
5
|| If
5.
Sakuno yatha pamsukundito 6 vidhunam patayati sitam rajam evam bhikkhu padhanava satima vidhunam patayati 7 sitam rajan-ti Atha kho so bhikkhu taya devataya samvejito samvegam
If
If
II
||
II
apadi
1.
ti
||
||
2.
Upatt/idna.
Ekam samayam
aniiataro
||
bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
aiiiiatarasmim vanasande
If
1 S 1 - 3 vanasmim. satam tarn (S 3 omits
-3
omit
so.
1
So B. and C.
*
;
1 tarn) sara (S ra)
hari.'
S 1 - 3 sakuni; B. "kuntito; S
mayamase. 3
-
"kunditfi
S - 3 bhavasi bhavatam * B. dukkaro. S 1 - 3 avam 7 S 1 - 3 saâyati. C. kunthito.

1 ;
198
2.
VANA-SAMYUTTA
||
IX.
[IX.
2.
so
bhikkhu divaviharagato
supati
||
3. Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata tassa bhikkhuno anukampika atthakama tarn bhikkhum samvejetukama yena so bhikkhu ten-upasankami
||
II
4.
bhikkhum gathahi ajjhabhasi Upasahkamitva Utthehi bhikkhu kim sesi ko attho supitena te
tarn
||
II
II
II
aturassa hi ka
nidda
||
sallaviddhassa ruppato
||
2
||
5.
yaya saddhaya pabbajito agarasmanagariyam tarn eva saddham bruhehi 4 raa niddaya vasam gamitill Anicca addhuva kama yesu mando samucchito 5 bandhesu 6 muttam asitam kasma pabbajitam tape
II
1|
||
||
II
||
II
II
chandaragassa vinaya
tarn
||
avijjasamatikkama
II
||
bhetva avijjam vijjaya

||
kasma pabbajitam tape asavanam parikkhaya asokam anupayasam kasma pabbajitam tape araddhaviriyam pahitattam niccam dalhaparakkamam nibbanam abhikankhantam kasma 8 pabbajitam tapetill
II II
II
nanam pariyodatam 7
II
||
II
||
||
||
II
3.
1.
Ekam samayam
Kassapagotta (or Cheta). a) asma Kassapagotto Kosalesu viharati

7
||
il
aimatarasmim vanasande 2. Tena kho pana samayena ayasma Kassapagotto divavi9 haragato annataram chetam ovadati 3. Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata ayasmato Kassapagottassa anukampika atthakama ayasmantam
|| ||
Kassapagottam samvejetukama yenayasma Kassapagotto tenupasankami 4. Upasankamitva ayasmantam, Kassapagottam gathahi

|| II
ajjhabhasi
||
||
Giriduggacaram chetam appapafinam acetasam akale ovadam bhikkhu mando va patibhati mam sunoti 10 na vijanati aloketi na passati dhammasmim bhaunamanasmim attham balo na bujII
||
II
II
||
II
II
II
jhati
||
II
1 S 1 bite; S s kasi. 2 S'- a ruppata. 3 S 1 - 3 saddha. S 1 - 8 brfthesi. adhuvS S 1 - 8 "pamucchito. S - 3 baddhesu. ' So S and C. S 3 danam 8 S - 2 abhikkantam tasma". S 1 - 3 cetam. lo B. sunuti. paramodanam.
1 1 ; ; 1
B. B.
IX.
5.]
VANA-SAMYUTTA
l
||
IX.
199
II
sa ce pi dasa pajjote
5.
dharayissasi Kassapa
||
n-eva dakkhiti rupani

jito
cakkhu
hi-ssa
na
vijjati ti
||
||
Atha kho ayasma Kassapagotto taya devataya samvegam apaditi

|| ||
sarave-
Sambahuld (or Carika). 1. Ekam samayam sambahula bhikkhu Kosalesu viharanti aiiiiatarasmim vanasande 2. Atha kho te bhikkhft vassam vuttha teraasaccayena carikam pakkamimsu
4.
|| ||
||
||
Atha kho ya tasraim vanasande adhivattha devata te bhikkhu apassanti paridevamana tayam velayam imam
3.
gathara abhasi
||
||
Arati viya rae-jja 3 khayati bahuke disvana vivitte * asane

|j
II
te cittakatha bahussuta
||
ko-me Gotama-savaka gata

4.
ti
II
II
Evara vutte afinatara devata

II II
tarn
devatam gathaya
II
ajjhabhasi
Magadhara gata Kosalam gata 5 ekacciya pana Yajja-bhutniya
||
maga
viya asahgacarino aniketa viharanti bhikkhavo

II
ti
||
||
/i
5. 1.
Anando.
Kosalesu
viharati
Ekam samayam ayasma Anando

"
aunatarasmim vanasande A 2. Tena kho pana saraayena ayasma Anando ativelam

II
"
II
gihisannattibahulo viharati
3.
||
||
Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata ayasmato Anandassa anukampika atthakama ayasmantam Anandam samvejetukama yenayasma Anando ten-upasankami upasahkamitva ayasmantam Anandam gathaya
|| ||
Rukkhamulagahanam pasakkiya nibbanam 8 hadayasmim opiya

II
II
S^pajjoto.
*
2
;
B. dakkhati
vicitte.
bhumiyam gata. * B.vajji B. gahanam S - 3 gahana. yasahgacariiio.

1
-3
8 S'- 3 Ss S3 dakkhijaccandho. majjam. * S - 3 inangakaviC. makata viya 8 S - 3 nibbana

1
;
200
jhaya
l
YANA-SAMYUTTA
Gotama ma
3
*
IX.
[IX.
5.
ca
pamado
ti
||
||
kim
*
te bilibilika
^
karissati
||
Atha kho ayasma Anando taya devataya samvejito samvegam apadi ti

4.
|| ||
6. 1.
Anuruddho.
Ekam
samayara ayasma Anuruddho Kosalesu viharati

II
afinatarasmim vanasande
2.
||
Atha kho annatara Tavatimsa-kayika devata

||
Jalini
naraa ayasmato Anuruddhassa purana-dutiyika yenayasma
Anuruddho ten-upasankami 3. Upasarikamitva ayasmantam

||
Anuruddham
gathaya
ajjhabhasi
||
||
Tattha cittam panidhehi yattha te vusitam pure Tavatimsesu devesu sabbakamasamiddhisu

|| ||
||
||
4.
purakkhato parivuto devakanuahi sobhasi Duggata devakannayo sakkayasraira patitthita

||
||
||
||
II
te capi
5.
duggata
satta
5
||
devakaiinabhipattika
||
6
||
II
6.
sukham pajananti ye na passanti Nandanam avasam naradevanam tidasanam yasassinan-ti Na tvam bale vijanasi yatha arahatam vaco
te
||
Na
||
||
||
II
II
anicca sabbe 7 sankhara
||
uppadavayadhammino
8
||
||
uppajjitva nirujjhanti natthidani punavaso

||
||
tesam vupasamo sukho
[|
II
devakayasmim Jalini vikkhino 9 jatisamsaro natthi dani punabbhavo

II
ti
II
II
7.
1.
Nagadatta.
Ekam samayam ayasma

|| ||
Nagadatto
10
Kosalesu viharati
aniiatarasinim vanasande
2.
Tena kho pana samayena ayasma Nagadatto atikalena

pavisati atidiva patikkamati
||
||
gamam
3.
Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata ayasmato Nagadattassa anukampika atthakama ayasmantam Nagadattam samvejetu-kama yenayasma Nagadatto teu-upasankami
II II
1 2 B. omits ca. s S3 bilika; C. pilipiHka. Comp. S^^jjhaya; B. 3jhayi. 7 5 S'- 3 B. patti. B. kannahi; S 1 - 5 sattika. S - vapi. Thera-g. H9 3 8 sabba S - vikkhinu. For this and tbe preceding gatha see Devata-S. II. 1. 10 S 1 - 3 seems to have Nagiidanto.
1
1
IX.
9.]
VANA-SAMYUTTA
IX.
201
4.
Upasankamitva ayasmantam Nagadattam gathahi ajjhaI!
bhasi
||
Kale pavissa l Nagadatta diva ca agantva ativelacari

2
||
samsattho gahatthehi
II
||
samanasukhadukkho
kulesu vinibandhara
||
bhayami Nagadattam suppagabbham

||
||
ma
5.
heva maccuraiino balavato

||
||
Atha
antakassa vasam eyya ti 3 kho ay asm a Nagadatto taya devataya samvejito

||
samvegam Spadi
1.
ti
II
II
Kulagharani (or Ogalho). samayarn annataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati anfiatarasmim vanasande
8.
Ekam
||
||
2.
so
bhikkhu annatarasmim
II
kule ativelam ajjhogalhappatto viharati 3. Atha kho tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata tassa
II
bhikkhuno anukampika atthakama tarn bhikkhum samvejetu-kama ya tasmim kule kulagharani tassa vannam abhinimminitva yena so bhikkhu ten-upasankami
||
||
4.
ajjhabhasi Naditiresu santhane 4 sabhasu rathiyasu ca 5 jana sangamma mantenti mail ca tail ca kim antaran||
TJpasankamitva tarn
bhikkhum gathaya
II
||
||
ti
II
II
5.
Bahu hi sadda paccuha khamitabba tapassinel na tena mankuhotabbo 6 na hi tena kilissati 7 yo ca saddaparittasi vane vatamigo yatha nassa sampajjate vatan-ti lahucitto ti tarn ahu
|| || ||
i
||
||
||
||
||
II
9.
Vajjiputto (or
Vesali}.
1.
Ekam samayam
annataro Yajjiputtako 8 bhikkhu YesaliII
yam
2.
viharati annatarasmim vanasande
II
Tena kho pana samayena Vesaliyam sabbaratti-caro

II ||
hoti
B. pavisasi. S' ativelam ; B. cari. 8 S'- 3 nir. B. "tabbiim. (or satthane). rattim ; S 1 ratti , alias varo. Vesaliya ;
'
B. vasammesiti.
7
-3
santhane
9
.
-3
yava.
B. vajjt
S'- 3
202
3.
VANA-SATMEYUTTA IX.
[IX.
9.
Atha kho
so
bhikkhu Vesaliyam
turiya-talita-vadita-
nighosa-saddam sutva paridevamano tayam velayam gatham abhasi

|| ||
imam
Ekaka mayam aranne viharama 2 apaviddham va vanasmim darukam

||
II
etadisikaya rattiya
4.
||
ko sunama amhehi papiyo ti Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata tassa bhikkhuno anukampika atthakama tarn bhikkhum samvejetu||
||
kama yena
5.
bhikkhu ten-upasahkami Upasankamitva tarn bhikkhum gathaya ajjhabhasi Ekako 4 tvam araniie viharasi 2 apaviddhaip va vanasmim darukam tassa te bahuka pihayanti
so
|| ||
||
||
||
II
II
r nerayika vi) a saggagaminan-ti
5
II II
6.
Atha kho
||
so
bhikkhu taya devataya samvejito samvegam

10. Sajjhaya (or
apaditi
II
Dhamma).
1.
Ekam samayam
annataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati

|| ||
aimatarasmim vanasande
2.
so 6
ativelam sajjhaya bahulo
viharati
bhikkhu yamsudam pubbe so aparena samayena

|| ||
II
appossukko tunhibhuto sankasayati 3. Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata tassa
bhikkhuno kami
II
dhammam
asunanti yena so bhikkhu ten-upasah-
||
4.
Upasankamitva tarn bhikkhum gathaya ajjhabhasi Kasma tuvam dhammapadani bhikkhu nadhiyasi bhikkhuhi samvasanto
II
||
||
II
sutvana
5.
dhammam labhati-ppasadam dittheva dhamme labhati-ppasamsan-ti Ahu pure dhammapadesu chando

||
j|
II
||
yava viragena
samagamimha
8
II
B 3 VesaliyS.
* 7
erased.
veso).
B. eko va. B. adds na.
3 In S 3 the first t of rattiya is C. apavittham B. pavnna 6 * Cf. Fausbbll's S - 3 ceso (or Dhnmmapada, p. 391-2.
; .
-3
"gamamhi
next pada "gamimhi.
IX.
12.]
VANA-SAMYUTTA
yato viragena
IX.
203
samagamimha
l
II
yam
kinci dittham
va sutara va
mutam 8
II
II
aiiiiaya
nikkhepanam ahu santo

11.
ti
II
1.
Ekam samayam
Ayoniso (or Vitakkita). aimataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati

||
annatarasmim vanasande 2. Tena kho pana samayena

||
so
papake vitakkam vyapada-vitakkam vihimsa-vitakkam 3. Atha kho ya tasmini vanasande adhivattha devata tassa bhikkhuno anukampika atthakama tarn bhikkhuin samveje|| II
akusale
vitakke vitakketi
bhikkhu divaviharagato seyyathidam kamaII
tukama yena so bhikkku ten-upasahkami 4. Upasankamitva tarn bhikkhum gathahi ajjhabhasi 3 Ayoniso manasikara bho vitakkehi majjasi
||
||
II
II
||
II
ayonim
patinissajja
||
yoniso anuvicintaya
||
||
Sattharam
dhammam
||
arabbha
||
II
sarigham silanivattano
||
II
II
adhigacchasi pamojjam
5.
tato paraojjabahulo Atha kho so bhikkhu taya devataya samvejito

||
pitisukham asamsayam dukkhass-antam karissasiti
II
samvegam
apaditi
||
12. Majjhantiko (or Sanika).
annataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati annatarasmim vanasande 2. Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata yena so bhikkhu ten-upasankami
1.
||
Ekam samayam
||
||
||
3.
Upasankamitva
II
tassa
bhikkhuno
-santike
imam gatham
II
abhasi
II
Thite majjhantike kale sanateva maharaiinam 6

4.
||
sannisinnesu 5 pakkhisu
tarn
||
bhayam
patibhati
mam
II
||
||
II
Thite majjhantike kale sannisinnesu pakkhisu sanateva maharannam sa rati patibhati raan-ti 7
|| ||
||
Sambahu/d bhikkhu). 1. Ekam samayam sambahula bhikkhu Kosalesu viharanti annatarasmim vanasande uddhata unnala capala mukhara
13. P&katindriya (or
S 1 kemutafica. 3 S 1 - 5 so vi B. "khajjasi. 6 7 B. brnharafinam. B. snnnisivesu. Repetition of Devata-S. II. 5, where the title Sakamano (given by B.) is to be read Sanamano.
1
; ;
S 1 - 3 yittham.
anucintaya.
S 3 mutaiTca
B.
204
VANA-SAMYUTTA
IX.
[IX. 13.
vikinnavaca irmtthassatino asampajana asamahita vibbhantacitta pakatindriya

2.
II
II
Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata tesam bhikkhunam anukampika atthakama te bhikkhu samvejetukama yena te bhikkhu ten-upasankarai
||
II
3.
bhikkhu gathahi ajjhabhasi Sukhajivino pure asura bhikkhu Grotama-savaka aniccha pindam esana aniccha sayanasanam loke aniccatara natva dukkhass-antaru akamsu te dupposam katva attanam game gamanika viya bhutva bhutva nipajjanti paragaresu mucchita
Upasankamitva
te
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
II
II
||
||
||
||
sanghassa anjalim katva idh-ekacce vadam âham 2 appaviddha anatha te yatha peta tath-eva te ye kho paraatta viharanti te me sandhaya bhasitam
||
||
||
||
||
||
[|
ye
4.
appamatta
ti
3
II
viharanti
||
namo
tesarn
karom-ahaa-
II
Atha kho
4
II ||
te
bhikkhu taya devataya samvejita samvegam
apadun-ti
1.
14.
Ekam samayam
Paduma-puppha (or Ptmdarika}. annataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati

II
aunatarasmim vanasande 2. Tena kho pana sarnayena

||
so
bhikkhu pacchabhattam
pindapatapatikkanto pokkharanim ogahetva

singhati
||
padumam
upa-
3. Atha kho ya tasmim vanasande adhivattha devata tassa bhikkhuno anukampika atthakama tarn bhikkhum samvejetukama yena so bhikkhu ten-upasankami
||
||
4.
bhikkhum gathaya ajjhabhasi Upasankamitva Yam etam varijam puppham adinnam upasinghasi
tarn
II
||
||
II
5.
ekarigam etam theyyanam gandhattheno si marisa Na harami na bhaiijami ara siiighami varijam atha kena nu vannena gandhattheno ti vuccati
||
ti
||
II
||
||
||
||
II
yvayam bhisani khanati evaui akinnakammauto 5
||
pundarikani bhunjati
||
II
kasma
eso
na vuccati
||
II
B.
vandam
'
B.
S 3 apudimsuti
S 1 apaditi.
cppavittha. 3 6
akhina
Repetition of Devaputta-S. III. 6. C. notices this reading, writing

;
akhina.
B. sote.
IX.
14.]
VANA-SAMYUTTA
||
IX.
205
||
6.
akinnaluddo puriso
dhati celam
iiatthi
II ||
va makkhito
tasmim
me vacanam
tan carahami vattave

II
2
II II
ananganassa posassa
7.
8.
niccam sucigavesino valaggamattam papassa abbhamattam va khayati addha mam yakkha janasi atho mam 3 anukampasi 4 puna pi yakkha vajjesi yada passasi edisam 5 na pi te katakammase 6 neva tarn upajivami
||
II
||
||
||
||
II
II
||
||
9.
tvam eva bhikkhu janeyya yena gaccheyya suggatin ti Atha kho so bhikkhu taya devataya samvejito samII II
||
vegam
apaditi
II
II
Vana-samyuttam samattam Tass-uddanam

|| || II
II
II
Viveka TJppatthanan ca Kassapagottena ca Sambahula Anando Anuruddho Nagadattan ca

||
||
II
Kulagharani Vajjiputto Vesali Sajjhayena ca Ayoniso Majjhantikalamhi ca Pakatindriya-paduma7 pupphena cuddasa bhaveti
II
II
II
||
II
S 1 - 3 velam.
s
(?)
S 1 - 3 tanca arahami
S 3 vattameva.
B. me.
B. vajjasi
C. janasi
7
In S 1 - 3
B. "jivama. 8 S 1 - 3 bhatakambhase. Vivekakamafica Vutthanam Ce (or je) taputtena Carikam Anando
Anuruddho ca Nagadattena sattamam Ogalho Vajjiputto ca Dhammancera Vitakkitam Saaikaya Sambahula-bbikkhu Pundarikena cuddasiti.
206
BOOK
X.
YAKKHA-SAMYUTTAM.
1.
Indako.
1.
Rajagahe viharati Indakiite

||
pabbate Indakassa yakkhassa bhavane

2.
||
Atha kho Indako yakkho yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavan tarn gathaya ajjhabhasi Riipam na jivan-ti vadanti buddha katham nvayam vindat-imam sariram
|| || ||
||
||
kut-assa atthiyakapindam eti
||
katham nvayam
3.
sajjati
gabbharasmin-ti
||
||
||
Pathamam kalalam
hoti
||
kalala hoti
abbudam
||
||
abbuda jayate pesi pesi nibbattati ghano l ghana pasakha jayanti kesa loma nakhani ca annam c-assa ca panail bhunjati mata|| yan bhojanamll tena so tattha yapeti matukucchigato naro ti
||
||
||
||
||
||
2.
1.
Sakka.
viharati Gijjhakute

||
pabbate
2.
Atha kho Sakka-naraako yakkho yena Bhagava tenupasankamitva Bhaga vantam gathaya ajjhaupasankami
II
bhasi
II
||
3.
vippamuttassa te sato Sabbaganthapahinassa samanassa na tarn sadhu yad aiiiiam anusasati Yena kenaci vannena samvaso Sakka jayati
|| || II
II
ti
3
||
||
||
na tarn arahati sappaniio manasa anukampitum manasa ce pasannena yad annam anusasati na tena hoti samyutto sanukampa 4 anuddaya ti
II
II
II
||
||
||
||
II
B. nakhapi ca.
-3
gandha.
B. anusasasiti.
B. yanukampa.
X. 3
YAKKHA-SAMYUTTA
3.
X.
207
Sucilomo.
samayani Bhagava. Gayayam viharati Tahkitamafice Suciloraa-yakkhassa bhavane 2. Tena kho pana samayena Kharo ca yakkho Sucilorao ca
1.
II II
Ekam
yakkho Bhagavato avidure atikkamanti 3. Atha kho Kharo yakkho Sucilomam yakkham etad avoca Eso samano ti 4. N-eso samano samanako eso yava janami yadi va so samano yadi va pana so samanako ti 5. Atha kho Sucilomo yakkho yena Bhagava ten-upa|| || || ||
||
||
||
||
II
sankami
mesi
6.
1
II II
||
upasankamitva
Bhagavato
kayam
||
upana-
Atha kho Bhagava kayam apanamesi * 7. Atha kho Sucilomo yakkho Bhagavantarn etad avoca Bhayasi mam samana ti 2 avuso bhayami api ca te saraphasso 8. N"a khvaham tarn
|| ||
||
||
||
papako 9. Panhain
il ||
ti
samana pucchissami sace me na vyakacittam va te khipissami hadayam va te phalessaini 3 padesu va gahetva paragangaya khipissami ti 10. Na khvaham tam avuso passami sadevake loke samatarn
2
||
rissasi
||
||
||
||
rake sabrahmake sassamana-brahmaniya pajaya sa devamanussaya yo me cittam va khipeyya hadayam va phaleyya

II
padesu va gahetva paragangaya khipeyya avuso puccha yad akankhasi ti 11. Rago ca doso ca kuto nidana
|| ||
||
II
api ca
tvam
lomahamso kutoja kuto samutthaya manovitakka kumaraka dhahkam iv-ossajanti

arati rati
||
II
ti
||
||
12.
Rago
ito
ca doso ca ito nidana
||
arati rati
lomahamso
itoja
II
samutthaya manovitakka kumaraka dhaiikam iv-ossajanti

||
||
||
Snehaja attasarnbhuta
II
nigrodhasseva khandhaja
||
puthu
visatta
kamesu
||
maluva va
vitata
vane
||
||
B, nameti.
S 1 - 3 omit
tarn.
'
B.
param
208
YAKKHA-SAMYUTTA
x.
[X.
3.
Te nam pajananti yato nidanam te nam vinodenti sunohi yakkha te duttaram ogham imam taranti
atinnapubbam apunabbhavaya
4.
1.
ti
l
II
||
||
||
||
Manibhaddo.
viharati
|| ||
Ekam samayam Bhagava Magadhesu

2
Manima-
lake
Manibhaddassa yakkhassa bhavane 2. Atha kho Manibhaddo yakkho yena Bhagava ten-upasankami upasankamitva Bhagavato santike imam gatham
cetiye
||
abhasi
||
||
satima sukham edhati [Satimato sada bhaddam satimato su ve seyyo vera ca parimuccati ti 3 ||]
||
||
||
||
3.
Satimato 4 sada bhaddam

satimato su ve
II
satima sukham edhati

6
|| ||
II
seyyo yassa sabbam ahorattam

||
vera na parimuccati
7
||
mettam
1.
so sabbabhutesu
5.
||
ahimsaya rato mano veram tassa na kenaci
||
ti
||
II
Sdnu.

|| ||
Savatthiyam viharati Jetavane
Anathapindikassa arame
2.
nama
3.
Tena kho pana samayena aunatarissa upasikaya Sanu putto yakkhena gahito hoti Atha kho sa upasika paridevamana tayam velayam ima
|| || ||
gathayo abhasi
[Sa huti
seL
||
me arahatam
|l
II
iti
me arahatam sutam
kilanti
II
dani ajja passami
yakkha
||
Sanuna
ti
9
||
||]
||
Catuddasim pancaddasim yava 10 pakkhassa atthami n patihariyapakkhanca atthaiiga-susamahitam 12 13 iti me arahatam sutam uposatham upavasanti sa dani ajja passami kilanti Sanuna ti yakkha Catuddasim pancaddasim yava pakkhassa attharci
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
||
II
patihariyapakkhanca
||
atthanga-susamahitam
||
||
3 This gathS is in B. only. 1 S 1 -3 S - 3 "muccatiti. adds ca 8 ratim. MS. huti. 9 In B. only. 10 B. catuddasim "yaca here and further n B. 12 Here S 1 - 3 intercalate on. brahmacariyani atthangam susnraagatam. 13 caranti ye na tehi yakkha kijanti B. iti here which will occur further on. and above.
*
1 2 S 1 - 3 nidanu. S 1 - 3 manimala S 1 - 3 sati always. S - 3 save

1 .
(or cala).
B.
X.
7.]
YAKKHA-SAMYUTTA
||
X.
209
l
II
uposathara upavasanti
brahmacariyam caranti ye na tehi yakkha kilanti iti me 2 arahatam sutam Sanum pabuddham 3 vajjasi yakkhanam vacanam idam ma kasi papakam kammam avim va yadiva raho
|| II
II
II
||
II
II
II
saceva 4
na
4.
te
papakam kammam dukkha pamuty-atthi

rodanti
II ||
II
karissasi karosi va
5
||
||
Matam va 6 amma
uppaccapi palayato ti 6 yo va jivam na dissati
II
II
II
5.
jivantam amma passanti kasma mam amma rodasiti Matam va puttam 7 rodanti yo va jivam na dissati
II
II
II
II
8 yo ca kameva jitvana
||
tarn vapi putta rodanti

||
||
kukkula ubbhato tata naraka ubbhato tata narakam patitum icchasi abhidhavatha 10 bhaddan-te kassa ujjhapayamase aditta nibhatam 11 bhandam puna dayhitumicchasiti 12
If
II II
punar agacchate idha 9 puna jivam mato hi so kukkulam patitum iccbaai

||
II
||
||
II
II
II
1|
||
6. 1.
Piyahkara.
Ekam samayam ayasma Anuruddbo

Jetavane Anathapindikassa arame
II
Savatthiyam viha-
rati
2.
Tena kho pana samayena ayasma Anuruddho rattiya paccusasamayam paccutthaya dhammapadani bhasati 13 3. Atha kho Piyahkara-mata yakkhini puttakam evam
|| II
tosesi
||
||
Ma
saddam kari Piyahkara bhikkhu dhammapadani bhasati

II
II
api ca
14
dhammapadam
vijauiya
||'||
||
patipajjema hitaya no siya
panesu ca samyamamase
||
sampajanamusa na bhanamase sikkhema susilyam attano

||
15
||
api
1.
muccema 16
7.
pisaca-yoniya
ti
II
||
Punabbasu.

||
Anathapindikassa arame
||
S 3 ) ca; C. pa 11 S 3 nihatain. 14 S - 3 omit ca.

1
1 S 3 ca instead of ye. S 1 - 30 ^; B. upeccapi.
(?).
12
l5
* S'- 3 omitva. B. sahu vo. s B. eanupavuddham. 7 B. v&; S 1 - 3 ye. B. and S 1 (perhaps B. putta. 10 S 1 - 3 jivamano. So B. and C. S 1 -' abhiyavata. 13 Cf. Dhammapada, p. 402-6. B. piyangara always. 8
'
S'-
bhanemase.
'
-3
muucema.
14
210
2.
YAKKHA-SAMYUTTA
X.
[X.
7.
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava bhikkhu nibbanakathaya

sandasseti
patisamyuttaya dhammiya
||
samadapeti
samuttejeti sampahamseti te ca bhikkhu atthi-katva manasi katva sabbam cetasa samannaharitva ohitasota dhammam
sunanti
3.
||
II
Atha kho Punabbasu-mata yakkhini puttake 1 evam

|| ||
||
toseti
Tunhi Uttarike hohi
tunhi hobi Punabbasu

||
II
yavaham buddhasetthassa
|| ||
dhammam
sossami satthuno
||
||
||
nibbanam Bhagava ahu sabbaganthappamocanam 2 ativela ca me hoti asmim dhamme piyayana

II ||
Piyo loke sako putto

tato piyatara
||
piyo loke sako pati

||
||
mayham
assa
dhammassa maggana
II
||
II
na
piyo dukkha pamocaye yatha saddhammasavanam dukkha moceti paninam

lii
putto pati va pi
||
||
||
II
Loke dukkhapare tasmim

||
||
jaramaranasamyutte
||
||
jaramaranamokkhaj'a yam dhammam abhisambuddham tarn dhammam sotum icchami tunhi hohi Punabbasu ti
4.
3
||
II
II
Amma 4
na vyaharissami
eva nisamehi
||
dhammam
||
tunhibhutayam Uttara saddhamasavanam sukham

||
||
5.
saddhammassa anafinaya amma dukkham caramase Esa devamanussanam sammulhanam pabhankaro buddho antimasariro dhammam deseti 5 cakkhurna Sadhu kho pandito nama putto jato ure seyyo 6 7 putto me buddhasetthassa dhammam suddham piyayati Punabbasu sukhi hohi ajjahamhi samuggata
||
II
II
||
II
||
II
||
II
||
||
||
II
]|
II
ditthani ariyasaccani
1.
||
8.
Uttara pi sunatu Sudatto*
me
ti
II
II
Rajagabe viharati Sitavane

II II
II
||
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Anathapindiko gahapati Raja-
galiam anuppatto hoti kenacid eva karaniyena

3.
Assosi kho Anathapindiko gahapati buddho kiro loke uppanno ti tavad eva pana Bhagavantam dassanaya upasarikamitu-kamo ahosi 9
||
||
2 * S 1 - 8 randha; C. gantha. B. "budham. 4 B. amma 7 ^'- 3 B. buddham S - 3 desesi. S' S - 3 uresayo. iata" putte 8 dhammasuddkam. This episode is found also in'Cullavagga, VI. 4. 1-4.
1
-3
puttakam.
1
always.
B. hoti.
X.8.]
YAKKHA-SAMYTJTTA
X.
211
II
4.
Ath-assa Anathapindikassa gahapatissa etad ahosi
||
Akalo kho ajja Bhagavantam dassauaya upasarikamitum svedanaham 1 kalena Bhagavantam dassanaya upasankamissanriti buddhagataya 2 satiya nipajji rattiya sudam tikkhattum vutthasi pabhatan-ti maniiamano 3 5. Atha kho Anathapindiko gahapati yena Sivathika dvaram ten-upasahkami amanussa dvaram vivarimsu 6. Atha kho Anathapindikassa gahapatissa nagaramha nikkhamantassa aloko antaradhayi andhakaro patur ahosi bhayam chambhitattam lomahamso udapadi tato ca puna
II
II ||
||
||
||
II
||
||
nivattitu-kamo ahosi
7.
5
!!
II
||
Atha kho Sivako

II
yakkho antarahito saddara anussaassa

|| ||
vesi
Satam hatthi satam
satam assasari
ratha
||
II
satam kanua-sahassani
ekassa padavitiharassa
amuttamanikundala
||
kalara nagghanti solasim

II
||
Abhikkama gahapati
8.
||
abhikkama gahapati
||
abhikkamanan-te seyyo
na patikkamanan-ti
||
7
|| II
Atha kho Anathapindikassa

||
antaradhayi aloko patur ahosi Yam tattam lomahamso so patipassambhi

9.
|| ||
gahapatissa andhakaro ahosi bhayam chambhi||
8 Dutiyam pi kho pe 10. Tatiyam pi Anathapindikassa
aloko
andhakare
patur
||
ahosi
||
bhayam
chambhitattam
antaradhayi lomaII
hamso udapadi tato ca puna nivattitukamo ahosi kho Sivako Tatiyarn pi yakkho antarahito saddam anussavesi
II II || II
II
Satam hatthi satam assa satam assasari ratha satam kaiinasahassani amuttamanikundala ekassa padavitiharassa kalam nagghanti solasim Abhikkama gahapati abhikkama gahapati abhikkamanan-te seyyo no putikkamanan-ti 9 11. Atha kho Anathupindikassa gahapatissa andhakaro
|| || || ||
||
||
II
||
||
||
1 S 1 - 3 sodanaham. * B. gamissamiti gakaya; S 1 gathaya; S 3 gakaya. 8 * B. H. aniisav(>i; S 1 anusasemsi. S 1 - 3 sitavana. * 'B. 5. Sivako always. ^ 8 S - 3 patikkantan-ti as in Cullavagga, VI. 4. 3. assatari. The abridgment 1-3 * B. has the full text. Same remarks as above. is in IS only
.
212
YAKKHA-SAMYUTTA
[|
X.
[X.
8.
antaradhaj'i aloko patur aliosi yam ahosi tattam lomaharaso so patippassambhi

|| ||
bhayam chambhi-
Atha kho Anathapindiko gahapati yena Sitavanam [yena Bhagava] ten-upasankami 13. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava rattiya paccusasama12.
l
||
||
yam
paccutthaya ajjhokase cankamati
||
||
Anathapindikam gahapatim durato va agacchantam disvana cankama orohitva paniiatte asane nisidi nisajja kho Bhagava Anathapindikam gahaEhi Sudatta ti patim etad avoca 15. Atha kho Anathapindiko gahapati namena mam
||
||
14.
Addasa kho
Bhagava
||
||
||
||
Bhagava
alapatiti
tatth-eva
||
Bhagavato
||
nipatitvA gahapatim etad avoca

|| ||
padesu sirasa Kacci bhante Bhagava

II
sukham asayittha ti 2 Sabbada ve sukham seti brahmano parinibbuto yo na limpati kamesu sitibhuto nirupadhi 3 sabba asattiyo chetva vineyya hadaye daram 4 seti santim sukham upasanto pappuyya cetasa ti
II
|| II II II
II
||
||
||
9.
1.
SuMd
(1).

||
II
viharati
Yeluvane
kalandaka-nivape
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Sukka bhikkhuni mahatiya
parisaya parivuta
3.
dhammam
deseti
||
||
Atha kho Sukkaya bhikkhuniya abhippasanno yakkho

5
II ||
Rajagahe rathikaya rathikam sirighatakena singhatakam upasankamitva tayam velayam imgL gathayo abhasi Kim me kata 6 Rajagahe manussa 7 madhupita va acchare ye Sukkam na payirupasanti desentim 8 amatam padam asecanakam ovajam 10 tailca pana 9 appativaniyam u pivanti mafine sappamla|| valahakam iva panthaguti
II || II || II II ||
||
II
10.
1.
SuMd
(2).

||
kalandakanivape
* 1 3 2 S 1 -3 vencyya. B. vasittati. In B. only. Cullavngga, VI. 4. 4. 7 B. mad6 S omits me; C. kattd. S - rathij-ayarathiynm (S 3 "ratiyam). 10 1 9 8 S -3 S desintim. B. desantim B. omits pana. humpita vasentiye. " S1 -3 ascvune (S 1 na) kamovajam. ivaddhaguti.
l
1
X. 12.]
YAKKHA-SAMYUTTA
X.
213
2. Tena kho pana samayena annataro upasako Sukkaya bhikkhuniya bhojanara adasi 3. Atha kho Sukkaya bhikkhuniya abhippasanno yakkho 1 Rajagahe rathikaya rathikam singhatakena singhatakam upasankamitva tayam velayam imam gatham abhasi
II II
II
II
Puiiiiam vata pasavi

sapaiiiio
bahum
II II
II
vatayam upasako yo Sukkaya adasi bhojanam

3
sabbaganthehi vippamuttiya 11. Cird (or Vira).

1.
ti
4
II
||
Evara
me sutam ekam
'
samayara Bhagava Rajagahe

If II
viharati
2.
Veluvane kalandaka-nivape Tena kho pana samayena annataro upasako Ciraya 5

|| ||
bhikkhuniya civaram adasi 3. Atha kho Ciraya bhikkhuniya abhippasanno yakkho 6 Rajagahe rathikaya rathikam singhatakena singhatakam
upasankamitva tayam velayam imam gatham abhasi
II II
Punnam
vata pasavi 7
bahum
II
II
||
sapanno vatayam upasako yo Ciraya adasi civaram

sabbayogehi
1.
8
12.
vippamuttiya A Alavam.
ti
II
II
Evam me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava Alaviyam

bhavane
II
viharati Alavakassa yakkhassa

2.
II
Atha kho Alavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca Nikkhama samana ti

|| ||
II
il
Sadhavuso ti Bhagava nikkhami Pavisa samana ti

||
||
II
Bhagava pavisi Dutiyam pi kho Alavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca Sadhavusoti Bhagava Nikkhama samana ti nikkharai Sadhavuso ti Bhagava Pavisa samana ti
II II
Sadhavuso
ti
3.
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
pavisi
II
||
8 1 2 S1 B. passavl. S -3 S 1 -3 rathiyaya (S s rathiya) rathiyam. pasavi s 5 S1 * S 1 - 3 vippamuttayati here and further on. gandhehi. vJraya S vitaru6 7 S 1 - 3 rathiyaya rathiyam. S - 3 pasavi; B. as above. 8 S 1 - 3 gaya always. 3 sabbasogehi (S geba).
1 ; ;
1
214
4.
YAKKHA-SAMTUTTA
^.
X.
[X. 12.
Tatiyam pi kho Alavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca Nikkhama samana ti Sadhavuso ti Bhagava nikkhami Pavisa samanati Sadhavuso ti Bhagava
|| II ||
||
||
||
II
II
pavisi
5.
||
||
Catuttham pi kho Alavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca Nikkhama samana ti 6. Na kho panaham avuso nikkhamissami yan-te karani|| ||
||
||
||
yam
7.
tarn karohiti
||
||
Panhani
tarn
samana pucchissami
||
sace
me na
karissasi
phalessami padesu \a gahetva paragangaya khipissamiti 8. Na khvahan-tam avuso passami sadevake loke samarake sabrahmake sassamana-brahmaniya pajaya sadevamanussaya yo me cittam va khipeyya hadayam va phaleyya padesu va
!
||
II
cittam va te khipissarai
hadayam va
te
gahetva paragangaya khippeya
||
api ca
tvam avuso puccha

||
yad
9.
akarikhasiti
||
||
Kimsudha vittam purisassa settham kimsu sucinnam sukham avahati

||
10.
kimsu have sadutaram 2 rasanam katham jivim jivitam ahu setthan-ti Saddhidha vittam purisassa settham
II
II
II
||
dhammo
sucinno
sukham
avahati
||
||
saccam have sadutaram rasanam

pannajivim jivitam ahu setthanti
11.
II
||
12.
ogham katham su tarati annavam katham su dukkham acceti katham su parisujjhati ti Saddhaya tarati ogham appamadena annavam
su tarati
II
||
Katham
||
II
II
||
||
viriyena
13.
dukkham acceti paunaya parisujjhati Katham 'su labhate pafifiam katham su vindate dhanam
|| II
II
||
||
II
katham su kittim pappoti katham mittani ganthati asma loka param lokam katham pecca na socatiti
II
il
||
||
II
14.
Saddahano arahatam
sussusa
3
||
dhammam
||
nibbanapattiya
||
labhate
pannam
||
appamatto vicakkhano
||
II
Patirupakari dhurava
utthata vindate
dhanam
||
1 B. param" here and further B. suasusam.
on.
-3
sadhu
here and further on.
X. 12.]
YAKKHA-SAMYTTTTA
saccena kittim pappoti asraa loka param lokam
X.
215
|| ||
Yass-ete caturo
saccara
dadam mittani ganthati evam pecca na socati dhamtna saddhassa gharam esiuo
||
||
||
II
II
II
15.
na socati asma loka param lokam evam pecca na socati s Ingha aiine pi pucchassa puthu-samana-brahmane 4 6 5 yadi sacca dama caga khantya bhiyyo dha vijjatiti Katham nu dani puccheyyam puthu-samana-brahdhiti cago
||
damo 2
sa ve pecca
II
||
II
II
||
II
II
||
||
||
mane
yo yo
so
II
ham 7
10
ajja
pajanami
||
||
atthaya vata
me buddho
||
II
yo attho samparayiko 9 vasayalavim agato

II
||
||
ham ajja pajanami yattha dinnam mahapphalam aham vicarissami gama gamam pura puram namassamano sambuddham dhammassa ca sudham||
||
II
||
matan-ti "
II
II
Indaka-vaggo Tass-uddanam
II
12
||
||
II
II
Indako Sakka 13 -Lomo ca 14 Manibhaddo ca Sanu ca 16 Sudatto ca dve Sukka Cira Piyankara -Punabbasu
1!i
|| ||
Alavan-ti
17
l! II
Yakkha-samyuttam samattam
||
II
a All the 1 These last two padas are in B. only. MSS. dhammo. 8 These two padas are in S'- 3 only. Their place has been interchanged in the Burmese 3 7 and Singhalese MSS. * Sîti. * B. dhamma. S3 soham; Sêva; S na. 8 B. svaham. S - 3 cattho. 9 SJâgama. 10 S>- 3 80. " The first two g^thSs
1
are the repetition of Devata-S. VIII. 3. 13 u S -3 suci. mention. B. yakkha.

1
12
li
In B. only; S 1 - 3 put here the final 16 S 1 -3 bhaddo. B. piyangiira.
17
-3
Alavakena dvadasati.
216
BOOK XL SAKKA-SAMYUTTAM.
CHAPTER
I.
PATHAMO-VAGGO.
Suvira.
1.
1.
Evara
me sutam ekam samayam Bhagava

arame
II II II
Savatthiyam

2.
ti
II
II

ti te
II
Bhikkhavo
Bhadante 1
3.
bhikkhu Bhagavato paccassosum

II
II
II
Bhagava 3 2 Bhutapubbam bhikkhave asura deve abhiyamsu atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanatn indo Suviram 4 devaII
etad avoca
4.
||
Ete 5 tata Suvira asura deve abhiyanti 6 Evam bhaddanta 7 gaccha tata Suvira asure paccuyyahiti va ti kho bhikkhave Suviro devaputto Sakkassa devanam
puttam amantesi
||
||
||
II
II
indassa patissutva
5.
pamadam
||
apadesi
8
|| II
Dutiyam
||
pi
kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo SuviEte tata Suvira asura deve abhi|| ||
ram devaputtam amantesi

yanti
Evam bhagaccha tata Suvira asure paccuyyahiti danta va ti kho bhikkhave Suviro devaputto Sakkassa
patissutva
devanam indassa
6.
pamadam
II
II
apadesi
||
||
Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Suviram devaputtam amantesi Ete tata Suvira asura deve
abhiyanti
||
gaccha tata Suvira asure paccuyyahiti

ti
||
||
Evam
bhaddanta va
kho bhikkhave Suviro devaputto Sakkassa

patissutva
devanam indassa
pamadam
apadesi
II
II
* s B. bhaddante. B. asura always. So B. C. ; S - 3 abhijiyiinsu always. 7 * B. Mixiram bs S3 paccuyyasiti (twice). S - 3 etha always. always. bhaddanta always. * So B. and C. S 1 - 3 aharesi always.
1
1
XI.
1. 2.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
217
7.
Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Suvlram

II
devaputtam gathaya ajjhabhasi
II
Anutthaham avayamam
||
l
II
sukham yatradhigacchati
ti
II
||
II
8.
Suvira tattha gacchahi raafica tattheva papaya Alasassa 2 anutthata na ca kiccani karaye
|| ||
II
9.
Yatthalaso anutthatzU
sabbakamasamiddhassa tarn raeSakka varam disan-ti 3 accantam sukham edhati 4

II
1|
||
II
10.
Suvira tattha gacchahi manca tatth-eva papaya ti Akammana 5 devasettha Sakka vindemu yam sukham
|)
||
||
||
[|
asokam anupayasam tarn me Sakka varam disan-ti 11. Sa ce atthi akarnmena 6 koci kvaci na jiyati 7
||
II
II
||
nibbanassa hi so
maggo
||
Suvira tattha gacchahi

8
||
||
mafica tatth-eva papaya

12.
ti
||
So hi nama bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo sakam 9 puiinaphalam upajivamano devanam Tavatimsanam issariyadhipaccam rajjam karonto utthana-viriyassa vannavadi bhavissati idha kho tarn bhikkhave sobhetha yam tumhe evam
||
dhammavinaye pabbajita samana utthaheyyatha ghateyyatha va yameyyatha appattassa pattiya anadhigatassa u adhigamaya asacchikatassa sacchikariyaya ti
svakhyate
II
10
||
2.
1.
Sushna.
|| ||

II
2.
ti
II

ti te
||
||
Bhikkhavo
Bhadante
3.
4.

|| ||
||
||
Bhagava Bhutapubbam bhikkhave asura deve abhiyamsu atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devauam indo Susimam 12 devaputtam
||
etad avoca
amantesi
ete tata Susima asura deve abhiyauti gaccha tata Susima asure paccuyyahiti Evam bhadanta 13 va ti kho bhikkhave Susimo devaputto Sakassa devauam indassa pati||
||
||
II
ssutva
pamadam
14
apadesi
II
II
* B. alasvassa; C. alasvayam ( = alaso 8 S1 - s akammuna. S 1-3 yattha alaso "accanta 8 akarana here only. B. iivati. These gathas will be found again in the next 10 ll sutta. 'S'-'saka . S - 3 svakkhate always. S 1 - 3 add here and pe 12 13 u Same remarks as in further on. B. susimam always. B. bhadante.
1
B.
always; avayamam 3 * -3
C. also.
ayam).
S1
disati.
-3
No.
1.
218
5.
SAKKA- SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XL
1. 2.
Dutiyam
pi
kho bhikkhaveSakko devanam indoSusimam

||
||
devaputtam amantesi
6.
pa dutiyam pi pamadam apadesi Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Susimara 1 devaputtam araantesi pa tatiyam pi pamadam apadesi 7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Susimam
|| II
II
II
||
||
devaputtam gathaya ajjhabhasi
||
Anutthaham avayamam
8.
||
||
sukham yatradhigacchati
II
||
||
Susima tattha gacchahi man ca tatth-eva papaya ti Alasassa anutthata na ca kiccani karaye 2 sabbakamasamiddhassa tarn me Sakka varam disan-till
||
||
II
||
||
9.
Yatthalaso anutthata
||
accantam sukham edhati

||
II
Susima tattha gacchahi

10.
maiica tatth-eva papaya
ti
||
||
Akamraana devasettha 3
||
11.
Sakka vindemu yam sukham asokam anupayasam tarn me Sakka varam disan-ti Sa ce atthi akammena koci kvaci na jiyati nibbanassa hi so maggo Susima tattha gacchahi
1| ||
||
||
II
||
||
||
maiica tatth-eva papaya

12.
ti
4
||
||
So hi nama bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo sakam
punnaphalam upajivamano devanam Tavatimsanam issariyadhipaccam rajjam karonto utthanaviriyassa vannavadi bhavissati idha kho tarn bhikkhave sobhetha yam tumhe evam svakhyate dhammavinaye pabbajita samana utthaheyyatha
||
ghate) yatha vayameyyatha appattassa pattiya anadhigatassa adhigamaya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyaya ti

II II
1.
2.
ti
II
Dhojaggam. Savatthiyamviharati Jetavane Anathapindikassaaramell Bhikkhavo Tatra kho Bhagava bhikkhu amantesi
|| II
II
3.
II
Bhadante
3. 4.
ti
te

II II
||
II
Bhagava Bhutapubbam
5
etad avoca
bhikkhave
||
devasurasangamo
samu-
pabbulho
5.
ahosi
||
timse amantesi
Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo deve TavaSa ce maris devanam sangamagatanam
||
||
varieties of
2 S 1 - 3 alasvassa. 3 S 3 "set^ham. 4 Same are in B. only. reading as in the preceding number besides those noticed here. B. samuppabyulho always.
1
The abridgments
XI.
1.
3.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
219
uppajjeyya bhayam va chambhitattam va lomahamso va inam-eva tasmim samaye dhajaggara ullokeyyatha

||
||
mamamhi vo dhajaggam ullokayatam yam bhavissati bhayam va chambhitattham va lomahamso va so pahiyissati 6. No ce me dhajaggam ullokeyyatha atha Pajapatissa
||
devarajassa dhajaggam ullokeyyatha Pajapatissa hi vo devarajassa dhajaggam ullokayatam yam bhavissati bhayam. va charabhitattam va lomahamso va so pahiyissati
||
||
||
dhajaggam ullokeyj'atha atha Varunassa devarajassa dhajaggam ullokeyyatha Varunassa hi vo devarajassa dhajaggam ullokayatam yam bhavissati bhayam va chambhitattam va lomahamso va so pahi||
7.
No
ce Pajapatissa devarajassa
yissati
8.
||
||
ce Varunassa devarajassa dhajaggam ullokeyyatha atha Isanassa devarajassa dhajaggam ullokeyyatha Isanassa hi vo devarajassa dhajaggam ullokayatam yam bhavissati
||
No
bhayam va chambhitattam va lomahamso

9.
||
va so pahiyissati
||
II
Tarn kho pana bhikkhave Sakkassa va devanam indassa dhajaggam ullokayatam Pajapatissa va devarajassa dha-
jaggam ullokayatam
||
||
Varunassa va devarajassa dhajaggam
ullokayatam Isanassa va devarajassa dhajaggam ullokayatam yam bhavissati bhayam va chambhitattam va lomahamso va so pahiyetha pi no pi l pahiyetha 10. Tarn kissa hetu Sakko hi bhikkhave devanam indo avitarago avitadoso avitamoho bhiru chambhi utrasi
|| ||
II
||
||
palayiti 11.
||
||
Aham
ca
kho bhikkhave evam vadami
||
sa ce
tum-
hakara bhikkhave arannagatanam va rukkharnulagatanam va sunnagaragatanam va uppajjeyya bhayam va chambhitattam va lomahamso va mam eva tasmim samaye anussareyyatha
||
||
Iti
pi
so
Bhagava araham sammasambuddho

II
vijjacarana-
sattha
12.
sampanno sugato lokavidd anuttaro purisadammasarathi devamanussanam buddho bhagava ti

||
Mamam
hi vo bhikkhave anussaratam
yam
bhavissati
||
||
bhayam va chambhitattam va loraahamso va so pahiyissati
S3 B. omit
pi.
220
13.
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XI.
1.
3.
No
||
ce
mam
anussareyyatha atha
dhammam
||
anussa-
reyyatha
Svakhyato Bhagavata dhammo sanditthiko akaliko

||
ehipassiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo viiiiiuhiti 14. Dhammam hi vo bhikkhave anussaratam yam bhavissati yissati
bhayam. va chambhitattam v
II
lomahamso va
so pahi-
||
15.
No
II
ce
II
dhammam
anussareyyatha atha sangham anussaII
ujuSupatipanno Bhagavato savaka-sangho patipanno Bhagavato savaka-sangho nayapatipanno Bhaga-
reyyatha
II
Bhagavato savakaidam cattari attha sangho yad purisayugani purisa-puggala esa Bhagavato savakasarigho ahuneyyo pahuneyyo dakkhineyyo anjalikaraniyo anuttaram puiinakkhettam lokassa ti 16. Sangham hi vo bhikkhave anussaratam yam bhavissati bhayam va chambhitattam va lomahamso va so pahiyissavato savaka-sangho
||
samicipatipanno
||
||
'
tilfll
17. Tarn kissa hetu
I)
||
Tathagato hi bhikkhave araham

vitadoso vitamoho abhiru accham-
sammasambuddho vitarago
II
bhi anutrasi apalayi ti 18. Idam avoca Bhagava param etad avoca sattha
II
II
idam vatvana Sugato atha2
||
||
Araniie rukkhamule va anussaretha

3
||
suniiagare va
||
bhikkhavo
II
sambuddham
II
bhayam tumhakam
no
No
ce
buddham sareyyatha
lokajettham narasabham
||
||
dhammam sareyyatha niyyanikam sudesitam No ce dhammam sareyyatha niyyanikam sudesitam

atha
II
||
||
||
atha sarigham sareyyatha
Evam
punnakkhettam anuttaram buddham sarantanam dhammam sanghan ca bhi|| II ||

||
II
kkhavo
6 ti'
bhayam va chambhitattam v&

II
||
lomahamso na
hessati
II
4.
1.
Vepacitti (or Khanti}.

||
Savatthiyani Jetavane 2. Bhagava etad avoca

II
pa
||
II
'
1 2 1 -3 3 B. "ppatfpanno always. S B. anussareyyatha. va. 6 B. punnakhettam here and above. B. omits ti.
S 1 - 3 tumhaka.
XI.
1. 4.]
PATEAMA-VAGGA
bhikkhave
1.
221
3.
Bhutapubbam
||
devasurasangamo
samu-
pabbulho ahosi
4.
Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo asure amanSace marisa devanam asurasangame samupabbulhe asura jineyyum deva parajeyyum yena nam Sakkam devanara indam kanthe 2 paficamehi bandhanehi bandhitva
tesi
II ||
||
mama
5.
santike aneyyatha asurapuran-ti

pi
||
||
||
Sakko
||
amantesi
kho bhikkhave devanam indo deve Tavatimse Sace marisa devanam asurasangame samu||
pabbulhe deva jineyyum asura parajeyyum yena nam Vepacittim 3 asurindam kanthe paficamehi bandhanehi bandhitva
mama
6.
santike aneyyatha
Sudhammam
sabhan-ti
||
||
Tasmim kho pana bhikkhave sangame deva jinimsu

|| II
asura parajimsu
7.
bhikkhave deva Tavatimsa Yepacittim asurindam kanthe paficamehi bandhanehi bandhitva Sakassa
Atha
kho
devanam indassa santike anesum Sudhammam sabham 8. Tatra sudam bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo kanthe pancamehi bandhanehi baddho Sakkam devanam indam Sudhammam sabham pavisantafi ca nikkhamantan ca asab|| ||
bhahi pharusahi vacahi akkosati paribhasati 9. Atha kho bhikkhave Matali-sangahako Sakkam devaII
||
nam indam
gathaya ajjhabhasi
||
||
5 6 7 Bhaya nu mathava Sakka dubbalya no titikkhasi sunanto pharusam vacam sammukha Vepacittino ti
||
||
||
||
||
10.
Naham bhaya na
katham
dubbalya
||
||
khamarai 8 Vepacittino
||
II
II
hi madiso vififiu
balena patisamyuje-ti
||
11.
12.
9 no c-assa patisedhako Bhiyyo bala pakujjheyyum tasma bhusena dandena dhiro balam nisedhaye-ti Etad eva aham raafifie balassa patisedhanam
|| II II ||
II
||
param sankupitam
13.
fiatva
||
Etad eva titikkhaya yada nam manfiati balo n

ajjharuhati
yo sato upasammatiti vajjam passami Vasava

II
lo
||
||
||
bhaya myayam titikkhati .dummedho go va bhiyyo palayinan-ti

||
II
||
||
||
1 * S S 1 - 3 omit nam. B. sudhamma always.
-3
kantha always.
B.
8
sena.
10
IS
1 -3
titikkhati.
1
B. upasammati.
" S ajjho
3 S omits nam; SS. Vepacitti sakkam S - 3 dubbalyane. 8 C. dubbimathava 9 S 1 khamapi. S 3 balo; B. pabhijjeyyum.
3
. 1
;
222
14.
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XI.
1. 4.
Kamam
mafinatu va
ma
1
|| ||
va
sadatthaparama attha yo have balava santo

tarn
bhay myayam titikkhati khantya bhiyyo na vijjati

II
II II
||
dubbalassa titikkhati
||
II
aim paramam khantim niccam khamati dubbalo Abalan-tara 2 balara ahu yassa balabalam balam balassa dhammaguttassa pativatta na vijjati
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
yo kuddham patikujjhati kuddham apatikujjhanto sangamam 3 jeti dujjayam ubhinnam attham carati attano ca parassa ca
Tass-eva tena papiyo
|| || || || ||
||
||
param sahkupitam uatva yo ubhinnam tikicchantam tarn 4

||
sato
||
upasammati
II
||
||
5 ye dhammassa akovida ti 15. So hi nama bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo sakam punfiaphalam upajivamano devanam Tavatimsanam issariya-
jana maiinanti balo
ti
II
II
||
||
dhipaccam
vissati
II ||
raj jam
karonto
khantisoraccassa vannavadi bha-
Idha kho tarn bhikkhave sobhetha yam tumhe evam 7 svakhyate dhammavinaye pabbajita samana khama ca
16.
bhaveyyatha sorata ca
5.
ti
8
II II
Subh&sitam-jayam.
||
||
1.
2.
Savatthi nidanam
Bhutapubbam bhikkhave devasurasangamo samupab||

||
bulho ahosi
3.
Atha kho bhikkhave Yepacitti asurindo Sakkam devaHotu devauam iuda subhasitena nam indam etad avoca
|| II
jayo
ti
II
II
Hotu Yepacitti subhasitena jayo ti 4. Atha kho bhikkhave deva ca asura

II
II
ca parisajje tha||
||
pesum ime no subhasitam dubbhasitam ajanissanti ti 5. Atha kho bhikkhave Yepacitti asurindo Sakkam devaBhana devanam inda gathan-ti nam indam etad avoca Sakko devanam indo Yepacittim bhikkhave vutte 6. Evam
||
||
||
II
||
asurindam etad avoca

deva
||
||
II
Tumhe
khv-attha 9 Yepacitti pubbaII

II
bhana Yepacitti gathan-ti
1 * 1 So S 1 S8 omits tarn S 1 - 3 attham. a S 1 abalam na tarn. s S sangame. B. tikicchantiuiam. * All these gfitlias will be found again in the next sutta. S 1 - 3 karento. 7 S 1 khamatha S 3 khanmtha. 8 S - 3 sorathacati pe the last ' B. kvettha. three gatlias of this sutta have been met with in Brahmana-S. II. 2, 3.
; ;
'
1
||
||
XI.
1. 5.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
223
7.
Evam vutte
II
II
bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo imam gatham

II
abhasi
x Bhiyyo bala pakuj jheyyum no c-assa patisedhako tasma bhusena dandena dhiro balam nisedhaye-ti 8. Bhasitaya kho pana bhikkhave Vepacittina asurindena gathaya asura anumodimsu deva tunhi ahesum 9. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkarn devaBhana devanam inda gathan-ti nam indam etad avoca 10. Evam vutte bhikkhave Sakko devanam iudo imam
||
||
||
||
||
II
II
||
||
||
II
gatharn abhasi Etad eva aham marine

|| II
||
balassa patisedhanam
||
||
yo upasammati ti kho pana bhikkhave Sakkena devanam indena gathaya deva anumodimsu asura tunhi ahesum 12. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Vepacittim Bhana Vepacitti gathan-ti asurindam etad avoca Etad eva titikkhaya vajjam passami Vasava
||
II
param sankupitam natva
sato
11. Bhasitaya
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
balo bhaya myayam titikkhati dumraedho va bhiyyo palayinan-ti go ajjharuhati 18. Bhasitaya kho pana bhikkhave Vepacittina asurindena gathaya asura anumodimsu deva tunhi ahesum 14. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkam devaBhana devanam inda gathan-ti nam indam etad avoca 15. Evam vutte bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo ima
yada
nam 2 manfmti
3
||
II
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
II
gathayo abhasi
||
||
Kamam
mannatu va ma va
4
sadatthaparama yo have balava santo

tarn
attha 5
||
||
bhaya myayam titikkhati khantya bhiyyo na vij jati

||
||
||
||
dubbalassa titikkhati
||
II
ahu paramam khantim niccam khamati dubbalo Abalan-tam balam ahu yassa balabalam balam balassa dhammaguttassa pativatta na vijjati
|| II ||
II
||
||
Tass-eva tena papiyo
||
yo kuddham patikujjhati
II
||
kuddham
appatikujjhanto
carati
II
sahgamam
jeti
dujjayam
|| ||
||
||
II
ubhinnam attham
II
param sankupitam uatva

S'- s baio.
yo sato upasammati
S^âm.
S 1 - 3 ajjho
S 1 "paramam.
S 1 -3 attham.
S 1 sangame.
224
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
ubhinnara tikicchantam tarn
2
||
XI.
[XI.
1. 5.
attano ca parassa ca maiinanti balo ti dhammassa akovida ti 3 jana ye 16. Bhasitasu kho pana bhikkhave Sakkena devanara
II
II
||
||
indena gathasu deva anumodimsu asura tunhi ahesum 17. Atha kho bhikkhave devanan ca asuranan ca parisajja
||
II
II
etad
avocum
||
II
kho Yepacittina asurindena gathayo ta ca kho sadandavacara satthavacara iti bhandanam 4 iti viggaho
18. Bhasita
II
iti
kalaho
ti
||
||
kho Sakkena devanam indena gathayo ta ca kho adandavacara asatthavacara iti abhandanam 4 iti aviggaho iti akalaho Sakkassa devanam indassa subhasitena jayo ti 20. Iti kho 5 bhikkhave Sakkassa devanam indassa subha19. Bhasita
II ||
||
||
sitena jayo ahosi
II
II
6. 1.
Eulavaka.
Savatthi nidanam
||
||
2.
Bhutapubbam
|| ||
bhikkhave
devasurasahgamo
samu-
pabbulho ahosi
3.
Tasmim kho pana bhikkhave sangame

6
II
II
asura jinimsu
||
deva parajimsu
4. Parajita
kho 7 bhikkhave deva apayamsveva 8 uttarena

10
mukha abhiyamsveva ne
5.
asura
||
||
Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Matali||
sangahakam gathaya ajjhabhasi Kulavaka Matali simbalismim isamukhena parivajjayassu

II
||
||
kamam cajama asuresu panam ma yime dija vikulavaka u ahesun-ti

||
||
||
6.
Evam bhadanta 12
va
ti
kho bhikkhave Matali sangahako
Sakkassa devanam indassa patissutva sahassayuttam ajafina-
ratham paccudavattesi Paccu7. Atha kho bhikkhave asuranam etad ahosi davatto kho dani Sakkassa devanam indassa sahassayutto
||
II
||
||
1 S 3 omits tarn ; B. tikicchant&nam. 3 S 1 yo. s For the gathas see the pre* S 13 omits kho. 4 S3 omits bhandanam and abhandanam. ceding sutta. " 7 S3 apayamseva B. abhiS 1 - 3 parajinimsu. S' apayamsve S - 3 ca. n B. 10 ' S3 S - 3 abhiserava; omitting ne. yamsveva. repeats uttarena. n S 1 bhaddanta. vikulava, and so also at Jataka I. 203. Corop. Blip. p. 194.
1 ; ;
1
XI.
1.
8.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
225
ti
j|
ajaniiaratho dutiyam pi kho deva asurehi sangamessanti bhita asurapuram eva l pavisimsu 2
II
||
8.
Iti
kho bhikkhave Sakkassa devanam indassa dhammen3
eva jayo
1.
ahosi
ti
II
||
7.
Na
dubbhiyam.
Savatthi
||
||
Bhutapubbam bhikkhave Sakkassa devanam indassa rahogatassa patisallinassa evam cetaso parivitakko uda2.
padi
3.
||
||
Yo
pi
||
me
||
assa
paccatthiko tassa
paham
na
dubbheyyan-ti
nam
Atha kho bhikkhave Yepacitti asurindo Sakkassa devaindassa cetasa ceto parivitakkam annaya yena Sakko devanam indo ten-upasankami 4. Addasa kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Yepacittim
||
||
asurindam
5.
durato
va agacchantam
||
||
disvana
Yepacittim
||
||
asurindam etad avoca
Yad
ti
6
Tittha Yepacitti gahito si ti eva te marisa pubbe cittam tad eva tvam
||
||
ma
pahasi
6.
||
7.
me Yepacitti adubbhaya ti musabhanato papam yam papam ariyupavadino|| mittadduno ca yam papam yam papam akatanfiuno tarn eva papam phusati 8 yo te dubbhe Sujampati
Sapassu ca
7
||
II
Yam
||
||
||
||
ti
II
II
8. 1.
Yirocana-asurmdo (or Attho).

|| ||
Savatthi nidanam
2.
Tena kho pana samayena Bhagava diva viharagato

|| ||
hoti
patisallino
3.
Atha kho Sakko devanam indo Yerocano ca asurindo

||
upasahkamitva pacceyena Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu kadvarabaham nissaya atthamsu 4. Atha kho Yerocano asurindo Bhagavato santike imam
II II
gatham abhasi Yayameth-eva puriso

||
||
II
nippannasobhano
attho
yava atthassa nippada 10 Yerocanavaco idan-ti

||
||
||
||
1 2 S 1 -3 * 5 B. yeva. B. dhammajayo. B. assasu. S -3 pavisimsu. 7 * B. S - 3 adubhuya ti B. adrubbhaya tL B. phusatu. paham. pajaliasfti. 1 -5 1 10 8 sobhino always. S S attba.
15
226
5.
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XI.
1.
8.
6.
Vayameth-eva puriso yava atthassa nippada nippannasobhano attho khantya bhiyyo na vijjati Sabbe satta atthajata tattha tattha yatharaham
||
||
||
ti
||
||
||
samyogaparama tveva
nippannasobhino attha
7.
||
sambhoga
||
sabbapaninam Verocanavaco idan-ti

||
||
||
yatharaham sambhoga sabbapaninam nippannasobhino attha khantya bhiyyo na vijjati

||
Sabbe
satta atthajata
tattha tattha
II
samyogaparama tveva
9.
II
||
ti
||
||
II
laayo arannakd (or Gandha).
1. 2.
Savatthi
||
||
Bhutapubbam bhikkhave sambahula isayo silavanto 3 kalyanadhamma arannayatane pannakutisu sammanti 3. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko ca devanam indo Vepacitti
||
||
ca asurindo yena te isayo silavanto

||
||
kalyanadhamma
ten-
upasankamimsu 4 4. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo ataliyo upahana 5 arohitva khaggam olaggetva 6 chattena dhariyamanena
aggadvarena
dhamme
5.
assarnam pavisitva te isayo silavante kalyana8 apavyatnato karitva atikkami

|| ||
Atha kho
bhikkhave Sakko
devanam indo
ataliyo
upahana orohitva khaggam aniiesam datva chattam apanametva dvareneva 9 assamam pavisitva te isayo silavante 10 kalyanadhammeanuvatam panjaliko namassamano atthasill 6. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo silavanto kalyanadhamm^ Sakkam devanam indam gathaya ajjhabhasimsu Gandho isinam ciradikkhitanam n
II || ||
||
kaya cuto gacchati malutena 12 ito patikkamma Sahassanetta gandho isinam asuci devaraja ti
||
||
||
||
7.
Gandho isinam ciradikkhitanam

||
||
13 malutena kaya cuto gacchatu 14 va sirasmim malam sucitrapuppham
j|
B. sobhano attho here and further ; B. C. sainanti always. * B. ataliyo, further on ataliko. 3 1 * 6 S3 SoC.; B. olaggitva; S - olohitva. 7 S'- s andhavanadvarena. upahanayo. I0 * S 3 dvarena. S 1 - 3 anuvate. u C. S 3 dakkhitan;im here 8 B. abyamato. 1 3 ia ls IS S 1 - 3 gacchati. l4 S 3 omits va ; and further on. parakkamma netto. S 1 puts it after sirasmhn.
1
on
S'- s samyoga. S 3 attho always.
So S l supported by C.
3
XI.
1.
10.]
PATHAMA-VAGGA
1.
227
gandham etam patikankhama bhante

||
||
na hettha deva patikkulasannino ti 10. Isayo samuddaka (or Sambara).

||
1.
Savatthi
||
||
Bhutapubbam bhikkhave sambahula isayo silavanto kalyanadhamma samuddatire pannakutisu sammanti 3. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhave devasurasangamo
2.
||
||
samupabbulho ahosi 4. Atho kho bhikkhave tesam isinam silavantanam kalyanadhammanam etad ahosi Dhammika deva adhammika l asura nam asurato siya pi bhayam yam nuna mayam Sambaram asurindam upasankamitva abhayadakkhinam ya||
||
||
||
||
||
ceyyama ti 5. Atha kho bhikkhave

|| ||
te isayo silavanto
seyyathapi
naraa
balava
puriso
saraminjitam
kalyanadhamraa va bahara
||
pasareyya pasaritam va bahana samminje^yya evam eva samuddatire pannakutisu antarahita Sambarassa 3 asurindassa
4 pamukhe patur ahesum
|| ||
kalyanadhamma Sambaram asurindam gathaya ajjhabhasimsu 7. Isayo Sambaram patta yacanti abhayadakkhinam kamam karohi te datum bhayassa abhayassa va ti
|| ||
6.
Atha kho bhikkhave
te isayo silavanto
||
||
||
||
||
8.
9.
dutthanam 5 sakkasevinam abhayam yacamananam bhayam eva dadami vo ti Abhayam yacamananam bhayam eva dadasi no patiganharaa te etam akkhayam hoti te bhayam Yadisam vappate bijam tadisam harate phalam
Isinam abhayam natthi
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
kalyanakari kalyanam
6
||
papakari ca papakam
||
||
pavuttam vappate bijam phalam paccanubhossasi ti 10. Atha kho bhikkhave te 7 isayo silavanto kalyanadhamma Sambaram asurindam abhisapetva seyyathapi naraa balava
||
|j
puriso samminjitam va
samminjeyya
||
evam eva
baham pasareyya pasaritam va bahana 8 Sambarassa asurindassa pamukhe

ahesum 9
|| ||
antarahita samuddatire pannakutisu patur
B. no.
7
S' y&ceyyati.
r-iukho, further
vapate.
S 1 -3
3 S 3 Sambarissa, further on Sambarim. 4 B. sara* S 1 - 3 tatate (S -ne ?) above on saramukhe. B. ruddhanam. omit te. 8 S 1 evam. 9 S - 3 ahamsu.
1
1
228
11.
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XI.
1. 10.
Atha kho bhikkhave Sarabaro asurindo

l
tehi isihi sila-
vantehi kalyanadhammehi abhisapito
rattiya
sudam tikkha-
tum
ubbij ji
ti
2
|| ||
Pathamo vaggo
Tass-uddanam
II
||
[j
||
Suviram Susimam c-eva
||
Subhasitam-jayam c-eva Virocana-asurindo 5 Isayo aranfiakam

||
Dhajaggam Vepacittino Kulavakam Na-dubbhiyam 4

||
||
||
c-eva
||
||
Isayo ca samuddaka
ti 7
||
||
CHAPTER
1.
II.
DUTIYO-VAGGO.
Dcfd or Vatapada
(1).
1.
2.
Savatthi
||
||
Sakkassa bhikkhave devanam indassa pubbe manussa||
bhutassa satta vatapadani samattani samadinnani ahesum yesam samadinnatta Sakko sakkattam ajjhaga
1 1 1
3.
Katamani
satta vatapadani
||
||
Yava jivam matapettibharo assam Yava jivam kule Yava jivam sanhavaco assam jetthapacayi assam
4.
|| ||
||
||
||
Yavajivam vigatamalaYavajivam apisunavaco assam maccherena cetasa agaram ajjhavaseyyam muttacago payata||
II
Yava pani vossaggarato yacayogo danasamvibhagarato assam akodhano assam saccavado Yavajivam jivam
||
||
II
II
||
sace pi
ti
II
me kodho uppajjeyyakhippam
eva
nam pativineyyan-
II
5.
Sakkassa bhikkhave devanam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhutassa imani satta vatapadani samattani samadinnani ahesum yesam samadinnatta Sakko sakkattam ajjhaga ti
II || ||
6.
Matapettibharam jantum kule jetthapacayinam sanham sakhilasambhasam pesuneyya-pahayinam maccheravinaye yuttam saccam kodhabhibhum naramll ahu sappuriso iti ti 9 tarn ve deva Tavatimsa
||
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
II
2 S'S 1 - 3 kbanti. < S 1 - 3 addabbatnm. S - 3 ubbihi. S - 3 gandhena. 7 S - 3 sambaran ti. 8 S 1 - 3 apesuno. 9 These gathas are not in S 3, they recur in the two next padas, also at Jataka I. 202.
1
S-
abhisatto.
1
attho.
XI.
2. 2.J
DUTIYA-VAGGA
2.
2.
229
DevoL (2).
1.
Savatthi Jetavane
||
II
2.
3.
Tatra kho Bhagava bhikkhii etad avoca Sakko bhikkhave devanam indo pubbe manussabhuto
|| ||
samano Magho nama manavo

vuccati
||
ahosi
II
tasma Maghav
ti
||
4. Sakko bhikkhave devanam indo pubbe manussabhuto samano pure pure danam adasi tasma Purindado ti vuccati 5. Sakko bhikkhave devanam indo pubbe manussabhuto samano sakkaccam danam adasi tasma Sakko ti vuccati 6. Sakko bhikkhave devanam indo pubbe manussabhuto samano avasatham adasi tasma Vasavo ti vuccati 7. Sakko bhikkhave devanam indo sahassam pi atthanam muhuttena cinteti tasma Sahassakkho ti vuccati 8. Sakkassa bhikkhave devanam indassa Suja 3 nama
II ||
||
||
||
II
||
||
II
II
II
II
asurakanna pajapati ahosi 4 tasma Sujampatiti vuccati 9. Sakko bhikkhave devanam indo devanam Tavatimsanam
II
II
II
issariyadhipaccam rajjam karesi

vuccati
10.
||
j|
tasma devanam indo
ti
||
Sakkassa bhikkhave devanam indassa pubbe manussa||
bhutassa satta vatapadani samattani samadinnani ahesum yesam samadinnatta Sakko sakkattam ajjhaga
It It
11.
Katamani
satta vatapadani
||
II
Yavajivam kule Yavajivam matapettibharo assam sanhavaco assam assam jetthapacaj'i Yavajivam 5 Yavajivam vigatamalaYavajivam apisunavaco assam maccherena cetasa agaram ajjhavaseyyam muttacago payataYavapam vossaggarato yacayogo danasamvibhagarato
II II II
II
II
II
||
II
||
II
jivam saccavaco assam Yavajivam akodhano assam sa ce pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva nam pativineyyan-ti 12. Sakkassa bhikkhave devanam indassa pubbe manussabhutassa imani satta vatapadani samattani samadinnani ahesum yesam samadinnatta Sakko sakkattam ajjhaga ti
II II II ||
||
II
||
||
B. silja
S 1 manavako. * B. S - 3 sujata.
1 ;
Magho
*
Maghava always
ahosi.
8
S 1 - 3 omit
comp. Jataka S 1 - 3 apisuno.

;
I.
199.
230
SAKKA-SAMYTJTTA
XI.
[XL
2. 2.
Matapettibharam jantum kulejetthapacayinam. sanham sakhilasambhasam pesuneyyapahayinam maccheravinaye yuttam saccam kodhabhibhum naram tarn ve deva Tavatimsa ahu sappuriso iti ti
II
II II ||
II
If
II
||
II
II
3.
1.
II If
Derd
(3).
2.
Evam me sutam Ekam samayam Bhagava Vesaliyam

II
viharati
Mahavane
kutagara-salayam 3. Atha kho Mahali licchavi

||
yena Bhagava ten-upasanabhivadetva
kami antam
4.
II
upasankainitva
||
Bhagavantam
kho Mahali
ekam
nisidi
||
Ekam antam
||
nisinno
licchavi
Bhagavantam
etad avoca
||
Dittho no bhante Bhagavata Sakko devanam
indo
5.
ti
If
If
me Mahali Sakko devanam indo ti So hi nuna 2 bhante sakkapatirupako bhavissati duddaso hi 3 bhante Sakko devanam indo ti 7. Sakkancaham Mahali janami 4 sakkakarane ca dhamme
Dittho kho
II
II
6.
||
||
If
yesam dhammanam samadinnatta Sakko sakkattam ajjhaga

tan ca pajanami
8.
If
If
Sakko Mahali devanam indo pubbe manussabhuto samano Magho naina manavako 5 ahosi tasma Maghava ti
If
vuccati
||
If
9. Sakko Mahali devanam indo pubbe manussabhuto samano pure pure 6 danam adasi tasma Purindado ti vuccati 10. Sakko Mahali devanam indo pubbe manussabhuto samano sakkaccam danam adasi tasma Sakko ti vuccati 11. Sakko Mahali devanam indo pubbe manussabhuto samano avasatham adasi tasma Vasavo ti vuccati 12. Sakko Mahali devanam indo sahassam pi atthanam muhuttena cinteti 7 tasma Sahassakkho ti vuccati 13. Sakkassa Mahali devanam indassa Suja 8 nama asura||
||
||
||
If
If
||
||
If
||
||
II
kauiia pajapati
14.
tasma Sujampatiti vuccati Sakko Mahali devanam indo devanam Tavatimsanam

If
If
||
l -s 8 B. licchavi always. add so. S - 3 kho. 4 B. Sakkattam khvaham _ S 6 B. does not * B. manavo. muhali pajanami (comp. Tevijja Sutta, I. 43). 3 7 B. vicinteti. B. s>uja S - 3 SujatA (correction of S repeat pure. Suju iii S ).
1
1 ;
XI.
2. 4.]
DUTITA-VAGGA
raj jam
2.
231
issariyadhipaccara vuccati
||
karesi
II
tasma
devanam
indo
||
15. Sakkassa
tassa
satta
Mahali devanam indassa pubbe manussabhuvatapadani saraattani samadinnani ahesum

|| ||
II
yesam samadinnatta Sakko sakkattam ajjhaga 16. Katamani satta vatapadani

||
||
17.
Yava
jivam. matapettibharo assam

||
kulejetthapacayi assam
||
Yava jivam sanhavaco Yava jivam assam

||
||
II
If
Yava jivam vigatamalaYavajivam apisuno assam maccherena cetasa agaram ajjhavaseyyam muttacago payataYavapani vossaggarato yacayogo danasamvibhagarato jivam saccavaco assam Yavajivam akodhano assam 8a ce pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva nam padII
|| ||
II
||
||
||
vineyyan-ti
||
||
pubbe manussasamadinnani vatapadani ahesum yesam samadinnatta Sakko sakkattam ajjhaga ti Matapettibharam jantum kulejetthapacayinam sanham sakhilasambhasam pesuneyyappahayinam maccheravinaye yuttam saccam kodhabhibhum naram tarn ve deva Tavatimsa ahu sappuriso iti ti
18. Sakkassa
Mahali devanarn indassa

satta
1
bhutassa
imani
sarnattani
||
||
||
II
||
||
II
II
||
||
||
II
||
4. Daliddo.
1.

|| || II
viharati
Yeluvane
ti
||
kalandakanivape 2. Tatra kho Bhagava bhikkhu amantesi

3. 4. 5.
II
Bhikkhavo
||
||
||
Bhadante
ti
te

||
Bhagava etad avoca Bhutapubbam bhikkhave annataro

|| ||
puriso
imasmim
yeva Rajagahe manussadaliddo ahosi manussakapano manussavarako 6. So Tathagata-ppavedita-dhammavinaye saddham samadiyi silam samadiyi
3
||
sutam samadiyi cagam samadiyi pannam
samadiyi 7. So Tathagata-ppavedita-dhamma-vinaye saddham samadiyitva silam. samadiyitva sutam samadiyitva cagam sama||
diyitva
pannam samadiyitva kayassa bheda param marana

2
S 1 - 3 have dinna nearly always.
B. bhante.
Ss
"diyi always.
232
sugatim
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XI.
2. 4.
saggam lokam uppajji devanam Tavatimsanam so annedeva atirocati vannena c-eva yasasa call 1 sudam bhikkhave deva Tavatimsa ujjhayanti 8. Tatra Acchariyam vata bho abbhutam vata khiyanti vipacenti bho ayam hi devaputto pubbe manussabhuto samano masahavyatam
||
II
||
||
nussadaliddo ahosi manussakapano manussavarako
||
so ka-
yassa bheda param marana sugatim saggam lokam uppanno devanam Tavatimsanam sahavyatam so afme deve atirocati vannena c-eva yasasa ca ti 9. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo deve Tava||
||
||
timse amantesi
puttassa
||
||
Ma
||
ujjhayittha
eso
kho tumhe marisa etassa devakho marisa devaputto pubbe
samano Tathagata-ppavedita-dhammavinaye saddham samadiyi silam samadiyi sutam samadiyi cagam

manussabhuto
samadiyi paniiam
samadiyi
||
||
So Tathagata-ppavedite
dhammavinaye saddham samadiyitva silam samadiyitva sutam samadiyitva cagam samadiyitva paniiam samadiyitva kayassa bheda param marana sugatim saggam lokam uppanno devanam Tavatimsanam sahavyatam so afifie deve atirocati vannena c-eva yasasa ca ti 10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo deve Tavatimse anunayamano tayam velayam ima gathayo abhasi
II ||
||
||
[|
Yassa saddha Tathagate

silam ca yassa kalyanam
||
acala suppatitthita
||
II
ariyakan-tam pasamsitam
ca dassanam
||
||
||
sanghe pasado yass-atthi ujubhutam adaliddo ti tarn ahu amogham tassa jivitam
|| ||
II
||
Tasma saddham
ca silam ca
||
||
pasadam dhammadassanam
2
|| ||
||
anuyunjetha medhavi
5.
saram buddhanasasanan-ti
Ramaiieyyakam. 1. Savatthiyam Jetavane 2. Atha kho Sakko devanam indo yena Bhagava tenupasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam
||
||
||
antam
3.
atthiisi
II
||
Ekam
antara thito
||
vantam etad avoca

neyyakan-ti
||
||
||
kho Sakko devanam indo BhagaKim nu kho bhante bhumirama-
S3
tarn.
S 1 buddhanam.
XI.
2. 7.]
DUTIYA-VAGGA
II
2.
233
1
||
Aramacetya vanacetya pokkharaniia summmita manussaramaneyyassa kalam nagghanti solasim

||
II
||
game va
yadivaraiifie
||
ninne va yadiva thale

II
II
yattha arahanto viharanti

6.
1.
bhumiramaneyyakan-ti Yajam&nam.
tarn
2
1| II

II II
viharatiQijjhakCite
pabbate
2.
Atha kho Sakko devanam indo yena BhagavS tenupasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi 3. Ekam antam thito kho Sakko devanam indo Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Yajamananam manussanam
upasafikami
||
II
II
II
II
II
puiiiiapekhanapaninam
||
karotam opadhikam pufinam kattha dinnam mahapphalan-ti

||
||
||
4.
Cattaro ca
patipanna
||
II
cattaro ca phale thita

||
II
||
esa sangho ujubhuto
pafmasilasamahito
II
yajamauanam manussanam punnapekhanapaninam karotam opadhikam puiinam sanghe dinnam mahapphalan-ti||

|| ||
||
7.
1.
Vandana.
1
Savatthiyam Jetavane
II II
II
2.
Tena kho pana sarnayena Bhagava divaviharagato
hoti
patisallino
3.
Atha kho Sakko
ca
devanam indo Brahma

||
II
ca sahampati
yena Bhagava ten-upasankamimsu upasankamitva paccekadvarabaham 4 nissaya atthamsu 4. Atha kho Sakko devanam indo Bhagavato santike imam
||
gut ham abhasi
||
II
Utthahi
vira vijitasahgama 6 pannabhara anana vicara loke

II
II
cittam ca te suvimuttam
||
cando yatha pannarasaya

B. S 3 pokkharanno.
3
IS
1
rattin-ti
II
II
s *
Last verse re urs in Dhp. 98.

B. ut^hehi always.
'
of ca.
-3
paccekam.
s S - 3 magga S 1 - 3 anna always.

1
instead
234
5.
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XI.
2. 7.
Na kho devanam
inda Tathagata evam vanditabba

II
||
evaii ca
kho devanam inda Tathagata vanditabba

||
II
Utthahi vira vijitasangama

desetu
satthavaha anana vicara loke

ti
1
II
II
||
Bhagava dhammam
8.
|| ||
annataro bhavissanti
(1).
Sakka-namassana
etad avoca
1.
Savatthi Jetavane
2.
3.
Tatra kho
II
pe
||
II
||
Bhutapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Matalisangahakam amantesi Yojehi samma Matali sahassayuttam ajaniiaratham uyyanabhumim gacchama subhumim
|| ||
||
dassanaya
4.
ti
II
II
ti kho bhikkhave Matali-sangahako Sakkassa devanam indassa patissutva sahassayuttam ajannaratham yojetva Sakkassa devanam indassa pativedesi 3
||
II
Evam
bhadanta 2 va
Yutto kho te marisa sahassayutto ajaniiaratho yassa dani kalam manfiasi ti 5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Yejayanta|| ||
4 pasada orohanto panjaliko sudam puthuddisa namassati
||
||
Atha kho bhikkhave Matali-sangahako Sakkam devanam indam gathayo ajjhabhasi

6.
||
||
7.
Tarn namassanti tevijja sabbe bhumma ca khattiya cattaro ca Maharaja Tidasa ca yasassino
||
|| II
||
athakonamaso yakkholl yam tvam 5 Sakkanamassasiti!l

8.
||
namassanti tevijja sabbe bhumma ca khattiya cattaro ca Maharaja Tidasa ca yasassino

|| ||
Mam
||
||
||
aham ca silasampanne cirarattasamahite samma pabbajite vande brahmacariyaparayane 6

||
||
II
II
ye gahattha pufinakara
dhammena daram
9.
silavanto upasaka te namassami Mataliti posenti

|| || || ||
||
||
Settha hi kira lokasmim

||
ye tvam Sakka namassasi

||
||
10.
aham pi te namassami ye namassasi Vasava Idam vatvana Maghava devaraja Sujampati puthuddisa namassitva pamukho ratham aruhiti
||
|| || ||
II
||
See Brnhma-S. I.
3
1,
4
and Mahavagga,
I. 5. 7.
fi
S vedeyi. vedayi "saniadhito "parayano.

;
B. paiijalim katva always.
S 3 bhaddanta. * S 1 patiS - 3 tarn. S 1 sampauno

1
XI.
2. 10.]
DTJTITA-VAGGA
9.
2.
235
(2).
Sakka-namassana
II
1.
||
II
Bhutapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Matalisangahakam amantesi Yojehi sararaa Matali sahassayuttam ajaiiiiaratham uyyanabhumim gacchama subhutnim
2.
||
||
dassanaya
3.
ti
II
II
ti kho bhikkhave Matali-sangahako Sakkassa devanam indassa patissutva sahassayuttam ajannaratham yojetva Sakkassa devanam indassa pativedesi
Evam
bhadanta va
||
||
Yutto kho te marisa sahassayutto ajaiinaratho yassa dani kalam mannasi ti 4. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Vejayanta||
II
pasada orohanto panjaliko sudam Bhagavantam namassati

5.
||
||
Atha kho bhikkhave Matali-sangahako Sakkam devauam indam gathaya ajjhabhasi

|| ||
6.
Yam
hi dev& manussa ca
1
||
tarn namassanti
II
atha ko
nama
|| ||
so
yakkho
Vasava tvam Sakka namassayam

|| ||
81 ti
7.
So idha sammasambuddho asmim loke sadevake anomanamam sattharam tarn namassami Matali
II
||
||
||
yesam rago ca doso ca

khinasava arahanto
|| II
||
avijja ca virajita
||
te
namassami Matali
II
||
||
ye ragadosavinaya avijjasamatikkama sekha apacayarama 2 apparnattanusikkhare 3 4 te namassami Mataliti

||
II
||
||
8.
Settha hi kira lokasmim

||
||
ye tvam Sakka namassasi

II II
II
9.
aham pi te namassarai ye namassasi Vasava Idam vatvana Maghava devaraja Sujampati Bhagavantam namassitva pamukho ratham aruhi
||
||
||
ti
||
||
10.
1.
Sakka-namassana
II
(3).
2.
3.
Savatthiyam Jetavane Tatra kho la davoca

II ||
||
||
||
Bhutapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Matalisangahakam amantesi Yojehi samma Matali sahassayuttam ajaiinaratham uyyanabhumim gaccharaa subhuniim
II
||
II
dassanaya
1
ti
||
- 3 so.
S 3 aranta.
S 3 omite appamatta.
B. omits
ti.
236
4.
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XI.
2. 10.
bhadanta 1 va ti kho bhikkhave Matali-saneaO hako Sakkassa devanam indassa patissutva sahassayuttam ajannaratham yojetva Sakkassa devanam indassa pativedesi Yutto kho te marisa sahassayutto ajauiiaratho yassa dani
||
Evam
||
kalam maiiiiasiti 5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Yejayantapasada orohanto panjaliko sudam bhikkhu-sangham na||
||
massati
6.
||
||
Atha kho bhikkhave Matali-sangahako Sakkam devanam iudam gathaya ajjhabhasi

|| ||
7.
Tarn hi
ete
namasseyyum
3
|| ||
||
putidehasaya nara
||
nimugga kunapesvete khuppipasa samappita Kim nu tesam pihayasi anagarana 4 Yasava acaram isinam bruhi tam sunoma vaco tava ti 5
|| ||
||
||
||
II
8.
Etam tesam 6 pihayami anagarana Matali yamha gama pakkamanti anapekha vajanti te na tesam kotthe openti na kumbha na kalopiyam 7
|| II || ||
||
II
tena yapenti subbata paranitthitam esana sumantamantino 8 dhira tunhibhuta samancara

||
II
II
||
||
deva viruddha
asurehi
||
||
9.
Aviruddha viruddhesu sadanesu anadana te namassami Matali ti Settha hi kira lokasmim ye tvam Sakka namassasi aham pi te namassami ye namassasi Yasava
II || || || ||
II II
10 puthumacca ca Matali attadandesu u nibbuta
||
||
II
10.
Idam vatvana Maghava

ti
II II
||
devaraja Sujampati
||
||
bhikkhusangham uamassitva
pamukho ratham aruhi

II II
Dutiyo vaggo Tass-uddanam
||
||
Deva pana 13 tayo vutta Yajamanan ca Yandana
||
Daliddaii ca
Ramaneyyakam
ti
|| ||
||
||
tayo Sakkanamassana
S3 bhadanta.
pasmete.
7
-3
omit
hi.
S 1 nimugga
C.
9 i*
netam.
S 1 -3
B. anagarana here and further on. nakumbhi (S 3 -i) kalopiya (Therig.

10
S 3 mugga B. kunapamhete * S1 -3 S 1 - 3 tavanti.

;
283V
macchi?).
S'- 3 sumanti
ll
-3
1
viraddha.
-3
S 3 mancaca; C.puthumaccahi
(for
C. adandesu.
vatapadena.
XI.
3. 2.]
SAKKA-PANCAKA
3.
237
CHAPTER
III.
TATIYO-VAGGO (OR SAKKA-PANCAKAM).

1.
Chett-d.
||
1.
II
Atha kho Sakko devanam indo yena Bhagava tenupasankami upasankamitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva ekani antam atthasi 3. Ekam antam thito kho Sakko devanam indo Bhagavantam gathaya ajjhabhasi Kimsu chetv& 1 sukham seti kimsu chetva na socati kissassa ekadhammassa vadham rocesi 2 Gotama ti kodham chetva na socati 4. Kodham chetva sukham seti kodhassa visamulassa madhuraggassa Vasava vadham ariya pasamsanti tarn hi chetva na socati ti 3
2.
|| ||
||
||
||
II
II
||
||
||
II
II
||
II
||
||
II
1.
2.
3.
Dubbanniya. Jetavane Savatthiyam Tatra kho pa etad avoca

||
II
2.
||
||
||
||
Bhutapubbam bhikkhave annataro yakkho dubbanno okotimako Sakkassa devanam indassa asane nisinno ahosi 4. Tatrasudam bhikkhave deva Tavatimsa ujjhayanti khiAcchariyam vata bho abbhutam vata bho yanti vipacenti dubbanno okotimako Sakkassa devanam indassa ayam yakkho
||
||
||
||
asane nisinno hoti

5.
||
||
Yath
yatha kho bhikkhave deva Tavatimsa ujjhayanti

II
khiyanti vipacenti
hoti dassaniyataro
6.
tatha tathS, so yakkho abhirupataro c-eva

ca pasadikataro ca
II
II
Atha kho bhikkhave deva Tavatims& yena Sakko devaII
nam indo ten-upasankamimsu nam indam etad avocum

||
upasankaraitva
Sakkam
deva-
||
7.
Idha
te
tumhakam asane
marisa annataro yakkho dubbanno okotimako Tatra sudam marisa deva nisinno
||
||
Tavatimsa ujjhayanti khiyanti vipacenti Acchariyam vata bho abbhutam vata bho ayam yakkho dubbanno okoti||
II
1 s SS. jhatva always, as above. 2 SS. rocehi. These gathas occur here for the fourth time. See Devata-S. VIII. 1 Devaputta-S. I. 3 ; Brahmaâ-S. I. 1. 1 -3 * S dassaneyyataro here and further on.
;
238
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XI.
3. 2.
mako Sakkassa devanam

||
indassa asane nisinno ti Yatha marisa kho deva Tavatimsa ujjhayanti khiyanti vipayatha tatha tatha so yakkho abhirupataro c-eva hoti centi So hi nuna marisa dassaniyataro ca pasadikataro ca ti bhavissati ti kodhabhakkho yakkho 8. Atho kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo yena so kodhabhakkho yakkho ten-upasahkami upasankamitva
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
uttarasangam karitva dakkhinajanumandalam l pathaviyam nihantva yena so kodhabhakkho yakkho ten-
ekamsam
Sakkoanjalim panametva tikkhattum namam savesi ham marisa devanam indo Sakko-ham 3 marisa devanam
2
|| ||
indo
9.
ti
4
||
II
Yatha yatha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo namam saveti tatha tatha so yakkho dubbannataro c-e\a
II
ahosi okotimakataro ca
||
dubbannataro c-eva hutva okotimati

||
kataro ca tatth-ev-antaradhayi
10.
||
Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo sake asane

anunayamano tayam velayam ima
[|
nisiditva deve Tavatimse
gathayo abhasi
II
II
Na supahata-citto-mhi 5
navattena suvanayo
||
||
na vo ciraham kujjhami kodho mayi navatitthati na ca dhammani kuddhaham na pharusam brumi

||
||
||
kittaye
||
6 sannigganhami attanamll sampassam attham attano
ti
||
||
3.
1.
Mdyd.
Savatthiyam
II
pa
II
||
2.
Bhagava
etad avoca
||
||
Bhiitapubbam. bhikkhave Yepacitti asurindo abadhiko ahosi dukkhito balhagilano 4. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo yena Yepa3.
|| ||
citti
5.
asurindo ten-upasankami gilanapucchako Addasa kho bhikkhave Yepacitti asurindo

||
||
Sakkam
devanam indam durato va agacchantani disvana Sakkam devanam indam etad avoca Tikiccha mam devanam
|| || ||
inda
ti
||
II
S'- s puthavivam.
.
"sftpfthata
-3
2 S B. saveti. 3 B. sakkaham. na ca manakkaye santim ganluuui.

1
S'- s omit
ti.
S 1 -8
XI.
3. 4.]
SAKKA-PANCAKA
3.
239
6.
Vacehi
mam
7. 8.
Yavaham marisa
|| ||
Vepacitti sambarimayan-ti asure patipucchami ti

||
||
||
||
pucchi
9.
Atha kho bhikkhave Yepacitti asurindo asure patiVacem-aham 2 marisa Sakkam devanam indam
|| ||
sambariraayan-ti
Ma
kho tvam marisa vacesi

||
Sakkara devanam indam
sambarimayan-ti
10.
||
Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkara devaII II
nam indam gathaya ajjhabhasi 4 Maya pi Maghava Sakka

upeti nirayam
1.
||
devaraja
Sujampati
II
ghoram
4.
II
||
Sambaro va satam saman-ti
||
||
Accaya (-akodhano). arame 2. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhft sampayojesum atha kho so 7 bhikkhu tassa tatr-eko bhikkhu accasara 6 8 so bhikkhu na santike bhikkhuno accayam accayato desesi
Savatthiyam
la
II
|
II
||
||
||
patiganhati
||
||
3. Atha kho sambahula bhikkhd yena Bhagava tenupasarikaraitva Bhagavantam abhivadetva upasankamimsu Ekam antatn nisinna kho te ekam antam nisidimsu bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avocum dve bhikkhu sampayojesura 4. Idha bhante tatr-eko bhikkhu accasara atha kho so bhante bhikkhu 9 tassa bhikkhuno santike accayam accayato deseti so bhikkhu na pati|| II II || ||
||
||
||
ganhati
5.
ti
||
||
yo ca accayam accayato na dhammam na patipassati bala dve kho bhikkhave ime ganhati 6. Dve me bhikkhave pandita yo ca accayam accayato
bala
||
||
Dve me bhikkhave
||
yo ca accayam desentassa yatha

||
||
||
passati
yo ca accayam desentassa yatha dhammam putiganhati ime kho bhikkhave dve pandita 7. Bhutapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devanara indo Sudhanimayara sabhayam deve Tavatimse anunayamano tayam vela|| ||
||
j|
yam imam
1
gatharn abhasi
||
||
(for BO.
J 3 S - 3 vaceham. S 1 - 3 vacehi. S 1 - 3 vacehisi (S 1 si) mam. 8 6 S accayasara here and further on. S'-^raja. mayavi ?) 8 B. deseti. 9 S 1 - 3 omit so and bhikkhu.
1
B. mayavi ' S 3 omits
240
SAKKA-SAMYUTTA
XI.
[XI.
3. 4.
ma ca mittehi vo jara ma ma cabhasittha pesunam garahittha agarahiyam

Kodho vo vasam avatu
atha papajanam kodho
5.
1.
||
||
||
||
||
pabbato vabhimaddati
(-avihimsd).
ti
||
||
Akodho

Tatra
||
||
Savatthiyam
etad

2.
kho
Bhagava
arame bhikkhu pa
||
||
||
||
Bhagava
avoca
3.
Bhutapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devanam indo Sudhammayam sabhayam deve Tavatimse anunayamano tayam
velayam imam gatham abhasi Ma vo kodho ajjhabhavi ma ca kujjhittha kujjhatam akkodho avihimsa ca 2 ariyesu vasati sada s atha papajauam kodho pabbato vabhimaddati ti
||
||
||
II
||
||
||
||
||
Sakka-pancakam Tass-uddanam 5 Chetva Dubbanniya Maya 6 Accayena-akodhano Akodho-avihimsa ti 7 Sakka-samyuttam samattam 8 Ekadasa-samyuttam samattam
|| || || ||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
Brahma
Devata Devaputto ca Raja Maro ca Bhikkhuni Yana-Yakkhena Brahmana-Yangiso

|| ||
II
Yasavo
till
II
Sagatha-vaggo pathamo
9
||
||
1 S 1 garahitva S 3 garahittha. 2 B. akodho avihiipsi ca. 3 S 1 - 3 vasati ; 6 8 4 S 1 -2 B. ariyesu ca patipadfi. B. tatruddanam bhavati. Missing in B. 7 S'- 3 desita huddhasetthena idam sakkapaucakam (instead of jhatva mayam. 3 8 In S - only. In B. only. akodho-avihimsa).
;
1
pointed out to
it has been the Mahasamaya Sutta, in the Digha; and that III. 2. 5. 16 recurs in the Jutaka II. 239.
SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE. Since the sheets passed through the press me that the whole of I. 4. 7 recurs, as the opening of
241
APPENDIX.
I.
INDEX OF THE PROPER NAMES.
All the proper names of the Sagatha have been included in this
Only such words as Gotama, Tathagata, Bhagava, etc., have been omitted. On the contrary, some words which are more
Index.
been admitted.
qualifying expressions than veritable names (as Matuposaka), have The qualifications generally added to the many
are,
words
with the exception
of very
few
of
them, borrowed from
the text.
references are all made to the Samyuttas and to the of without further indication. The menare them, any Samyuttas tioned in their numerical, not alphabetical, order, and are signified
The
by the following abbreviations

1.
Dev.
2.
3.
Dp. Ko.
4. 5.
6.
Ma.
Bhi.
Bra.
= Devata-Samyutta = Devaputta= Kosala= Mara= Bhikkhunl= Brahma,, ,,
7.
8.
Bra.
Van.
Va.
9.
,,
10.
Ya.
11. Sa.
= Brahmana-Samyutta = Vangisa= Yana= Yakkha= Sakka,,
This rule will be complied with in the subsequent indexes.

Aggajava-ka
Arigirasa
11.
cetiya,
Van.
(
1. 2. 3.
Anathapindikassaarama (See Jetavana)
mahamuni
= Gotama),
I.
1,
Van.
3;
Anathapindiko gahapati, Dp. II. 10 Ya. 8.
Ajapala-nigrodha, III. 4 ; Bra. I.
MS.
1, 2.
2,
Anathapindiko devaputto, Dp. II. 10.
Anuruddha ayasma, Bra.

4, 6.
I.
II. 5;
Ajatasatthu raja, Ko. II.
Va. 6
I. 1.
Ya.
6.
Ajita-kesakambalo
titthiyo,
Ko.
Andhakavinda
deso, Bra. II. 3.
Anjana-vana, Up. II. 8. Annasi-Kondanfio ayasma, Van. Atato nirayo, Bra. I. 10.
9.
Ababo nirayo, Bra. I. 10. Abbudo nirayo, Bra. I. 9, 10. Abhibha bhikkhu, Bra. II. 4.
16
242
Arati mSradhita,
APPENDIX.
Ma.
III. 5.
Ealandaka-nivapa.
See Veluvana.
raja, Bra. II. 4. Arunavati rajadhani, Bra. II. 4.
Arunava
Eassapagotto ayasma, Va. 3. Eassapo buddho, Dev. V. 10

III. 4.
Dp.
Asamo Ahaho
devaputto, Dp. III. 10. nirayo, Bra. I. 10.

10.
;
Eassapo devaputto, Dp. Eassapo (Purana-) 10 Eo. I. 1.

;
;
I. 1, 2.
titthiyo,
Dp. III.
I. 5.
Akotako devaputto, Dp. III.
Anando ayasma, Dp.

Ko.
II.
II. 10
III. 9
Eassapo (Maha-) ayasma, Bra.
8;
Bra. II. 6;
5.
Bra. II.
Eatyano
10.
(=Eaccayano),
Dp.
III.
11; Van. 4; Va.
Abhassara deva, Ma. II. 8. Alavako yakkho, Ya. 12.

Alavi deso, Van.
1, 2,
Eamado devaputto, Dp. I. 6. Ealasiia deso, Ma. III. 3 Van. 10.

;
Easi
deso,
Eo.
II. 4, 5.
3.
Ta. 12.
1.
Eisa-Gotamt bhikkhuni, Bhi.
Alavika bhikkhuni, Bhi.
Eumuda
nirayo, Bra.
I. 10.
Eusinara deso, Bra.
II. o.
9, 10
;
Indako yakkho, Ya. 1. Indakuta-pabbato, Ya.

IsigUi,
;
Eutagarasaia deso, Dev. IV.

1.
Ma.
10.
II. 7
Sa. II. 7.
(Ajita-)
titthiyo,
Isipatana,
Ma. III. 3 Van. Ma. I. 4. 5.

I. 3.
Eesakambalo
II. 1.
Eos.
Isana-devaraja, Sa.
Eokanada Eokanada
5.
devata, Dev. IV. 9.

(cula-)
devata, Dev.
IV.
I.
Ujjbanasannika devatayo, Dev. IV. Uttara (-rika) yakkhini, Ya. 7.

Uttaro devaputto, Dp. II. 9. Udayo brahmano, Bra. II. 2.
10.
Eokaliko
7, 9, 10.
(-liyo)
bhikkhu,
Bra.
Eondanno (Annasi-) ayasma, Van.

;
9.
Upako bhikkhu, Dev. V. 10

III. 4.
Dp.
Eosala deso, Va. 4. Eosaia jana, Dp. III. 5

4, 10
;
Ma.
7,
II.
Upacaia bhikkhuni, Bhi.
7.
Bra.
I. 9,
10; II.
8; Va.
Upavattana deso, Bra. II.
6.
Upavano ayasma, Bra.
II. 3.
1-8; 10-14. Eosalo (Pasenadi-), Eo.
I. II. III.
TTppala-nirayo, Bra. I. 10. Uppalavanna bhikkhuni, Bhi. 5.

TJruvela nigamo, Ma. I. III. 4; Bra. I. 1, 2.
1,
Ehandadevo bhikkhu,
5
Dev. V.
10
2, 3
Dp. III. 4. Eharo yakkho, Ya.
3.
Ehemo
devaputto, Dp. III. 2. Ehomadussa nigamo, Bra. II. 12.

II. 12.
Ekanala gamo, Bra. II. 1. Ekasaia gamo, Ma. II. 4.
Ehomadussaka jana, Bra.

Gaggara pokkharani, Van.
11.
Kakudho devaputto, Dp. Eakuddho or Pakuddho,
II. 8.
see next
word.
Eaccayano (Eakuddha or Pakuddha-) titthiyo, Ko. I. 1. Kapilavatthu deso, Dev. IV. 7.

Eappino (Malia-) ayasnui, Bra.
I. 5.
Ganga nadi, Bra. I. 4 Ya. 3, 12. Gaya deso, Ya. 3. Bra. Gijjhakuta-pabbato, Ma. II. 1
; ;
II. 2;
Ya. 2; Sa. II.
6.
Gotami (Eisa-) bhikkhuni, Bhi.

Godhiko ayasma, Ma. III.
10
3.
4.
Eappo baddhacaro, Bra. I. 4. Eappo (Nigrodha-) upajjhayo, Van.

1, 2, 3.
Gosalo (Makkhali-) titthiyo, Dp. III.

;
Eo.
I. 1. 4.
Ghatikaro devaputto, Dp. III.
APPENDIX.
Candanarigalika upasako, Ko. II. 2.
243
Candano devaputto, Dp. II. 5. Candima devaputto, Dp. I. 9. Candimaso devaputto, Dp. II. 1.
Nando devaputto, Dp. III. 7. Namuci ( = Mara), Dp. III. 10.

Nagadatto ayasma, Van.
Nataputto (Nigando-) III. 10; Ko. 1.1.
7.
titthiyo,
Dp.
III.
Campa
deso,
Van.
11.
Cala bhikkhuni, Bhi. 6. Cira (or ViraP) bhikkhuni, Ya. 11.

Jantu devaputto, Dp. II. Jalini devata", Va. 6.
Jetavana
Dev.
I.
Niko
10.
(or
Nimko) devaputto, Dp.
5.
Nigantho (or Nigando) Nataputto, Dp. III. 10; Ko. I. 1. Nigrodha-Kappo upajjhayo, Van. 1.
2,3.
arama, Anathapindikassa 1-10 II. 1-9 III. 1-10

;
IV. 1-6; V. 1-10; Dp.

I.
I.
1-10;
Nimmanaratino deva, Bhi. 7. Nirabbudo nirayo, Bra. I. 9, 10.
II. 1, 2; 10; III. 1-4; 6-9; Ko.
Nimko
10.
(or
Niko) devaputto, Dp. III.

I. 1, 2,
1-10; 11.2-10;
;
III. 1-5;
MS.
7;
I. 8 I.
II. 2, 5, 6, 9
Bhi. 1-10; Bra.

I.
Neranjara nadi, Ma.

4
;
III.
3-10;
2-6;
5, 6,
II.
4; Bra.
5,
6,
Bra. I.
1, 2.
II.
9-11; Van. 4-6,

7; Sak.
1
8,
12;
Ta.
7-10; III.
I. II. 1-2, 6; -5 (specially Dev. V. 8;
Dp.
II. 10; Bra. 1.6, 10).
Pakuddho (or Kakuddho) Kaccayano, Ko. I. 1. Pakudhako III. Katiyano, Dp.

10.
Tahkitamafica yakkhabhavanam, Ta.

10.
3.
Paccanikasato brahmano, Bra. II.

Pajapati devaraja, Sa. I. Pajjunna devo, Dev. IV.
Paflcasaia
3. 9, 10.
6.
Taggarasikkhi paccekabuddho, Ko. II.
Tanha maradhita, Ma. III. 6. Tapodarama (Rajagahe), Dev. Tayano devaputto, Dp I. 8.

Tavatimsa deva, Dev. II.
Va. 6; Sa.
I. 1, 2, 3,
2, 4, 5.
1
;
gamo, Ma.
II. 8.
I. 7-
II. 10-
Pancalacando devaputto, Dp.
Paduma-ka
Bhi. 7;
1, 2,
nirayo, I. 10.
I.
Pasenadi raja, Ko.

III. 1-5.
1-10; II. 1-10;
4; II.
3,4; III.
Tidasa deva, Sa. II. 8. Tissako (katamodaka-) bhikkhu, Bra.

I. 8.
Pingiyo (or Singiyo ?) bhikkhu, Dev. V. 10 ; Dp. III. 4.
Piyankara yakkho, Ya. 6. Pukkusati bhikkhu, Dev. V. 10

III. 4.
Dp.
Tudu
(or
Turu) paccekabrahma, Bra.

7.
I. 9.
Tusita deva, Bhi.
Pundariko nirayo, Bra I. 10. Punabbasu yakkho, Ya. 7.
Pubbarama, Ko. II.

Dakkhina-giri, Bra. II.
1.
Van.
7.
;
Damali devaputto, Dp.
I. 5.
3.
Purana-kassapo titthiyo, Dp. III. 10 Ko. I. 1.
Dighalatthi devaputto, Dp. II. Devadatto, Bra. II. 2.
Purindado = Sakko, Sa. II.

III. 4.
2, 3.
Phalagando bhikkhu, Dev. V. 10; Dp.
Devahito brahmano, Bra. II.
3.
Dhananjuni brahmani, Bra.
I. 1.
Nandanam vanam, Dev.

Nandano devaputto, Dp.
II. 1
Va.
6.
Baka brahma, Bra. I. 4. Baranasi, Ma. I. 4, 5.

Bahuraggi bhikkhu, Dev. V. 10
;
II. 4.
8.
Dp.
Nandivisalo devaputto, Dp. III.
III. 4.
244
APPENDIX.
Maharaja
Mahali
(cattdro) deva, Sa. II. 8.
Belathaputto (Sanjayi-) titthiyo, Ko. 1.1.
Maharoruva-nirayo, Ko. II. 10.

licchavi, Sa. II. 3.
7,
Brahmadevo ayasma, Bra. I. 3. Brahmaloko, Bra. I. 3-5 II. 4.

;
Mahavana, Dev. IV.

10;
II. 7;
9,
10; Ma.
4.
1
;
Brahma sahampati, Bra.

II. 2, 3, 5
;
I.
1-3,
Sa. II. 3.
Sa. II. 7.
:
Mahasaio brahmano, Bra. II.
Bhaddiyo bhikkhu, Dev. V. 10

III. 4.
Dp.
I.
Magadha
II. 3
;
jana, Ma. II. 8 Bra. I. Bra. II. 1 Ya. 4.

; ;
Bharadvajagotto 1-10; II. 8.
brahmano,
Bra.
Magadho
devaputto, Dp.
I. 4.
Magho
brahmano,
10.
devaputto, Dp.
I. 3.
Bharadvajo
BrS.
I. 2.
(akkosaka-)
Manava-gamiyo devaputto, Dp. III.

Matali sangahako, Sa.
I.
4,
Bharadvajo (aggika-) brahmano, Bra.

I. 8.
II.
8,9, 10.
Bharadvajo (asurindaka-)
Bra.
I.
brahmano,
brahmano,
3.
Matuposaka brahmano, Bra. II. 9. Manatthaddo brahmano, Bra. II. 5.

Maruto, Ma. III. 5. Maro papima, Dp.
1-10
;
Bharadvajo
Bra.
I. 5.
(ahimsaka-)
III. 10;
III. 1-5
;
Ma.
Bhi.
I.
I.
Bharadvajo
II. 1.
(kasi-)
brahmano, Bra.
II. 1-10
1-10
Van.
8.
Bharadvajo (jata-) brahmano), Bra.

1.6.
Migadaya (Baranasiyam), Ma. I. 4, 5. Migadaya (Rajagahe), Dev. IV. 8

;
Bharadvajo (navakammika-) brahmano,

Bra. II. 7.
Ma.
II. 3.
Bharadvajo
BrS.
I. 4.
(bilangika-)
)
brahmano,
brahmano,
Migadaya (Sakete), Dp. II. 8. Migara - matu - pasada, Ko. Van. 7.
II.
Bharadvajo
Bra.
I. 7.
(suddhika
Moggallano (Maha-) ayasma, Bra. Van. 10. 6, 9, 10

;
I.
Bharadvajo
Bra.
I. 9.
(Sundarika-)
brahmano,
10.
Mogharaja ayasma, Dev. IV.
4.
Bhikkhako brahmano, Bra. II. Bhoja Rohita-pita, Dp. III. 6.
Yama devo, Dev. Yama deva, Bhi.
IV.
7.
3.
Makkhali (-Gosalo), Dp. III. 10; Ko.

I. 1.
Raga maradhita, Ma.
III. 5.
Magadha deso, Va. 4. Maghava = Sakko, Sa.

III. 3.
II. 2, 3,
8-10;
Raj agaha deso, Dev. 10; IV. 8; Dp. 3-7,9; III. 10; Ma. 1.6,7, 9, 10; II. 1, 3; III. 3; Bra. II. 1, 2; Bra. I. 1-4, 8; Van. 9, 10; Ya.
1, 2,
Magho manavo ( = Sakko),
Sa. II. 2, 3.
8-11
I.
Sa. II. 4, 6 (specially

8, 9). 9, 10. 6. 6.
M:mil>:uldho yakkho, Ya. 4.
Bra.
8; Ya.
Manimalaka cetiyam, Ya. 4. Maddakucchi arama, Dev. IV. 8

II. 3.
Rahu
;
asurindo,
isi,
Ma.
Rohitasso
Dp. I. Dp. III.
Rohitasso devaputto, Dp. III.

5.
1.
Malta, Bra. II.
Mallika devi, Ko.
8; II.
6.
Licchavi (Mahali-), Sak. II.
3.
Written erroneously Magadha.
APPENDIX.
Vangiso there ayasma, Van. 1-12.
Vajira bhikkhuni, Bhi. 10. Vajja-bhumi, Va. 4.
Vajji-puttako, Va. 9.
Vatrabh.(l
245
;
Sambaro asurindo, Sa. I. 10 Sambhavo bhikkhu, Bra. II.

Sahassakkho
Sahassanetta
III. 3.
4.
= Magh.o, Dp. Varuna devaraja, Sa. I.

Sa. I. 4
= Sakko, Sa. II. 2, 3. = Sakko), Sa. I. 9. (

10.
I. 3.
3.
Vasavattino deva, Bhi.
7.
;
Sahali devaputto, Dp. III. Saketa deso, Dp. II. 8. Sanu yakkho, Ya. 5.
Vasavo = Sakko,
9,
II. 2, 3, 8,
10; III.
1.
Sariputto ayasma, Dev. V. 8 Dp. II. 10; III. 9; Bra. I. 9, 10; Van.
;
Vijaya bhikkhuni, Bhi.

Vipulo
giri,
4.
6,7.
Saiavana, Bra. II.
6.
;
Dp. III.
See
10.
Vira
(or Cira?)
bhikkhuni, Ta. 11.
Savatthi, Dev. I. 1-10
II. 1-9
;
III.
;
Vekalinga deso.
Vegabbhari.
Vebha
See VetambharJ.
9, 10.
Vejayanta-pasada, Sa. II.
1-10; IV. 1-6; V. 1-10 VI. 1-10 VII. 1-10; VIII. 1-10; Dp. I. 1-10; II. 1, 2, 10; III. 1-4, 6-9;
Vetambhari (or Vegabbhari) devaputto, Dp. III. 10.
Ko.
I.
I.
1-10; II. 1-10;

8
;
III. 1-5;
9
; ;
Ma.
5, 6,
;
II.
I.
2,
5,
6,
Bhi.
I,
Vendu devaputto, Dp.

Vedehi-putto
II. 4, 5.
II. 2.
3.
1-10; Bra.
3-10; II. 4
Bra.
Vetarani nirayanadi, Dev. IV.
(=Ajatasattu),
Ko.
Sa.
12
1,
7; II. 2-6, 9-11; Van. 4-8. Ya. 5, 6, 7 ; Sa. I. 1-10 ; II.

5,
2,
Vepacitti asurindo,
I. 4, 5, 7,
Dp.
3.
I. 9,
10
Ko.
4, 5,
7-10; III. 1-5 (specially 9; Bra. II. 11).

4,
III.
Sikhi buddho, Bra. II.

deso,
Vebhaliriga (or Veka Veha) Dev. V. 10 Dp. III. 4.

;
See Pingiyo. Siiavati deso, Ma. III.

Sirigiyo.
1, 2. 1.
Verocano asurindo, Sa. I. 8. Veluvana kalandakanivapa,

3-7, 9;
Sivo devaputto, Dp. III.
Dp.
II.
Sitavana, Ya. 8.
III. 10; Ma. I. 6, 7, 9, 10; III. 3; Bra. I. 1-4, 8; Van. 9; Ya. 9-11; Sa. II. 4.
Sivako yakkho, Ya. 8. Sivathika = Sitavana, Sisupacaia, Bhi. 8.
Vesali deso, Dev. IV. 9, 10 II. 7; Va. 9; Sa. II. 3.
Ma.
Sukka bhikkhuni, Ya. Sucilomo yakkho, Ya.

Sujampati = Sakko, Sa. 8,9, 10; III. 3.
9, 10. 3. I. 7
;
Vehaliuga deso.
See Vebhalinga.
II. 2, 3,
Sakka Ko.
12.
(or
Sakya) jana, Dev. IV. 7

;
Suja (orSujata) asurakaufui, Sa.

Sudatto devaputto, Dp. II. 6. Sudatto=Anathapindika, Ya. 8.
2, 3.
II. 8
Ma.
III. 1-2
Bra. II.
Sakko devanam indo, Bra.

I.
II. 5
Sa.
1-10, II. 1-10, III. 1-5.
Sakko yakkho, Ya. 2. Sarigaravo brahmano, Bra. II. 11. Safijayo belathaputto, Ko. I. 1.
Satullapakayika deva, Dev. IV. 1-4,
6, 8.
Sudassano manavo, Ko. II. 3. Suddhavasakayika deva, Dev. IV. 7. Suddhavaso paccekabrahma, Bra. I. 6,
7,8.
Sudhamma
sabha, Sa. I. 4
I. 9.
III.
4, 5.
Sundarika nadi, Bra.
Sanahkumaro brahma, Bra.

Sappini nadi, Bra. II.
III. 2.
1.
II. 1.
Subrahma devaputto, Dp. II. 7. Subrahma paccekabrahma, Bra.

7,8.
I. 6,
Samiddhi ayasma, Dev. II. 10
Ma.
Suriyo devaputto, Dp. Suviro devaputto, Sa.
I.
10.
1.
246
Susimo devaputto, Dp. III. 9
1.2.
Seto
giri,
;
APPENDIX.
Sa.
Sela bhikkhunt, Bhi. 9. Sogandhiko nirayo, Bra. I. 10.
Dp. III.
10.
Soma- bhikkhuni, Bhi.
2.
Seri devaputto, Dp. III. 3. Seri raja, Dp. III. 3.
Himavanta, Dp. III. 5
Ma.
II. 10.
II.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF THE SUTTAS.
The mark
whose
= refers
to suttas the text of

titles.
which
is
given more
than once under different

title is
The word
or refers to the suttas
identity. of reading.
If the
given differently in the different MSS., Cf. to partial mark ? is added, it points out mere uncertainty
Akodhano, Sa. III.
4.
Akodho avihimsa,
Akkosa, Bra. Aggika, Bra.
I. 2.
Sa. III. 5.
Avihimsa, Sa. III. 7. Asurinda-ka, Bra. I. 3
Sa.
I.
9.
Ahimsaka, Bra.
4.
I. 5.
I. 8.
Accayena akodhano, Sa. III. Accent!, Dev. I. 4.

Acchara, Dev. V. 6. Ajarasa, Dev. VI. 2.
Aditta, Dev. V.
1.
;
Van. 4 Ananda, A
Ayacana, Bra.
Va.
7.
5.
Ayatana, MS. II.
I. 1.
AMataro brahma
Bra.
I. 5.
(or
Apara
ditthi),
Ayu, Ma.
I. 9, 10.
Attana-rakkhito, Ko. Atthakarana, Kos. I.
Alava, Ya. 12.

I. 5.
Alavika, Bhi.
7.
1.
Attho
(or Virocana-asurindo), Sa. 8.
Iccha, Dev. VII. 9.
Anathapindika, Dp. II. 10. Anuruddho, Ya. 6. (Of. Nandana).
Indako, Ya. 1 . Isayo arannaka (or Gandho), Sa.

10.
I. 9.
Anomiya, Dev. V. 5. Andhakavinda, Bra. II. 3. Annam, Dev. V. 3. (Cf. Seri).

Aparaditthi (or Bra. I. 6.
Isayo samuddaka (or Sambara), Sa. I.

Issattam, Ko. III. 4.
Annataro
9, 10.
brahma),
Issaram, Dev. VIII. 7.
Aputtaka, Ko. II.
Appaka, Ko.
I. 6.
I. 7.
Ujjhanasannino, Dev. IV. Uddito, Dev. VII. 7.

Uttaro, Dp. II. Udayo, Bra. II.
9. 2.
5.
Appatividita, Dev.
Appamada, Ko.
Ayoniso
II. 7, 8.
6.
Abbhahata, Dev. VII.

(or Vitakkita),
Va. 11.
Ayyaka, Ko. III. 2. Aranne, Dev. I. 10. Arana, Dev. VIII. 11.
Arati, Van. 2.
Upacala, Bhi. 7. Upat^hana, Va. 2.
Upaneyyam, Dev.
Uppalavanna, Bhi.
I. 3.
Uppatho, Dev. VI.
8. 6.
Araham, Dev.
III. 6.
Ekamdla, Dev. V.
4.
Arunavati, Bra. II. 4.
Eijijangha, Dev. III. 10.
APPENDIX.
Ogham, Dev.
Ogalha
(or
I. 1. 8.
247
1.
Jara, Dev. VI.
Kulagharani), Va.
II. 8.
8.
Jagaram, Dev.
I. 6.
Jetam
Kakudha, Dp.
Katthahara, Bra. II.
Katichinde, Dev.
(or Jetavana),
Dev. V.
8.
Tanha, Dev. VII.
3.
I. 1.
I. 5.
Tupokamma, Ma.
Tayano, Dp.
I. 8.
Kavi, Dev. VI. 10. Kasi, Bra. II. 1.
Tissako, Bra. I. 8.
Kassaka, Ma. II.
9.
Tudu
Ya.
3.
(or
Turu
?)
hrahma, Bra.
I. 9.
Kassapagotto Kassapo, Dp.
(or Chetaputto),
I. 1, 2.
Kama, Dev. VIII. Kamado, Dp. I. 6.

Kimdada, Dev. IV. Kutika, Dev. II. 9.
8.
DaUddo, Sa. II. 4. Daharo, Ko. I. 1.

Damali, Dp. II.
6.
2.
Ditthi (apara-), Bra. I. 5. Dighalatthi, Bra. I. 3.
Kummo
(or Dukkaram), Dev. II. 7. Kulagharani (or Ogalha), Va. 8. Kulavaka, Sa. I. 6. Kokalika (or -liya), Bra. I. 7, 10.
Dukkaram
(or
kummo), Dev.
2.
II. 7.
Dutiyo, Dev. VI. 9. Dubbanniya, Sa. III.

Devadatto, Bra. II. 2.
Kondanno, Van.
Khanti
9.
Devahito, Bra. II.
3.
1, 2, 3.
Khattiyo, Dev. II. 4.

(or Vepacitti), Sa. I. 4.
Deva
(or
Vatapada), Sa. II.

3.
3.
Khemo, Dp.
II. 2.
12.
Donapaka, Ko. II. Dhajaggam, Sa. I.

Dhananjani, Bra. and Magho).
Khomadussa, Bra. II.

Gaggara, Van.
11.
I.
(Of.
Chetva
Dhamma
I. 9.
(or
Gandha
= Isayo
3.
arafifiaksi), Sa.
Dhitaro,
Ma.
Sajjhaya), Va. 10. III. 5.

6.
Garavo, Bra.
I. 2.
Dhita, Ko. II.
Gotami, Bhi.
Godhika, Ma. III. 3. Ghatikaro, Dev. V. 10

Catucakka, Dev. III.
Na
;
jirati,
Dev. VIII.
6.
3.
Dp. III.
4.
Natthiputtasamam, Dev. II.
9.
Nadubbhiyam, Sa. I. 7. Nandati ( = Nandanam), Dev.
II. 2.
I. 8.
Candana, Dp. Candima, Dp.
II. 5.
I. 9.
Nandanam ( = Nandati), Mi.

Nandana, Dev.
Nandano, Dev.
4.
II. 1 (Cf. II. 4.
Anuruddho).
Candimaso, Dp. II. 1. Carika (or Sambahuli), Va.

Cala, Bhi. 6.
Nandivisalo, Dp. III. 8. Nando, Dp. III. 7.
Cittam, Dev. VII. 2. Cira (Vira?), Ya. 11.
Navakammika, Bra.
II. 7.
Na
santi,
Dev. IV. 4.
7.
I. 2.
Cheta-putto (or Kassapagotto), Va. 3. Chetva, Dev. VIII. 1 ; Sa. III. 1 (Of.
Nagadatta, Va.
Nago, Ma.
Dhananjani and Magho).

Jata, Dev. III. 3
Jatilo,
Nanatitthiya, Dp. III. 10. Namam, Dev. VII. 1.
Bra.
I. 6.
Ko.
II. 1.
5, 6, 7.
Nikkhantam, Van. 1. Nidda tandi, Dev. II.
6.
Janam, Dev. VI.
Nimokkho, Dev.
I. 2.
Jantu, Dp. III. 6.
Nivarana, Dev. III. 4.
248
Paccanika, Bra. II.
6.
APPENDIX.
Magadho, Dp.
(
I. 4.
Pajjunnadhita, Dev. IV. 9, 10. Pajjoto, Dev. III. 6 ; VIII. 10.
Magho = Chetva), Dp.

Matuposaka, Bra. Manakama, Dev.
II. 9.
I. 9.
I.
3.
Pancarajano, Ko. II.

Pancalacando, Dp.
2.
I. 7.
Manatthaddo, Bra. II.
5.
Patirupam, Ma. II. Pattam, Ma". II. 6.
4.
Manasam, Ma.
Maya, Sa. III.
II. 5.
3.
3.
Paduma puppha
14.
(or
Pundarika), Va.
5.
Mittam, Dev. VI. Moggallano, Van.
10.
Pabbatupamam, Ko. III. Pamada, Bra. I. 6.

Parinibb&na, Bra. II. 5.
Yajamanam,
Yanna, Ko.
Sa. II. 6.
I. 9.
Parosahassam, Van.
8.
Pavarana, Van.
7.
Pakatindriya (or Sambahula. bhikkhu), Va. 13.
Rajjam, Ma. II. 10. Ratba, Dev. VIII. 2.

Raja, Ko.
I. 3.
Patheyyam, Dev. VIII.

Pasa, Ma.
I. 4, 5.
1.
9.
Ramaneyyakara, Sa.
Rohito, Dp. III. 6.
II. 5.
Pasano, Ma. II.
Pindam, Ma. II. Piya, Ko. I. 4.

Piyarikara, Ya. 6.
8.
Lukbapapurana
II. 4.
(or
Mabasala), Bra.
Loka, Dev. VII. 10.

8.
1.
Pihito, Dev.
VII.
Loko
= Puriso),
Ko. III.
3.
Puggalo, Ko. III.
Pundarika
(or Paduma-puppba),Va. 14. Punabbasu, Ya. 7. Puriso ( = Loko), Kos. I. 2.
Vangisa, Van. 12.
Vacanam
(or
Vanaropa), Dev. V.
7.
Vajira, Bh. 10.
Pesala-atimannana, Van. Phusati, Dev. III. 2.
3.
Vajjiputto (or Vesali), Va. 9.
Bako brahmS, Bra.

Bahudhiti, Bra. Bilangika, Bra.
I. 4.
;
Vatapada (or Deva), Sa. II. 1, 2, 3. Vatthu, Dev. VI. 4. Vanaropa (or Vacanam), Dev. V. 7.
Bandhana, Dev. VII. 5

I. 10. I. 4. I. 3.
Ko.
I. 10.
Vandana, Sa. II.

Vijaya-, Bhi. 4.
7.
Vitakkita (or Ayoniso), Va. 11.
Brahmadevo, Bra.
Bhikkako, Bra. II. 10.
Vittam, Dev. VIII. 3. Virocana-asurindo (or Attho), Sa.

III.
1.
I. 8.
Bhikkhd (sambahula-), Ma.

Bhita, Dev. VIII.
5.
Viveka, Va.
1.
Vira(Cira?), Ya. 11. Vutthi, Dev. VIII. 4.

;
Macchari, Dev. IV. 2
V.
9.
Vendu, Dp. II.

12;
2.
Majjhantiko
(or
Sanika), Va.
Vepacitti (or Kbanti), Sa. I. 4.
Sanamana
or Santika (Dev. II. 6).
Vesali (or Vajjiputto), Va. 9.

Sakalika, DOT. IV. 8,
Manibhaddo, Ya. 4. Manonivarana, Dev. III. Mallika, Ko. I. 8.
4.
Ma.
II. 3.
Sakka, Ya.
I. 2.
Mahaddhana, Dev. III.

Mali lisa la
II. 4.
(or
8.
Lukhapapurana), Bra.
Sakkanamanassa, Sa. II. 8, 9, 10. Sangame dve vuttani, Ko. II. 4, 6.

Sangdrava, Bra. II. 11.
APPENDIX.
Sajjhaya (or Dhamma), Va. 10.
Satta vassani,
249
Sisupacala, Bhi. 8.
Siho,
Ma.
III. 4.
Ma.
II. 2.
Sattiya, Dev. III. 1.
Saddha, Dev. IV.
6.
Sukka, Ya. 9, 10. Sucilomo, Ya. 3.

Sudatto, Dp. II. 6.
Sudatto, Ya.
8.
Sanamano
(santikaya), Dev. II. 5.
Majjhantika), Va. 12. Sanamkumaro, Bra. II. 1.
= Sanika (or
Sappo, Ma. I. 6. Sabbhi (=Sivo), Dev. IV. Samayo, Dev. IV. 7.
Suddhika, Bra. I. 7. Sundarika, Bra. I. 9.

Suppati,
1.
Ma.
I. 7.
Subrahma, Dp.
III. 2.
II. 7.
Samiddhi, Dev. II. 10
Ma.
Subham, Ma.
I. 3. I. 5.
Sambara
I. 10.
(or
Isayo
samuddaka), Sa.
1.
Subhasitam jayam, Sa.

Subhasita, Van.
Suriya,
5.
Sambahuia, Ma. III.
Dp.
I. 10. 1.
I. 8.
Sambahuia (or Carika), Va. 4. Sambahuia bhikkhu (or Pakatindriya),

Va. 13.
Sara, Dev. III. 7.
Suvira, Sa. I.
Susammuttha, Dev.
Susima, Dp. III.
9.
Susima, Sa.
4.
I. 2.
Samyojanam, Dev. VII.

Sadhu, Dev. IV. Sanu, Ya. 5.
3.
Seia, Bhi. 9.
Sen, Dp. III.
3.
(Cf.
Annam).
Soma, Bhi.
III.
1.
2.
Sariputta, Van. 6.
Sivo(= Sabbhi), Dp.
Hiri, Dev. II. 8.
III.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF THE GATHAS.

all
This index contains the beginning of

padas,
the gathas of
four
although
many
of
them
are only the sequel of another,
with which they constitute a whole. The first of the two padas sometimes added to four padas, and forming with them a stanza of six padas, has not been
mentioned, as not being a beginning at all. No distinction has been made as to the gathas which, beginning with the same words, differ more or less in the rest.
Akatam dukkatam
Akampitam
seyyo, Dp. acalitam, Bhi. 7.
I. 8.
Accayam
desayantinara, Dev. IV. 5.
Akammana
devasettha, Sa. I. 1, 2.
I. 2.
Akkodhassa kuto kodho, Bra. Akkheyyasaniiino satta, Dev.
Accayo ca na vijjetha, Dev. IV. 5. Accenti kaia, Dev. I. 4 Dp. III. 7. Accharaganasanghuttham, Dev. V. 6.
;
II. 10.
Acchejja tanham, Ma. III.

Ajelaka ca gavo ca, Eo.
5.
Akkheyyam
ca parinnaya Dev. II. 10.

II. 8.
3.
I. 9.
Aghajatassa ve nandi, Dp.

Accayanti ahoratta, Ma.
Ajja pannarase visuddhiya, Van.

Ajjapi
te
7.
Accantam hataputtamhi, Bhi.
avuso sa
ditthi,
Bra.
I. 5.
I. 10.
Aiiiiathii
santam attauam, Dev. IV. 5.
250
Annena
II. 1.
APPENDIX.
ce kevalinam, Bra. I. 8, 9
;
Abhayam yacamananam,
Abhikkama gahapati, Ta.
Sa. I. 10.
8. 5.
Addho ye
puriso raja,
Ko. III.
1.
Abhidhavatha bhaddante, Ya.

10.
Atitam nanusocanti, Dev.
I. 10.
Abhutva bhikkhasi bhikkhu, Dev.
II.
Attanani ce piyam jaMa, Ko. Attanam na dade, Dev. VIII.
I. 4.
8.
Amaccudheyyam pucchanti, MS.
III. 4.
9.
Atthassa pattim, Ma. III. 5. Atthaya vata me buddho, Ya. 12. Atthi nissaranam loke, Bhi. 1.
Amanussatthane udakam, Ko. II. Amma na vyaharissami, Ya. 7.

Ayoniso manasikara, Va. 11.
Atthi sakyakule jato, Bhi.
8.
;
Atha aggi divarattim, Dev. III. 6 Dp. I. 4. Atha antena jahati, Dev. V. 1. Atha satthi tasita, Van. 2.
Aranne rukkhamule va, Sa. Aranne viharantanam, Dev.
I. 3.
I. 10.
Arati viya mejja khayati, Va. 4. Aratim ca ratim ca pahaya, Van. 2.
Athayam itara paja, Bra. II. 3. Addha pajanasi niametam, Bra. I. 4. Addha mam yakkha janasi, Va. 14. Addha suyittham, Bra. I. 9. Addha hi danam. See SaddhahL
Ananganassa possassa, Va. 14. Anatthasanhitam natva, Ma. I.
1.
Aratim pajahasi, Va. 1. Arahante sitibhute, Bra. II.
6.
;
Araham sugato loke, Ma.

II. 3.
III. 5
Bra.
Aladdha tattha assadam, Ma. III.

Alasassa anutthata, Sa.
III. 4.
I. 1, 2.
;
4.
Aviham upapannase, Dev. V. 10

4.
Dp.
Anantadassi Bhagavaham, Bra. I. Anagatappajappaya, Dev. I. 10.
Aviruddha viruddhesu, Sa. II. 10. Asanta kira mam jamnia, Bra. II.
Asallinena cittena, Bra. II. 5. Asubhaya cittam bhavehi, Van. 4.
4.
Anigho ve aham yakkha, Dp. II. Anicca addhuva kama, Va. 2.

Anicca vata sahkhara, Bra. II. Animittam ca bhavehi, Van. 4.
5.
8.
Assamedham purisamedham, Ko.

Asso va jinno nibbhogo, Bra. II.
2.
I. 9.
4.
Anutthaham avayamam,
Sa. I.
5.
1,
Aham
Ahu
Ahuva
ca silasampanne, Sa. II. 8.
Anomanamam, Dev. V.
Antakenadhipannassa, Ko. I. Antalikkhacaro paso, Ma. II.

Antojata, Dev. III.
1
;
4.
5.
I. 6.
pure dhamraapadesu, Va. 10. te sagameyyo, Dev. V. 10

4.
Dp. III.
Bra.
Andhakare pure hoti, Bra. II. 4. Annado halado hoti, Dev. V. 2.
Annam
evabhinandanti, Dev. V. 3
III. 4.
Akinnaluddo puriso, Va. 14. Adittasmim agarasmim, Dev. V.

;
1.
Dp.
III. 3.
Annam panam, Ko.

Apunnam
Araddhaviriyam pahitattam, Va. 2. Arabbhatha nikkhamatha, Bra. II.
4.
Aparuta tesam amatassa, Bra. I. 1.

pasavi Maro,
Aramacetya vanacetya, Sa.
II. 5.
7.
Ma.
II. 8.
I. 9, 10.
Aramaropa vanaropa, Dev. V.
Appamattako ayam Appamatto ubhe atthe, Ko.
kali, Bra.
Ayum
arogyam vannam, Ko.

I. 3.
II. 7-
II. 7, 8.
7, 8.
Ahuneyyo vedagu, Bra.

Ingha anrie
Appameyyam paminanto,
Appaviddbl anatha
13.
te,
Bra. 1.
Dp. III. 6; Va.

2, 3.
pi pucchassa,
Ya. 12.
9.
Appasraeke pavecchanti, Dev. IV.
Icchaya bajjhati loko, Dev. VII. Iti hetam vijanama, Dev. V. 9.

Ito bahiddha pasanda, Bhi. 8. Itthi pi ekacci ya, Ko. II. 6.
Appam ayu manussanam, Ma. I. 9. Appam hi etam na hi digham, Bra. 1.4.

Abalam
tarn
balam ahu, Sa.
I. 4, 5.
Itthibhavo kirn kayira, Bhi. 2.
APPENDIX.
Idam vatvana Maghava,
9, 10.
251
tada
asi,
Sa.
II.
8,
Evam etam
III. 4.
Dev. V. 10
Dp.
Idam hi jatu me dittham, Bra. II. 3. Idam hitam jetavanam, Dev. V. 8

Dp. II. 10. Idha chinditamarite, Dp. III. 10.
Evam etam
;
(or
evam) purananam, Dev.
V. 10; Dp. III. 4.
Idhagama vijjupabhasavanna,
IV. 10.
IminS, putikayena, Bhi. 4.
Dev.
Isayo
Sambaram
patta, Sa. I. 10.
Isinam abhayam natthi, Sa. I. 10. Issattam balaviriyanca, Ko. III. 4.

I,
Van.
1.
Uccavaccehi vannehi, Ko. I. 1. Ujuko nama so maggo, Dev. V.
6. I. 1
;
Utthahi
(or
Utthehi) vira, Bra.
Evam esa kasi kattha, Bra. II. 1. Evam khandha ca dhatuyo, Bhi. 9. Evam ce mam viharantam, Van. 1. Evam jara ca maccu ca, Ko III. 5. Evam dhamma apakamma, Dp. III. 2. Evam buddham sarantanam, Sa. I. 3. Evam vijitasangamam, Van. 7. Evam virattam khemattam, Ma. II. 6. Evam vihari bahulo, Ma. III. 5. Evam sabbangasampannam, Van. 10. Evam sahassanam, Dev. IV. 2. Evam sudesite dhamme, Van. 8. Evam hi dhira kubbanti, Ma. III. 3.
Esa devamanussanam, Ya. 7. Esa antaradhayami, Bhi. 5.
Sa. II. 7.
Utthehi bhikkhu kim
sesi,
Va.
2.
Uddham adho
Dp. III.
4.
ca tiriyam,
ca,
Ma.
III. 3.
;
Esupama Damali, Dp.

Eso hi
I. 3.
I. 6.
Upako Phalagando
Dev. V. 10
te
brahmani Brahmadevo, Bra.
Upadhisu jana gadhita, Van. 2. Upaniyati jivitam, Dev. I. 3

II. 9.
Dp.
Oghassa hi nittharanattam, Van

Kacci
te
.8.
TJposatham upavasanti, Ya. 5. Ubhinnam attham carati, Bra.

Sa. I. 4, 5.
kutika natthi, Dev. II.
9. 8.
I. 2, 3
Kacci tvam anigho bhikkhu, Dp. II. Kati chinde kati jahe, Dev. I. 5.
Ubhinnam tikicchant&nam,
2,
Bra.
I.
Sa. I. 4, 5.
4.
8.
Kati jagaratam sutta, Dev. I. 6. Kati lokasmim pajjota, Dev. III. 6
Ubho punnanca papanca, Ko. I. Ummaggapatham Marassa, Van.

Ekaka mayam aranfie, Va. Ekako tvam arafifie, Va. 9.
9.
Dp. I. 4. Katiham careyya

II. 7.
.
sdmarlnam,
Dev.
Kattha
II. 3.
4.
dajja
deyyadhammam, Bra.
Ekamulam
dviravattam, Dev. V.
10.
Enijangham kisam, Dev. III. Etad eva aham marine, Sa. I. Etad eva titikkhaya, Sa. I. 4,
4, 5. 5.
Katham tvam anigho, Dp. II. 8. Katham nu dani puccheyyam, Ya. 12. Katham vihari bahulo, Ma. III. 5. Kathamsu tarati ogham, Dp. II. 5
Ya.
12.
Etam ca samatikkamma, Ma. II. 7. Etam tesam pihayami, Sa. II. 10. Etam dalham bandhanam, Ko. I. 10. Etam sammaggata yannam, Ko. I. 9. Etam hi yajamanassa, Ko. I. 9.
Etahi tihi vijjahi, BrS. I. 8. Ettha dajja deyyadhammam,
II. 3.
Kathamsu labhate pannam, Ya. 12. Katham hi Bhagava tuyham, Ma. I II. 3. Kappo ca te baddhacaro, Bra. I. 4. Kammamvijjaca.Dev.V. 8; Dp. II. 10.
Kayirafice kayirathenam, Dp. I. 8. Karaniyam ettha brahmanena, Dp. 1. 6. Kasma tuvam dhammapadani, Va. 10.
Bra.
Evam
adipito loko, Dev. V. 1.
Kassako patijanasi, Bra.
II. 1.
252
Kassaccaya na
1
APPENDIX.
vijjanti.
Dev. IV.
4.
5.
Kamaragena dayhami, Van.
Kumam
4,6.'
mafifiatu vS,
ma
va, Ya. I.
Kimsu sabbam addhabhavi, Dev.VIT. 1 Kimsu sambandhano loko, Dev. VII. 5. Kimsu samyojano loko, Dev. VII. 4.
Kim
su harantam varenti, Dev.VIlI. 7. Janata, Dev. VIII. 5.

;
Kayagutto vacigutto, Bra. II. 1. Kayena samvaro sadhu, Ko. I. 5. Karaye assame ramme, Ko. III. 4.
Kaveyyatnatta vicarimha, Van. 12. Kalam voham na janami, Dev. II. 10.
Kimsudha bhita
12.
Kimsfldha vittam, Dev. VIII. 3
Ya.
Kim
Kale pavissa Nagadatta, Va. 7. Kicchena me adhigatam, Bra. I.

10.
soppasi kim nu, Ma. I. 7Kukkula ubbhato tata, Ya. 5. Kuto sara nivattanti, Dev. III.
7.
1.
Kuddhaham na pharusam,
Dp. III.
8. 4.
Sa. III. 2.
;
Kismim loko samuppanno, Dev. VII.
Kumbhaka.ro pure asim, Dev. V. 10
Kim atthakamo na dade, Dev. VIII. Kim capi te tarn, Bra. I. 6. Kim jirati kim na, Dev. VIII. 6. Kim taham kutikam, Dev. II. 9.
Kimdado balado
hoti,
Kummo
va ahgani, Dev. II.
7.
Kula kulam pindikaya, Bra. II. 3. Kulavaka Matali sambalismim, Sa. 1. 6. Kusalam bhasasi, Dev. V. 10 Dp.
;
Dev. V.
2.
9.
III. 4.
Kimdiso tesam vipako, Dev. V.
Kim Kim Kim Kim Kim Kim Kim
nu nu nu nu nu nu
uddissa mundasi, Bhi. 8.
tesam pihayasi, Sa. II.
10.
3.
Kuso yatha duggahito, Dp. I. 8. Ke ca te atarum pankam, Dev. V. Dp. III. 4.

Kenassu uddito loko, Dev. VII.
7.
10
tvam hataputtava, Bhi.

santaramano va, Dp.
siho va,
satto ti paccesi, Bhi. 10.

I. 9, 10.
Ma.
II. 2.
Kenassu niyati loko, Dev. VII. 2, Kenassu pihito loko, Dev. VII. 8. Kenassu bajjhati loko, Dev. VII.
3.
9.
malam
6.
brahmacariyassa,
Dev.
VIII.
Kenassubbhahato loko, Dev. VII. 6. Kenasi dummano tata, MS. III. 5.
Kim me
Kimsu Kimsu Kimsu Kimsu
kata Eajagahe, Ta. 9.
Kenayam pakato
satto, Bhi. 10.

9.
ajarasa sadhu, Dev. VI. 2.
alasam, Dev. VIII. 10.

issariyam loke, Dev. VIII. 7.
Kenidam pakatam bimbam, Bhi. Ke nu kammanta, Bra. II. 7. Kenesam yafifio vipulo, Dev. IV.
2.
uppatatam
4.
settham,
Dev.
Kesam
diva ca ratto ca, Dev. V. 7.

11.
5.
;
VIII.
Kimsu uppatho akkhati, Dev. VI. 8. Kimsu chetva, Dev. VIII. 1 Dp.
;
Kesu dha arana loke, Dev. VIII. Kesu na manam kayira, Bra. II.
Kodham
I. 3
;
I. 3
Br&.
I. 1
Sa. III. 1.
chetva, Dev. VIII. 1 Bra. I. 1 ; Sa. III. 1.
Dp.
Kimsu janeti purisam, Dev. VI. 5, 6, 7. Kimsu dutiyam purisassa, Dev. VI. 9. Kimsu nidanamgathanam, Dev. VI. 10. Kimsu pathavato mittam, Dev. VI. 3. Kimsu bandhati patheyyam, Dev.
VIII.
9.
Kodham
Kodho vo vasam
jahe, Dev. IV. 4, 6. ayatu, Sa. III. 4.
Khattiyam jatisampannam, Ko. I. 1. Khattiye brahmane vesse, Ko. III. 5. Khattiyo dvipadam settho, Dev. II. 4.
Khattiyo brahmano vesso, Bra.
I. 7.
Kimsu mata pita", Dev. VIII. 11. Kimsu yava jara sadhu, Dev. VI. 1. Kimsu rathassa, Dev. VIII. 2. Kimsu lokasmim pajjoto, Dev. VIII.
10.
Khattiyo settho janetasmim, Bra.
II. 1.
Gangaya sotasmim, Bra. I. 4. Gandho isinam, Sa. I. 9. Gamanena na pattabbo, Dp. III.
Gambhirapanno medhavi, Van.
6.
Kimsu vatthumanussanam, Dev. VI.
4.
6.
APPENDIX.
Gambhirarupe, Bra.
II. 8.
;
253
janeti purisam, Dev. VI. 5, 6, 7.
vata, Dev. IV. 8.
Tanha
Dp.
Gambhiram
III. 4.
bhasasi, Dev. V. 10
Gathabhigitam, Bra. I. 8. 9 II. 1. Game va yadivarafine, Ko. I. 1 Sa.

; ;
Tanhadhipanna Tanhaya uddito Tanhaya niyati
loko,
Dev. VII.
6.
7.
3.
loko, Dev. VII.
II. 5.
Tattha cittam panidehi, Va. Tattba dajja. See Ettha .
Giriduggacaram chetam, Va.

Cakkavatti yatha raja, Van.
3.
Tatra bhikkhavo samadahamsu, Dev. IV. 7.

Tathagatassa buddhassa, Dev. IV.
;
7.
5.
Catucakkam navadvaram, Dev. III. 9
Dp. III.
8.
Cattaro ca patipanna, Sa. II. 6. Cattaroloke pajjota, Dev. III. 6

I. 4.
Dp.
Tathagatam arahantam, Dp. I. 9, 10. Tathavidham silavantam, Dp. II. 4. Tatheva khantisoracca Ko. III. 4. Tatheva saddho sutavS, Ko. III. 4.
,
Cando yatha, Van. 11. Caraka bahubherava bahu, Ma.

Caranti bala
Tadasi yam bhimsanakam, Bra. II. Tapokamma apakkamma, Ma. I. 1.

I. 6.
5.
dummedha, Dp.
III. 2.
Catuddasim pancaddasim, Ya. 5. Cittasmim vasibhutamhi, Bhi. 5. Cittena niyati loko, Dev. VII. 2.
Cirassam vata passami, Dev.
II.
8.'
Tapojigucchaya, Dp. III. 10. Tayo ca supanna caturo ca hamsa, Bra. I. 6.
Tasma akhilo dha padhanava, Van. Tasma kareyya kalyanam, Ko. I.

;
3.
I. 1
Dp.
II. 10
III. 2.
Coram harantam, Dev. VIII. 7. Colam pindo rati khidda, Dev. V.

Chandajam agham, Dev. IV.
Chandaragassa vinaya, Va.
10.
2.
Tasma tarn parivajeyya, Ko. I. 1. Tasma vineyya maccheram, Dev. IV*

9.
V. 3
Dp. III.
3.
4.
Chando nidanam gathanam, Dev. VI.
Tasma satan ca asatan ca, Dev. IV. 2. Tasma saddham ca silafi ca, Sa. II. 4. Tasma have (bhave?) lokavidu, Dp.
III. 6.
Cha lokasmim
10.
chiddani, Dev. VIII. 6.
Chasu loko samuppanno, Dev. VII.

Chinda sotam parakkamma, Dp. Chetva khilam, Dev. IV. 7.
Chetva nandim, Dev. III.
9.
I. 8.
Tasma Tasma
Dp.
Tassa
hi atthakamena, Bra. I. 2 .
hi pandito poso, Dev. V. II. 10; Ko. I. 1; III. 5.
Tasmim pasanna,
Bra. I. 3.
tarn' desayantassa,
Van.
6.
Jaggam na
sanke, Ma". II.
3.
Tassa sokaparetassa, Ma. III. 3. Tassa" yo jayati poso, Ko. II. 6.

I. 3.
Jayara ve mannati balo, Bra.
Tasseva tena papiyo, Bra.

I. 4, 5.
I. 2, 3
Sa,
Jayam veram pasavati, Ko. II. Jatassa maranam hoti, Bhi. 6.

Jiranti ve raja ratha, Ko. I. 3.
4.
Tarn ca
Jegucchi nipako bhikkhu,

10.
Dp. III.
3.
Tarn eva vacam bhaseyya, Van. 5. kammam katam, Dp. III. 2. Tarn ca pana appativaniyam, Ya. 9. Tarn ce hi nadakkhum, Dev. IV. 4. Tarn namassanti tevijjS, Sa. II. 8.
Tarn hi etc namasseyyum, Sa. II. 10. Tadiso puriso raja, Ko. III. 1.
Jetvana maccuno senam, Ma. III.
Thanam Thanam
Va.
hi
mannati balo, Ko. II. hi so manussindo, Ko. I.
5. 1.
;
Thite majjhantike kale, Dev. II. 5

12.
Tarn hissa gajjitam, Ko. III. 4. Tavatimsa ca Yama" ca, Bhi. 7. Tihi vijjahi sampanno, Bra. I. 8.
Taggha me kutika
natthi, Dev. II. 9.
Tunhi Uttarike
hohi, Ya. 7.
254
APPENDIX.
Na Na Na Na
te
Tunhibhuto bhavam, Bra. II. 3. Te cetasS anupariyeti, Van. 10. Te raatesu na miyanti, Dev. IV. 2.
Tevijja iddhipatta ca, Bra. I. 5. Tesam divaca ratto ca, Dev. V. 7.
kama
yani, Dev. IV. 4.
tena bhikkhako hoti, Bra. II. 10. tesam kotthe openti, Sa. II. 10.
te
sukham, Dev.
II. 1
Va.
6.
Tesu assa sagaravo, Bra. II. 5. Tesu ussukkajatesu, Dev. III. 8. Te hi param gamissanti, Dp. II.
Natthi atthasamam pemam, Dev. II. 3. Natthi kiccam brahmanassa, Dp. I. 5.
1.
Natthi dani punavaso, Va. 6. Natthi nissaranam loke, Bhi.
1.
Te
hi sotthim gamissanti, Dp. II. 1.

kira
Natthi puttasaraam pemam, Dev. II. 3. Na tvam bale pajanasi, Dev. II. 1 Va.
5.
Dando va
me
seyyo, Bra. II. 4.

2.
6.
8.
;
Dadanti eke visame, Dev. IV.
Naditiresu san thane, Va.
Daddallamand aganchum, Ma. III. Dabbo cirarattasamahito, Van. 2. Daliddo puriso raja, Ko. III. 1.
Nandati puttehi pattima, Dev. II. 2
Ma.
I. 8.
Dahara tvam rupavati, Bhi. 4. Danam ca yuddham ca, Dev. IV. 3. Dinnam sukhaphalam hoti, Dev. V. 1. Divavihara. nikkhamma, Van. 8. Digham ayu manussanam, Ma. I. 9.
Nandanti ve mahavira, Ma. II. 2. Nandibhavaparikkhaya, Dev. I. 2. Nandisambandhano loko, Dev. VII. 5.
Nandisamyojano loko, Dev. VII.
4.
Na
Paccanikasatena, Bra. II. 6.
Nabham
MR.
phaleyya pathavim phaleyya,
Dukkaram duttitikkhanca, Dev. II. Dukkaram vapi karonti, Dp. I. 6.
7.
I. 6.
Dukkham eva
hi sambhoti, Bhi. 10.
Duggata devakannayo, Va. 6. Dnggame visame v&pi, Dp. I. 6. Duddadam dadamananam, Dev. IV.
Na brahmano sujjhati, Bra. I. 7. Na mandiya sayami, Ma. II. 3. Na manakamassa damo, Dev. I.
IV.
2.
9.
Dupposam katva attanam, Dp.
III. 5;
Na manam brahmana sadhu, BrS. II. 5 Na me marisa sa ditthi, Bra. I. 5.

Namo te buddha, Dp. I. 9, 10. Na yattha gitam na pi, Bra. II.
Va. 13. Dullabham vapilabhanti, Dp. I. Dussamadaham vapi, Dp. I. 6.
Namevanasmimkaraniyam, Bra. 1 1. 7.
6.
8.
Dure
ito
brahmani, Bra.
I. 3.
Dvasattati Gotama, Bra. I. 4.
Nayanti ve mahavira, Ma. III. 5. Na yidam attakatam bimbam, Bhi.
9.
Dhajo
rathassa, Dev.
VIII.
2.
Na yidam
Dhannam dhanam, Ko.
II. 10.
bhasitamattena, Dev. IV. 5. Naraka ubbhato tata, Ya. 5.
Dhammam
care yo, Dev. IV. 2.

II. 9.
Dhamrao rahado, Bra. 1.9; 11.11.

Dhiro ca vinnu, Ko.
Na Na Na Na
vannarupena naro, Ko. II. 1. ve dhira pakubbanti, Dev. IV.

santi
5.
kama
sabbato
manujesu, Dev. IV. 4. mano nivaraye, Dev.
Na
Na
annatra
bojjhangatapasS,
Dp.
III. 4.
II. 7.
annatra BhagavatA, Dev. V. 10; Dp. III. 4.
Na
Nagassa passe asinam, Van. 10. tattha hatthinam bhumi,

III. 5.
Ko.
Na supahatacitto mhi, Sa. III. 2. Na harami na bhanjami, Va. 14. Na hi nunimassi samanassa, Bra. I. 10. Na hi putto pati va pi, Ya. 7. Na hi mayham brahmana, Bra. I. 10. Na hi socati bhikkhu kadaci, Van. 3.
Naganamo
si Bhagava, Van. 8. N&ccayanti ahoratta, Ma. I. 10. Naphusantam phusati, Dev. III.
Na tassa paccha na, Bra. I. 3. Na tnm kammam, Dp. III. 2. Na tarn dajham bandhanam, Ko. I.
10.
2.
APPENDIX.
255
5.
Namam
VII.
1.
sabbam
addhabhavi,
Dev.
Piyavacam va bhaseyya, Van.

Piyo loke sako putto, Ya.
7.
Naham
bhayil na dubbalya, Sa. I. 4.
Niihu assasapassaso Bra. II. 5. Nikkhantam vata mam santam, Van. Niccam utrastam idam, Dp. II. 7-
Puccbami tam Gotama bburipanuam, Dp. II. 4. Punnamvatapasavibahum, Ya. 10, 11. Putta vattbu manussanam, Dev. VI. 4.
Nidda
II. 6.
(-dam)
tandi
(-dim),
Dev.
Nibbanam Bhagava aim, Ya.

Nimmanaratino, Bhi.
7.
7.
Punappunam khiranika, Bra. II. Punappunam ceva, BrS.. II. 2. Punappunam jayati, Bra. II. 2. Punappuuam yacaka, Bra. II. 2.
2.
Nirayam tiracchanayonim, Dev. V. Netam tava patirupam, Ma. II. 4. Neva tarn upajivami, Va. 14. Nesa sabha yattha, Bra. II. 12.
9.
Punabbasu sukbi hobi, Ya. 7. Pubbe nivasam janami, Van. 12. Pubbe nivasam yo vedi, Bra. I. 8
II. 3.
No No
ce ce
dhammam
buddham
sareyyatha, Sa. I. 3. sareyyatha, Sa. I. 3.

10.
Purisassa hi jatassa, Bra.
I. 9, 10.
Pujito pujaneyyanam, Bra. II. 3. Pbalam ve kadalim banti, Bra. II.
2.
Pakudbako katiyano, Dp. III. Pajjotakaro ativijjha, Van. 8.
Pancakamaguna loke, Dev. III. 10. Panca cbinde panca jabe, Dev. I. 5. Panca jagaratam sutta, Dev. I. 6.
Pancavedasatam samara, Dev. IV. 8. Panna lokasmim pajjoto, Dev. VIII.
10.
Baddbosi marapasena, Ma. Baddhosi sabbapasebi, Ma.
I. 4.
I. 5.
Bahuna pi kbo tam, Dev. IV. Bahunnam vata atthaya, Van.
10.
12.
I.
Babum
i a 7, o.
pi
palapam jappam, Bra.
Patikacceva tam kariya, Dp. III. 2.
Babu hi sadda paccuhS, Va. 8. Bala kumudanalehi, Ma. III. 5.

Bijam
1.
Patirupakari dhurava, Ya. 12. Patirupako mattika kundalo, Ko. II.
uppatatam
4.
settham,
Dev.
VIII.
Patisotagamim nipunam, Bra. I. 1. Panditosi samannato, Dp. III. 9. Pathamam kalalam hoti, Ya. 1.
Buddhanubuddho so thero, Van. 9. Buddho dhammam adesesi, Bhi. 6. BhayS, nu mathava Sakka, Sa. I. 4.
2.
Padumam
yatba kokanadam, Ko. II. Pabbatassa suvannassa, Ma. II. 10.
Bhayami Nagadattam, Va.

Bhikkhu
siya jhayt,
7.
Dp.
I.
II. 3.
Pamadam
anuyunjanti, Dev. IV.
6.
Parasambhatcsubhogesu, Dev. V. 9. Parosabassam bhikkhftnam, Van. 8. Pasamsiya tepi bhavanti, Dev. IV. 4.
Bhiyo pancasata sekha, Bra. II. 3. Bhiyo bala pakujjheyyum, Sa. I. 4, Bhutva bhutvfi nipajjanti, Va. 13. Bhetva avijjam vijjaya, Va. 2.
5.
Passaddbakayo
III. 6.
suvimuttacitto,
Ma.
Bhoge patthayamanena, Ko.
II. 8.
Pabasi kankham
II. 10
;
(or
sankham), Dev.
Makkhena makkhita
paja,
Van
VII.
3.
IV. 4.
santi gantha, Dev.
Magadham
Maccuna
gat^ Kosalam gat^, Va. 4.

8.
6.
Pabinamanassa na
III. 5.
pihito loko, Dev.

loko,
Maccunabbhahato
Dev. VII.
Pabutabbakkham jalinam, Ko. I. 1. Panesu ca samyamamase, Ya. I. 6.

Patur ahosi Magadhesu, Bra. I. 1. Papam na kayira, Dev. II. 10 IV.
;
Maccheravinaye yuttam, Sa. II. 1,2. Macchera ca pamada ca, Dev. IV. 2,
3.
3.
10.
Manneham lokadhipati, Brd. II. 8. Matam va amma rodanti, Ya. 5. Matam va puttam rodanti, Ya. 5.
256
Manasa
ce pasannena,
APPENDIX.
Ya.
2.
Manujassa sada satimato, Ko.
II. 3.
Mandiya nu sesi, Ma. II. 3. Mahaddhana mahabhoga, Dev. III. Mananubhavo tevijjo, Van. 9. Mahavira mahapanna, Ma. III. 3.
8.
Mahasamayo pavanasmim, Dev. IV.
7-
Mam namassanti tevijja, Sa. II. 8. Ma jatim puccha caranafica puccha,

Bra.
I.
9.
Mataram kutikam
Matari
pitari
brusi,
Dev. II.
9.
va
pi,
Bra. II. 5.
Yam idha puthavim ca, Van. 2. Yam enikulasmim janam, Bra. I. 4. Yam etam varijam puppham, Va. 14. Yam kinci sithilam kammam, Dp. I. 8. Yam ca karoti kayena, Ko. II. 10. Yam ca kho stlasampanno, Ko. I. 1. Yam cassa bhunjati mata, Ya. 1. Yam tarn isihi pattabbam, Bhi. 2. Yam tvam apayesi, Bra. I. 4. Yam buddho bhasate vacam, Van. 5. Yam musabhanato papam, Sa. I. 7. Yam vadanti na tarn mayham, Ma.
II. 9
;
Matapettibharo
asi (-sim),
Dev. V. 10
II.
III. 4.
Dp. III. 4. Matapettibharam jantum, Sa.

2, 3.
Yam
1,
vadanti
mamayidam, Ma.
II. 9
III. 4.
Manam pajahassu Gotama, Van. 3. Manam pahaya, Dev. I. 9 IV. 8. Mano hi te brahmana, Bra. I. 9. Mapamadam anuyunjetha, Dev. IV. 6.
;
Yam Yam Yam

Ya
savakena pattabbam, Van.
9.
hi kayira, Dev. IV. 5. hi deva manussa ca, Sa. II. 9,

8.
I.
kaci kankha, Bra. II.
Yadisam vapate bijam, Sa.
10.
Ma
brahmana
daru, Bra.
I. 9.
Yaya saddhaya
pabbajito, Va. 2.
Mayapi Maghava,
Sa. III. 3.
Ma vo kodho ajjbabhavi, Sa. III. 5. Ma saddam kari Piyankara, Ya. 6.

Muttoham Marapiisena, Ma. I. 4. Muttoham sabbapasehi, Ma. I. 6. Medavannanca pasanam, Ma. III.
4.
Yajamananam manussanam, Sa. II. 6. Yato yato mano nivaraye, Dev. III. 4.
Yattba apo ca pathavi, Dev. III. Yattha namafi ca, Dev. III. 3
10
;
7.
;
V.
Dp. III. 4
Bra. I. 6
III. 9.
3.
Ye keci buddham, Dev. IV. 7. Ye keci rupa idhava, Dp. III. 10. Ye kho pamatta, Dp. III. 5 Va. 13. Ye gahattba punnakara, Sa. II. 8. Ye ca atita sambuddba, Bra. I. 2. Ye ca kayena vacaya, Ma. I. 3. Ye ca kho ariyadhamme, Dev. IV. 9. Ye ca yanna nirarambha, Ko. I. 9. Ye ca rupupaga satta, Bhi. 4. 6. Ye dha maccharino loke, Dev. V. 9. Ye dha laddha manussattam, Dev. V. 9. Ye nam dadanti saddhaya, Dp. III. 3.
;
Yattha bherava sirimsapa, Bra. II.

Yatthalaso anutthata, Sa.
I. 1, 2.
Yena kenaci vannena, Ya.
2.
Yatha annataram bijam, Bhi. 9. Yatha namam tatha cassa, Bra. I.

Yathapi sela vipula, Kos. III.
6.
5.
Yatha sakatiko pantham, Dp. Yatha hi angasambhara, Bhi. Yatha hi megho, Kos. III. 4.
III. 2.
10.
Ye nam pajananti, Ya. 3. Ye me pavutte satthipade, Dp. II. 2. Ye ragadosavinaya, Sa. II. 9. Yesam dhamma appatividita, Dev. I. 7. Yesam dhamma asammuttha, Dev. I. 8. Yesam dhamma suppatividita, Dev. 1. 7. Yesam dhamma susammuttha, Dev.
I. 8.
Yassa etadisam yanam, Dev. V. Yassa jalini visattika, Ma. I. 7.

Yassa nuna siya evam, Bhi. 2. Yassa saddha Tathagate, Ya. 4. Yassa sabbam ahorattam, Ya. 4. Yassete caturo dharama, Ya. 12.
6.
Yesam pi sallam urasi, Ma. II. 3. Yesam rago ca doso ca, Dev. III.
Bra.
I.
Sa. II. 9.
9.
Ye
2.
Yasseva bhJto na dadati, Dev. IV.
hi keci ariyadhammam, Dev. IV. Yehi jatehi nandissam, Bra. II. 4. Yo audhakare tamasi, Dp. I. 10.
APPENDIX.
To
appadutthassa, Dev. III. 2 1.4.
;
257
Bra.
Yo imasmim dhammavinaye, Bra. II. 4. Yo ca vineyya sarabbham, Bra. II. 6. Yo ca saddaparittasi, Va. 8. Yo dukkhani adakkhi, Ma. II. 10
;
Vilumpateva puriso, Ko. II. 5. Vivekakamo si vanam, Va. 1. Visenibhuto upasantacitto, Bra.
Vutthi alasam, Dev. VIII. 10. viharantam, Vesaliyam vane
I. 3.
Dev.
IV.
9.
III.
1.
Yo dha puManca papafica, Bra. II. 10. Yo dhammacarJ kayena, Ko. III. 5. Yo dhammaladdhassa, Dev. IV. 3. Yo nindiyam pasamsati, Bra. I. 9,
10.
Sakuno yatha pamsukundito, Va. 1. Sakkhi hi me sutam etam, Van. 1.

Sagaravena pi chavo, Dp. III. 10. Sahkhare parato passa, Van. 4.
Sankhittena pi
deseti,
Van.
6.
Yo panabhutesu, Dev. IV. 3. Yo mataram pitaram va, Bra II. 9. Yo silava pannava, Dp. II. 4. Yo sufinagehani sevati, Ma. I. 6. Yo have balava santo, Sa. I. 4. 5. Yo hoti bbikkbu araham, Dev. III.
Yvfiyam bhisani khanati, Va.
14.
Sahghe pasado yassatthi, Sa. II. 4. Sa ce atthi akammena, Sa. I. 1,2.

enti manussattam, Dev. V. Sa ce pi ettato bhiyo, Van. 1. Sa ce pi kevalam, Ma. II. 1.
Sa ce
9.
5.
Sa ce pi dasa pajjote, Va. 3. Sa ce maggam anubuddham,

III. 4.
M;i.
Rago uppatbo akkhati, Dev. VII. 8. Rago ca doso ca kuto (-ito), Ya. 3. Rukkhamulagahanam pasakkiya, Va. 5.
Sa ce va papakam kammam, Ya. Saccam dhammo, Bra. I. 9. Saccam ve amata vaca, Van. 5.
Saccena
I. 9.
o.
Rupam
VIII.
6.
jirati
maccanam,
1.
Dev.
dan to
damasa
upsto,
Bra.
Rupam Rupam
II. 6.
na jivanti, Ya.
vedayitam
saniiam,
Ma.
II.
Rupa
5,
sadda rasa
;
gandha,
Ma.
Sannaya viparij'esa, Van. 4. Satam sahassanam, Bra. I. 9, Satam sahassani pi, Bhi. 5. Satam hattbi satam assa, Ya.
10.
8.
Bhi. 4.
Satimato sada bhaddam, Ya. 4. Sattadha me phale muddha, Dp.

10.
I. 9,
Laddha hi so upadanam, Ko. I. 1. Loke dukkhapare tasmim, Ya. 7. Lobho doso ca, Ko. I. 2 III. 3.
;
Sattiya viya
oraattho,
Dev.
III.
Dp.
II. 6.
Vanam yad
aggi dabati, Ko.
I.
Sattisulupama kama, Bhi. 1. Sattbaram dharamam, Va. 11.

6.
Vayo rattindivakkbayo, Dev. VIII.

Vaso issuriyam
loke,
Sattho pathavato mittam, Dev. VI.
3.
Dev. VIII.
panidhaya,
I.
7.
Yacam
VIII.
manafica
5.
Dev.
Saddahano arabatam, Ya. 12. Saddha dutiya, Dev. IV. 6 VI.

;
9.
Saddha
puriso, Sa.
8.
baudhati
9.
piitheyyam,
Dev.
Vayametheva
IV.
3.
VIII.
Viceyyadanam sugatappasattham, Dev.

Vijja uppatatam sct^hsi, Dev. VIII. 4. Vipulo llajagabiyaaain, Dp. III. 10.
Virato kamasanfiaya, Dp. II. 6.
Saddha bijam tapo vutthi, Bra. II. Saddhaya tarati ogham, Ya. 12.
1.
Saddhayaham
pabbajito,
Ma.
III.
2.
Saddhahi danani bahudha, Dev. IV. 3. Saddhtdha vittam, Dev. VIII. 3;

Ya. 12.
Viriyam
II. 1.
me dhuradboraybam,
Bra.
Sabbakammakkbayam
patto, Bhi. 8.
17
258
Sabbaganthapahinassa, Ya. 2. Sabbattha vihata nandi, Bhi. 3.
APPEXDIX.
Sukhajivino pure asum, Dp. III. 5 Va. 13.
Sukhita va te manuja, Dp. II. 2. Sunanti dhammam vimalam, Vau.
Sunoti na vijanati, Va. 3. Sutam eva me pure, Dev. IV. 9.
;
Sabbada ve sukham
seti,
Ya.
8.
Sabbada silasampanno, Dp. II. 5. Sabba asattiyo chetva, Ya. 8. Sabba disanuparigamma, Ko. I. 8.
Sabbe Bhagavato putta, Van. 7. Sabbeva nikkbipissanti, Bra. II.
5.
8.
Supupphitaggam upagamma, Bbi. 5. Subbasitam uttamam ahu, Van. 5.

Subbasitassa sikkbetba, Dp.
I.
1
.
Sabbe
satta atthajata, Sa. I. 8.

2.
Sabbe satta marissanti, Ko. III. Sabbe saddhammagaruno, Bra. I.
Sumantamantino
dhira", Sa. II. 10.

8.
2.
Sabbo adipito loko, Bhi.
7.
;
Susukbam vata jivama, Ma. II. Sekha silasamabita, Dp. I. 6.

Settba hi kiia lokasmim, S. II.
10.
Sabbhir era samasetha, Dev. IV. I
8, 9,
Dp. III. 1. Samanam mata
pita*,
Dev. VIII. 11.

11.
1.
Selam va sirasubacca, Ma. III.
5.
I. 1.
Samanidha arana loke, Dev. VIII. Samane brahmane va pi, Ko. III. Samuddo udadbinam, Dp. III. 10. Samovisesi athava, Dev. II. 10.
Sele yatha pabbatamuddhani, Bra. Sevetha pantani, Bra. II. 3.
So ahani vicarissami, Ya. 12. So idha samrndsambuddho, Sa. II.

Sokassa mulam, Sokavatinno nu,
Socati
I. 8.
9.
Sambadhe vata okasam, Dp. I. 7. Sambadhe vapi vindati, Dp. I. 7. Sambuddho dvipadam, Dev. II. -t. Samsaram digbam addhauam, Ma.
I. 2, 3.
Ma. III. Ma. III.

Dev.
4. 4, 5.
puttehi,
II.
Ma.
Sadhu kbo pandito nama, Ya. 7. Sadhu kho marisa danam, Dev. IV. 3. Saratta kamabhogesu, Ko. III. 6, 7.
Sariputto va panuilya, Dev. V. 8
II. 10.
;
So ca sabbadado hoti, Dev. IV. 2. So dhiro dhitisampanno, Ma. III. 3. So me dhammam adesesi, Van. 12.
Dp.
Soham akankho apiho, Bra. II. 8. Soham ete pajanami, Dev. V. 10; Dp.
III. 4.
Savako
Sanum
mabavira, Ma. III. 3. pabuddham vajjasi, Ya. 5.

te
Snehaja attasambhuta, Ya. 3. Svagatam vata me asi, Van. 12.
Sa buti me arabatam, Ya. 5. Sabu te kutika natthi, Dev. II.
9.
Hanta
labhati hantaram, Ko. II.
f>.
Silam ajarasd sadbu, Dev. VI. 2. Silam yavajara sadhu, Dev. VI. 1. Silam samadhim
Sile
pafiiianca,
Ma.
;
I.
1.
Hitanukampi sambuddho, Mi. II. 4. Ilitva abam, Dev. III. 8 Bra. I. 9. Hitva agarani pabbajitvu, Dev. III. 8.
;
patittbaya,
Dev.
III. 3
Bra.
1.6.
Hiri tassa apfilambo, Dev. V. 6. Ilirinisedlu) (-dha), Dev. II. 8.
HEKTFOUD:
PRINTKD BY STEPHEN AVSTIS AND SONS.
PK 4591 325 1884 v.l
Samyutta-nikaya The Samyutta-nikaya of the Sutta-pitaka
PLEASE
DO NOT REMOVE
FROM
THIS
CARDS OR
SLIPS
POCKET
UNIVERSITY
OF TORONTO
LIBRARY

Feer Samyutta Nikaya Part1 1884

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Feer Samyutta Nikaya Part1 1884

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

:LT>

OF THE BIBLIOTHEQ.UE NATIONALS.

STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, PRINTERS.

103 103 109

BOOK V. BOOK VI.

128 136 136

Alphabetical Index of the Suttas

the third section

of the Sutta-pitaka, forming a sequel to the Digha-nikaya

of the joined or connected suttas," because the Pali

no other than the Sanskrit Sam-yukta,

Latin word conjunctus.

precisely the Samyuttas.

These Samyuttas vary

some being only

others being composed

which are sometimes very numerous.

which are the shortest division of the compila-

tion, differ also in length, as several of

are very short,

and several very much longer.

But, upon the whole, there

are no very long suttas in this compilation.

to say, all the fifty- five

Samyuttas, are distributed into five

great sections, which

are also called vaggos, respectively styled

differing length, to the longest and to the shortest.

the case in our compilation, as the great divisions of the

whole collection are entitled vaggo, and the divisions of the

Thus, the suttas form

vaggos, these vaggos the Samyuttas, and the

great vaggos con-tains

on an average eleven Samyuttas

which gives the number of the Samyuttas, and that of

the leaves occupied by each great vaggo, in a

can, from these indications, imagine the length

of the whole work, and the respective extent of the different

The present publication contains only the

so called because all the

Sometimes the prose

and the sutta

seems to consist only of verses

same frame being used

for several suttas,

the suttas of one chapter.

of the Samyuttas in the Sagatha

as said before, eleven.

Four of them form each one

the suttas of the others are distributed

in several chapters, two or three, in one case eight.

chapters consist generally of ten suttas, sometimes eleven

form a new chapter

generally styled Pancaka or Upari-panca ("the five super-

which can be considered either

chapter or as the sequel of the preceding.

of the Samyuttas of the Sagatha, with an

of the vaggos and of the suttas

28 (or 26) vaggos

of these Samyuttas are really a sequel or appendix

immediately preceding one

and Yangisa-Samyuttas are respectively the continuation of

of the suttas are regularly given at the end